College of the North AtlanticCalendar 2003|04

COVER PHOTOS: GRANT T. FAINT/GETTY IMAGES, ERIC WALSH, QMATRIX, & COLLEGE OF THE NORTH ATLANTICPUBLISHER: STUDENT SERVICES DIVISION, COLLEGE OF THE NORTH ATLANTICDESIGN: PAUL O’KEEFE

1 President’s Message1 About the College2 Important Notice2 Campus Directory3 Programs by Campus4 Calendar of Events5 Administration List6 Admissions Regulations9 Academic Regulations14 Fees and Charges16 Student Services17 Student Housing17 International18 @College Distributed Learning Service19 Awards

21 ACADEMIC, GENERAL, AND TRANSFERSTUDIES

22 Adult Basic Education23 College/University Transfer Year26 English as a Second Language28 Special Services Programs

29 APPLIED ARTS30 Community Recreation Leadership31 Community Studies32 Digital Animation33 Early Childhood Education34 Early Childhood Education by Distance Education36 Film & Video Production37 Food Service and Nutrition Management38 Graphic Design39 Graphic Production & Printing40 Journalism41 Multimedia: Courseware Development42 Music Industry and Performance43 Recording Arts44 Textile Studies45 Tourism Studies46 Visual Arts

47 BUSINESS STUDIES48 Business Administration (Certificate)49 Business Administration (Accounting)50 Business Administration (General)51 Business Admin. (Human Resource Management)52 Business Administration (Marketing)53 Business Management (Accounting)54 Business Mgmt. (Human Resource Management)55 Business Management (Marketing)56 Cultural Management57 Electronic Commerce58 Office Administration (Certificate)59 Office Administration (Executive)60 Office Administration (Legal)61 Office Administration (Medical)62 Office Administration (Records and Information

Management)

63 ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY64 Engineering Technology (First Year)66 Aircraft Maintenance Engineering Technology67 Architectural Engineering Technology68 Civil Engineering Technology70 Electrical Eng. Technology (Industrial Controls)71 Electrical Eng. Tech. (Power and Controls) Co-op72 Electronics Engineering Technology (Biomedical)73 Electronics Engineering Technology

(Communications)

74 Electronics Engineering Technology (Computers& Information Technology) Co-op

75 Electronics Eng. Technology (Instrumentation)76 Electronics Engineering Technology77 Geomatics Engineering Technology78 Industrial Engineering Technology Co-op79 Manufacturing Operations Technology80 Mechanical Engineering Technology81 Mechanical Eng. Tech. (Manufacturing) Co-op82 Petroleum Engineering Technology83 Welding Engineering Technician

85 HEALTH SCIENCES87 Diagnostic Ultrasonography88 Medical Laboratory Sciences89 Medical Radiography91 Occupational Therapist

Assistant/Physiotherapist Assistant92 Respiratory Therapy

93 INDUSTRIAL TRADES94 Aircraft Structural Repair Technician95 Autobody Repair96 Automotive Service Technician97 Commercial Baking98 Commercial Cooking99 Commercial Transport100 Construction Carpentry101 Construction/Industrial Electrical102 Crane Operator103 Hairstylist104 Heavy Equipment Operator105 Heavy Equipment Service Technician106 Heritage Carpentry107 Industrial Instrumentation Mechanic108 Machinist109 Metal Fabrication110 Millwright (Industrial Mechanic)111 Multi Skills Industrial Trades112 Non-Destructive Testing113 Oil Burner Mechanic114 Plumbing and Domestic Heating115 Powerline Technician116 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning117 Small Equipment Repair118 Steamfitter/Pipefitter119 Truck Transport Service Technician120 Welder121 Welder/Fabricator

123 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY125 Applied Business Information Technology126 Computer Support Specialist127 Internet Application Developer128 Multimedia: Internet Development129 Programmer Analyst (Business)130 Programmer Analyst (Business) Co-op131 Programmer Analyst (Networking)132 Web Site Administration

133 NATURAL RESOURCES 134 Adventure Tourism - Outdoor Recreation135 Environmental Technology Co-op136 Forest Resources Technician137 Fish and Wildlife Technician138 Northern Natural Resources Technician

139 Course Descriptions

213 Index

Table of Contents

OUR MISSIONCollege of the North Atlantic is Newfoundland& Labrador’s public college. We are committedto providing accessible, responsive, qualitylearning opportunities which prepare people tobecome self-sufficient contributors to socialand economic development in a global context.

OUR VISIONTo fulfill its education and training mission, thepublic college of Newfoundland & Labrador will:

• Be recognized for satisfied employablegraduates whose skills meet industry’sstandards and respond to the broad range oflabour market demands.

• Research and deliver quality programs thatare responsive to changing social, personal,and economic needs of learners throughcontinuous review and modification ofprograms.

• Monitor accountability to ensureeffectiveness and efficiency.

• Continually enhance learning opportunitiesby implementing superior methods ofinstructional delivery.

• Be proactive in the social and economicdevelopment of the Province.

• Enhance the capacity of the college and theProvince through international initiatives.

• Recognize and respect the value ofemployees and their contribution to qualityprograms and services.

NOTICEThe Student Services Office will assist studentswith any questions or problems which mightarise concerning the interpretation of thiscalendar. It is, however, the responsibility ofstudents to ensure that their programs meet theCollege’s regulations in all respects.

www.northatlantic.nf.cainfo@northatlantic.nf.catoll free: 1 888 982.2268

1

President’s Message

It is my distinct pleasure to welcome you to College ofthe North Atlantic through the pages of our 2003-2004Calendar. Welcome, in particular, to our classrooms,our laboratories, our shops and our world-class train-ing institution. Your decision to attend – or to explore– College of the North Atlantic places you among thethousands of students and graduates of our institutionthat are known around the globe for the quality of thelearning experiences they’ve enjoyed and the statusof the credentials they hold.

Our College is your College and we pride ourselves onoffering programs that are of the highest quality and,by implication, in sync with the demands of theemployer community. Through continuous improve-ment initiatives, we ensure that our programs prepareyou for the next stage of your career. Whether youchoose to pursue employment directly after studyingat College of the North Atlantic, continue your studiesas a result of the many transfer opportunities we pro-vide, pursue entrepreneurship or other personalgoals, we are confident that your College learningexperiences will serve you well in the future.

Providing access to well recognized programs andservices is just one of the ways that we strive to meetyour educational and personal development needs.We are committed, as well, to providing an environ-ment and supportive services that facilitate your abil-ity to achieve at your highest level of potential. Theopportunities are here, all you need do is contributeand participate in available learning experiences tothe best of your ability. The results will astound you,impress you and empower you for years to come.

If you are just beginning to explore College of theNorth Atlantic as your College of choice, be sure toreview our extensive range of program offeringsacross the fields of: Applied Arts, Business,Engineering Technology, Health Sciences, IndustrialEducation/Trades, Information Technology, NaturalResources, and Academic, General, and TransferStudies. In addition to our on-campus learning oppor-tunities, we also offer a wide range of study opportu-nities via our distributed learning service. One-year,two-year, or three-year programs, on-site or on-the-web, find out what we offer – find out what’s right foryou.

This calendar has been published to serve as yourreference and your guide. If you are a current stu-dent, potential student or graduate, there’s a wealthof information contained herein and it’s there toinform you. If at any time you wish to discuss programopportunities, regulations or policies, just contact anyof our campuses and our Student Services staff willbe pleased to assist you in ensuring that your infor-mation needs are met. Our faculty, our staff and ouradministrators are dedicated to helping you attainyour education and training goals.

I wish you all the best in your studies. Remember,career goals will become reality when combined withdetermination, motivation and unwavering commit-ment. The potential is here and it’s yours to achieve.

Pamela WalshPresident, College of the North Atlantic

ABOUT THE COLLEGECollege of the North Atlantic is Newfoundland andLabrador’s public college. It is one of the largestpost-secondary educational and skills trainingcentres in Atlantic Canada, offering over 90 full-time diploma and certificate programs in:

Academic, General, and Transfer StudiesApplied ArtsBusiness StudiesEngineering TechnologyHealth SciencesIndustrial TradesInformation TechnologyNatural Resources

The college also offers a full range of more than300 part-time courses.

Enacted by the House of Assembly, through TheCollege Act, 1996, and headquartered inStephenville on the Province’s west coast, thecollege operates 17 campuses across theProvince. The public college has brought togetherand built upon the best programs, traditions, val-ues and vision from the predecessor regional col-leges: Cabot College, Labrador College, EasternCollege, Central Regional Community College andWestviking College. The focus of the college goesbeyond the more traditional approaches to educa-tion and training, serving students of all ages andinterests. The college offers continuous studentintake, self-paced learning, individualized spe-cially designed contract training programs andonline learning opportunities.

Every year approximately 3000 graduates com-plete career-oriented certificate and diploma pro-grams ranging from one to three years, preparingthem for employment in today’s competitive workenvironment.

2

Campus Directory

HeadquartersP.O. Box 5400Stephenville, NL A2N 2Z6tel: (709) 643-7715

Baie Verte CampusBaie Verte, NL A0K 1B0tel: (709) 532-8066fax: (709) 532-4624

Bay St. George CampusP. O. Box 5400Stephenville, NL A2N 2Z6tel: (709) 643-7730fax: (709) 643-7734

Bonavista CampusP. O. Box 670Bonavista, NL A0C 1B0tel: (709) 468-2610fax: (709) 468-2004

Burin CampusP. O. Box 370Burin Bay Arm, NL A0E 1G0tel: (709) 891-1253fax: (709) 891-2256

Carbonear Campus4 Pike’s LaneCarbonear, NL A1Y 1A7tel: (709) 596-6139fax: (709) 596-2688

Clarenville CampusP. O. Box 308Clarenville, NL A0E 1J0tel: (709) 466-6900fax: (709) 466-2771

Corner Brook CampusP. O. Box 822Corner Brook, NL A2H 6H6tel: (709) 637-8530fax: (709) 634-2126

Gander CampusP. O. Box 395Gander, NL A1V 1W8tel: (709) 256-4481fax:(709) 651-3376

Grand Falls-Windsor CampusP. O. Box 413Grand Falls-Windsor, NL A2A 2J8tel: (709) 292-5622fax: (709) 489-4180

Happy Valley-Goose Bay CampusP. O. Box 1720, Station “B”Happy Valley-Goose Bay, NL A0P1E0tel: (709) 896-6300fax: (709) 896-3733

Labrador West CampusCampbell DriveLabrador City, NL A2V 2Y1tel: (709) 944-7210fax: (709) 944-6581

Placentia CampusP. O. Box 190Placentia, NL A0B 2Y0tel: (709) 227-2037fax: (709) 227-7185

Port aux Basques CampusP. O. Box 760Port aux Basques, NL A0M 1C0tel: (709) 695-3582fax: (709) 695-2963

St. Anthony CampusP. O. Box 550St. Anthony, NL A0K 4S0tel: (709) 454-3559fax: (709) 454-8808

Prince Philip Drive/Ridge Road/Seal Cove CampusesP. O. Box 1693St. John’s, NL A1C 5P7 tel: (709) 758-7284fax: (709) 758-7304

PROGRAM ENQUIRYCOLLEGE-WIDEtoll free: 1-888-982-2268www.northatlantic.nf.cainfo@northatlantic.nf.ca

IMPORTANT NOTICEThis calendar is intended to assist readers tounderstand the academic and administrativestructure, policies and procedures and to provideinformation about current course offerings atCollege of the North Atlantic (“the College”).

Various academic and administrative departmentshave submitted the material contained in this pub-lication. All general information and course refer-ences have been checked for accuracy, but theremay be inconsistencies or errors. If you becomeaware of any, please bring these to the attentionof the College Registrar. The College reserves theright to make changes in the information con-tained in this publication without prior notice.

Students are responsible for familiarizing them-selves with the specific information, rules andregulations of the College, as well as the specificrequirements of each diploma, certificate or otherrecognition sought. While advice and counsellingare available, it is the responsibility of each stu-dent to ensure that the courses in which registra-tion is affected are appropriate to therequirements of the student’s chosen program.

If there is an inconsistency between the generalacademic regulations and policies published inthis Calendar, and such regulations and policiesas established by resolution of the Board ofGovernors or the College’s administration, the ver-sion of such material as established by the Boardof Governors or the College’s administration willprevail.

By the act of registration each student becomesbound by the policies and regulations of Collegeof the North Atlantic.

College of the North Atlantic disclaims all respon-sibility and liability for loss or damage suffered orincurred by any student or other party as a resultof delays in or termination of its services, coursesor classes by reason of force majeure, fire, floods,riots, war, strikes, lock-outs, damage to Collegeproperty, financial exigency, or other eventsbeyond the reasonable control of the College.

College of the North Atlantic disclaims any and allliability for damages arising as a result of errors,interruptions or disruptions to operations or con-nected with its operations or its campuses, aris-ing out of computer failure or non compliance ofits computing systems.

3

Programs by Campus

BAIE VERTE CAMPUSAdult Basic EducationMulti Skills Industrial TrainingOffice AdministrationSpecial Services (Programs)Steamfitter/Pipefitter

BAY ST. GEORGE CAMPUSAdult Basic EducationAutomotive Service TechnicianBusiness AdministrationCommercial BakingCommercial CookingCommercial TransportCommunity StudiesCultural ManagementCrane OperatorCultural ManagementDigital AnimationFilm and Video ProductionHairstylistHeavy Equipment Service TechnicianHeavy Equipment OperatorJournalismMultimedia: Courseware DevelopmentMusic Industry and PerformanceOffice AdministrationRecording ArtsSmall Equipment RepairSpecial Services (Programs)Tourism StudiesTruck Transport Service TechnicianVisual Arts

BONAVISTA CAMPUSAdult Basic EducationConstruction/Industrial ElectricalFish and Wildlife TechnicianOffice AdministrationPlumbingSpecial Services (Programs)

BURIN CAMPUSAdult Basic EducationBusiness AdministrationCollege-University Transfer YearCommercial CookingElectrical Engineering (Industrial

Control)Engineering First YearHairstylistMetal FabricationOffice AdministrationSpecial Services (Programs)WelderWelding Engineering Technician

CARBONEAR CAMPUSAdult Basic EducationBusiness AdministrationCollege-University Transfer YearCommunity StudiesComputer Support SpecialistEngineering First YearHeritage CarpentrySpecial Services (Programs)

CLARENVILLE CAMPUSAdult Basic EducationBusiness AdministrationCarpentryComputer Support SpecialistEngineering First YearMultimedia Internet DevelopmentOffice AdministrationSpecial Services (Programs)Steamfitter/PipefitterWebsite Administrator

CORNER BROOK CAMPUSAdult Basic EducationAdventure TourismBusiness AdministrationCivil Engineering TechnologyComputer Support SpecialistConstruction/Industrial ElectricalEarly Childhood EducationElectronics Engineering TechnologyEngineering First YearEnvironmental TechnologyFish and Wildlife TechnicianForest Resources TechnicianInternet Application DeveloperManufacturing Operations TechnologyMillwrightOffice AdministrationProgrammer AnalystSpecial Services (Programs)Welder

GANDER CAMPUSAdult Basic EducationAircraft Maintenance Engineering

TechnologyAircraft Structural RepairAutomotive Service TechnicianComputer Support SpecialistEngineering First YearHairstylistSpecial Services (Programs)

GRAND FALLS-WINDSORCAMPUSAdult Basic EducationBusiness ManagementCollege-University Transfer YearOffice AdministrationProgrammer AnalystSpecial Services (Programs)

HAPPY VALLEY-GOOSE BAYCAMPUSAdult Basic EducationAuto Service TechnicianCollege-University Transfer YearCommunity StudiesComputer Support SpecialistHeavy Equipment Service TechnicianMillwrightNorthern Natural Resource TechnicianOffice AdministrationSpecial Services (Programs)Welder

LABRADOR WEST CAMPUSAdult Basic EducationBusiness AdministrationCollege-University Transfer YearComputer Support SpecialistEngineering First YearMining and Mineral ProcessingSpecial Services (Programs)

PLACENTIA CAMPUSAdult Basic EducationBusiness AdministrationHeavy Equipment Service TechnicianMachinistMillwrightSpecial Services (Programs)Welder

PORT AUX BASQUES CAMPUSAdult Basic EducationBusiness AdministrationNon-Destructive TestingOffice AdministrationSpecial Services (Programs)Welder/Fabricator

PRINCE PHILIP DRIVE CAMPUSAdult Basic EducationAutobody RepairAutomotive Service TechnicianBusiness ManagementCommunity Recreation LeadershipComputer Support Specialist

Commercial CookingDiagnostic UltrasonographyEarly Childhood EducationEnglish as a Second Language (ESL)Food Service & Nutrition ManagementGraphic DesignGraphic Production & PrintingMedical Laboratory SciencesMedical RadiographyOccupational Therapy AssistantOffice AdministrationPhysiotherapy AssistantProgrammer Analyst Co-opRespiratory TherapySpecial Services (Programs)Textile StudiesTourism StudiesWelder

RIDGE ROAD CAMPUSArchitectural Engineering TechnologyCivil Engineering TechnologyElectrical Engineering Technology

(Power & Controls) Co-op Electronics Engineering Technology

• Biomedical• Communications• Computers & Information

Technology Co-op• Instrumentation

Engineering First YearGeomatics Engineering Technology

Co-opIndustrial Engineering Technology

Co-opMechanical Engineering TechnologyMechanical Engineering Technology

(Manufacturing) Co-opPetroleum Engineering TechnologyRefrigeration & Air ConditioningSpecial Services (Programs)

SEAL COVE CAMPUSAdult Basic EducationCommercial CookingConstruction/Industrial ElectricalOil Burner MechanicPowerline TechnicianIndustrial Instrumentation MechanicSpecial Services (Programs)

ST. ANTHONY CAMPUSAdult Basic EducationBusiness AdministrationEngineering First YearOffice AdministrationSpecial Services (Programs)

4

Calendar of Events 2003-2004

September 2 (Tuesday)Registration begins - FallSemester

September 16 (Tuesday)Last day for adding courses - FallSemester

October 13 (Monday)College CLOSED - ThanksgivingDay

October 24 (Friday)Last day for dropping courseswithout academic prejudice - FallSemester

November 10 (Monday) -Semester Break

November 11 (Tuesday)College CLOSED-RemembranceDay

December 19 (Thursday)Last day of classes/exams - FallSemester

December 19 (Friday) - January 2(Friday)CHRISTMAS BREAK

January 5 (Monday)Registration begins - WinterSemester

January 19 (Monday)Last day for adding courses -Winter Semester

February 20 (Friday) and February 23 (Monday) - (exceptCorner Brook Campus wheredates are to be announced)Semester Break

February 27 (Friday)Last day for dropping courseswithout academic prejudice -Winter Semester

April 9 (Friday)College CLOSED - Good Friday

April 12 (Monday) - April 16(Friday)EASTER BREAK

April 28 (Wednesday)Last day of classes/exams -Winter Semester

April 29 (Thursday)Registration begins - Intersession,Industrial Trades

May 3 (Monday)Registration begins - SpringSemester

May 10 (Monday)Registration begins - TechnicalIntersession

May 14 (Friday)Last day for adding courses -Technical IntersessionLast day for adding courses -Spring Semester

May 21 (Friday)Last day for dropping courses -Technical Intersession

May 24 (Monday)College CLOSED - CommonwealthDay

June 15 (Tuesday)Last day for classes/exams -Intersession - Industrial Trades

June 21 (Monday)College CLOSED - Discovery Day

June 25 (Friday)Last day for dropping courses -Spring SemesterLast day for classes/exams -Technical Intersession

July 1 (Thursday)College CLOSED - Canada Day

August 18 (Wednesday)Last day of classes/exams - SpringSemester

August 30 (Monday)Registration begins - FallSemester

Note: The schedule contains the dates as theyaffect the College as a whole. Within these dates,individual campuses will set their registrationschedules, graduation dates and other significanttime frames. Please check with the campus con-cerned for the detailed Calendar).

5

Administration List

BOARD OF GOVERNORSMs. Moya Cahill, Board ChairMr. Michael Tobin, Vice ChairMr. Terry WhiteMs. Susan AdamsMr. Edward DelaneyDr. Audrey ManningMr. Stanley SparkesMr. Leonard WinsorMr. Gunther BaumgartnerMs. Juliet CrosbieMs. Joanne HusseyMr. David LewisMs. Jenny LyallMr. Alan MacKinnonMr. Gary ReardonMs. Marilyn TuckerStudent RepresentativeFaculty RepresentativeMs. Pamela Walsh – President

HEADQUARTERSPresident’s OfficeWalsh, Pamela, PresidentBaker, Kevin, General Counsel & Corporate SecretaryBorden, Giselle, SecretaryPinsent, Edith, Secretary

Student ServicesTobin, Brian, DirectorDunne, Linda, RegistrarBarrington, Brenda, Associate RegistrarPye, Ian, StatisticianMcCoy, Cathy, Apprenticeship Admissions OfficerHulan, Beverly, Secretary

Program & Academic DevelopmentFarrell, Cyril, DirectorHibbitts, Phyllis, SecretaryAndrews, Marian, Chair of ProgramsDavis, Jim, Program Development CoordinatorSmith Walter, Program Development CoordinatorBarnes, Trudy, Program Development CoordinatorKenny, Robert, Program Development CoordinatorBanfield, Jenny, SecretaryWhite, Linda, Chair, Applied Arts & Business StudiesAnderson, George, Chair, Industrial TradesChaytor, Greg, Chair, Engineering

Technology/Information TechnologyHenderson, Dr. Donna, Chair, Health SciencesKing, John, Chair, Distributed LearningCryderman, Blake, Chair, Community and CorporateTobin, Brenda, Chair of Academic, General and

Transfer Studies

Financial & Administrative ServicesRideout, Robert, DirectorVivian, Richard, Associate DirectorMorey, Annette, ComptrollerSquires, Lilly, Accounting ManagerMerrigan, Joanne, Payroll SupervisorBrown, Sheldon, Professional Development

CoordinatorHann, Wayne, Manager, Telecommunications &

Operations ITComeau, Gary, Manager, Desktop Services &

Regional OperationsDunne, Deidre, Labour Relations OfficerWhite, Debbie, Secretary

College DevelopmentHobbs, Donna, Advertising & Promotions CoordinatorLee, Stephen, Communications ManagerAlexander, Tanya, Public Information OfficerO’Keefe, Paul, Graphic ArtistFoote Melanie, Marketing Assistant

ADMINISTRATIONBaie Verte CampusForward, Colin, District Administrator

Bay St. George CampusKing, Lorne, Associate District AdministratorOrgan, Cyril, Associate District Administrator

Bonavista CampusColes-Hayley, Marilyn, District Administrator

Burin CampusWalsh, Dennis, Associate District Administrator

Carbonear CampusMaillet, Conrad, Associate District Administrator

Clarenville CampusReid, Brenda, Associate District Administrator

Corner Brook CampusDicks, Glen, District AdministratorHowell, Brent, Associate District AdministratorChaulk, Elizabeth, Associate District Administrator

Gander CampusMoss, Mac, Associate District Administrator

Grand Falls-Windsor CampusKelly, Geoff, Associate District AdministratorHearn, Robert, Associate District Administrator

Happy Valley-Goose Bay CampusSimms, Robert, District AdministratorMontague, Winnie, Associate District Administrator

Labrador West CampusWalters, Robin, Associate District Administrator

Placentia CampusTBA, Associate District Administrator

Port aux Basques CampusJanes, Charles, Associate District Administrator

Prince Philip Drive CampusQuinton, Steve, District AdministratorBaker, Bruce, Associate District AdministratorGosse, Gail, Associate District Administrator

Ridge Road CampusOates, John, Associate District AdministratorFancey, Everett, Associate District Administrator

Seal Cove CampusWhalen, Bill, Associate District Administrator

St. Anthony CampusRussell, Fred, Associate District Administrator

6

Admissions Regulations

It is the policy of the College to maintain an “openadmission policy”. Students will be admitted into aprogram on a first-come first-served basis asassessed by the date of receipt of their applicationand on the proviso that the candidate students meetthe minimum qualifications prescribed.

ENTRY INTO FULL-TIME PROGRAMSCandidates applying for full-time status must satisfythe following requirements:a.Meet the educational and other requirements for

entry into the particular program or meet themature student requirements.

b.Have reached the legal school-leaving age on thedate of commencement of the course/program.

c.Apply on-line or in writing on the approved applica-tion form and submit the non-refundable applica-tion processing fee.

d.Show evidence of physical qualification in accor-dance with the requirements of the programselected, where applicable.

e.In the case of high school students, provide a copyof marks obtained. In the case of ABE students,provide a Record of Achievement or other equiva-lent official transcript.

f. Provide further documentation or report for aninterview or for testing when required.

HIGH SCHOOL DEFINITIONSenior high school graduation means the successfulcompletion of required credit courses as specified bythe Department of Education.

High School students who complete a modified pro-gram having completed courses ending in 06 mayrequire further assessment before eligibility is deter-mined. Application from such applicants will bereferred to the Campus Disability Services Committeefor assessment.

HIGH SCHOOL EQUIVALENCYThe following High School Equivalency Certificateswill be considered for acceptance into any collegeprogram:a.Basic Training for Skill Development (BTSD) Level 4.b.Adult Basic Education Certificate (ABE) Level 3

(Level 4 prior to 1991).c.General Educational Development (GED).d.The Grade XI Certificate (Department of Education,

Public Exams).

Persons holding certificates as listed in a, b, or c:

• will be accepted into certificate programs withoutfurther evaluation.

• may be required to report for further evaluationbefore acceptance into diploma programs is estab-lished; and upon being accepted, those applicantsmay be required to complete additional coursesbefore entering the diploma program of theirchoice.

MATURE STUDENT REQUIREMENTSApplicants who do not meet the educational prereq-uisites for the program they wish to enter may beconsidered for admission on an individual basis pro-vided the following conditions are met:a.Applicants are at least 19 years of age at the time

of application.b.Applicants have been out of school for at least one

year.c.Applicants present a certified copy of grades for

the highest educational level attained.d.Applicants complete the standardized assessment

instrument at a level approved by the College.

SPECIAL ADMISSIONSSpecial circumstances may exist whereby applicantswho fail to meet all of the criteria for admission maybe recommended for acceptance. In such cases, theapplication will be referred to the Committee onSpecial Admissions.

Applicants who are high school students who do notmeet the academic requirements (including havingreached the legal school leaving age on the date ofcommencement of the program) must provide a letterof recommendation from the High School Principal orGuidance Counsellor.

Applicants with disabilities will undergo an assess-ment to determine admission. The assessment willinclude:1.Reviewing the applicant’s qualifications.2.Reviewing the recommendation of the sponsoring

or supporting group (if applicable).3.Summarizing the applicant’s strengths and abilities.4.Determining the need for support staff required to

facilitate the integration of the applicant.5.Identifying necessary resources/equipment

required to facilitate the training.

ADMISSIONS PORTFOLIO GUIDELINES

Definition:A portfolio is a compilation of materials such asdrawings, photographs, paintings, film or videos,writings, prints, collages, ceramics, crafts, textilepatterns, audio tapes, musical scores, computerimaging, design or other areas of creativity thatreflect the prospective student’s interests, abilitiesand experience.

Purpose:The purpose of the portfolio is to establish applicantsuitability for the program of study.

General Guidelines:a.All work in the portfolio should be clearly labeled

with the prospective student’s name, title of thework, number of pieces, date completed and mate-rials used;

b.Portfolios should include a printed listing of thecontents of the portfolio;

c.All works should fit into a standard size portfoliocase and may be presented in their original form;

d.Large scale, fragile or 3-dimensional work shouldbe submitted in 35 mm. colour slide form, as digitalimages at a resolution of 150 ppi or as colour pho-tographic or digital prints;

e.All visual-related work should be original. An affi-davit is required stating that the work is original. Allmusic-related work should be performed by theapplicant and reference should be made as towhether or not the work is:i. a “cover” of another’s workii. public domain

f. Applicants should be advised that they are respon-sible for the return of submitted materials after theyhave been reviewed by the Assessment Committee.Applicants are urged to include prestamped andself-addressed mailing envelopes, prepaid courierinvoices, or cheques or money orders to coverpostage costs if they wish their work to be returnedafter review. Portfolios will be destroyed if they arenot claimed within one month of the date of noticeof the decision of the Assessment Committee. TheCollege assumes no responsibility for loss of ordamage to portfolios submitted.

Portfolio Screening:All portfolios will be reviewed by an AssessmentCommittee that includes faculty representatives. TheAssessment Committee will be looking for the follow-ing in a portfolio:i. originality of ideas or concepts;ii. technical skills;iii. observation and interpretive skills;iv. a variety of media;v. presentation and organization of material

Submission Deadline:Applicants are strongly urged to apply early asplaces in the program are filled on a first-come, first-served basis. Portfolios should be submitted with theapplication.

Effective Date:The requirement for portfolios as an admissionrequirement in specified programs will becomeeffective as of September 1, 2003. All applicationsreceived prior to that date will be processed andwait listed without a portfolio requirement.

RE-ADMISSION OF STUDENTSAcademically Dismissed Students1.Applications from academically dismissed students

will be received at any time but students will not beaccepted to return on a full-time basis until a six-month period from the date of dismissal haselapsed. Students who have been academicallydismissed will be permitted to register for onecourse for credit in a certificate or diploma pro-gram or for any number of courses in the AdultBasic Education Program.

2.Students who have been academically dismissedfrom a program on two or more occasions will notbe eligible for readmission to that program for aperiod of two years from the date of dismissal.

7

3.Students who are required to withdraw from theCollege under numbers 1 and 2 (above) must applyfor readmission and their names will be placed atthe end of the existing waitlist.

VOLUNTARY WITHDRAWALStudents who are in good standing and who volun-tarily withdraw due to extenuating circumstances(confirmed by the counsellor or campus administra-tor) will be required to reapply to return to the pro-gram; these students will be admitted into the firstavailable seat.

WAITLISTSWaitlists will be maintained for each program on afirst-come, first-served basis. Candidates will beplaced on the waitlist by the original date of applica-tion, provided all entrance requirements are satisfiedand all necessary documentation is received.

SELECTION PROCESSOriginal ApplicationA.Applications will be processed on a “first-come,

first-served” basis. Each application will be datedon the date of receipt provided that:1.The application is correctly completed with all

documentation, and2.All educational and other requirements are met,

and3.All required fees are paid.

B.Applicants will be notified immediately uponreceipt of their application.

C.Applicants enrolled in their final year of highschool will be accepted conditionally pendingreceipt of final exam results.

D.When accepted, applicants will be asked to con-firm in writing their intent to register and will berequired to pay a registration fee in advance. Ifapplicants fail to confirm within the time specifiedtheir places will go to the applicant next on the eli-gibility list.

E.First Year Engineering Technology Students: TheCollege offers a common first year in theEngineering Technologies. This initiative allowsstudents to attend the first two semesters of anengineering technology program at the campusnearest their hometown. After completing the firsttwo semesters, students then enter the campuswhich offers the program of their choice, to com-plete the Spring Technical Intersession and thesubsequent years of their program.

Individuals must submit their application to the cam-pus where they intend to complete the first twosemesters of their program. This begins a first-come,first-served provincial process which reserves a seatat the designated campus for the appropriateTechnical Intersession, and subsequent years of pro-gram study. Applicants are given the opportunity tomake a first and second program choice. This optionallows applicants who apply early an increasedopportunity for placement in at least one of their ownchoices. If a student’s first program choice isunavailable, and the applicant accepts his/her sec-

ond program choice, then the first choice is automat-ically dropped from the provincial waiting list.

After successful completion of the first two semes-ters, students progress to the Technical Intersessionin the program for which a seat has already beenreserved. Students who, after registration, wish tochange their original program choice MUST apply fora Program Transfer.

STUDENT NUMBERSA.Student numbers will be assigned to students who

enter a regular College program either on a full-time or part-time basis.

B.Students will use the number assigned to themregardless of the number of times they register atthe College or the campus at which they register.

C.Student numbers must appear on all documents tobe added to the student’s academic or financialfiles.

D.Once student numbers are assigned, they will notbe reassigned; that is, if numbers are assigned tostudents who do not register – those numbersbecome inactive.

ENTRY - NON PROGRAM SPECIFICThe only entrance requirement for candidates wish-ing to apply for a credit course through GeneralStudies is the course prerequisite, if applicable.

Acceptance to any of the courses does not consti-tute a commitment to or admission into any collegeprogram.

ENTRY - PART-TIME STUDENTSStudents who apply for part-time status in any pro-gram must meet all the requirements outlined for full-time status and will be considered only if a vacancyexists after full-time students have been accommo-dated.

ENTRY - CONCURRENT STUDIESSTUDENTSStudents in or about to enter their final year of highschool will be admitted into College level creditcourses in accordance with the following:A.Students must hold an academic record with a

minimum overall average of 80% based on themarks for all courses completed in high school.

B.Students will be accepted on a first-come, first-served basis on the provision that space is avail-able.

C.Access will normally be limited to one creditcourse in a given semester. Eligibility to enroll isrestricted to one semester and will be reviewed fora second semester upon successful completion ofthe first semester course.

D.All fees and deadlines for regularly admitted stu-dents will apply.

E.Students applying for admission under this policywill be required to submit:1.a completed application form,2.an official high school transcript,

3.a letter from the high school principal or guid-ance counsellor clearly recommending admissionto “Concurrent Studies”, and

4.a letter from the applicant requesting enrollmentin a specific course.

LANDED IMMIGRANTS: REFUGEES ANDOTHER CANADIAN STATUS STUDENTSThese students pay the provincial rates, as outlinedin this calendar; however, if the student’s first lan-guage is not English, the College reserves the right totest the English proficiency of these students beforeadmission.

ENTRY - STUDENTS WITHINTERNATIONAL STUDY PERMITApplicants must submit:1.a fully completed Application for Admission (incom-

plete forms may result in delays to your applica-tion).

2.a transcript of academic record3.Application fee of CDN $100 (non-refundable)3.Proof of proficiency in English. The college accepts

a number of English capability assessment meth-ods. Please submit your current test results forassessment or contact us for details.

Students who do not meet the required standard ofEnglish may be accepted on condition that they willbe tested on arrival and will be required to enroll inan appropriate English class. Registration for othercourses will be dependent on their assessed level ofEnglish.

Applications are assessed by the Registrar’s Officeand letters of acceptance are mailed to successfulapplicants.

The Letter of Acceptance will confirm enrollment,length and program of study to be undertaken.Applicants should then consult the CanadianEmbassy in the country of residence. Applicantsmust complete and submit to the Canadian Embassya visa application form. In some instances, appli-cants may have to pay an administrative fee in orderthat the visa application can be processed. A per-sonal interview with a visa officer may sometimes berequired before student visas are issued to the appli-cants.

Upon receipt of the Letter of Acceptance, tuition feesfor the first year of the program of studies will bedue. In the event that student visas are not awardedby the Canadian Embassy, the tuition fees will berefunded. It is the responsibility of the student toapply for refund of fees along with proof of refusal ofstudent visa. In the event that the student receives astudent visa but decides not to attend, the tuitionfees will not be refundable.

Before completing the visa application form, appli-cants must also provide the following documentationto the Canadian Embassy:

• A photocopy of the passport pages bearing thebiographical and identification data and expirydates of the passport or documentation verifyingpersonal identification.

• An original Letter of Acceptance from the College• A photocopy of the applicant’s most recent educa-

tion certificate and academic transcript plus proofof English language proficiency, is required toensure adequate language comprehension in mostcollege programs

• Proof of funds available to cover tuition, suppliesand living expenses (bank or notarized statements).If the applicant has relatives and friends in Canadawishing to assist, they must complete a declarationstating their willingness and ability to support theapplicant. Notarized bank or financial status isrequired.

Academic PrerequisitesApplicants from British-oriented educational systemsshould present the general certificate in SecondaryEducation. Certain programs require achievement inspecific subject areas such as Mathematics, EnglishLanguage, Physics, Chemistry or Biology. Transcriptswill be assessed on an individual basis.

Applicants who have attended a different educa-tional system should submit the latest transcript ofmarks which will be assessed on an individual basis.

Health InsuranceHealth insurance is required for all International stu-dents. Information will be provided on request.Registration will not be permitted without proof ofvalid health insurance coverage at time of registra-tion. Health coverage must be maintained throughoutthe student’s attendance at the College, otherwise

the student will be asked to leave the program, inwhich case fees will not be refunded.

Proof of StatusStudents must show proof of status in Canada at thetime of registration (eg. International Study Permit).

Student ServicesThe International Student Coordinator will provideassistance to International students in such areas as:accommodations (contact lists of apartments, board-ing houses) or home-stay; orientation and generalinformation. The full range of student services asoutlined in this calendar will be made available toInternational students.

FeesFor information on international student fees pleaserefer to Page 14, Section 2.1

8

9

Academic Regulations

DEFINITIONS OF ACADEMIC TERMS

Academic YearThe period from September 1 to August 31 consistingof three distinct 15-week semesters.

Access ProgramsDevelopmental programs that students may enterprior to admission into regular Certificate/Diplomalevel programs.

Credit CourseAn approved and recognized body of content, knowl-edge, skills assigned a credit value.

CreditThe weighted value of a course based on the depthand breadth of the learning objectives.

Diploma ProgramAn approved program of study consisting of a pre-scribed combination of courses that must address:a.occupational skill development;b.academic or general studyc.self interest or personal growth.

Diploma Programs will normally:a.be prescribed over a minimum of a four semester

period.;b.be comprised of a minimum of 80 credits; andc.consist of a maximum of seven courses per semester

Advanced DiplomaAn approved program of study consisting of in-depthtraining for graduates of a diploma program or equiv-alent.

Advanced Diploma Programs will normally:a.be prescribed over a minimum of one semester;b.be comprised of a minimum of 20 credits.

Certificate ProgramAn approved program of study consisting of a pre-scribed combination of courses that must address:a.occupational skill development;b.academic or general study;c.self interest or personal growth.

Certificate Programs will normally:a.be prescribed over a two semester period;b.be comprised of a minimum of 40 credits; andc.consist of a maximum of seven courses per semes-

ter.

Continuing Education Studies (Certificate ofAttendance)Any non-formalized course, seminar, workshopwhich addresses one or more of the following areasof study: occupational skill development, academicstudy, personal interest/growth, for which specificlearning or performance is not measured or evalu-ated.

Workplace DevelopmentThe College may enter partnerships for the purposeof developing and/or delivering courses or programs.Such partnerships will be formally recognized onparchments in one of the following ways:1.College Parchment

When a course or program is developed by theCollege, either in partnership with or on behalf ofanother institution, agency or industry; a Collegeparchment will be issued. This parchment maycontain the phrase “designed in partnershipwith…” as an additional description of thecourse/program.

2.Joint ParchmentWhen a course or program is developed and/ordelivered in partnership with another educationalinstitution, a joint certificate formally recognizingboth institutions may be awarded. This parchmentwould recognize both institutions and may containthe signatures of duly authorized officer of bothinstitutions.

Parchments for Workforce Development1.Diploma in Skill Development

Awarded upon completion of a program that is atleast two years in duration for which learning ismeasured and evaluated.

2.Certificate in Skill DevelopmentAwarded upon completion of a program that is nor-mally one year in duration but not less than oneacademic semester for which learning is measuredand evaluated.

3.Certificate of AchievementAwarded upon successful completion of a programof less than one academic semester or upon com-pletion of an academic course for which learning ismeasured and evaluated.

4.Continuing Studies Certificate (Certificate ofAttendance)Issued upon completion of a non-formalizedcourse, workshop, seminar or program, for whichspecific learning or performance is not measuredor evaluated.

Full-Time StudentStudents who are registered for 4 or more courses incourse-based programs.

Part-Time StudentStudents who are registered for less than 4 coursesin course-based programs

Students who are registered for less than 18 hoursper week in self-paced programs.

SemesterA 15-week period which will include class/learningtime as well as administrative and evaluation time.The academic year will be divided into three semes-ters: the Fall Semester will commence in September;The Winter Semester will commence in January; andthe Spring Semester will commence in May.

IntersessionA five to seven week period which will includeclass/learning time as well as administrative andevaluation time – usually scheduled at the beginningof the spring semester.

Summer SessionA five to eight week period which will includeclass/learning time as well as administrative andevaluation time – usually scheduled in the secondhalf of the spring semester.

Mature StudentPersons who do not meet the entrance requirementsfor admission into a full-time program, who are atleast 19 years of age at the time of submitting anapplication, and who have been out of school for atleast one year.

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

It is the policy of the College that upon the success-ful completion of a program of studies, students willbe awarded one of four parchments:1.A Certificate in (Program Title)2.A Diploma in (Program Title)3.An Advanced Diploma in (Program Title)4.A Certificate in Continuing Studies in

(Program/Course Title)

QUALIFICATIONS FOR A DIPLOMA, ANADVANCED DIPLOMA, OR A CERTIFICATETo quality for a diploma, an advanced diploma, or acertificate, students must meet the following require-ments:• Meet all the requirements as prescribed in the pro-

gram of studies;• Obtain a mark of not less than 50% in every course

in the program unless otherwise specified;• Attain a minimum grade point average of two;• Obtain 25% or more of their credits from the

College.

Students who do not complete their diploma programin the prescribed time frame from first registration,may complete the program by following the regula-tions in effect at the time of first registration providedthe program is completed in not more than threeyears beyond the regular date of completion. AStudent who does not complete a program withinthese prescribed time limits may be required to com-plete additional courses or to repeat certain coursesbefore being deemed eligible to receive the diploma.

Students who return to complete a Diploma inTechnology may not receive credit for courses thatwere completed more than five years prior to thedate of readmission.Students enrolled in accredited Health Sciences pro-grams will be permitted a maximum of one additionalyear to complete their program of studies.

10

ADVANCED STANDINGStudents may receive advanced standing for up to75% of the content of the program to which theyhave been admitted on the basis of successful com-pletion of this content in the same or similar pro-grams at another college and as assessed by theCollege.

Applicants who wish to be considered for advancedstanding should submit an application with the fol-lowing documents:1.Proof of high school completion;2.Official transcript(s);3.Calendar description of the courses claimed for

credit.

Deadline for receipt of applications by the Registraris four weeks following registration date.

Students seeking advanced standing will not beexcused from any course until written authority hasbeen received from the office of the Registrar.

TRANSFER OF CREDIT STATUSTransfer of credit status is awarded for any coursecompleted at the Marine Institute or at any one of theformer Colleges provided that the course uses thesame course description. When Transfer of Credit isawarded, the College will accept the passing gradeas awarded by the institution and this mark will beused in the calculation of the G.P.A.

EXEMPTION STATUSExemption status is granted if the course has a mini-mum of 70% equivalency in the course materialrequired. When exemption status is awarded, nomark is reported on the transcript and the G.P.A. isnot affected. The College will consider exemptionsfor courses if the student received a passing grade.

The College will accept any credit course from a rec-ognized public post-secondary institution as anexemption for an elective even if that course is notoffered at the College. For example, a course inLinguistics from MUN would be considered to haveequivalent value to any other “elective” and, onrequest, could be granted exemption as a generalelective. In some programs electives must be chosenfrom a designated group of courses, in which case ageneral elective cannot be used as a substitute.

CREDIT FOR PRIOR LEARNINGIt is the policy of the College that students will begiven every opportunity to receive credit for pastlearning experience through a comprehensive sys-tematic process of evaluation referred to as PriorLearning Assessment and Recognition.

Credits awarded for Prior Learning Assessment andRecognition will be recorded on the student tran-script as an exemption or as a mark.

There will be no change for Prior LearningAssessment and Recognition for students who are

enrolled on a full-time basis and whose status willremain full-time after the credit is awarded for thecourse in which Prior Learning Assessment andRecognition was granted. Part-time students will beassessed $50.00 per course for each Prior LearningAssessment and Recognition assessment.

The maximum number of credits that can beawarded through the Prior Learning Assessmentprocess is 75% of the number required to completethe certificate/diploma.

BLOCK TRANSFER/ADVANCED STANDINGThe College will recognize course work completed inother programs/courses that fulfill the requirementsfor a designated percentage of the program in whichthe student is now applying. When students aregranted a block transfer, their academic grades willbe calculated beginning at the point of entry to theprogram.

CREDIT SYSTEMA credit is a weighted value of a course based on thedepth and breadth of the learning objectives.

For the purpose of assigning credit values, the meas-urement of learning objectives is usually accom-plished by equating the value with the period of timescheduled to deliver the content in the conventionallecture methodology as follows:

Learning Objectives scheduled for delivery in a onehour period per week per semester constitutes a onecredit value; therefore a course that is scheduled forthree hours per week per semester represents athree credit value. However, a recognized laboratoryexperience is usually measured in the following man-ner:2 – 4 hrs. of lab/week/semester is equivalent to one

credit5 – 7 hrs. of lab/week/semester is equivalent to two

credits 8 – 10 hrs. of lab/week/semester is equivalent to

three credits.

However, the actual process in achieving compe-tency in specified learning objectives can be accom-plished via a second equally legitimate andpedagogically sound methodology; that is, individual-ized, student-centered. In this latter methodologywhich embraces distance delivery, time is a flexiblefactor, fixed schedules do not apply and the processis student driven. This is in contrast to the conven-tional lecture mode which is teacher-directed withfixed learning times and schedules. The one constantfor both modes is the set of learning objectives.Therefore, credit value is assigned by determiningthe equivalent time required if the learning objectiveswere delivered in the conventional mode and apply-ing the formula as described under the definition of acredit.

Grade Point Marking SystemThe percentage mark in any course is converted to agrade point according to the following table:

80% and over 470% - 75% 360% - 65% 250% - 55% 1Below 50% 0

The grade point average is obtained by multiplyingthe credit value of each course in the program by thegrade point obtained in that course. The sum of allthe products is then divided by the total number ofcredits.

When a course is repeated or a supplementaryexamination is written, the highest mark attained willbe used in the calculation of the grade point average.

When students complete more than the minimumnumber of electives, students are able to selectwhich electives will be used in the calculation of theG.P.A. by making application at the Registrar’s Office.Without such application the Registrar will select forcalculation purposes the required number of elec-tives as recorded chronologically on the transcript.

ACADEMIC STATUS1.Clear Standing

A.Students are in clear standing when they havepassed all courses and have attained a gradepoint average of at least 2.0

B.In Diagnostic Ultrasonography, MedicalLaboratory Sciences II and III, MedicalRadiography II and III, Respiratory Therapy II andIII programs the pass mark is 60%.

C.In Industrial Trades programs, the pass mark is70%.

D.In Aircraft Maintenance Technology and AircraftStructural Repair the passing grade is 70%.

2.Conditional StatusStudents are classified as conditional when: theyhave a cumulative grade point average between1.00 and 1.99 in any semester, or when they mustclear course deficiencies in order to graduate (eg.,students who must successfully complete a failedcourse through supplementary examinations orrepetition).

Students are expected to attempt courses fromprevious semesters (if available), before registeringfor any new course, and must consult with a fac-ulty advisor and/or counsellor on or before regis-tration.

3.Academic DismissalStudents will be academically dismissed if theircumulative grade point average is less than 1.0and/or they have not passed a minimum of 40% ofthe credits attempted in the semester.

The College will waive the academic dismissal pol-icy on a “one-time forgiveness” basis as per thefollowing:

Students, who, for the first time fail to meet theminimum re-admission requirements will be given

11

an academic warning and will be permitted to reg-ister for the next semester provided:1.Those students are referred to a Student

Services Counsellor and will participate in areview of their career/academic goals and willdevelop learning strategies that will lead to suc-cess.

2.An appropriate course load will be developed bythe student in consultation with the academicadvisor/counsellor. The maximum course loadwill not exceed the normal semester workload forthe program.

Students will be permitted to register only for thosecourses for which prerequisites have been suc-cessfully met.Students who have availed of the “one-time for-giveness” policy and who fail to meet the re-admis-sion requirements for a second occasion will beacademically dismissed.

Students who have been academically dismissedwill not be accepted to return until a period of sixmonths has elapsed.

Students who have been academically dismissedwill be permitted to register for one course forcredit in a certificate or diploma program, or anynumber of courses for credit in the Adult BasicEducation program.

Academically dismissed students are not eligible towrite supplementary exams.

Students in the Health Sciences programs will berequired to withdraw from their program of study atthe point in their program where it is determinedthat the one additional year (maximum) will not beadequate for them to complete all the requirementsof the program.

Students who have been academically dismissedfrom a program on two or more occasions will notbe eligible for readmission to that program for aperiod of two years from the date of dismissal.

4.Promotion Denied (General)Students who do not achieve a pass in all coursesand a G.P.A. of 2.0 or better may not be able tocontinue with their program but may return to theCollege to complete deficiencies.

5.Promotion – Engineering Technology Programsfrom First YearTo qualify for the technical session, at the end ofthe first two semesters students must normallyhave successfully completed all prescribedcourses and attained a minimum overall G.P.A. of2.00. Students who have a G.P.A. between 1.00 and1.99 at the end of the second and subsequentsemesters may, with the permission of the College,be conditionally admitted to the next semester ifthere is a determination that the students are capa-ble of attaining clear standing by the end of thesubsequent semester.

6.Promotion – Medical SciencesPromotion from Semester 2 to Semester 3 will begoverned by the following:1.Students will compete for places in the third

semester of the programs.2.Competition will be based on academic standing

in Semesters I and II of the program. Studentsmust pass all first and second semester (mini-mum of 50%) and have a minimum G.P.A. of 2.00to be eligible for promotion from second to thirdsemester.3.Students’ weighted averages at the end of thesecond semester will be used to calculate aca-demic standing for purposes of competition.

7.Promotion from second technical year (6th.Semester) for Medical Laboratory II, RespiratoryTherapy II and Medical Radiography IIStudents must have passed all courses in semes-ters 1 to 5 and have a minimum G.P.A. of 2.00 to bepromoted at the sixth semester (start of the clinicalyear).

8.Promotion in Food Services and NutritionManagementStudents must pass all first and second semestercourses (minimum of 50%) and have a minimumG.P.A. of 2.00 to be eligible for promotion fromSemester 2 to Semester 3.

CO-OP REGULATIONS1.Work term learning is integral to co-operative edu-

cation, and a co-op diploma will be awarded to stu-dents who successfully complete work terms asarticulated in their program structure.

2.To be eligible for a work term, a student must have“clear standing” for all courses prescribed in theprogram to the point where the work term market-ing occurs; or be able to attain clear standing bywriting one supplementary or one upgrading sup-plementary.

Since work term arrangements are often made inadvance of the commencement of the work termand before current academic assessments areavailable, eligibility will be based on the mostrecent transcript. Once a student has been con-firmed for a work term, this arrangement shall behonored regardless of academic standing.

3.The co-op term mark will result from both employerand institutional evaluation. Students must achievea minimum of 50% in each of the work term per-formance evaluation and the work term report, andmust achieve a combined grade of 60%. The workterm mark will be recorded on the student tran-script.a.Work term performance is evaluated by the

employer and monitored by the College.b.The work term report is validated by the employer

and graded by faculty/coordinators. A studentreceiving a 40% or 45% grade on the work termreport will be eligible to re-submit the report. Thereport must be re-submitted no longer than four

weeks after receipt of the work term evaluation.

4.Students are encouraged to obtain their own workterms. Such work terms must be confirmed by let-ter from the Employer and approved by the coordi-nator on or before the first day on which thestudent commences work.

5.Students are required to sign a waiver giving per-mission to the College to supply students’ resumesand transcripts to potential employers.

REGISTRATIONIt is the policy of this College that all students willregister for full-time programs at the beginning ofeach semester including the Intersession. Studentsaccessing “continuous intake” programs will beadmitted and will engage in the initial registrationprocess at any time during a semester but will berequired to register with all other students at thebeginning of each subsequent semester.

Date of RegistrationStudents will register in person on the date and atthe time and place prescribed and publicized by theCollege. Registration for continuous intake programswill be scheduled on a continuous basis, and stu-dents will be admitted as vacancies occur.

Late RegistrationWith permission, late registration may sometimes beacceptable, up to two weeks after the official regis-tration day.

ADMISSION TO CLASSESStudents will not be admitted to a class until theyhave satisfied the regulations regarding entranceand complied with the General College Regulations.

COURSE LOADThe number of courses constituting a normal semes-ter workload for a student is specified in the outlinefor each program as published in the CollegeCalendar.

Extended Course LoadsStudents who wish to register for extra courses mustmake application to the program administrator ordesignate.

REPEATING COURSESWith the permission of the program administrator ordesignate, students may repeat any course for whicha passing grade has previously been awarded.* Theoriginal passing grade will remain on the transcriptand a second entry will be recorded with the newgrade. The highest mark attained will be used in thecalculation of the G.P.A.

* Space limitations and other considerations willdetermine approval.

12

INDEPENDENT STUDIESWhen required courses are not available in a partic-ular semester, full-time students may make applica-tion to the program administrator to register for suchcourses through independent study. Applicationsmust be processed within two weeks from the com-mencement of the term.

Access to courses through Independent Study maybe permitted when resources are available and withthe permission of the program administrator and thecoordinator (where applicable) in consultation withthe faculty. Strategies to ensure adherence to courserequirements may be documented in contract formatto be signed by the student, the course instructor,the program administrator and the program coordi-nator (where applicable).

CHANGE OF REGISTRATIONAdding CoursesThe last date for adding courses is two weeks fromthe commencement of the semester (one week fromthe commencement of the intersession/summer ses-sion) in which that course begins. In extenuating cir-cumstances, in the normal semester the two-weekperiod may be extended. Students must complete theappropriate registration change form. Changes mustbe approved by the program administrator or desig-nate.

WithdrawingCourses may be dropped without academic prejudiceup to the end of the eighth week from the scheduleddate of registration for a semester (or the end of thesecond week in the intersession/summer session).Courses dropped after this date are recorded as“Dropped/Fail” and will have a zero mark entered onthe academic record for the course or coursesdropped unless, in extenuating circumstances, thestudent has received the written permission of theprogram administrator to drop a course withoutpenalty. Students are required to complete theappropriate registration change form which must beapproved by the instructors concerned and by theprogram administrator or designate.

Registered students who wish to withdraw from theCollege will be invited to discuss the situation withthe appropriate Student Services official. The with-drawal form must be completed and signed by theappropriate faculty and the program administrator.

LATERAL TRANSFERStudents wishing to change their program of studiesmust apply for Lateral Transfer.A.From One Program to Another at the Same Campus

• Applications for Lateral Transfer are availablefrom the Registrar’s Office. Students must dis-cuss their request with the Counsellor and theprogram administrator and receive writtenapproval.

• Lateral transfer may be granted if there is spaceavailable and the appropriate counsellingprocesses have been followed.

B.From One Campus to Another in the Same or

Different Program• Students must discuss their request with the

Counsellor and the program administrator andreceive written approval.

• Applications for Lateral Transfer are availablefrom the Registrar’s Office.

• As certain programs are offered using differentinstructional methodology at the various cam-puses, transfer may be limited to the end of givensemesters.

• The campus Registrar’s agent will contact theprogram administrator at the receiving campus todetermine space availability and appropriatetransfer time frame.

EXAMINATIONS AND TESTSDates of mid-terms, final, and supplementary exami-nations will be set in advance. No more than twomid-term and final examinations will be scheduledfor a student on any one day.

Student evaluation will be conducted on a continu-ous basis. The method of evaluation will be recom-mended in the official Course Description.

Instructors shall not be permitted to give quizzesworth more than 10% of the total final mark in thetwo week period prior to the start of semester exami-nations. As well no previously unassigned work maybe assigned in the last two weeks of the semester.This regulation does not apply to:1.Courses with no final semester examination.2.Laboratory examinations.3.Self-directed and modular courses.4.Courses with block teaching.5.Assignments given prior to this period which are

due in the two weeks prior to examinations.6.Courses offered in the intersession and summer

session (i.e. 5 – 7 week periods). The time frame forthese courses will be one week prior to the start ofexaminations.

SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONSSupplementary examinations provide an opportunityfor students in Diploma Programs to improve theirstanding in a course in which they have attained afailing grade of 40% or 45% in any given semester.

For upgrading purposes, in their last semester ofstudies, students may be given an opportunity towrite a supplementary examination for a course inwhich they have attained a mark of 50% or 55%. Alsorefer to the Co-op Regulations.

The grade attained in a supplementary examinationwill replace only the grade attained in the final exam-ination for the course in question and will be com-bined with marks previously attained for term work.The following conditions must be met in order toqualify for supplementary examinations:1.Students may be eligible to write one supplemen-

tary per semester.2.Supplementary exams will not apply to any course

in which the final exam is worth less than 30%.3.Supplementary examinations will be scheduled and

should be written during the supplementary periodfollowing the regular examination period.

4.Students must apply, in writing, for supplementaryexaminations. The established standard fee persupplementary examination must accompany theapplication form. Refunds of such fees will be per-mitted only if permission to write an examination isnot granted.

5.If the mark obtained in the supplementary is lowerthan the original mark obtained on the regularexamination, the original mark will be included incalculating the grade point average.

6.Where circumstances warrant, supplementaryexaminations may be written off-campus; theRegistrar’s Office must be contacted for permissionand guidelines prior to the examination period. Allcosts associated with the administration of offcampus supplementary examinations will be borneby the student.

7.Academically dismissed students are not eligible towrite supplementary exams.

DEFERRED EXAMSStudents, who are prevented by illness or bereave-ment or other acceptable cause from writing a finalexamination, where one is scheduled, may apply forpermission to write a deferred examination. Thedeferred examination is the final examination for theindividual concerned.

Where possible, deferred exams should be com-pleted by the last day of exams/classes for thatsemester, or as soon as feasible thereafter.

A request for deferred examinations must be submit-ted to the campus Registrar’s Office as soon as pos-sible after the date on which the regular examinationwas scheduled. The request for a deferred exam willbe assessed by the program administrator in consul-tation with faculty members. Students should notethat permission to write deferred examinations is aprivilege, not a right, granted solely on the basis ofextenuating circumstances.

INCOMPLETESubject to the approval of the program administrator,an incomplete grade may be assigned when themandatory components of the course are not com-pleted. Incompletes must be cleared by the end ofthe third week after the beginning of the subsequentsemester. If incompletes are not cleared by this date,students will receive a failing grade.

REASSESSMENT OF GRADESStudents, who feel that they may not have beenaccurately assessed on any assignment, examina-tion, term paper, or laboratory or shop exerciseshould, in the first instance, discuss the matter withthe instructor teaching the course. This should bedone within three instructional days of the receipt ofthe assessment. If this does not result in a satisfac-tory resolution, students may request that the matterbe reviewed by the program administrator. If thisaction is taken, it must be done within five instruc-tional days of receipt of the assessment.

13

Unsatisfactory resolution of the dispute at this stagemay enable students to request a review of thegrade(s) by the Academic Appeals Committee. Suchan appeal should be made within ten days of receiptof the assessment.

RE-READ OF FINAL EXAMINATIONSStudents may apply to have a final examinationpaper re-read.An application for re-read must be made in writing tothe Registrar’s Office within one month following therelease of the marks.

A re-read fee must be paid at the time of application.If the mark is changed after the re-read, the fee isrefunded; if the mark is unchanged, the fee is for-feited.The mark obtained in a re-read stands as the officialmark in the course and is used in all calculations ofthe student’s academic record.

AEGROTAT STATUSStudents who, through illness or other exceptionalcircumstances, have been absent from a scheduledfinal examination, or who have been unable to com-plete all of the required work in a course, may, on therecommendation of the Counsellor, in consultationwith the program administrator and faculty be givencredit for the course.

Application for Aegrotat Standing, with full detailsduly authenticated, must be made to the campusRegistrar’s Office within two weeks after the last dayof examinations, indicating each course for whichthe application is being made.

ACADEMIC DOCUMENTATIONNote: Transcripts, diplomas and certificates will bewithheld from a student who is in possession ofCollege property such as books, equipment or sup-plies or who owes money to the College.

1.Grade ReportsGrade reports will be issued at the end of each

semester and intersession.2.Transcripts/Records of Achievement

A. Official Transcripts/Records of Achievementmay be obtained at any time from the campusRegistrar’s Office.

B. A transcript includes the student’s academicrecord to date including academic decisionswhich may have been taken. Transcripts that arereleased will include the student’s complete aca-demic history.

STUDENT APPEALS (ACADEMIC)All registered students of the College have the rightto appeal decisions or rulings which affect them andwhich pertain to academic matters.

STUDENT APPEALS (NON-ACADEMIC)All students of the College have the right to appealdecisions or rulings that affect them and which per-tain specifically to non-academic matters. Pleaseconsult the Student Handbook for details.

ProcedureNormally, instructors, faculty advisors, and programcoordinators, in full adherence to current policiesand regulations, should extend every effort to resolve

students’ disputes thereby avoiding the formalappeal process.

The Appeals Committee therefore, is the final hearingfor students who have been unable to obtain whatthey deem to be a fair resolution to an alleged viola-tion of their rights. After consulting with a StudentServices representative, the formal appeal should bepresented in writing by the student to the campusadministrator. The appeal must be presented within10 days from the date of the decision or ruling withwhich the student disagrees.

The Appeals Committee must consist of a campusadministrator or designate, who will act asChairperson, a student services representative, onestudent representative, the registrar or designateand one faculty representative from a departmentother than the department under appeal.

The Chairperson shall set up the Committee to exam-ine the evidence ensuring that all appropriate partiesto the complaint are given an opportunity to appealbefore the Committee. Minutes must be recorded andfiled.

The decision of the Committee will be final and mustbe conveyed in writing to the student with a copy tothe President and the Director of Student Serviceswithin five (5) working days, from the receipt of theappeal.

14

Fees and Charges

1.0 REGULATIONS GOVERNING PAYMENT OF FEES & CHARGES

a.All student fees must be paid prior to or at the timeof registration unless otherwise specified below.Students receiving Student Aid must present theirnotification of Student Aid form at registration.These students are permitted to have fees out-standing after registration. Upon receipt of theStudent Aid, these students must pay their accountsin full.

b.Students who have not paid all fees within the timelimits given in these regulations may have their reg-istration cancelled by the College.

c.Students with outstanding accounts will be ineligi-ble for a subsequent semester, will not be awardeda diploma or certificate, and will not be issued acertificate of standing (transcript), grade report, oraccess to on-line grades until the outstandingaccount has been paid in full. Students are notifiedof their account status on a regular basis. It is thestudent’s responsibility to address outstanding bal-ances and to correct any problems.

d.Should the College cancel a program all tuition andfees paid will be refunded.

e.Continuous intake students, registering or with-drawing within a semester, will pay a proratedtuition and equipment and materials fee per week.

f. Senior Citizens, 60 years and older, are required topay 50% of applicable fees.

2.0 FEES & CHARGES

2.1 FULL-TIME STUDENTSStudents enrolled in four (4) or more courses:a.Application fee per program $30.00

(Non-refundable)Application fee for International students $100.00

b.Registration fee $91.00(Annual fee payable on anniversary of registration.This fee covers registration, insurance, and studentassociations).

c.Tuition – per semester $726.00

d.Equipment/Materials fee per semester(Intended to help offset material costs of program)ABE/CollegePreparation No ChargeBusiness/IT Programs $50.00Applied Arts/College Transfer $100.00Trades/Health Science/Engineering

Technology/Natural Resources $150.00Heavy Equipment/Commercial Transport $500.00

e.Work Term fee per semester $363.00(Co-op and Non Co-op)

f. On the Job (OJT) fees - per week $ 49.00(Applies if OJT occurs outside of regular semester)

g.IntersessionTuition fees per week $49.00Equipment/Materials

fees per session (50% of regular fees)

h.Apprenticeship fees per week $25.00

i. International StudentsAll regular fees (registration fees, equipment andmaterials fees) apply with the following exceptions:Full-time-Tuition fee per semester $3300.00Part-time-Tuition fee per course $825.00Intersession $1650.00Distance Learning Course per course $660.00Medical Insurance per year $500.00-$600.00

2.2 PART-TIME STUDENTSStudents enrolled in three (3) or less courses.(Including Regular Programs, Day-time GeneralStudies, Distributed Learning & Distance Educationand Open Learning)

a.Tuition fee per course $230.00(Includes tuition, equipment/materials, applicationfees and student association fees).

2.3 COMMUNITY EDUCATIONContact local campus for course fees.

2.4 RESIDENCE FEES (PRESENTLY UNDERREVIEW)Students must pay a minimum of two weeks resi-dence fees in advance upon arrival in residence.Students intending to move out of residence mustgive 30 days notice or pay a penalty of $100.00.

Students are responsible for providing their own bedlinens and laundry service.

a.Fees applicable to all campuses

Residence Application fee $25.00(These are annual fees and are non-refundable)

Residence Registration fee $50.00(These are annual fees and are non-refundable)

Daily Room Charges Single Double$15.00 $10.00

b.Fees specific to each campus – presently underreview. Please contact the campus for rates.

Bay St. George CampusRoom and 10 mealsRoom and 14 mealsRoom and 19 meals

Burin CampusRoom and 5 mealsRoom only

Happy Valley CampusStudent ResidenceRoom and 14 meals

Family Residence (Apartments)1 Bedroom-monthly rate/no meals2 Bedroom-monthly rate/no meals3 Bedroom-monthly rate/no meals

15

2.5 MISCELLANEOUS FEESa.Supplementary/Re-read fee $25.00

Course Challenge/PLAR Assessment fee per course $50.00*

b.Resource Camp fees per day $30.00(Covers food & Lodging - not tuition)c.NSF Cheques $25.00d.Replacement I.D. cards $ 15.00e.Daycare fees N/A

(Contact applicable campus)

* part-time students only

3.0 REFUNDS

a.Tuition and FeesA student who withdraws within the first six weeksof classes will pay the regular weekly tuition andother fees for the number of weeks enrolled. Anybalances owing to students will be refunded. Norefund will be made if withdrawal takes place afterthe sixth week of classes. During the intersession,no refunds will be made after the third week ofclasses.

General StudiesA student who withdraws within the first threeweeks of classes will receive a full refund. If with-drawal takes place within four to six weeks, therefund will be prorated. No refund will be made ifwithdrawal takes place after the sixth week ofclasses.

b.Registration fees will be refunded only to studentsnot meeting academic entrance requirements.

c.Application fees are non-refundable.

d.TextbooksRefunds may be given for returned textbooks underthe following conditions:i. books are unmarked and in saleable conditionii. books are returned within the first three weeks

after the commencement of classesiii. original receipts must be presented before a

refund is issued.

Students are responsible for initiating their ownrefunds and are required to complete the StudentRevenue Refund form. Forms are available from theStudent Services Office. All tuition refunds will beissued by Cheque by Headquarters. Any refunds willbe applied against outstanding accounts before anymonies are returned to the student. If a student ter-minates or voluntarily withdraws from a program ofstudies, refunds from student loans will be for-warded to the National Student Loan ServiceCenter.

4.0 STUDENT CREDITStudents will be granted credit only as a last resortand upon the recommendation of the appropriateStudent Services representative. Credit will be givenonly for Tuition and Equipment/Materials fees.

No credit will be given for textbooks.

Students Receiving Student LoansStudents who will be receiving Student Loans and theamount of the loan is confirmed may be eligible for aStudent Waiver. The Waiver should specify what iscovered and for what period of time. When the stu-dent loan arrives, the amount owing will be deductedby the College.

Students Not Receiving Student LoansStudents in this category are not normally eligible forcredit; however, from time to time it may be neces-sary to give a Credit Note to students who are receiv-ing funding assistance. Credit Notes in these caseswill be issued only after a thorough interview is com-pleted by the appropriate Student Services represen-tative in order to determine need. The case will thenbe referred to the Campus Administrator with a rec-ommendation.

5.0 FINANCIAL APPEALS

Appeals of a financial assessment should be made inwriting to the Director of Aministration.

Receipts are issued for any financial transactionswith the College. Students should ensure that theyobtain and save these receipts for use in resolvingany financial conflicts. In the absence of such docu-mentation, the College financial records shall providethe basis for any decision

16

Student Services

INTRODUCTIONThe primary concern of Student Service profession-als is to help establish and sustain an environment inwhich students can learn and develop.

COUNSELLING AND PERSONALDEVELOPMENTCounselling, including standardized testing, is avail-able to all students. Each Campus has either a pro-fessional Guidance Counsellor or another StudentServices Professional to assist students. Studentsmay seek assistance in all areas of counsellingnamely career, educational, and personal. This typeof counselling is usually conducted on a one-to-onebasis or in small groups.

STUDENT AFFAIRS/EMPLOYMENTSERVICESThe Student Affairs/Employment Officers provide stu-dents with services of a non-academic nature.Specifically, the Student Affairs/Employment Officermay be involved with student government, peer tutor-ing, and assisting students with financial aid informa-tion. The Student Affairs/Employment Officer acts asa liaison between the students and administration ofthe campus and serves as a direct contact foremployment-related issues. This involves deliveringjob-search seminars, promoting graduates to poten-tial employers, and gathering information related tostudent and graduate employment, including surveysof students and graduates. The StudentAffairs/Employment Officer is also responsible fororganizing and conducting a high school liaison pro-gram as well as participating in career fairs andtrade shows. Students and/or potential students areencouraged to contact the StudentAffairs/Employment Officer at their campus to findout more about the services available.

LEARNING RESOURCE CENTER/LIBRARYThe Learning Resource Centers/Libraries are man-aged by professional staff and provide backgroundand supplementary materials for all programs taughtat the College. The growing collection includesbooks, AV materials, periodicals, newspapers,research and government documents. A small col-lection of recreational books is available.

Circulating materials have a two week loan periodand non-circulating materials are available for usewithin the library. A system for fines is in place foroverdue material.

STUDENT SUCCESS CENTERSThe Student Success Centers, located on some cam-puses, are an integral part of the Learning ResourceCenter in that they provide a place for students whoseek remedial help especially in the areas ofMathematics and Communication Skills. TheseCenters also have a wide array of career resourcematerials including computer interactive CareerEducation programs such as CHOICES as well as acomputerized job search program called the NationalGraduate Registrer (NGR).

BOOKSTORETextbooks for all courses are available at the Collegebookstore on each campus and should be purchasedat the time of registration.

SOCIAL AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIESThe Student Affairs/Employment Officer organizesand co-ordinates a number of social and recreationalevents throughout the College year. Clubs, sportteams, recreational activities, and special eventscontribute to the general well-being of the Collegestudents.

STUDENT AIDInformation and assistance is provided to studentsapplying for student aid, such as Canada StudentLoans.

STUDENT ACTIVITIES COUNCILEach Campus elects a Student Activities Council atthe beginning of each academic year. This council isgoverned by a constitution and has responsibility forplanning and organizing various extra-curricularactivities on behalf of the student body. The councilhas a faculty advisor, usually one of the StudentService professionals.

COUNCIL OF STUDENT EXECUTIVES (CSE)This is a student governance committee which has astudent representative from each of the campuses ofthe College. These representatives are elected bytheir respective Student Councils. This Committee isresponsible for ensuring that students will sit on allmajor College committees including the CollegeBoard of Governors.

CHAPLAINCY SERVICESChaplaincy services are available to students at theCollege. These services are available to studentswho may feel the need for spiritual counselling andcan be provided upon request.

HARASSMENT POLICYIt is the policy of the College that all registered stu-dents have the right to pursue their studies andrelated activities free from personal harassment fromCollege employees, agents of the College or otherstudents. See the Student Handbook for the fulldescription of this policy.

INSURANCEStudent insurance coverage against accidents whilegoing to and from the College, while in the College orparticipating in related College activities such asorganized games, must be purchased by students.The premium is included in the registration fee.

When an accident happens, minor or otherwise, stu-dents should report immediately to their instructorwho will take the necessary action.It is the responsibility of the Campus Administrator toassure that appropriate procedures for reportingaccidents are followed.

STUDENT CODE OF CONDUCT (RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES)The College has a policy in place which respects thegeneral rights of students and recognizes that stu-dents also have responsibilities. Please see theStudent Handbook for details.

STUDENT HANDBOOKThe College publishes a Student Handbook annually.This Handbook includes many useful tips for studentsand also includes a day planner. A copy of this hand-book is provided free of charge to each student.

DAYCARE CENTRESThere are daycare centres located on the CornerBrook and Prince Philip Drive Campuses. These day-care centres are linked to the College’s EarlyChildhood Education programs. Interested studentscan contact either of these campuses for furtherinformation.

LIAISONThe Student Services Division has an active recruit-ment team including Student Affairs/EmploymentOfficers, Counsellors, and instructors. Members ofthis team make regular visits to high schools, careerfairs and other community agencies.

STUDENT PARKINGStudent Parking is considered a privilege and not aright. Students must park in the designated parkingareas.

“No Parking” and “Restricted Parking” areas aredesignated either by a sign, road markings in yellowpaint or both.

APPEALSAll registered students of the College may appeal adecision or ruling which affects them as it pertains toacademic matters, matters of student discipline andstudent rights and responsibilities.

OFF-CAMPUS HOUSINGThe College maintains at all campuses a list ofboarding accommodations available at theStudent Services Offices.

COLLEGE RESIDENCEThe College maintains residence facilities at theBay St. George, Burin and Happy Valley-GooseBay Campuses. Students wishing to apply for resi-dence should apply directly to the ResidenceOffice of the appropriate campus.

The Residence OfficeBay St. George CampusP. O. Box 5400Stephenville, NLA2N 2Z6

The Residence OfficeBurin CampusP. O. Box 370Burin Bay Arm, NLA0E 1G0

The Residence OfficeHappy Valley-Goose Bay CampusP. O. Box 1720Happy Valley-Goose Bay, NLA0P 1E0

Residence space is limited and therefore theCollege cannot guarantee a room to everyonewho applies. All applications are processed on afirst-come, first-served basis only after studentshave been confirmed in a program at the College

StudentHousing

17

International

The College of the North Atlantic recognizes interna-tional education as an integral part of its mission andhas a mandate to recruit international students andto export educational products and services. TheCollege accepts its responsibility to prepare gradu-ates for success in the global economy and as citi-zens of the world.

The College has established the Community,Corporate and International Services Division to fulfillits commitment to deliver world-class educationalproducts and services internationally. The Collegebrings to the world community a unique variety ofhuman and technological resources with a sensitiveand responsive approach to delivery that reflects theability to manage change demanded in our own envi-ronment.

In the marketing of its programs and services, on theinternational level, the College invites applicationsfrom international students while at the same timeseeks opportunities for Canadian students, staff andfaculty to get involved in the development and deliv-ery of international initiatives. The College places ahigh value on the contribution that international stu-dents make towards the development of effectiveintercultural communications skills throughout theCollege of the North Atlantic.

In fulfilling its international mandate the College wel-comes international students to its campuses. TheCollege is an active participant in the WorldUniversity Services of Canada student refugee pro-gram and is a member of the Canadian Bureau forInternational Education.

The College will deliver custom-designed productsand services anywhere in the world, and is an activeparticipant in the Association of Canadian CommunityColleges and the Canadian College Partners Programwhich is funded by the Canadian InternationalDevelopment Agency. The College is particularly

interested in opportunities to work on an interna-tional level in partnership with other colleges, privatesector partners, and international financial institu-tions and has been or is currently involved in projectsin Jamaica, Barbados, Peru, Tanzania, India, China,Libya, Egypt, Jordan, Thailand, Vietnam andGaza/West Bank

Persons requiring additional information regardingcustom-designed training, partnership, and otherbusiness development initiatives should contact:

Business Development ManagerCommunity, Corporate and International ServicesCollege of the North Atlantic1 Prince Philip DriveP. O. Box 1693St. John’s, NLCanada A1C 5P7Telephone: (709) 758-7261Fax: (709) 758-7505E-mail: www.northatlantic.nf.ca/administration/inter-national

International students who wish to receive an appli-cation package containing information on Canada,Newfoundland and Labrador and the College of theNorth Atlantic should contact:

Student Services DivisionCollege of the North Atlantic1 Prince Philip DriveP. O. Box 1693St. John’s, NLCanada A1C 5P7Telephone: (709) 758-7290Fax: (709) 758-7304Email: intstudents@northatlantic.nf.caWeb: www.northatlantic.nf.ca

18

@College Distributed Learning Servicedls.northatlantic.nf.caDistributed Learning involves using computers andtelecommunications technology to make learningopportunities accessible to learners who are other-wise constrained by time and geography. Thisapproach allows students and instructors to interactby way of a digital network from different locations attimes which are more convenient for both.

DISTRIBUTED LEARNING SERVICESThe @College Distributed Learning Service is a fullyintegrated area of service in each of the College’s 18campuses. Aside from Internet-mediated and Web-based instruction, the service utilizes a mix of learn-ing technologies and media to provide flexibleaccess to some College programs and services.Access options for @College courses include:

Home-based learningCampus-based learningWorkplace learningCommunity Access PointsSecondary School

Distributed Learning provides a support alternativeapproach to learning for individuals who are moti-vated, disciplined, independent learners who may nothave the option of attendance at a campus.

As part of this Service, the College’s pan-provincialDistributed Learning Center works with the publicand private sector to nurture technology enabledlearning and develop courseware for local and inter-national markets.

ACCESSAlthough most Distributed Learning courses includetextbooks and other media, access to a computerand the Internet is essential. Students will need anInterned account and a computer which is config-ured for Internet and World Wide Web applications.Minimum requirements can be obtained from thewebsite or by calling the Distributed Learning Centerat (709) 466-0301 or 0306.

AVAILABLE COURSESCurrently, this service provides select credit andcontinuing education courses related to Business,Applied Arts, Engineering, Natural Resources, Health,Trades/Apprenticeship, and Information Technology.As new courses become available, they will beadded to the on-line database on the website. Priorto the start of each semester, a course schedule willbe advertised in the local newspapers.

For further information about specific coursesoffered through this service see the CourseDescriptions section of the calendar or contact theDistributed Learning Service:tel: 1-877-465-2250email: learn@northatlantic.nf.caweb: dls.northatlantic.nf.ca

Note: The following list of courses is subject tochange. Course descriptions can be viewed online.

DISTRIBUTED LEARNING COURSESAC1100 Bookkeeping IAC1240 Financial AccountingAC2100 Bookkeeping IIAC2230 Computerized AccountingAC2240 Financial Accounting IIAC2250 Managerial Accounting IAC3250 Managerial Accounting II

BL1330 Anatomy

CM1100 Communication SkillsCM1400 Communication SkillsCM2100 Workplace CorrespondenceCM2200 Oral CommunicationsCM2300 Report WritingCP1120 Introduction to Procedural ProgrammingCP1150 Visual BasicCP1160 Introduction to the InternetCP1400 website Analysis & DesignCP1450 Operating SystemsCP1510 Windows Operating SystemsCP2170 Windows ServerCP2190 UnixCP2270 Java Programming

CP2280 Introduction to Object Oriented Programming in Java

CP2310 Electronic Spreadsheet ApplicationsCP2320 Microdatabase ApplicationsCP2370 Multi User DatabaseCP2440 Web Server ICP2450 Web Server IICP2460 CGI ProgrammingCP2480 Microcomputer Database ProgrammingCP2510 Unix ManagementCP2610 Scripting LanguageCP3200 Object Oriented ProgrammingCP3410 Fundamentals of Database DesignCP3420 Systems Analysis and Design I

CR1100 Network FundamentalsCR1200 Computer SecurityCR1450 TCP/IPCR1500 Website DevelopmentCR1550 Website Trends

DM1100 Document Production FundamentalsDM1200 Document Production IDM1201 Document Production IIDM1300 Machine Transcription IDM1400 Medical Transcription IDM1401 Medical Transcription IIDM2200 Document Production IIIDM2201 Document Production IV

EC1700 Engineering EconomicsEE1130 Curriculum FoundationsEE1140 Child Development IEE1201 Child Development IIEE1240 Curriculum IEE1250 Foundation of Positive Behaviour & GuidanceEE1300 Family Studies IEE1400 Creative Activities I – ArtEE1401 Children’s Literature (Creative Activities II)EG1100 Engineering GraphicsEP1100 Entrepreneurial StudiesEP1110 Introduction to BusinessEP2200 Business Planning

FH1100 Basic NutritionFH1310 Health, Safety & WellnessFW1300 Fieldwork I (Summer Institutes)

HM2110 Menu ManagementHM2240 SupervisionHN1200 Human Resource ManagementHN2120 Recruitment Selection & TrainingHS1120 Basic Foods

IC2100 Virtual TeamsIN2100 Introduction to Research Online

MA1100 MathematicsMA1121 MathematicsMA1400 Mathematics of Finance IMA1500 Mathematics for ComputersMA1670 StatisticsMA2400 Mathematics of Finance IIMC1050 Introduction to ComputersMC1100 Computer ApplicationsMC1150 Productivity ToolsMC1151 Advanced Productivity ToolsMM2500 Computer GraphicsMN2400 Technology Project ManagementMN2500 Customer Relations ManagementMR1100 Marketing IMR1210 Customer Service – BusinessMR2100 Marketing IIMR2120 Internet MarketingMR2350 Electronic CommerceMU1110 Music and Culture

OF1100 Office Management IOF1101 Office Management IIOF2300 MCP BillingOF2400 Medical Office Management IOF2401 Medical Office Procedures

PH1100 PhysicsPH1101 PhysicsPR2110 ProjectPS1100 Psychology I (ECE)PS1101 Psychology II (ECE)PS1150 PsychologyPS1151 PsychologyPS2220 Developmental PsychologyPS2340 Organizational Behaviour

SC1150 SociologySC1160 SociologySD1630 Working in Health CareSD1450 E-Business Career Development

TA1210 Normal Functional MovementTA2110 Disabling ConditionsTA2210 Communication DisordersTA2510 Psychiatric DisordersTM1100 Medical Terminology ITM2100 Medical Terminology II

19

Awards

The College offers opportunities to students in manyprograms to compete for a variety of scholarships,bursaries, prizes and graduation awards.

The College has four types of awards:

GRADUATION AWARDS

Governor General’s MedalThe Governor General’s Medal is awarded to a gradu-ate who has achieved the highest academic standingat each district of the College. The student must begraduating from a two or three-year, diploma levelprogram.

The President’s Medal of ExcellenceThe College has established a President’s Medal ofExcellence to be issued to one student in each pro-gram who attains the highest academic standing intheir program; the student will also receive aCertificate.

ScholarshipsA monetary award presented in recognition of aca-demic excellence.

BursariesA monetary award presented in recognition of aca-demic performance and financial need.

PrizesAn award presented in recognition of performance ina particular subject area or task.

The Honour SocietyThe College has established an Honour Society torecognize those students who meet the following cri-teria:1.those in diploma-level programs who have a grade

point average (GPA) of 4.02.Those in industrial trades programs who have 80%

or greater in each course. To be determined atcompletion of their program of studies.

Students who are registered under General Studiesmust be enrolled in at least four courses in any givensemester and must achieve at least 80% in eachcourse.

Office Administration and Business Administrationare taught, at some campuses, by the individualizedinstruction methodology. In order to qualify for HonorSociety status, students must have completed 16credits or more in a given semester. Students in thiscategory must achieve a GPA of 4.0 in order to qualifyfor the Honor Society.

Awards administered by the College are awardedupon the recommendation of the Award’s Committee.

Application forms for awards administered by theCollege are available at the Student Services Office.

Unless otherwise stated, applications are notrequired in order to be considered for medals, schol-arships or prizes.

The deadline for receipt of applications for bursariesand other awards can be obtained at each campusRegistrar’s Office and is generally October 15.

CRITERIA FOR AWARDS:a.No scholarship or bursary administered at the cam-

pus level will be awarded to a candidate who holdsan award of equal or greater value, unless specifi-cally required by the terms of the award. Certainconditions apply.

b.To be eligible for any award, a student must be reg-istered as a full-time student in a recognizedCollege program.

c.The eligibility criteria for awarding a scholarshipwill be:• Candidates should be in clear academic standing

with a GPA of at least 2.5.• At least 80% of the credits accumulated at the

point of consideration for awards must have beenobtained at the College.

• Courses which are not included in the require-ments for graduation will not be included in thecalculation of the weighted average.

• Candidates must have attained a passing grade inALL courses being considered in establishingweighted average. Marks obtained in supplemen-tary exams will be considered in the calculation ofthe weighted average.

• In cases where the student repeats a course, thebest earned grade will stand for calculation of theweighted average.

d.The eligibility criteria for awarding a prize or bur-sary shall be:• A candidate in the second or third year of a pro-

gram must have attained a minimum GPA of 2.00and have clear academic standing.

• A candidate in a certificate-level program and inthe first year of a diploma-level program musthave attained a reasonable academic perform-ance in their program of studies to date.

DOCUMENTATIONAwards administered by the College shall berecorded on the recipient’s academic record.

AWARDS INFORMATIONThe College publishes an annual Awards Handbookwhich is available from any campus. Awards informa-tion is also found on the College website:www.northatlantic.nf.ca

20

21

ACADEMIC,GENERAL, AND

TRANSFER STUDIES

ACADEMIC, GENERAL, AND TRANSFER STUDIESCERTIFICATE• One year• Start date varies• All Campuses

22

Adult Basic Education

Adult Basic Education (ABE) is a high school equiva-lency program designed for adults who did not com-plete high school or who wish to upgrade theircredentials in one or more subject areas.

Adult Basic Education is offered in the context of theCollege’s Access to Training and Careers (ATC) deliv-ery model. Students are provided with an opportunityto complete a Career Development Portfolio and toprepare a Personal Career Plan. An advising processis used to support students throughout their participa-tion in this program. The College offers the followingtwo levels in this program:

Level IILevel II content is similar to that which is encoun-tered in the junior high portion of the regular schoolprogram. A student who left school prior to Grade 10in the regular system would normally be placed inLevel II. Many students who have been out of theschool system for a number of years also enroll inLevel II to “brush up on the basics” before attemptingLevel III.

Level IIILevel III content is similar to that which is encoun-tered in Grades 10-12 in the regular school system.The graduation requirements for the program are asfollows:

36 credits, including:

• Minimum of 6 Communication Skills• Minimum of 6 Mathematics• Minimum of 6 Science• Minimum of 4 Employability Skills• Maximum of 10 General Options• May include equivalency credits• May include maturity credits

MathematicsAcademic StreamIM 2112 Algebra IVIM 3213 Algebra VIM 3216 TrigonometryORAdvanced StreamIM 3219 Advanced Algebra IIIIM 3222 Calculus ReadinessORGeneral MathematicsIM 3106 Business Mathematics IIM 3222 Business Mathematics II

Communication SkillsIC 3211 Basic GrammarIC 3112 Writing SkillsPlus one of:IC 3116 Business CommunicationsIC 3215 Research WritingIC 3222 Optional LiteratureIC 3321 Thematic Literature

Science

BiologyIB 3113 EcologyIB 3115 EvolutionIB 3214 GeneticsIB 3316 Human Systems

ChemistryIH 3215 Chemical BondingIH 3116 Solution ChemistryIH 3117 Rates, Reactions & EquilibriumIH 3118 Acids & Bases

PhysicsIP 3215 Mechanics IIP 3216 Mechanics IIIP 3111 Electricity IIP 3212 Electricity II

ScienceIS 3212 GeologyORIS3214 Environmental Science

All students are counseled upon registering to ensurethat the courses which they select are appropriate forthe career goal they are pursuing. Students shouldalso note that they may be eligible for credits forcourses or programs which they may have completedsince leaving school so it is important that all docu-mentation (e.g. high school transcripts, certificatesfrom other training) is obtained, preferably beforeregistering.

In order to enroll in an ABE Certificate Program, astudent must be at least 17 years of age and out ofthe school system for at least one year.

ACADEMIC, GENERAL, AND TRANSFER STUDIES DIPLOMA• One year• September start• Burin, Carbonear, Grand Falls-

Windsor, Happy Valley-Goose Bay,and Labrador West Campuses

COURSESsee following pages for course descriptions»

23

College-University Transfer Year

The College-University Transfer Year has been devel-oped through an agreement with Memorial Universityof Newfoundland which gives credit for specificCollege courses. All courses identified in this sectionare developed in collaboration with the respectivedepartments of Memorial University ofNewfoundland.

Note: In the areas of curriculum content and testingmethodologies, these courses are identical toMemorial’s.

These introductory courses are designed for studentsintending to transfer to university after completion of10 or more credits at the College of the North Atlantic.

The Transfer Year enhances student access tocourses that earn both University and College credits.It provides opportunity for students to gain Universitycourse credit at locations close to their home com-munities. It allows students to choose career pathswith minimum loss of credit for work completed.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSProvincial High School Graduation with 60% overallaverage in the following:1.a.Language (1 credit) chosen from 3101, 3103 or

4121 and Literature (2 credits) chosen fromThematic Literature 3201 or Literary Heritage 3202OR

b.English (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from3201, 3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291,3292

2.Mathematics (2 credits) chosen fromAdvanced: 3201, 3205, 3211, 3215, 3221, 3231, 3271,3281, 3291, 4225Academic: 3203, 3200, 3204, 3210, 3214, 3230, 3270,3280, 3290AND2 credits chosen fromAdvanced: 2201, 2205, 2221, 2231, 2271, 2281, 2291Academic: 2203, 2200, 2204, 2230, 2270, 2280, 2290

3.Science (4 credits) two of which must be selectedfromBiology: 3201, 3211, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291, 4221Geology: 3203, 3213, 3223, 3273, 3283, 3293Physics: 3204, 3214, 3274, 3284, 3294, 4224Chemistry: 3202, 3212, 3230, 3272, 3282, 3292, 4222Earth Systems: 3213, 3209

4.Either Social Science (2 credits) chosen from:Global Economics 3103, 3133, 4128, 4129World History 3201 or 3231World Geography 3202Global Issues 3205Or Modern/Classical Language (2 credits) at the3000 levelFrench 3200, 3201, 3202, 3203, 4220, 3221

5.ElectivesTwo credits at the 3000 level for those who com-plete 1.a.ORThree credits at the 3000 level for those who com-plete 1.b.

ORApplicants who do not meet the educational prerequi-sites will be considered for admission based uponeither the completion of a recognized High Schoolequivalency program or the College’s Mature StudentPolicyORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the academic stream includingthe following courses:1.Communications IC3112 plus one IC3321 or IC3222.2.Mathematics… from one of the following sections:

a.Mathematics IM3115, 3211, 3212, 3213, 3216b.Mathematics IM3218, 3219, 3221

3.Science… from one of the following sections:a.Biology IB3113, 3115, 3211, 3213A/B, 3214, 3316.b.Chemistry IH3111, 3112, 3113, 3114, 3116, 3117,

3118, 3215c.Physics IP3111, 3112, 3213, 3215, 3216d.Geology IS3212

see following pages for course descriptions»

ACADEMIC, GENERAL, AND TRANSFER STUDIES

24

College-University Transfer YearCourse DescriptionsNOTICEAll courses may not be available at all campuses.

BL1170 BiologyTransferable to MUN Biology 1001This course is designated as an introductory Biologycourse. This course introduces the concepts of cellbiology and processes, ecology, and taxonomy, andbegins a survey of living things. Laboratory exercisesfocus on biological investigation techniques, cellstructure and function, plant taxonomy, growth pat-terns and organs.

BL1171 BiologyTransferable to MUN Biology 1002.This course is a continuation of BL1170. It isdesigned for students who wish to transfer to univer-sity after their second term. The course follows sec-ond term biology at Memorial University ofNewfoundland (Bio 1002). This course continues withthe survey of the Kingdoms begun in BL1170, lookingat the anatomy, ecology, and taxonomy of Fungi andAnimalia. It also introduces the student to the evolu-tionary history of animals and the structure andphysiology of selected animal systems. Laboratoryexercises focus on animal anatomy, evolution andphysiology.Prerequisite(s): BL1170 or MUN Biology 1101.

CH1130 ChemistryTransferable to MUN Chem 1010.This is an introductory course dealing with the fun-damental laws of chemistry, the nature of matter andthe physical states of matter, the structure of theatom, the electronic structure and the periodic table,significant figures and scientific notations, measure-ments and units, writing and balancing chemicalreactions, stoichiometry an stoichiometric calcula-tions, chemical bonding, gases and gas law calcula-tions. Major topics include: matter and energy,atoms, molecules and ions, mass relations in chem-istry (stoichiometry), reactions in aqueous solution,gases and osmotic pressure, electronic structureand the periodic table, covalent bonding (Lewisstructures, molecular geometry, polarity of moleculesand hybridization). Prerequisite(s): None, but high school chemistry isrecommended. Strong mathematical skills arerequired, and students with low marks in high schoolacademic mathematics (less than 70%) are stronglyrecommended to upgrade their mathematics back-ground before undertaking this course.

CH1131 ChemistryTransferable to MUN Chem 1011.This is a continuation of CH1130. This course will fur-ther develop the fundamental concepts of chemistry,with emphasis on thermochemistry, physical proper-ties of matter, rate of reaction, gaseous chemicalequilibrium, acid-based equilibria, precipitation equi-libria and electrochemistry. Major topics are:Thermochemistry, physical properties of matter, rateof reaction, gaseous chemical equilibrium, acid-based equilibria, precipitation equilibria and electro-chemistry.Prerequisite(s): CH1130 or MUN Chem 1010

CH1140 ChemistryTransferable to MUN Chem 1050.This course is designed for students who have previ-ously studied Chemistry either in high school or uni-versity. It is designed to give students a knowledgeand understanding of the fundamental chemical con-cepts which will form the basis for further studies inthe field of science. Major Topics are: matter – itsproperties and measurement, atoms and atomic the-ory, chemical compounds, chemical reactions, intro-duction of reactions in aqueous solution, gases andhydrogen, electrons in atom, the Periodic Table andsome atomic properties, chemical bonding I: basicconcepts, chemical bonding II: additional aspects,liquids, solids, and intermolecular forces, solutionsand physical properties.Prerequisite(s): At least 80% in high schoolChemistry and a pass in high school advanced math-ematics.Co-requisite(s): MA1130 or MA2100. A physicscourse would be helpful, especially for students whodid not take Physics in high school.

CH1141 ChemistryTransferable to MUN Chem 1051.This course is designed for students who may havecareer interests in chemistry or other fields of sci-ence. The course will develop further the fundamen-tal concepts of chemistry, with emphasis on practicalapplications. It is designed to identify and apply prin-ciples as well as provide visualizing of their physicalsignificance. Major topics are: chemical kinetics,principles of chemical equilibrium, acids and bases,addition aspects of acid-based equilibria, solubilityand complex ion equilibria, spontaneous change;entroph and free energy, electrochemistry, descrip-tive chemistry.Prerequisite(s): CH1140, MA1130 or MA2100, or MUNChem 1050, Math 1000 or 1081.

CH1150 ChemistryTransferable to MUN Chemistry 1031.This course is designed to prepare students whohave completed Chemistry 1131 (or MUN chemistry1011) for second year Chemistry courses. It dealswith the topics in greater depth with emphasis onproblem solving, as in Chemistry 1141.Prerequisite(s): CH1131 or MUN Chem 1011.

CM1120 EnglishTransferable to MUN English 1080.An exploration of literary texts, which will includesuch forms as poetry, short fiction, drama and theessay. Emphasis is placed on critical reading andwriting including analyzing texts, framing and usingquestions, constructing essays, organizing paragraphs,quoting and documenting, revising and editing.Prerequisite(s): Minimum of 60% in Language 3101and a minimum of 60% in either Thematic Literature3201 or Literary Heritage 3202.

CM1135 EnglishTransferable to MUN English 1101.This course is an introduction to such prose narra-tive forms as the novel, the novella, the storysequence and the autobiography. This course contin-

ues the emphasis on critical reading and writingbegun in CM1120. It also introduces the student tolonger prose narrative, particularly the novel formand to the practices of conducting research.Prerequisite(s): CM1120 or MUN English 1080.

CM1145 EnglishTransferable to MUN English 1110.This course is an introduction to the writing andanalysis of prose. Students will analyze prose writingand practice a number of writing strategies that con-sider a variety of audiences and purposes. Thecourse furthers the development of writing and ana-lytical skills acquired in CM1120 English and intro-duces the student to writing intended to critique,persuade, and analyze.Prerequisite(s): CM1120 or MUN English 1080.

CM1155 EnglishTransferable to MUN English 1102.This course is an introduction to the study of plays,primarily as written texts. Elements of theatre historyand dramatic theory and of live performance produc-tion processes may be introduced to enhance stu-dents’ understanding of this uniquely hybridliterature. This course continues to develop the criti-cal reading and writing skills introduced in CM1120.Prerequisite(s): CM1120 or MUN English 1080.

CM1165 EnglishTransferable to MUN English 1103.English CM1165 introduces the writing and analysisof poetry. This course continues to develop criticalreading and writing skills introduced in CM1120.Students will also learn to develop library/researchskills.Prerequisite(s): CM1120 or MUN English 1080.

EC1140 MicroeconomicsTransferable to MUN Economics 2010.This is a course in Microeconomics that is intendedto prepare a student to take additional courses ineconomics which make use of Microeconomic toolsof analysis. In addition, the subject matter of thiscourse will help in understanding some of the con-cepts, problems, and arguments, that are presentedin other courses or in the public press. In this coursethe student will develop a set of tools of analysis thatwill provide insight into what is involved in the deci-sion making process, realize implications that maynot be readily apparent to the general public, and besituated in a position to more readily ask relevantquestions concerning diverse initiatives. The coursewill cover the following topics: scarcity and opportu-nity cost, demand and supply, elasticity, householddemand, marginal utility, indifference curves, produc-tion functions, short-run and long-run cost functions,perfect competition in the short-run and in the long-run monopoly.

EC1150 EconomicsTransferable to MUN Economics 2011.This course is designed to introduce students tomacroeconomics. Topics that will be covered includenational income accounting, aggregate income analy-sis, money, banking and foreign trade. The course

25

examines the physical and monetary aspects of inter-national trade, money, banking and monetary policy,the gross national product, national expenditurecomponents, business cycles and fiscal policy. Theemphasis is on Canadian examples where possible.

EH1100 Earth SciencesTransferable to MUN Earth Sciences 1000.A survey of major earth systems, including the inte-rior of the earth, lithosphere, hydrosphere, atmos-phere, and biosphere – their structure, compositionand interaction.

EH1101 Earth SciencesTransferable to MUN Earth Sciences 1001.The evolution of the Earth’s structure and environ-ment through geological time are explored from therock and fossil record. Particular emphasis is givento the geological history of North America, especiallyNewfoundland and Labrador.Prerequisite(s): EH1100 or MUN Earth Sciences 1000.

EL1420 FrenchTransferable to MUN French 1500.This is an introductory course for students with littleor no previous knowledge of French and for thosewho wish to review the basic vocabulary and struc-ture. The course uses only the present tense and a500-word vocabulary, and covers the most commonsituations of daily life.

EL1430 FrenchTransferable to MUN French 1501.This is a course which teaches the use of pasttenses and more advanced structures. Studentsbegin to read short texts which are faithful to theoriginal, to write longer compositions and to exploremore complex situations.

EL1440 FrenchTransferable to MUN French 1502.This course introduces ways of dealing with futureand hypothetical “What if…?” situations, and caseswhere emotion and personal feelings color the issue.The work of composition and intensive vocabularybuilding continues, and students are expected toengage in more advanced oral practice.Prerequisite(s): EL1430 or MUN French 1501.

MA1100 MathematicsNo MUN equivalent.This is a course in pre-calculus mathematicsdesigned to help alleviate specific weaknesses instudents’ mathematical skills and thereby increasetheir chances for success in other technicalPrerequisite(s): Level III Academic Mathematics.

MA1104 MathematicsTransferable to MUN Math 1090.This pre-calculus course is designed to strengthenthe students’ skills in basic algebra, review anddevelop a deeper understanding of the concept of afunction and make students aware of the importanceof trigonometry. The course also uses technology toenhance the student understanding. After completing

this course students will have the essential prerequi-site elements to complete an introductory calculuscourse. Major topics include: fundamentals of alge-bra, functions and their graphs, exponential and log-arithmic functions, trigonometry, analyticaltrigonometry, polynomials and rational functions.Prerequisite(s): MA1100; at least 75% in Level IIIAdvanced Mathematics or at least 95% in Level IIIAcademic Math.

MA1120 MathematicsTransferable to MUN Mathematics 1050.This course is designed to satisfy part of the firstyear mathematics requirement for prospective teach-ers in primary and elementary education programs.This course is also suitable for students headed intoa non-science area of study.Prerequisite(s): Level III Academic or AdvancedMathematics.

MA1121 MathematicsTransferable to MUN Mathematics 1051.This course is designed to satisfy part of the firstyear mathematics requirement for prospective teach-ers in primary and elementary education. This courseis also suitable for students headed into a non-sci-ence area of study.Prerequisite(s): Level III Academic or AdvancedMathematics.

MA1130 MathematicsTransferable to MUN Mathematics 1000.An introduction to differential calculus including log-arithmic, exponential, and trigonometric functionswith applications. A brief introduction to integration.Prerequisite(s): Pass in Level III AdvancedMathematics.

MA1131 MathematicsTransferable to MUN Mathematics 1001.An introduction to integral calculus with applications.Prerequisite(s): MA1130 or MUN Math 1000.

PH1120 PhysicsTransferable to MUN Physics 1020.An introductory course designed to extend studentsknowledge and understanding of the basic concepts,principles and applications of mechanics. Topicscovered include: kinematics in one and two dimen-sions, vectors, dynamics, equilibrium, work andenergy, and linear momentum.Prerequisite(s): Level III Academic mathematics witha minimum mark of 70%, or a pass in AdvancedMathematics, or successful completion of PH1010.

PH1121 PhysicsTransferable to MUN Physics 1021.This introductory course is a continuation of PH1120.Topics covered are: fluids, vibrations and waves,sound, electric charge and electric field, electricpotential and potential energy, electric current, D.C.circuits and instruments, magnetism and geometricaloptics.Prerequisite(s): PH1120 or MUN Physics 1020.

PS1150 PsychologyTransferable to MUN Psychology 1000.This course introduces students to psychologicaltheory and research in the areas of neuroscience,human development, learning and memory, sensationand perception of stimuli, and different states of con-sciousness.

PS1151 PsychologyTransferable to MUN Psychology 1001.An introduction to psychological theory and researchin the areas of human cognition and emotion, motiva-tion, personality, psychological disorders and treat-ment, social psychology, health and stress, andsexuality.Prerequisite(s): PS1150 or MUN Psychology 1000.

SC1150 SociologyTransferable to MUN Sociology 1000.This course introduces the concepts, principles andtopics of sociology. The theoretical foundations ofmodern sociology are examined. The works of suchsocial theorists as Karl Marx, Emile Dukheim andMax Weber are studied in conjunction with contem-porary theoretical perspectives of functionalism,feminism, conflict theory and symbolic interaction-ism. The course also examines a range of sociologi-cal topics and concepts including research methods,culture, socialization, collective behaviour, groupsand organizations, social stratification, deviance andcrime, race and ethnicity, sex and gender, and workand the economy.

SC1160 SociologyTransferable to MUN Sociology 2270.Topics covered include: defining the family, sociolog-ical perspectives on the family, family diversity,dynamics of intimate relationships, marriage, chil-dren and parenting, lone parent families, separation,divorce and remarriage, the family and work, thefamily and poverty, midlife and beyond, social prob-lems in the family, trends in Canadian family life.

ACADEMIC, GENERAL, AND TRANSFER STUDIESCERTIFICATE (LEVEL OF ATTAINMENT)• One year• Start date varies• Prince Philip Drive Campus• Note: This program will operate with

continuous intake/exit fromSeptember to June.

COURSESCODE TITLELevel I HrsEO1100 Beginner Speaking 90EO1200 Beginner Listening 150EO1300 Beginner Reading 75EO1400 Beginner Writing 60

Level II HrsEO1101 Intermediate Speaking I 120EO1201 Intermediate Listening I 120EO1301 Intermediate Reading I 75EO1401 Intermediate Writing I 60

Level III HrsEO2100 Intermediate Speaking II 90EO2200 Intermediate Listening II 90EO2300 Intermediate Reading II 120EO2400 Intermediate Writing II 75

Level IV HrsEO2101 Advanced Speaking I 30EO2201 Advanced Listening I 75EO2301 Advanced Reading I 120EO2401 Advanced Writing I 105Elective #1 45

Level V HrsEO3100 Advanced Speaking II 30EO3200 Advanced Listening II 75EO3300 Advanced Reading II 90EO3400 Advanced Writing II 90Elective #2 45Elective #3 45

All courses in each Level are required for successfulcompletion of that Level. Levels IV and V have electives.

26

English as a Second Language

College of the North Atlantic offers an English as aSecond Language program which is designed toaddress language training for a variety of academic,personal and social goals. ESL courses in listening,speaking, reading and writing are offered at five lev-els: Beginner, Intermediate I and Intermediate 2,Advanced 1 and Advanced 2. Students enrolled at theAdvanced Levels are offered the opportunity to enrollin College credit courses as part of their ESL study.

This is an immersion program where the college envi-ronment and the community serve as a laboratory forlearning. As a result, students inherently participatein Canadian culture through involvement in authenticactivities that require specific language proficiencies.

OBJECTIVES1.To serve the general language needs of students of

any nationality.2.To support the language needs of students destined

for other college programs.3.To prepare students for participation in Canadian

culture.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSStudents who meet entrance requirements and havebeen admitted to another college program and needESL training will be automatically admitted to the ESLProgram. Students who have not been admitted toanother college program must be 17 years of age atthe commencement date of the program.Assessments will include an interview to samplereading, writing, speaking and listening skills;CanTEST; Canadian Language Benchmarks; as wellas other internal assessments. Entry assessment willindicate each student’s starting point in each of thefour language skills of reading, speaking, listeningand writing. Lower level courses in each languageskill area will be exempted.

CURRENT/ FUTURE EMPLOYMENTOPPORTUNITIESKnowledge of and skills in English language will be arequirement for individuals who want to train inEnglish speaking institutions or work in environmentswhere English is the primary language spoken.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EO1100 Beginner SpeakingUsing a communicative approach, this learner-cen-tered ESL course focuses on developing speakingskills to Canadian Language Benchmark 4. While spe-cial emphasis will be placed on Speaking, all lan-guage skills will be integrated. Speaking objectivesare presented in a culturally meaningful and thematiccontext to enable speaking for a variety of tasks.

EO1101 Intermediate Speaking IUsing a communicative approach, this learner-cen-tered ESL course focuses on developing speakingskills to Canadian Language Benchmark 6. While spe-cial emphasis will be placed on speaking, all lan-guage skills will be integrated. Speaking objectivesare presented in a culturally meaningful and thematiccontext to enable speaking for a variety of tasks.Prerequisite: EO1100

EO1200 Beginner ListeningUsing a communicative approach, this learner-cen-tered ESL course focuses on developing listeningskills to Canadian Language Benchmark 4. While spe-cial emphasis will be placed on listening, all languageskills will be integrated. Listening objectives are pre-sented in a culturally meaningful and thematic con-text to enable aural comprehension for a variety oftasks.

EO1201 Intermediate Listening IUsing a communicative approach, this learner-cen-tered ESL course focuses on developing listeningskills to Canadian Language Benchmark 6. While spe-cial emphasis will be placed on listening, all languageskills will be integrated. Listening objectives are pre-sented in a culturally meaningful and thematic con-text to enable proficiency in a variety of tasks.Prerequisite: EO1200

EO1300 Beginner ReadingUsing a communicative approach, this learner-cen-tered ESL course focuses on developing reading skillsto Canadian Language Benchmark 4. While specialemphasis will be placed on reading, all languageskills will be integrated. Reading objectives are pre-sented in a culturally meaningful and thematic con-text to enable the comprehension of uncomplicatedtexts on a variety of topics.

EO1301 Intermediate Reading IUsing a communicative approach, this learner-cen-tered ESL course focuses on developing reading skillsto Canadian Language Benchmark 6. While specialemphasis will be placed on reading, all languageskills will be integrated. Reading objectives are pre-sented in a culturally meaningful and thematic con-text to enable reading for a variety of tasks.Prerequisite: EO1300

27

EO1400 Beginner WritingUsing a communicative approach, this learner-cen-tered ESL course focuses on developing writing skillsto Canadian Language Benchmark 4. While specialemphasis will be placed on writing, all languageskills will be integrated. Writing objectives are pre-sented in a culturally meaningful and thematic con-text to enable the production of uncomplicatedwriting for a variety of tasks.

EO1401 Intermediate Writing IUsing a communicative approach, this learner-cen-tered ESL course focuses on developing writing skillsto Canadian Language Benchmark 6. While specialemphasis will be placed on writing, all languageskills will be integrated. Writing objectives are pre-sented in a culturally meaningful and thematic con-text to enable the production of writing for a varietyof tasks.Prerequisite: EO1400

EO2100 Intermediate Speaking IIUsing a communicative approach, this learner-cen-tered ESL course focuses on developing speakingskills to Canadian Language Benchmark 7. Whilespecial emphasis will be placed on speaking, all lan-guage skills will be integrated. Speaking objectivesare presented in a culturally meaningful and thematiccontext to enable proficiency in a variety of tasks.Prerequisite: EO1101

EO2101 Advanced Speaking IUsing a communicative approach, this learner-cen-tered ESL course focuses on developing speakingskills to Canadian Language Benchmark 8. Whilespecial emphasis will be placed on speaking, all lan-guage skills will be integrated. Speaking objectivesare presented in a culturally meaningful and thematiccontext to enable speaking proficiency in a variety oftasks. Objectives in this course may be supported orattained by enrollment in a College credit course.Prerequisite: EO2100

EO2200 Intermediate Listening IIUsing a communicative approach, this learner-cen-tered ESL course focuses on developing listeningskills to Canadian Language Benchmark 7. Whilespecial emphasis will be placed on listening, all lan-guage skills will be integrated. Listening objectivesare presented in a culturally meaningful and thematiccontext to enable proficiency in a variety of tasks.Prerequisite: EO1201

EO2201 Advanced Listening IUsing a communicative approach, this learner-cen-tered ESL course focuses on developing listeningskills to Canadian Language Benchmark 8. Whilespecial emphasis will be placed on listening, all lan-guage skills will be integrated. Listening objectivesare presented in a culturally meaningful and thematiccontext to enable aural comprehension in a variety oftasks. Objectives in this course may be supported orattained by enrollment in a College credit course.Prerequisite: EO2200

EO2300 Intermediate Reading IIUsing a communicative approach, this learner-cen-tered ESL course focuses on developing readingskills to Canadian Language Benchmark 7. Whilespecial emphasis will be placed on reading, all lan-guage skills will be integrated. Reading objectivesare presented in a culturally meaningful and thematiccontext to enable reading for a variety of tasks.Prerequisite: EO2300

EO2301 Advanced Reading IUsing a communicative approach, this learner-cen-tered ESL course focuses on developing readingskills to Canadian Language Benchmark 8. Whilespecial emphasis will be placed on reading, all lan-guage skills will be integrated. Reading objectivesare presented in a culturally meaningful and thematiccontext to enable reading proficiency in a variety oftasks. Objectives in this course may be supported orattained by enrollment in a College credit course.Prerequisite: EO2301

EO2400 Intermediate Writing IIUsing a communicative approach, this learner-cen-tered ESL course focuses on developing writing skillsto Canadian Language Benchmark 7. While specialemphasis will be placed on writing, all languageskills will be integrated. While objectives are pre-sented in a culturally meaningful and thematic con-text to enable the production of uncomplicatedwriting for a variety of tasks.Prerequisite: EO1401

EO2401 Advanced Writing IUsing a communicative approach, this learner-cen-tered ESL course focuses on developing writing skillsto Canadian Language Benchmark 8. While specialemphasis will be placed on writing, all languageskills will be integrated. Writing objectives are pre-sented in a culturally meaningful and thematic con-text to enable writing proficiency in a variety oftasks. Objectives in this course may be supported orattained by enrollment in a College credit course.Prerequisite: EO2400

EO3100 Advanced Speaking IIUsing a communicative approach, this learner-cen-tered ESL course focuses on developing speakingskills to Canadian Language Benchmark 9. Whilespecial emphasis will be placed on speaking, all lan-guage skills will be integrated. Speaking objectivesare presented in a culturally meaningful and thematiccontext to enable speaking proficiency for a varietyof tasks. Objectives in this course may be supportedor attained by enrollment in College credit coursesPrerequisite: EO2101

EO3200 Advanced Listening IIUsing a communicative approach, this learner-cen-tered ESL course focuses on developing listeningskills to Canadian Language Benchmark 9. Whilespecial emphasis will be placed on listening, all lan-guage skills will be integrated. Listening objectivesare presented in a culturally meaningful and thematiccontext to enable aural comprehension in a variety oftasks. Objectives in this course may be supported orattained by enrollment in College credit coursesPrerequisite: EO2201

EO3300 Advanced Reading IIUsing a communicative approach, this learner-cen-tered ESL course focuses on developing readingskills to Canadian Language Benchmark 9. Whilespecial emphasis will be placed on reading, all lan-guage skills will be integrated. Reading objectivesare presented in a culturally meaningful and thematiccontext to enable reading proficiency in a variety oftasks. Objectives in this course may be supported orattained by enrollment in College credit coursesPrerequisite: EO2301

EO3400 Advanced Writing IIUsing a communicative approach, this learner-cen-tered ESL course focuses on developing writing skillsto Canadian Language Benchmark 9. While specialemphasis will be placed on writing, all languageskills will be integrated. Writing objectives are pre-sented in a culturally meaningful and thematic con-text to enable writing proficiency in a variety oftasks. Objectives in this course may be supported orattained by enrollment in College credit coursesPrerequisite: EO2401

ACADEMIC, GENERAL, AND TRANSFER STUDIES• Length varies• Start date varies• All Campuses

28

Special ServicesServices & Programs for Persons with DisabilitiesAll campuses at College of the North Atlantic willoffer inclusive programming to all students whoapply. The College recognizes the ultimate purpose oftraining will be the eventual integration of all personsinto the mainstream of post-secondary education, thecommunity and society. To this end, the College hasdeveloped a four stage service delivery model thatwill complement current college operations, andincrease service delivery to a wide range of studentsin specific areas. In addition, this model will allowCollege of the North Atlantic to respond to students incases where their special needs are identified afterregistration.

STAGE 1 REGULAR COLLEGE CURRICULUM,PROGRAMS, & COURSESApplicants who meet entrance requirements and donot request “Accommodation” on the applicationform.

Stage 1 includes all courses and programs offered bythe College at all campuses. This stage is intended forall students and is based on the rationale that forsome students with special needs the regular Collegecurriculum at the campus they are enrolled in will besufficient to meet their needs, interests and abilities.An example of students in Stage 1 could include astudent with a physical disability who is a wheel-chair user and can access regular College programswithout support.

STAGE 2 REGULAR COLLEGE CURRICULUM,PROGRAMS, & COURSES WITH SUPPORTSApplicants who meet entrance requirements andrequest “Accommodation” on application form.

Stage 2 focuses on providing support to students pur-suing a regular College curriculum. Based on the reg-ular curriculum, decisions are made regardingaccommodations (adaptations to learning resourcesand instruction, adaptations to learning environment,instructional techniques, evaluation procedures, etc.)to support individual student needs. Making accom-modation does not mean adding, deleting, or alteringcourse objectives or changing the curriculum. Collegeof the North Atlantic intends to provide the student anopportunity to master the curriculum.

STAGE 3 MODIFIED COLLEGE CURRICULUM,PROGRAMS, & COURSESApplicants who do not meet entrance requirementsand request “Accommodation” on application form.

Stage 3 involves the actual changing of course objec-tives to meet the needs of a student with specialneeds. The individualized curriculum will be devel-oped and decided by the Individual Support ServicePlanning Team (ISSPT). Students who complete amodified program will receive a Record ofAchievement to document their areas of competency.Students applying for admission to Stage 3 shouldpossess appropriate documentation outlining theirneeds to be submitted with their application, and fol-low an admissions process that ensures the neces-sary modified curriculum with supports be in placeprior to entry to the College of the North Atlantic.

STAGE 4 ALTERNATE COLLEGE CURRICULUMApplicants who do not meet entrance requirementsand request “Accommodation” on application form.

Stage 4 consists of a curriculum based on studentswith special individual needs, as they relate toemployability and career goals. This individualizedcurriculum (Employability Skills Training) is decidedon and developed by an ISSP team. The alternate cur-riculum does not include regular courses, but ratherareas that need to be developed based on the stu-dent’s needs. Students applying for admission toEmployability Skills Training should possess appropri-ate documentation outlining their needs to be submit-ted with their application and follow an admissions process that ensures the necessary cur-riculum with supports be in place prior to entry toCollege of the North Atlantic.

29

APPLIED ARTS

APPLIED ARTSDIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Prince Philip Drive Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaCM1100 Communication Skills 3 3 0FH1200 Principles of Physical Activity 3 3 0FW1700 Supervised FieldWork Experience I 3 2 8MC1150 Productivity Tools 4 3 2RS1100 Introduction to Community Recreation 3 3 0RS1280 Program Planning 2 2 1RS1230 Creative Activities In Recreation 3 2 2

Semester 2 Cr Le LaAC1100 Bookkeeping I 4 3 2CM2100 Communications 3 3 0FW1701 Supervised FieldWork Experience II 3 2 8PS2340 Organizational Behaviour 4 4 0RS1250 Introduction to Recreation Activities 3 2 2RS1450 Intro to Therapeutic Recreation 3 2 3

Semester (Intersession) Cr Le LaFH1230 Physical Activity Programming for

Older Adults 3 2 2RS1370 Recreation Activities 3 2 3

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCM2200 Oral Comm. 2 2 0FW2700 Supervised FieldWork Experience III 3 2 8HN1200 Human Resource Management 3 3 1RS1240 Recreation Activities III 3 2 2RS1320 Recreation Administration 3 2 1RS1400 Community Agencies 3 3 0RS1440 Recreation Facilities 3 3 1

Semester 5 Cr Le LaCM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0FW2701 Supervised Fieldwork Experience IV 3 2 8MN1410 Special Events Management 4 4 0MR2110 Marketing Methods & Promotional

Media 3 3 0RS1460 Gerontology & Recreation

Programming 3 2 3RS1520 Risk Management In Recreation 3 3 0RS1530 Therapeutic Recreation Program

Design Service Delivery 4 4 0

Students must possess a valid First Aid Certificate andBasic Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation Certificate prior tobeing placed in a supervised fieldwork experience

Hours per week may vary to accommodate supervisedfieldwork experience schedule.

30

Community RecreationLeadershipThe two-year program, Community RecreationLeadership, has been developed in response to anincreasing awareness of the technological and socie-tal changes in modern society that influence people’sleisure time, pursuits, retirement, and in recognitionof the opportunities and challenges inherent in pro-viding recreation services to people.

The purpose of the program is to train personnel whomay contribute to the development and extension ofindividual and group interests and endeavours asthey relate to the leisure time of people in both urbanand rural communities of the province, encompassingall ages and abilities.

In addition to the costs for textbooks students will berequired to pay for special materials required for spe-cific courses as well as fees for certification, partici-pation in selected training seminars or conferences,and for activities associated with outdoor recreation.The accumulated costs for these materials and activi-ties will be outlined prior to registration.

OBJECTIVES1.To provide training in various recreational pursuits

appropriate to the rural and urban areas of theProvince.

2.To provide training in program planning and in theuse and management of recreational facilities.

3.To foster an appreciation of the nature of commu-nity life, including geographic structure, economicand social factors, and government controls.

4.To foster an appreciation of the various groupswithin a community and their particular recreationalneeds (includes preschool and school-aged chil-dren, youth, adults and senior citizens).

5.To provide leadership training to enable personnelto:a. exercise initiative in the development of leisure

time activities.b. recognize and help strengthen established com-

munity activities.c. organize and stimulate growth at the community

level.

CURRICULUM1.General Education: English (oral and written), social

sciences psychology, accounting, computers).2.Specific Recreational Activities: Outdoor: cross-

country skiing, camping, canoeing, hiking, technicallevel I coaching in any sport. Indoor: creative activi-ties, physical activity programming, racquet sports.

3.Technical Training: Problem solving, supervisionand administration of recreational programs, facilitydevelopment and maintenance, computer training.

4.Field Work: Supervised field work experience as aregular course in the total program. This is sched-uled in BLOCK FORM for each semester. The sched-ule for the winter semesters may coincide with theEaster break.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESThe graduate is awarded a Diploma in CommunityRecreational Leadership certifying successful com-pletion of two years of post-secondary educationcombining theoretical knowledge and practical train-ing. Graduates may obtain employment as programdirectors and supervisors, facility supervisors withagencies such as the YMCA/YWCA, municipal recre-ation agencies, the Provincial Department ofRecreation, boys and girls clubs, senior citizenhomes, and agencies providing rehabilitation serv-ices.

Note: Graduates of the Community RecreationLeadership program wishing to pursue further studiesin recreation may receive course credits or exemp-tions from universities such as:1.Acadia University2.Dalhousie University3.Memorial University4.Concordia University5.University of New Brunswick6.Lakehead University7.University of Ottawa

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSA Provincial High School Graduation Certification witha 60% average in nine level 3000 credits or equivalent,ORGrade XI public examinations pass with a 60% aver-age or equivalent,ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the general or academic streamwith an average pass mark of 60%,ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

Note: To participate in certain Field Placements, aCertificate of Conduct will be required. This certifi-cate can be obtained from the Royal NewfoundlandConstabulary (RNC) or the Royal Canadian MountedPolice (RCMP).

APPLIED ARTS DIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Bay St. George, Carbonear, and

Happy Valley-Goose Bay Campuses

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaSC1120 Sociology I 3 3 0PS1100 Psychology I 2 2 0MC1150 Productivity Tools 4 3 2HR1200 Intro. To Human Services 3 3 1HR1100 Human Relations 4 4 0CM1450 Writing Fundamentals for the

Workplace 3 3 0CS0000 Community Studies Elective

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCM2100 Workplace Correspondence 3 3 0CS0000 Community Studies ElectivePS1101 Psychology II 2 2 0SC1121 Sociology II 3 3 0CS1110 Leadership Skills I 5 4 2CS0000 Community Studies ElectiveEL0000 General Elective 3 3 0

Semester 3 (Intersession) Cr Le LaFW1440 Field Placement I 4 4wksCS2410 Crisis Intervention Skills 3 3 0SD1130 Field Preparation 1 1 0

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCS2100 Leadership Skills II 4 4 0CS2200 Interviewing Skills 4 4 0CS0000 Community Studies ElectiveFW1441 Field Placement II 7 7wks

Semester 5 Cr Le LaCS2101 Leadership Skills III 4 4 0CS0000 Community Studies ElectiveCS0000 Community Studies ElectiveEL0000 General ElectiveME1110 Media Appl. & Public Relations 4 4 0CS0000 Community Studies ElectiveCS2500 Project Management 3 3 0

“Electives” for ConcentrationsCD2100 Community DevelopmentCD2300 Community Economic DevelopmentCD2310 Financing and Managing CEDEP1100 EntrepreneurshipEC1400 Newfoundland and Labrador EconomyEC2410 Economic GeographyMR1100 MarketingDB2100 Introduction to DisabilitiesDB2110 Issues in DisabilitiesDB2300 Program PlanningPS1360 Behaviour ManagementPS2200 Developmental PsychologyAC1100 BookkeepingCJ2100 Canadian Criminal Justice SystemCJ2101 Canadian CriminologyCJ2200 Youth JusticeCJ2400 Special PopulationsCJ2410 Case ManagementCS2300 Research MethodsCJ2700 Self-Directed LearningPS1200 Drugs and BehaviourCS1700 Study TripSC1300 Women’s StudiesSC1301 Women’s StudiesEL1270 International IssuesPS1230 Understanding AddictionsSC1240 Healthy Aging

31

Community Studies

The Community Studies Program is a two-yeardiploma program which prepares students for chal-lenging roles in community-based agencies and ascommunity leaders. More specifically, the programfocuses on leadership and other career-related skillswhich are required for work in a wide variety ofHuman Services professions. These may range fromone-on-one support and counselling roles to positionswhich involve coordination and facilitation of groupsor communities. The courses are fast-paced anddynamic, and are founded on the tenets of experien-tial learning and direct involvement with the commu-nity. Students are challenged to think critically and tobecome self-directed, lifelong learners.

Students in Community Studies experience a firstsemester in which they acquire general knowledgeand skills fundamental to the human services field.Throughout the first year, students receive careercounselling to assist them in making course selec-tions which are best suited to their particular careerchoices. The program provides flexibility to allow stu-dents to select a combination of courses which willqualify them for work in a variety of areas of HumanServices. To this end, students may choose coursesfrom a number of the following areas: Addictions,Community Economic Development, Disability Studies,Healthy Aging, International Studies, Women’sStudies, and Youth and Adult Corrections. Based onthe particular combination of courses selected, stu-dents may reasonably expect to find employment witha variety of agencies including: economic and socialdevelopment agencies, facilities for youth or adultoffenders, social programs for older adults, supportsand services which support inclusion of persons withdisabilities, international development agencies/proj-ects, services for women, or dependency treatmentprograms.

Graduates who wish to further their education aftergraduation may choose to transfer credits to theBachelor of Community Studies Program at theUniversity College of Cape Breton. This program hasprovided many students with a foundation foradvancement within the Human Services field, or topursue further education in areas such as SocialWork or Education.

FUTURE OPPORTUNITIESGraduates of the program may reasonably expect to obtain employment with a variety of com-munity-based groups and agencies such as:a.Economic development boards, municipalities, com-

munity-based entrepreneurial ventures, and socialdevelopment agencies

b.Service and advocacy groups for persons with dis-abilities such as residential services, employmentcorporations, schools, and Associations forCommunity Living.

c.Community-based corrections service and advo-cacy groups such as assessment centres, grouphomes, outreach services, and dependency treat-ment centres.

PROGRAM OBJECTIVES1.To develop the student’s interpersonal and leader-

ship skills and abilities.2.To provide the student with knowledge of human

and group dynamics.3.To develop the student’s ability to organize and

facilitate specific target groups as well as theregional community as a whole.

4.To develop the student’s understanding of theimportance of human relations as a tool for facilitat-ing positive growth and change.

5.To assist the student in acquiring and utilizing avariety of public relations skills, abilities and tech-niques.

6.To enhance the student’s ability to perform the roleof change agents with individuals, groups andregional communities.

7.To increase the student’s skills in effective oral andwritten communication.

8.To give the student direct work experience withcommunity-based agencies.

9.To assist the student in acquiring skills and aknowledge related to working within their chosenarea(s) of human services.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSA Provincial High School Graduation Certification witha 60% average in nine level 3000 credits or equivalent,ORGrade XI public examinations pass with a 60% aver-age or equivalent,ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the general or academic streamwith an average pass mark of 60%,ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

PRACTICUMSStudents must complete two practicums during theirprogram of studies.

The explosion of technological developments,together with possibilities within the global market-place, have created a demand for individuals trainedin the development of marketable 3-D animation prod-ucts. The 3-D animation field encompasses thedesign, development, and production of educational,and recreational products. It includes the video pro-cessing of still and animated images, the mixing, andincorporation of sound and/or narration, the scriptingof text, and the generation of any desired interactivecomponents within the application.

The primary focus of the 3-D Digital Animation pro-gram is on the design and development of qualityentertainment resources. Media products such asREBOOT, SHREK and STAR WARS II exemplify thetype of end product. Additionally, 3-D digital anima-tors engage in the development of simulator trainingapplications. Students will also acquire the skills todevelop content for delivery via the World Wide Web,film and video.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESThe future offers excellent potential for graduates ofthis program. It is projected that graduates will rea-sonably expect to obtain employment with related pri-vate sector firms, educational institutions, or in theirown entrepreneurial ventures.

OBJECTIVES1.To introduce the student to the microcomputer and

the peripheral devices used in A 3-D productionenvironment.

2.To provide the student with the knowledge andtechnical training required to design and develop 3-D animation products.

3.To introduce the student to the principles of designand to provide training in the application of a 3-Danimation package with an entertainment focus.

4.To assist the student in the acquisition of the nec-essary knowledge, skills, and techniques for themarketing of a 3-D animation product.

5.To assist the student in the development of theappropriate attitudes, behaviours, and work habitsfor employment in the field.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSA Provincial High School Graduation Certification witha 60% average in nine level 3000 credits or equivalent,ORGrade XI Public Examination pass with a 60% averageor equivalent,ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the General or Academic Streamwith an average passmark of 60%.ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite may be considered on anindividual basis under the Mature Student Clause.

APPLIED ARTSDIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Bay St. George Campus• Note: The first year of this program is

offered every alternate year. Thenext first year intake will be inSeptember 2004.

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaCM2200 Communications 2 2 0VA1100 Drawing I 3 3 0MM2500 Computer Graphics I 3 2 2VA1350 3D Modeling 3 2 2VA3200 Introduction to Classical Animation

Techniques 3 2 3MM2610 Introduction to 3D Animation 4 3 2MM1800 Storytelling and Animatic Design 3 3 0

Semester 2 Cr Le LaMM2660 3D Character Modeling 4 3 2MM2550 3D Texture and Digital Paint 4 3 2CM1560 Creative Writing 3 3 0MM2300 Digital Audio Techniques 3 2 2MM2310 Digital Video Techniques 3 2 2VA1150 Animation Drawing I 3 2 2EP1100 Entrepreneurial Studies I 4 3 2

Semester 3 (Intersession) Cr Le LaMM2760 Animation Design Project* 4 2 20

*Hours per week adjusted to accommodate six-weekperiod.

Semester 4 Cr Le LaMM2680 3D Character Animation 5 3 6MM1300 Media Acquisition Digitizing & Editing 2 1 2MM1950 Workplace Professionalism 3 3 0MM2501 Computer Graphics 3D 3 2 2MM2700 Multimedia Lab I 2 1 2VA3100 Life Drawing I 3 2 3

Semester 5 Cr Le LaVA3550 Screening & Peer Critique 3 2 3MM2750 Special Topics 3 2 2MM2710 Multimedia Lab II 1 0 2CP4470 Emerging Trends 3 2 2MM2830 3D Post-Production & Visual FX 4 3 2MM2850 Digital Compositing 4 3 2MM2900 Portfolio Development 3 2 3

32

Credit: Cory Sheppard

Digital Animation

APPLIED ARTS DIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Corner Brook and Prince Philip

Drive Campuses

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaMC1050 Introduction to Computers 2 2 0EE1130 Curriculum Foundations 4 4 0EE1140 Child Development I - Observation 4 4 0EE1250 Foundation of Positive Behaviour

Guidance 2 2 1EE1400 Creative Activities I - Art 2 1 3FH1310 Health, Safety & Wellness 3 3 0FW1300 Fieldwork I 3 1 7

Semester 2 Cr Le LaEE1201 Child Development II 6 6 0EE1240 Curriculum I 4 4 0EE1300 Family Studies I 3 3 0EE1401 Creative Activities II – Literature 2 1 3FW1301 Fieldwork II 3 1 7EE1710 Professional Development 2 2 0CM2100 Communications 3 3 0

Semester 3 (Intersession) Cr Le LaEE1260 Infant & Toddler Care 2 2 1EE1301 Family Studies II 3 3 0EE2430 Creative Activities IV – Movement 2 2 1HR1300 Human Relations 2 2 0

Semester 4 Cr Le LaEE1241 Curriculum II 5 5 0EE2200 Child Development III 4 3 2EE2250 Advanced Behaviour Guidance

Strategies 2 2 0EE2300 Family Studies III 3 3 0EE2420 Creative Activities III – Music 3 2 2FH1110 Nutrition I 2 2 1FW2300 Fieldwork III 3 1 7

Semester 5 Cr Le LaFH1111 Nutrition II 3 2 2EE1510 Current Research & Issues Seminar 4 4 0EE2201 Child Development IV 4 3 2EE2260 Child Care Administration 3 2 2EE2301 Family Studies IV 3 3 0FW2301 Fieldwork IV 3 1 7

33

Early Childhood Education

Early Childhood Education is a two-year diploma pro-gram that is designed to prepare students to work ina variety of child care services. These studies willinclude key understanding of child development, thechild in the family and community, and developmen-tally appropriate practices. An emphasis is placed ondeveloping tools for successful lifelong learning,which will prepare students to respond to the chang-ing needs of parents, children, and the community.

OBJECTIVES1.To provide quality child care training which meets

the regulations of the Department of Health andCommunity Services in Newfoundland andLabrador, and other provinces in Canada.

2.To demonstrate knowledge of typical and atypicalchild growth and development when working withindividual children and groups of children from birthto school age.

3.To analyse and interpret systematic observations ofchild development as the basis for planning for indi-vidual children.

4.To design play environments for children (birth toschool age).

5.To plan developmentally appropriate programs forchildren (birth to school age).

6.To build supportive partnerships within child careenvironments, the ECE field, and the broader com-munity.

CURRICULUM1.Specialized Training: Early Childhood Education

(principles, development, programming, supervi-sion), creative activities, health and nutrition.

2.Field Work: Students will be assigned to theChildren’s Centre located on the campus. On-the-job experience will also be provided through place-ment with external agencies offering child careservices.

3.General Education: Communications (oral and writ-ten), budgeting, psychology and communityresources.

The Graduate Certification: The graduate is awardeda Diploma of Applied Arts in Early ChildhoodEducation. This certifies successful completion of twoyears of post-secondary education, combining theoryand practical experience in the care and guidance ofyoung children. Completion of this program is one ofthe steps towards provincial ECE certification.Currently, the ECE diploma is awarded Level II certifi-cation for both preschool and school age children.

Major Areas of Emphasis: Throughout the trainingperiod, emphasis will be given to the factors that con-tribute to the social, psychological and physicaldevelopment of young children. This will be accom-plished through enrichment of communication skills,case studies, personal experiences in individual andgroup settings, as well as studies of literature pertain-ing to child development.

General Areas of Competency: The graduate from thisprogram will be prepared for employment with publicand private agencies caring for young children and,with experience, be able to develop programs and/orsupervise day care centres in communities through-out the province.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS1.A Provincial High School Graduation Certification

with a 60% average in nine level 3000 credits orequivalent. ORGrade XI Public Examination pass or equivalent witha 60% average or equivalent,ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificateindicating completion of the General or AcademicStream with an average passmark of 60%,ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meetthe educational prerequisite for this program maybe considered on an individual basis under theMature Student Clause.

2.A health certificate is required. A Certificate ofConduct must be obtained from the RoyalNewfoundland Constabulary (RNC) or the RoyalCanadian Mounted Police (RCMP).

Note: Students must possess a valid St. JohnAmbulance Emergency First Aid Certificate to be eli-gible for a Diploma of Applied Arts in the EarlyChildhood Education Program.

BLOCK PLACEMENT The academic program on campus will be adjusted inorder that each student may complete four blocks offieldwork working full time in a licensed day carecentre or children's agency. Placements will beapproved and supervised by College staff.

APPLIED ARTSDIPLOMA• Length of program varies• Start date varies• Prince Philip Drive Campus

34

Early Childhood Educationby Distance EducationFor those who are currently employed as early child-hood educators and would like to upgrade to adiploma, the ECE diploma program is also availablethrough distance education. Staff of child care cen-tres throughout the province can study from their ownhomes. Course manuals, videos and selectedresource readings are compiled for each course.Students register each semester from a list of courseofferings. Due dates for assignments and tests guidestudent learning. Opportunities for seminars and dis-cussion take place by teleconference as well as dur-ing summer institutes.

PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENTIncorporated in this program is a portfolio develop-ment course which is a systematic process of docu-menting the knowledge, skills and attitudes anindividual has learned from prior work/life experi-ences, education and training. This learning can beused to challenge toward specific learning outcomesin the early childhood education program. For furtherinformation about prior learning assessment, refer tothe calendar.

CERTIFICATIONAs students progress through their diploma programthey will be eligible to apply for certification throughthe Association of Early Childhood Educators -Newfoundland and Labrador for equivalency to LevelI certification approximately half way through theirtraining, and upon completion, will receive Level IIcertification standing. Also upon completion studentswill be awarded a Diploma in Early ChildhoodEducation.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSStudents should have minimally two years of workexperience in a child care setting and meet theentrance requirements for mature students. Highschool graduation is recommended for successfulcompletion of course work, however some remedialassistance is available for those students requiringadditional help.

LOCATIONThe distance education program is availableprovince-wide with summer institutes held at thePrince Philip Drive campus, St. John’s.

PROGRAM OF STUDIESContinuing education recognizes that mature individu-als bring a wealth of knowledge to their studies andthat education must be responsive to their needs. Forthis reason this program is presented in a learningoutcomes format. This means that the program ofstudies is designed to reflect the knowledge, skillsand attitudes of practising early childhood educatorsin order to provide developmentally-appropriate pro-grams for young children.

Courses are offered according to each student's indi-vidual education plan. Course tutors and student advi-sors are available to provide support to students onan individual basis towards completion of eachcourse and overall diploma program.

The program is designed around nine general learn-ing outcomes which reflect the responsibilities ofworking in early childhood education.

The nine general areas are:Apply Theories of Child DevelopmentDevelop the Children's EnvironmentPromote Children's Health, Safety, & WellnessProvide Developmentally-appropriate ActivitiesGuide Children’s BehaviourInteract with FamiliesAssist in AdministrationConduct One’s Self Professionally.

SUMMER INSTITUTESStudents in the distance education program will berequired to complete four practicum institutes on siteat the college. Each institute is three weeks in dura-tion, and students will participate in seminars,demonstrations, workshops and field placement. Animportant component of work in child care is develop-mentally-appropriate practice, therefore there will beperformance evaluation of all general areas of com-petence. Some of this will take place during fieldplacement in summer institutes. Qualified instructorswill also visit each student in their place of employ-ment for further assessment of their practice.

CREDIT TRANSFER INVOLVING EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION PROGRAMThe following table provides an overview of currentcredit transfer arrangements with the Early ChildhoodEducation Diploma program.

The modular format developed for the distance edu-cation delivery method is derived from the competen-cies and learning outcomes of the full-time program.The distance program provides for students to workthrough an individualized education plan for theircourse work with the assistance of a tutor. This self-paced program provides the flexibility which assistsstudents in managing studies with work and familyresponsibilities. There is an on-site requirement tocomplete three summer institutes for practical work-shops, seminars and field placement.

In order to complete assignments in the distance pro-gram students must have regular access to an earlychildhood setting. Students may choose to take aPortfolio Development Course and challenge for priorlearning assessment credits based on the learningacquired through work/life experiences. This courseis designed for the mature adult learner, and theexperienced early childhood educator.

Note: Readers are advised the following table is sub-ject to change by the respective post-secondary insti-tutions. Should any questions arise, please consultthe appropriate institutional calendar or Registrar/Student Service Offices for more information.

35

Distance Education

1-1 Apply Principles of Psychology

1-2 Apply Principles of Psychology

1-3 Nurture Development of Infants and Toddlers

1-4 Nurture Development of the Pre-School Child

1-5 Nurture Development of the School-Age Child,

Adolescents and Adults

2-1 Observe Children’s Development (Mandatory)

2-2 Provide for Child Centred Experiences

2-3 Organize Physical Environment

2-4 Plan Curriculum, Math and Science

3-1 St. John Ambulance First Aid Certificate

4-1 Promote the Health, Safety and Well-being of

Children and Staff

4-4 Meet Children’s Nutritional Needs

4-5 Prepare Nutritious Meals and Snacks

5-1 Provide Language Experiences

5-2 Provide Art Experiences

5-3 Provide Music Experiences

5-4 Provide Movement Experiences

6-1 Encourage Self-Esteem

6-2 Guide Children’s Behaviour

7-1 Identify Family Patterns

7-2 Demonstrate a Partnership with Families

7-3 Respond to Families’ Needs

8-1 Facilitate Team Work and Adult

Communication

8-2 Demonstrate Language Skills, Write Memos,

Letters, and Reports

8-3 Apply Bookkeeping Principles

8-4 Network with Community

8-5 Assist in Management and Administration of

Centre

9-1 Practice Professional Values

9-2 Demonstrate a Philosophy that Reflects

Quality Early Childhood Education

Fieldwork – 4 Practicum Institutes

Full-Time Two Year Diploma

Psychology PS1100

Psychology PS1101

Child Development II EE1201

Child Development III EE2200

Child Development IV EE2201

Child Development I EE1200

Early Childhood Education I EE1100

Early Childhood Education II EE1101

Early Childhood Education III EE2100

St. John Ambulance First Aid Certificate

Health FH1300

Nutrition I FH1110

Nutrition II FH1111

Creative Activities II EE1401

Creative Activities I EE1400

Creative Activities III EE2400

Creative Activities IV EE2401

Foundation of Positive Behaviour Guidance EE1250

Advanced Behaviour Guidance Strategies EE2250

Family Studies I EE1300

Family Studies II EE1301

Family Studies III EE2300 AND Family Studies IV EE2301

Communications - Oral CM2200

Communications CM1100 AND CM2100

Bookkeeping AC1100

Community Resources EE1600

Early Childhood Education IV EE2101

Early Childhood Education IV EE2101

Program Integration E1!500

FW1300; FW1301; FW2300; FW2301

DIPLOMA IN APPLIED ARTS, EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION

APPLIED ARTSDIPLOMA• Two years• To be announced• Bay St. George Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaCM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0MC1150 Productivity Tools 4 3 2PY1100 Photography I 3 3 0MM2310 Digital Video Techniques 3 2 2DR1110 Basic Drawing & Sketching 3 3 0FV1100 History of Cinema 4 3 2FV1200 Film Production Basics 4 3 2

Semester 2 Cr Le LaMM1800 Storytelling & Animatic Design 4 3 2MM2300 Digital Audio Techniques 3 2 2CM1550 Creative Writing 3 3 0FV1240 Rigging & Grip 3 2 2FV1250 Lighting & Electrics 3 2 2FV1320 Advanced Digital Video 3 2 2FV1300 The Language of Cinema 3 2 2

Semester 3 (Intersession) Cr Le LaFV1220 Short Film Production 5 2 10

Semester 4 Cr Le LaMM1950 Workplace Professionalism 3 3 0OF1101 Office Management II 3 3 1CS2500 Project Management 3 3 0MM2500 Computer Graphics 3 2 2HY1100 Art History 3 3 0FV1400 AVID Editing 3 2 2FV2200 Documentary Film Production 3 2 2

Semester 5 Cr Le LaSN2400 Sound Production for Film & Video 3 3 0VA3550 Screening and Peer Critique 3 2 3VA1400 Colour Theory 3 3 0MM2850 Digital Compositing 4 3 2FV2300 Cinematography 3 2 2FV1500 Certifications 3 2 2FV2220 Final Film Production 3 2 2

36

Credit: Pamela Gill, Information Officer, SWGC

Film and Video Production

This program is designed to prepare students to pur-sue new employment opportunities in the Film andVideo Production industry and to produce qualityentertainment and documentary products whichreflect Newfoundland and Labrador’s unique culturalheritage. Graduates will also be positioned to avail ofopportunities that arise nationally or internationally.

The film and video field encompasses the use of cam-eras, lighting and audio equipment, editing facilitiesand digital effects equipment. Areas of instructioninclude the history and evolution of the film industry,photography, screening and peer critique, cinematog-raphy, and rigging and grip. The primary focus of theprogram is to prepare students to perform the techni-cal tasks associated with film-making. Expressedanother way, graduates will be well-positioned toperform all of the tasks that occur behind the camera,while the acting and related talents that occur in frontof the camera will be left to other specialized trainingprograms.

OBJECTIVES1. To provide students with an overview of the history

and evolution of the film industry.2. To provide students with the knowledge and tech-

nical training required to develop and produce qual-ity entertainment and documentary products.

3. To provide students with an opportunity to developteamwork skills and to acquire relevant industrycertifications

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSA Provincial High School Graduation Certificate witha 60% average in nine level 3000 credits or equivalent,ORA Grade XI Public Examination pass with a 60% aver-age or equivalent,ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the General or Academic Streamwith an average pass mark of 60%,ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESThe Province of Newfoundland and Labrador hascommitted itself to the development of a healthy andviable film production industry. The establishment ofNewfoundland and Labrador Film DevelopmentCorporation in 1997 represented a concerted focus onthe part of government to attract film production proj-ects to the Province, and the subsequent introductionof the most generous incentives in North America sig-naled the depth of the commitment to this new sector.

APPLIED ARTS DIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Prince Philip Drive Campus• Note: The first year of this program is

offered every alternate year. Thenext first year intake will be inSeptember 2004.

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaMC1150 Productivity Tools 4 3 2CM1100 Writing Fundamentals 3 3 1FH1100 Basic Nutrition I 3 3 0HM2110 Hospitality Menu Management I 3 3 0HM2240 Supervision 3 3 0HS1120 Intro. to Food Preparation I 4 3 4MA1110 Business Mathematics 2 2 1

Semester 2 Cr Le LaAC1100 Bookkeeping I 4 3 2CM2100 WorkplaceCommunications 3 3 0FH1101 Basic Nutrition II 3 3 0HM1500 Quality Management in Food Service 3 3 0HM2111 Management of Institutional

Menus II 3 2 2HS1121 Food Preparation II 4 3 4HM2100 Cost Controls I 3 3 0

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaWT1200 Practical Training 7 wks

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0MR1230 Customer Service in the Food

Service Industry 2 2 0FH2100 Therapeutic Nutrition I 4 3 2HM2101 Cost Controls II 3 3 0AC2100 Bookkeeping II 4 3 2HM3110 Restaurant Menu Management III 3 3 0HS2120 Food Preparation III 4 2 6

Semester 5 Cr Le LaCM2300 Communications 2 2 0EP1100 Entrepreneurial Studies 4 3 2FH2101 Therapeutic Nutrition II 4 3 2HM2210 Hospitality Marketing 3 3 0HN1200 Human Resources Management 3 3 1HS2121 Food Preparation IV 4 2 6

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaWT1201 Practical Training 7 wks

Students are required to successfully complete theNational Sanitation Training Program to be eligible for adiploma from the College.

Students must possess a valid St. John AmbulanceEmergency First Aid Certificate to be eligible for adiploma from the College.

37

Food Service and Nutrition ManagementThe two-year program leading to a Diploma in FoodAdministration has been developed to achieve stan-dards of skill and competency required in the field offood service management. Applicants for the programshould have an interest in people, the ability to organ-ize, an appreciation of food quality, an awareness ofbusiness principles as well as good health and vitality.

The program involves a combination of classroomwork and practical experience. Students obtain theo-retical and practical training in food preparation,nutrition, entrepreneurial studies, accounting, busi-ness management, menu planning, purchasing proce-dures as well as first aid and sanitation.

Practical training which occurs in the third semesteris spent in the hospitality and health care fields.

OBJECTIVES 1.To train students for employment in the hospitality

or health care sectors as managers of food serviceestablishments.

2.To develop supervisory skills in selected key areasof food services: procurement, preparation anddelivery.

3.To demonstrate knowledge and skill of normal andtherapeutic nutrition as they apply to food service inhospitality and health care sectors.

4.To develop human resource management skills inleadership, teamwork, cooperation and problemsolving.

5.To provide students with a broad understanding ofactivities involved in the administration of organiza-tions and specifically those of the food serviceindustry.

6.To provide students with the skills and knowledgewhich will increase their possibilities as entrepre-neurs.

CURRICULUM1.General Education consisting of communications

(oral and written), mathematics, organizationalbehavior, marketing, computers and bookkeeping.

2.Specific education in the areas of nutrition, foodservice: production and management, marketing,human resource management and entrepreneurialstudies.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESThe graduates of this program may obtain employ-ment in a variety of food service settings. Jobsacquired as a result of this diploma range from super-visor or manager in a health care setting to manage-ment of a large food service operation in thehospitality sector. Graduates will find themselvesemployed in a growth industry. In the fast growinghospitality and tourism industry this diploma canassist those interested in starting their own business.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSA Provincial High School Graduation Certification witha 60% average in nine level 3000 credits or equivalent.A health certificate is required,ORA Grade XI public examination pass with a 60% aver-age or equivalent,ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the general or academic streamwith an average pass mark of 60%,ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

APPLIED ARTSDIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Prince Philip Drive Campus• Note: The first year of this program is

offered every alternate year. Thenext first-year intake will be inSeptember 2004.

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaCM1100 Writing Fundamentals 3 3 1GA1160 Graphic Arts Problem Solving 3 3 0VA1230 Graphic Design I:

Design Fundamentals 3 3 0GA1110 Graphic Arts History/Typography 3 2 4GA1410 Page Layout I 2 2 1MC1180 Computer Systems for Graphic Arts 3 2 2GA1200 Post Press Op. I 3 2 2

Semester 2 Cr Le LaVA1231 Graphic Design II:

Design for Business 3 2 2GA1930 Introduction to Darkroom 2 1 4GA1600 Lithography I 6 5 3GA1630 Illustration I 4 4 0GA1411 Page Layout II 2 1 3

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaGA1510 Digital Imaging I 2 2 0GA1820 Colour Theory for Graphic Arts 3 3 0GA1631 Illustration II 3 3 0MR1340 Marketing for Graphic Design 3 3 0

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCM1400 Communications 3 3 0GA1511 Digital Imaging II 2 1 3GA1870 Business Practices for

Graphic Design 3 3 0GA1800 Multimedia I 2 1 3VA2240 Graphic Design II: Packaging Design 4 3 2VA1500 Photographic Illustration I 3 2 3HY1100 Art History I 3 3 0

Semester 5 Cr Le LaVA2231 Graphic Design IV:

Identity Systems Design 4 3 2GA1560 Publication Design 3 2 3VA1501 Photographic Illustration II 3 2 3CR1520 Website Design 3 2 2WT1350 Work Experience 5 0 14

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaST2500 Design Studio 3 2 2SD1860 Portfolio Development 2 2 0GA2360 Production for Graphic Designers 2 2 0CR1521 Advanced Website Design 2 2 0

38

Graphic Design

In the global community, the need to communicateeffectively and efficiently is paramount. There hasnever been a greater need for those who can com-bine their creativity with advanced computer graphicskills.

This two-year diploma program gives students theconceptual and technical expertise necessary toachieve entry-level positions in today’s exciting anddiverse Graphic Design industry. Whether your inter-est lies in working in information design, publicationdesign, advertising, website design, or other relatedfields, this program gives you the tools to pursue yourgoals.

OBJECTIVES1.To develop students’ abilities in conceptualization

and creative problem solving.2.To provide students with a broad understanding of

the issues involved in contemporary Graphic Designpractice.

3.To train students in the specific computer hardwareand software skills necessary for this industry.

4.To provide students with practical knowledge of,and experience with, industry-standard tools andequipment.

5.To provide students with the skills necessary forentry-level employment in the Graphic Designindustry.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESPast graduates have enjoyed a high level of successin competing for jobs in the Graphic Design industry,on both a provincial and national level. Jobs haveranged from entry-level design positions with adver-tising agencies and design companies to websitedesign, magazine design, and photo restoration andretouching to employment in the multimedia and ITsectors to freelance or self-employed design work.Graduates will possess skills that are in demand in arapidly growing worldwide industry.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS1.A Provincial High School Graduation Certification

with a 60% average in nine level 3000 credits orequivalent,ORGrade XI public examination pass with a 60% aver-age or equivalent,ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificateindicating completion of the general or academicstream with an average pass mark of 60%,ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meetthe educational prerequisite for this program maybe considered on an individual basis under theMature Student Clause.

2.PortfolioAll students must submit a portfolio. A portfolio is acompilation of visual materials such as drawings,photographs, paintings or design work that reflectsyour interests and experience. The portfolio shouldconsist of:a. Between 10 and 20 works, which should include

no less than five (5) freehand draw ings;b. All work should be original: no copies of work by

others will be accepted;c. No framed, 3-dimensional or very fragile work will

be accepted;d. Portfolios should be no larger than 2 feet x 3 feet;e. There are two projects that must also be included

in the portfolio. Please contact the Graphic Designprogram for details on the required projects.

APPLIED ARTS

39

Graphic Production and Printing

This is a two-year diploma program designed to pro-vide training in modern methods of graphic produc-tion. The program offers a balanced selection oftraditional and electronically enhanced skills.

The goal of the program is to help the student developcompetencies in the areas of both traditional andelectronic pre-press, production technologies, andpost-press operations that will help lead to success-ful employment.

Program topics include: basic layout & design, elec-tronic pre-press, offset press operation, and post-press operation skills. Students are exposed to avariety of computer software programs commonlyused in this industry, such as page layout, design,image manipulation, and drawing. Other topicsinclude: digital scanning (black & white and colour),colour proofing, direct-to-film image setting, and anintroduction to digital photogaphy.

A schedule balanced between theory and hands-onwork provides students with a positive, work-likeenvironment that reinforces the learning process.

OBJECTIVES1.To develop personal competencies.2.To develop basic skills in electronic pre-press

aspects of visual communication.3.To develop basic skills in printing press operation.4.To develop basic and specific computer skills

related to the graphics arts industry.5.To develop basic skills in post-press finishing and

binery.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSA Provincial High School Graduation Certification witha 60% average in nine level 3000 credits or equivalent,ORGrade XI public examination pass with a 60% averageor equivalent,ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the general or academic streamwith an average pass mark of 60%,ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

DIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Prince Philip Drive Campus• Note: The first year of this program is

offered every alternate year. Thenext first-year intake will be inSeptember 2004.

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaCM1100 Writing Fundamentals 3 3 1GA1160 Graphic Arts Problem Solving 3 3 0VA1230 Graphic Design I:

Design Fundamentals 3 3 0GA1110 Graphic Art History/Typography 3 2 4GA1410 Page Layout I 2 2 1MC1180 Computer Systems For Graphic Arts 3 2 2GA1200 Post Press Operations I 3 2 2

Semester 2 Cr Le LaVA1231 Graphic Design II:

Design for Business 3 2 2GA1930 Introduction to Darkroom 2 1 4GA1600 Lithography I 6 5 3GA1630 Illustration I 4 4 0GA1411 Page Layout II 2 1 3

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaGA1510 Digital Imaging I 2 2 0GA1820 Colour Theory for Graphic Arts 3 3 0GA1631 Illustration II 3 3 0GA1340 Film Imposition I 3 3 0

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCM1400 Communications 3 3 0GA1511 Digital Imaging II 2 1 3GA1875 Business Practices for Graphic

Production 3 3 0GA1611 Lithography II 7 4 8GA2410 Page Layout III 2 1 2

Semester 5 Cr Le LaGA1840 Digital Output & Calibration 2 1 2GA2610 Lithography III 8 6 6GA1201 Post Press Operations II 2 2 1WT1360 Work Experience 5 0 14

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaGA2230 Digital Printing 2 1 2GA2560 Production Workflow & Quality

Control 2 2 1GA2460 Pre-Press Production Practicum 3 1 7ORGA2470 Offset Press Production Practicum 3 1 7

APPLIED ARTSDIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Bay St. George Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaDM1100 Document Production Fundamentals* 3 2 2HR1100 Human Relations 3 3 0JL1110 Reporting & News Writing I 4 4 0JL1330 Electronic Layout & Design I 3 2 2JL1410 Journalism, Ethics & Law 3 3 0JL1800 Newsroom I 4 2 5PY1310 Photojournalism I 3 2 2

*Students will be exempted from DM1100 if they candemonstrate a word processing speed of 25 wpm.

Semester 2 Cr Le LaJL1111 Reporting & News Writing II 4 4 0JL1331 Electronic Layout & Design II 3 2 2JL1530 Introduction to Radio Journalism 4 4 0JL1801 Newsroom II 4 2 5PC1100 Political Science 3 3 0PY1311 Photojournalism II 3 2 2

Semester 3 (Intersession) Cr Le LaFW1280 Work Placement 4 wks

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCR1500 Website Dev. 3 2 2HY1320 Newfoundland & Labrador History 3 3 0JL1240 Beat Reporting 4 4 0JL1550 Introduction to Television Journalism 4 4 0JL2800 Newsroom III 4 2 5Elective

Semester 5 Cr Le LaEC1400 Newfoundland & Labrador Economy 3 3 0JL2240 Feature Writing & Investigative

Reporting 4 4 0JL2801 Newsroom IV 4 2 5JL2720 Special Project 3 2 2SC1100 Sociology 3 3 0Elective

40

Journalism

This program prepares students to work as profes-sional journalists. The curriculum provides a strongfoundation in the fundamentals of reporting and newswriting as well as in media technical skills. The pro-gram gives students hands-on training in print, radio,television and online journalism. Students hone theirskills through the production of an online newspaper.A special projects course in the fourth semester willallow students to focus on print, broadcast or onlinemedia. Students complete courses in academic andgeneral interest fields, thereby broadening their edu-cational backgrounds and assisting them to under-stand today’s society.

It is highly recommended that those applying for thisprogram be competent in English language usage andthat they possess a general knowledge of currentaffairs. It is further recommended that students havea word processing speed of 25 words per minute(wpm) before entering the program.

OBJECTIVES1.To enable the student to acquire an understanding

of the news media, its influence on society, and theresponsibilities of the journalist.

2.To provide training in the skills necessary to pro-duce news for print, broadcast and online media.

3.To provide training in the skills necessary to gather,write and present news in an accurate, comprehen-sive and responsible manner.

4.To teach students about the realities of working inthe journalism industry.

5.To train students in the production of quality copy inspecialized areas of writing.

6.To enable students to acquire an understanding ofthe law as it applies to journalism.

7.To provide training in newspaper layout and designusing software that can be applied to a variety ofdesktop publishing formats.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSA Provincial High School Graduation Certification witha 60% average in nine level 3000 credits or equivalentand a minimum of 60% in a 3000 level Language or alevel 3000 English.ORGrade XI Public Examination pass with a 60% averageor equivalent,ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the General or Academic Streamwith an average pass mark of 60%,ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

APPLIED ARTS

41

Multimedia: Courseware DevelopmentThe explosion of technological developments,together with possibilities within the global market-place, have created a demand for individuals trainedin the development of marketable multimedia prod-ucts. The multimedia field encompasses the design,development and production of educational, recre-ational and productivity software that is generallydelivered on CD-ROM. It includes the video process-ing of still and animated images, the mixing and incor-poration of sound and/or narration, the scripting oftext, and the generation of any desired interactivecomponents within the application.

The primary focus of this Multimedia program is onthe design and development of quality instructionalresources for use in venues ranging from a conven-tional classroom to non-traditional learning environ-ments. Areas of instruction include instructionaldesign, authoring systems, graphic arts and design,computer animation, digital audio and video tech-niques, information access and design, and entrepre-neurial studies. Students will also acquire the skills todevelop content for delivery via the World Wide Web.

OBJECTIVES1.To introduce the student to the microcomputer and

the peripheral devices used to establish a multime-dia environment.

2.To provide the student with the knowledge andtechnical training required to design and developmultimedia products.

3.To introduce the student to the principles of instruc-tional design and to provide training in the applica-tion of a multimedia instructional package.

4.To assist the student in the acquisition of the nec-essary knowledge, skills and techniques for themarketing of a multimedia product.

5.To assist the student in the development of theappropriate attitudes, behaviours, and work habitsfor employment in the field.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESThe future offers excellent potential for graduates ofthis program. It is projected that graduates will rea-sonably expect to obtain employment with related pri-vate sector firms, educational institutions, or in theirown entrepreneurial ventures.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSA Provincial High School Graduation Certification witha 60% average in nine level 3000 credits or equivalent,ORGrade XI public examination pass with a 60% averageor equivalent,ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the general or academic streamwith an average pass mark of 60%,ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

DIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Bay St. George Campus• Note: The first year of this program is

offered every alternate year. Thenext first-year intake will be inSeptember 2004.

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaCP1160 Introduction to the Internet 2 1 2CP2050 Using Windows 95/NT 2 1 2CP2600 Computer Hardware Fundamentals 4 3 2EP1100 Entrepreneurial Studies 4 3 2MC1150 Productivity Tools 4 3 2MM1100 Authoring Systems 3 3 0MM1200 Instructional Design I 3 3 0

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCM1550 Creative Writing 3 3 0CS2510 Software Project Planning 3 3 0MM1201 Instructional Design II 4 3 2MM1300 Media Acquisition, Digitizing &

Editing 2 1 2VA1700 Graphic Art & Design 3 2 2MM2100 Multimedia Authoring I 3 2 4MR2110 Marketing Methods & Promotional

Media 3 3 0

Semester 3 (Intersession) Cr Le LaMM1710 Multimedia Design Project* 4 2 20

*Hours per week adjusted to accommodate 6-weekperiod.

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0CP1150 Visual Basic 4 3 3MM2101 Multimedia Authoring II 3 2 4MM2300 Digital Audio Techniques 3 2 2MM2500 Computer Graphics I 3 2 2MM2600 Computer Animation I 3 2 2MM2700 Multimedia Lab I 2 1 2

Semester 5 Cr Le LaCR1500 Website Development 3 2 2MM2310 Digital Video Techniques 3 2 2MM2350 Multimedia Production 2 1 2MM2501 Computer Graphics II 3 2 2MM2601 Computer Animation II 3 2 2MM2701 Multimedia Lab II 2 1 2MM3100 Multimedia Authoring III 4 2 5

APPLIED ARTSDIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Bay St. George Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaCM1500 Comm. Skills 3 3 0MU1100 Introduction to Music 4 4 0DM1100 Document Production Fundamentals 4 4 0SN1100 Introduction to Sound 3 3 0MU1110 Music & Culture 3 3 0HR1100 Human Relations 4 4 0EL1120 Folklore 3 3 0

Semester 2 Cr Le LaMU2110 Instruments 3 3 0SN2100 Electro-Accoustical Devices 3 3 1CM1550 Creative Writing 3 3 0MC1450 Music Computer Applications 3 3 0MC1150 Productivity Tools 4 3 2MU2120 Music Genres: Traditional 3 3 0Elective

Semester 3 Cr Le LaSN2200 Recording I 3 3 0MU1200 Songwriting 3 3 0EP1100 Entrepreneurial Studies 4 3 2SN3200 Synthesizers and MIDI 4 3 2SN1200 Music Business 3 3 0MU2130 Music Genres: Popular 3 3 0Elective

Semester 4 Cr Le LaMR2110 Marketing Methods & Promotional

Media 3 3 0MN1410 Special Events Management 4 3 3MU1400 Performance 3 3 0HR2120 Public Relations 3 3 0MU1120 Musical Theatre 3 3 0CS2700 Self-Directed Learning Project 4 4 0Elective

Elective CoursesA list of elective courses to be offered in each semesterwill be made available prior to registration. Other coursesmay be chosen provided that:a. all prerequisites have been met,b. the course is offered during the semester,c. the maximum enrolment for the course is notexceeded,d. the student’s schedule can accommodate all sched-uled classes for that course.

42

Music Industry and Performance

The Music Industry and Performance program isdesigned for students who wish to pursue a career asperformers in the Music industry. This industry hasbecome increasingly prominent in recent years asevidenced in a dramatic increase in the number ofsuccessful acts from the Atlantic Provinces. Eventssuch as the East Coast Music Awards and the JunoAwards highlight the success of such performers anddemonstrate that the region is generating a genre ofmusic that is gaining world wide popularity.

The intent of this program is to provide an opportunityfor students whose interests include country, tradi-tional, fusion, pop, rock, blues and other genres torefine their talent in the company of like-minded stu-dents while gaining exposure to all aspects of theindustry. From hands-on experience in the recordingstudio, scheduled performances in local venues andextensive exposure to sound business, marketing andpublic relations skills, students will be able to realisti-cally assess their prospects for success in a fiercelycompetitive industry. Indeed, some students maydetermine that they probably don’t have what it takesto succeed as a performer but are ideally suited for acareer as an agent or manager. In either instance, theprogram provides the skills which should ensure suc-cess.

It should be noted that the program is not designedfor students seeking a career in classical genres.Universities provide excellent programs for studentswhose talents rest in this area, and the Collegestrongly recommends these programs.

Note: Successful graduates from this program mayconsider returning to the College for a third year inwhich they can complete the Recording Arts diplomaprogram. This option allows for the completion of bothdiploma programs in three (3) years.

FUTURE OPPORTUNITIESGraduates from this program should not expect toenter into conventional 9-5 positions with establishedcompanies. The music industry is fuelled by a combi-nation of solid talent and strong managerial person-nel, and graduates can expect to operate asindependent entrepreneurs for some time until theyestablish partnerships with recording companies anddistributors. As such, the environment is challengingbut there are plenty of success stories.

OBJECTIVES1.To provide training in the technical and financial

aspects of the music industry.2.To provide an opportunity to review the history of

music and its evolution into distinct genres.3.To provide an opportunity to refine musical talent

and to demonstrate that talent through scheduledperformances in local venues.

4.To provide opportunities for the social and intellec-tual development of the student in order to meet thechallenges of a demanding industry.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS1.A Provincial High School Graduation Certification

with a 60% average in nine level 3000 credits orequivalent, ORGrade XI Public Examination pass with a 60 % aver-age or equivalent,ORAn Adult Basic Education certificate indicatingcompletion of the general or academic stream withan average passmark of 60%,ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meetthe educational prerequisite may be considered onan individual basis under the Mature StudentClause.

2.PortfolioAll applicants must submit a demo recording in ONEof the following formats:a. standard audio cassette;b. compact disk;c. video cassette

• The demo recording must be clearly labelled,include a list of the material contained on the demo,and specify the role of the applicant on each track.

• The demo should contain three contrasting pieces,clearly demonstrating the applicant’s level of per-formance ability and experience.

• The demo will be evaluated with the following crite-ria in mind:a. Quality of performance;b. Quality of presentation;c. Demonstration of a reasonable chance of suc-

cess in the MIP program;d. The recording should be accompanied by a

resume outlining any music-related experiences,live performances, and previous training.

APPLIED ARTS DIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Bay St. George Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaET1100 Electrotechnology 4 3 2MA1100 Mathematics 5 4 2MC1150 Productivity Tools 4 3 2SN1100 Introduction to Sound 3 3 0MU1100 Introduction to Music 4 3 2SN1140 Physics of Sound 4 3 2

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCM1400 Communication Skills 3 3 0ET1101 Electrotechnology 4 3 2MU1110 Music & Culture 3 3 0SN1300 Engineering Graphics for

Recording Arts 3 2 3SN2100 Electro-Acoustical Devices 3 3 1SN3100 Sound Reinforcement 4 3 2

Semester 3 Cr Le LaAC1120 Computerized Accounting 4 3 2CM1401 Communication Skills 3 3 0HR1100 Human Relations 4 4 0SN1200 Music Business 3 3 0SN2200 Recording I 3 3 0SN2400 Sound Production Animation Film 3 3 0SN3200 Synthesizers & MIDI 4 3 2

Semester 4 Cr Le LaEP1100 Entrepreneurial Studies 4 3 2MC1450 Music Computer Applications 3 3 0MR2110 Marketing Methods & Promotional

Media 3 3 0SN2201 Recording II 4 3 2SN2300 Broadcast Audio 3 3 0SN2410 Sound Production Live Theatre 3 2 2

43

Recording Arts

The Recording Arts program is a two-year diplomaprogram which provides training in the skill areas ofsound recording and editing, sound reinforcementand digital processing of audio signals.

Sound recording involves studio design and setup,analog and digital multitrack recording, mixing andediting.

Sound reinforcement involves the design and opera-tion of appropriate sound systems to support eventssuch as theatre performance and music concerts inoutdoor and indoor environments.

Digital processing of audio signals includes therecording and editing in a non-linear environmentused in CD mastering, and editing sound effects anddialogue for film or theatre.

Recording Arts students receive hands-on training insound system and studio setup, running live sound aswell as recording/mixing and editing sessions in ana-log and digital media. The extensive hands-on experi-ence will prepare the graduate for employment in anyof the numerous occupations found in the soundrecording and reinforcement industry. The businessof music will be dealt with for graduates with an incli-nation toward independent recording projects andfacilities as well as the independent sound reinforce-ment business.

Note: Successful graduates from this program mayconsider returning to the College for a third year inwhich they can complete the Music Industry andPerformance diploma program. This option allows forthe completion of both diploma programs in three (3)years

OBJECTIVES1.To provide training in the aural and technical

aspects of recording, mixing and editing music inanalog and digital media.

2.To assist students in developing skills in the record-ing and editing of music and sound effects for ani-mation, film and video as well as operating same forlive theatre productions.

3.To provide students with a knowledge of basic busi-ness practices with particular emphasis placed onthe complexities of the music business.

4.To assist students with the development of appro-priate attitudes, behaviours, and work habits inpreparation for employment as a soundrecordist/operator.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSA Provincial High School Graduation Certification witha 60% average in nine level 3000 credits or equivalentincluding:

Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291,4225 (50%) minimum.Academic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

ORGrade XI public examination pass with a 60% averageincluding a 60% pas in Matriculation Mathematics or50% in Honours Mathematics.ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the academic stream includingthe following courses:(a) Mathematics IM3212, IM3213, and IM3216(b) Mathematics IM3219ORPersons 19 years of age or older, who have been outof school for at least one year and do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program, may beconsidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

APPLIED ARTSDIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Anna Templeton Center (Prince

Philip Drive Campus)

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaCM1520 Writing for the Arts 3 3 0HY1100 Art History I 3 3 0ST2100 Intro. To Fibre 6 6 0VA1100 Drawing I 3 3 0VA1200 Design I 3 3 0VA1320 Surface Embellishment 6 6 0VA1400 Colour I 3 3 0

Semester 2 Cr Le LaHY1101 Art History II 3 3 0ST2170 Knit I 6 6 0ST2180 Weaving I 6 6 0VA1101 Drawing II 3 3 0VA1201 Design II 3 3 0VA1321 Surface Embellishment II 3 3 0VA1330 Chemical Dye I 3 3 0

Semester 3 Cr Le LaEP1100 Entrepreneurial Studies 4 3 2VA2100 Drawing III 3 3 0VA2210 Design III 3 3 0* Two ofST2171 Knit II 8 8 0ST2181 Weaving II 8 8 0VA1331 Chemical Dye II 8 8 0VA2320 Surface Embellishment III 8 8 0

Semester 4 Cr Le LaVA2111 Drawing IV 3 3 0VA2211 Design IV 3 3 0* Two ofST3170 Knit III 8 8 0ST3180 Weaving III 8 8 0VA2321 Surface Embellishment IV 8 8 0VA2330 Chemical Dye III 8 8 0

All options may not be available each year.

44

Textile Studies

Textile Studies is an art-based program that provideshands-on training in craft, with a major emphasis onthe textile media. The general goal of the program isto provide a flexible diploma-level of study that willpermit persons to explore and develop skills in thearea of textile design and production.

This course is preparatory in nature and provides anexcellent foundation for individuals interested indeveloping a career as a production craftsperson,fashion designer, or visual artist in the medium offibre.

This course also prepares students for entry intoother, more specialized programs offered at otherinstitutions.

OBJECTIVES1.To provide a vehicle for student exploration and

experimentation as part of the growth process indeveloping as an independent designer/craftsper-son and/or visual artist.

2.To provide the student with a basic competency inthe design and production of craft and fine art.

3.To develop an aesthetic and intellectual apprecia-tion of craft and fine art.

4.To provide the student with the opportunity toexplore and develop a major and minor area ofstudy in preparation for a career in the productionof textiles.

5.To encourage a spirit of entrepreneurship, and toassist in the development of entrepreneurial skills.

6.To prepare the student for on-going technical inno-vation.

7.To prepare the student who may wish to pursue fur-ther studies.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSA Provincial High School Graduation Certification witha 60% average in nine level 3000 credits or equivalent,ORGrade XI public examination pass with a 60% averageor equivalent,ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the general or academic streamwith an average passmark of 60%,ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

Note: This program is may not be suitable for appli-cants with respiratory problems or color blindness.

APPLIED ARTS DIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Bay St. George and Prince Philip

Drive Campuses

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaMR1150 Tourism Marketing I 4 4 0HR1100 Human Relations 4 4 0DM1100 Document Fundamentals 4 4 0TR1600 NL Tourism Destinations 4 4 0TR1610 Intro. To Tourism 4 4 0TS1630 Tourism Service 3 3 0

Semester 2 Cr Le LaMC1150 Productivity Tools 4 3 2MN1410 Special Events Management 4 4 0TR1620 Canadian Tourism Destinations 4 4 0CS2320 Information Retrieval & Management 3 3 0OF1300 Professional Office Procedures 4 4 0LW1130 Tourism Law 4 4 0MR1151 Tourism Marketing II 4 4 0

Semester 3 (Intersession) Cr Le LaCM1200 Communications (Oral) 3 3 0TR1700 Local Tour Guide 3 3 0OJ1440 Work Term 2wks

TRAVEL OPTIONSemester 4 Cr Le LaMN1420 Tour Management 3 3 0TR2320 Travel Product Knowledge I 4 4 0TR2220 Tariffs & Ticketing: Domestic 4 4 0TR2230 Travel Computer Reservations I 4 3 2TR1510 World Tourism Destinations I 4 4 0OJ1441 Work Term 3wks

Semester 5 Cr Le LaTR1400 Travel Sales Skills 4 4 0TR2321 Travel Product Knowledge II 4 4 0TR2221 Tariffs & Ticketing: International 4 4 0TR2231 Travel Computer Reservations II 4 3 2TR1511 World Tourism Destinations II 4 4 0AC1120 Computerized Accounting 4 3 2

HOSPITALITY OPTIONSemester 4 Cr Le LaHM2240 Supervision 3 3 0HS1260 Front Desk 3 3 0HS1130 Dining Room Operations 5 3 5HS1340 Bar & Beverage Operations 3 2 2HM2140 Food & Beverage Management 3 3 0OJ1441 Work Term 3wks

Semester 5 Cr Le LaHN1200 Human Resource Management 3 3 1AC1120 Computerized Bookkeeping 4 3 2HM2120 Convention & Banquet Management 3 3 0HS1520 Hospitality Sales 4 4 0HM2170 Food & Beverage Cost Controls 4 4 1HS1420 Housekeeping 3 3 0

Students must possess a valid St. John AmbulanceEmergency First Aid Certificate to be eligible for adiploma from the College.

45

Tourism Studies

Tourism Studies is a two-year program which reflectsthe realities of the tourism industry in Newfoundlandand Labrador. It is designed for individuals who wishto pursue occupations within the Canadian TourismIndustry Sectors.

This program prepares students for careers intourism by focusing on the skills necessary to meetthe needs of the travelling public. Indeed, the goal ofthe program is to graduate competent, professionalindividuals with skills consistent with the highest levelof industry demand.

In addition to receiving training in the technicalaspects of the tourism industry, students will be givenopportunities to develop the social and human rela-tions skills needed to meet the challenges of ademanding industry.

The first year of the program focuses on the coreskills and characteristics of the tourism industry as awhole, how the industry is organized, and the veryreal and emerging career options within the industry.

Year two provides for specialization within varioussectors of the tourism industry. The Hospitality optionincludes in-depth training in the accommodations andfood and beverage sectors. The Travel option pre-pares students for employment in the travel, trans-portation, and tourism services sectors.

The curriculum is designed to meet the standardsestablished by The Canadian Tourism HumanResource Council and the local tourism industry.Additionally, the travel option will be recognizedthroughout the Canadian travel industry throughendorsement by ACCESS (ACTA/CITC EducationStandards System).

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESGraduates of the Tourism Studies Program may findemployment with travel agencies, airlines, tour opera-tors, car rental agencies, travel insurance represen-tatives, cruiselines, hotels, motels, resorts, bed andbreakfasts, restaurants, beverage operations, touristinformation centres and other related businessesdepending upon the option selected in Year Two.

OBJECTIVES1.To promote the tourism/travel/hospitality industry as

a viable and fulfilling career choice.2.To provide skill development in human relations and

quality service, with a focus on the interpersonalskills of leadership, team building, problem solving.

3.To provide the student with a strong working knowl-edge of the tourism industry and the core skills thatare required by the industry as a whole.

4.To provide the student with an opportunity todevelop the specific skill set for either the hospital-ity or the travel sector.

5.To encourage the development of the polish andprofessionalism that are necessary to succeed in acareer in the tourism industry.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSA Provincial High School Graduation Certification witha 60% average in nine level 3000 credits or equivalent,ORGrade XI Public Examination pass with a 60% averageor equivalent,ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the General or Academic Streamwith an average passmark of 60%,ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

APPLIED ARTSDIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Bay St. George Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaCM1500 Essay Writing 3 3 0HY1100 Art History I 3 3 0PY1100 Photography I 3 3 0VA1100 Drawing I 3 3 0VA1200 Design I 3 3 0VA1300 Materials & Techniques I 6 6 0Elective

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCM2100 Workplace Correspondence 3 3 0HY1101 Art History II 3 3 0PY1101 Photography II 3 3 0VA1101 Drawing II 3 3 0VA1201 Design II 3 3 0VA1301 Materials & Techniques II 6 6 0Elective

Semester 3 Cr Le LaHY2100 Art History III 3 3 0VA2100 Drawing III 3 3 0VA2200 Design III 3 3 0Two Studio Options 12 12 0Elective

Semester 4 Cr Le LaHY2101 Art History IV 3 3 0VA2101 Drawing IV 3 3 0VA2201 Design IV 3 3 0Two Studio Options 12 12 0Elective

ElectivesA list of elective courses to be offered in each semesterwill be made available prior to registration. Other coursesmay be chosen provided that:a. all prerequisites have been met,b. the course is offered during the semester,c. the maximum enrolment for the course is notexceeded,d. the student’s schedule can accommodate all sched-uled classes for that course.

Please note that Studio Options are not available aselectives.

STUDIO OPTIONS*ST2100 Fibre Arts IST2101 Fibre Arts IIST2110 Jewellery IST2111 Jewellery IIST2120 Painting IST2121 Painting IIST2130 Ceramics IST2131 Ceramics IIST2140 Printmaking IST2141 Printmaking IIST2160 Photography IST2161 Photography II

*Students should note that not all studio options areavailable each semester. Offerings are based on studentdemand and availability of instructors. Normally three ormore studio options are available each semester.

46

Visual Arts

The Visual Arts program provides basic and interme-diate studio experiences for the student. The four-semester program has been carefully designed to beboth comprehensive and general in nature. Previousexperience or a portfolio is not required; however, bythe time the students complete the program, they willhave developed skills in drawing, design, photography,art history, and a selection of visual art and craft areas.The program is designed to provide a foundation forpeople who have a general interest in art as well asfor those who are interested in career-oriented train-ing. Particular emphasis is placed on developing stu-dents' personal and creative potential while learningnew technical skills.

Through the production of a portfolio and relevantcareer counselling, students will be well prepared tomake career choices in art-related fields and to applyfor advanced standing in other art schools and train-ing institutions.

OBJECTIVES1.To provide training in a range of visual arts skills,

media and techniques.

2.To provide opportunities to grow intellectually, cul-turally and socially by exploring the various facetsof the arts and the nature of the creative process.

3.To provide opportunities to develop self-expressionthrough the Visual Arts in a way that can be person-ally satisfying.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSA Provincial High School Graduation Certification witha 60% average in nine level 3000 credits or equivalent,ORGrade XI Public Examination pass with a 60% averageor equivalent,ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the General or Academic Streamwith an average passmark of 60%,ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

Credit: Paul O’Keefe

47

BUSINESSSTUDIES

BUSINESS STUDIESCERTIFICATE• One year• Start date varies: At some campuses

the program begins in September; atothers seats are filled as vacanciesoccur. Please check with thecampus concerned.

• Bay St. George, Burin, Carbonear,Clarenville, Corner Brook, GrandFalls-Windsor, Placentia, Port auxBasques, Prince Philip Drive, and St. Anthony Campuses

• Note: The BA Certificate Program isoffered through ContinuingEducation at Prince Philip DriveCampus in addition to the regularfulltime program.

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaAC1260 Financial Accounting I 5 4 4CM1240 Business Communications I 4 4 0MA1400 Mathematics of Finance I 3 3 1MR1100 Marketing I 4 3 2HN1230 Human Resource Management I 3 3 1MC1220 Productivity Tools I 2 1 2

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCM1241 Business Communications II 4 4 1MC1221 Productivity Tools II 2 1 3HN1240 Human Resource Management II 3 3 1MA2400 Mathematics of Finance II 3 3 0

(Not req’d for Certificate)AC2260 Financial Accounting II 5 4 4MR2100 Marketing II 4 3 2

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMSemester 3 (Intersession) Cr Le LaMC2220 Productivity Tools III 3 2 3ORAC2230 Computerized Accounting 3 2 3OJ1100 Work Exposure 2wks

DIPLOMA PROGRAMSemester 3 (Intersession) Cr Le LaMC2220 Productivity Tools III 3 2 3ORMA1670 Statistics 4 4 1

48

Business Administration

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% aver-age in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from 3201,3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291, 3292

2. Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291,4225 (50%) minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3. Additional credits at the 3000 level chosen from anyof the remaining 3000 level courses offered in theSenior High School Program.• six credits at the 3000 level for those who com-

plete a Language course OR

• Five credits at the 3000 level for those who com-plete an English course,

ORGrade XI Public Examination pass or equivalent with a60% average, including 60% in each of English andMathematics (Matriculation) or a pass inMathematics (Honours) plus any three other subjects,ORAn Adult Basic Education Level III GraduationCertificate consisting of the following courses:a.Communications IC3211, IC3112 plus ONE of IC3116,

IC3215, IC3321, or IC3222b.Mathematics from one of the following sections:

i. Mathematics IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216ii. IM3219

ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theentrance requirements for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

PROGRAM TRANSFERABILITYThe Business Administration/Management programoffers exit points after Year 1, Year 2, and Year 3.Year 1

The first year is a common year at the end of whichstudents may graduate with a BusinessAdministration Certificate.

Year 2Students select one area of specialization for thesecond year from the following options: Accounting,General, Human Resource Management, Marketing.Students may graduate at the end of Year 2 with aBusiness Administration Diploma.

Year 3The three third-year options are Accounting, HumanResource Management, Marketing. Students maygraduate with a Business Management Diploma atthe end of Year 3.

Graduates of the Business Administration/Management programs may have the opportunity totransfer credits to institutions such as:• Certified General Accountants Association of

Canada • The Society of Management Accountants

University College of Cape Breton• Memorial University of Newfoundland• University of Lethbridge• Lakehead University• Royal Roads University, British Columbia• Purchasing Management Association of Canada

Graduates may also wish to further their studies toachieve professional designations such as:• Canadian Professional Sales Association • Canadian Public Relations Society • Canadian Institute of Financial Planning

BUSINESS STUDIES DIPLOMA• Two years• Start date varies: At some campuses

the program begins in September; atothers seats are filled as vacanciesoccur. Please check with thecampus concerned.

• Bay St. George, Burin, Carbonear,Clarenville, Corner Brook, GrandFalls-Windsor, Placentia, PrincePhilip Drive, and St. AnthonyCampuses

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaAC1260 Financial Accounting I 5 4 4CM1240 Business Communications I 4 4 0MA1400 Mathematics of Finance I 3 3 1MR1100 Marketing I 4 3 2HN1230 Human Resource Management I 3 3 1MC1220 Productivity Tools I 2 1 2

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCM1241 Business Communications II 4 4 1MC1221 Productivity Tools II 2 1 3HN1240 Human Resource Management II 3 3 1MA2400 Mathematics of Finance II 3 3 0

(Not req’d for Certificate)AC2260 Financial Accounting II 5 4 4MR2100 Marketing II 4 3 2

Semester 3 (Intersession) Cr Le LaMC2220 Productivity Tools III 3 2 3ORMA1670 Statistics 4 4 1

Year 1 courses can be completed at campuses offeringthe Business Administration certificate program.

Semester 4 Cr Le LaAC2220 Intermediate Financial Accounting I 5 3 5AC2250 Managerial Accounting I 4 3 2CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0CM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0LW1200 Business Law 3 3 0Elective

Semester 5 Cr Le LaAC1350 Income Tax 4 3 2AC3220 Intermediate Financial Accounting II 5 3 5AC3250 Managerial Accounting II 4 3 2EC1100 Microeconomics 3 3 0PS2340 Organizational Behaviour 4 4 0SD1420 Workplace Skills 3 3 1OJ1520 Work Exposure 4wks

49

Business Administration(Accounting)The two-year program leading to a Diploma inBusiness Administration (Accounting) has beendeveloped to achieve competencies required in thefield of general financial accounting. Industryrequires personnel with skills to provide complexinformation and to produce comprehensive reports.

Upon completion of this program, students will becapable of performing many accounting functions insmall and large businesses and at various levels ofgovernment.

Note: Year 2 of the Business Administration(Accounting) and the Business Management(Accounting) programs is common.

OBJECTIVES1.To develop skills in various key areas of accounting

such as financial and intermediate accounting, tax-ation, and finance.

2.To help students develop self-reliance, initiative andthe ability to solve business management problems.

3.To expand through related courses the basicaccounting concepts and to apply them to real-lifesituations through the use of tools such as statisti-cal analysis and economic planning.

4.To introduce the student to computerized businessapplications.

5.To train students for employment in the privateindustry or government sectors of business and toprovide them with a sound base for further profes-sional development.

6.To provide students with the skills and knowledgewhich will increase their success as entrepreneurs.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESGraduates may obtain employment in a variety ofbusinesses, organizations and government depart-ments. Possible positions are: accountant, comptrol-ler, business analyst, taxation officer, financial officer,administrative manager, payroll officer.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% aver-age in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from 3201,3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291, 3292

2. Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291,4225 (50%) minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3. Additional credits at the 3000 level chosen from anyof the remaining 3000 level courses offered in theSenior High School Program.• six credits at the 3000 level for those who com-

plete a Language course OR

• Five credits at the 3000 level for those who com-plete an English course,

ORGrade XI Public Examination pass or equivalent with a60% average, including 60% in each of English andMathematics (Matriculation) or a pass inMathematics (Honours) plus any three other subjects,ORAn Adult Basic Education Level III GraduationCertificate consisting of the following courses:a.Communications IC3211, IC3112 plus ONE of IC3116,

IC3215, IC3321, or IC3222b.Mathematics from one of the following sections:

i. Mathematics IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216ii. IM3219

ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theentrance requirements for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

PROGRAM TRANSFERABILITYThe Business Administration/Management programoffers exit points after Year 1, Year 2, and Year 3.Year 1

The first year is a common year at the end of whichstudents may graduate with a BusinessAdministration Certificate.

Year 2Students select one area of specialization for thesecond year from the following options: Accounting,General, Human Resource Management, Marketing.Students may graduate at the end of Year 2 with aBusiness Administration Diploma.

Year 3The three third-year options are Accounting, HumanResource Management, Marketing. Students maygraduate with a Business Management Diploma atthe end of Year 3.

Graduates of the Business Administration/Management programs may have the opportunity totransfer credits to institutions such as:• Certified General Accountants Association of

Canada • The Society of Management Accountants

University College of Cape Breton• Memorial University of Newfoundland• University of Lethbridge• Lakehead University• Royal Roads University, British Columbia• Purchasing Management Association of Canada

Graduates may also wish to further their studies toachieve professional designations such as:• Canadian Professional Sales Association • Canadian Public Relations Society • Canadian Institute of Financial Planning

BUSINESS STUDIESDIPLOMA• Two years• Start date varies: At some campuses

the program begins in September; atothers seats are filled as vacanciesoccur. Please check with thecampus concerned.

• Bay St. George, Burin, Carbonear,Clarenville, Corner Brook, GrandFalls-Windsor, Labrador West,Placentia, and St. AnthonyCampuses

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaAC1260 Financial Accounting I 5 4 4CM1240 Business Communications I 4 4 0MA1400 Mathematics of Finance I 3 3 1MR1100 Marketing I 4 3 2HN1230 Human Resource Management I 3 3 1MC1220 Productivity Tools I 2 1 2

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCM1241 Business Communications II 4 4 1MC1221 Productivity Tools II 2 1 3HN1240 Human Resource Management II 3 3 1MA2400 Mathematics of Finance II 3 3 0

(Not req’d for Certificate)AC2260 Financial Accounting II 5 4 4MR2100 Marketing II 4 3 2

Semester 3 (Intersession) Cr Le LaMC2220 Productivity Tools III 3 2 3ORMA1670 Statistics 4 4 1

Year 1 courses can be completed at campuses offeringthe Business Administration certificate program.

Semester 4 Cr Le LaEC1100 Microeconomics 3 3 0LW1200 Business Law 3 3 0MR2300 Business Research 4 3 2CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0*One of:AC2220 Intermediate Accounting I 5 3 5AC2250 Managerial Accounting I 4 3 2*One of:HN1100 Introduction to Industrial Relations 3 3 1HN2130 Recruitment/Selection 3 3 1*One of:MR1500 Consumer Behaviour 3 3 0MR1600 Professional Selling 4 3 2MR2200 Retailing 3 2 3

Semester 5 Cr Le LaPS2340 Organizational Behaviour 4 4 0SD1420 Workplace Skills 4 4 0CM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0*One of:AC3220 Intermediate Accounting 5 3 5AC3250 Managerial Accounting 4 3 2AC1350 Income Tax 4 3 2*One of:SE1060 Workplace Safety Legislation 3 3 1HN2100 Collective Agreement Administration 3 3 1LW1210 Labour & Employment Law 4 3 2*One of:MR2350 E-Commerce 4 3 2MR2400 Marketing Communications 4 3 2

50

Business Administration(General)The successful business administrator must be aneffective leader, communicator and problem solver;one who can integrate rapidly emerging technologywith diverse business functions such as accounting,marketing, and human resource management.

Students in this program will develop interpersonaland organizational skills. They will use the latest com-puter technology in business decision making andlearn practical skills which will help them to be pro-ductive members of the workforce. Graduates canexpect to build on this solid base during their entirebusiness career.

Note: Year 1 courses can be completed at campusesthat offer the Business Administration certificate pro-gram.

OBJECTIVES1.To provide students with a broad understanding of

business practices.2.To develop skills in the areas of accounting, market-

ing and human resource management.3.To develop leadership, teamwork, and problem

solving skills.4.To introduce students to current computer technol-

ogy and how it may be applied to business applica-tions.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESGraduates may find entry level job opportunities in awide spectrum of organizations such as public institu-tions, small and/or large businesses, financial institu-tions.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% aver-age in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from 3201,3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291, 3292

2. Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291,4225 (50%) minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3. Additional credits at the 3000 level chosen from anyof the remaining 3000 level courses offered in theSenior High School Program.• six credits at the 3000 level for those who com-

plete a Language course OR

• Five credits at the 3000 level for those who com-plete an English course,

ORGrade XI Public Examination pass or equivalent with a60% average, including 60% in each of English andMathematics (Matriculation) or a pass inMathematics (Honours) plus any three other subjects,

ORAn Adult Basic Education Level III GraduationCertificate consisting of the following courses:a.Communications IC3211, IC3112 plus ONE of IC3116,

IC3215, IC3321, or IC3222b.Mathematics from one of the following sections:

i. Mathematics IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216ii. IM3219

ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theentrance requirements for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

PROGRAM TRANSFERABILITYThe Business Administration/Management programoffers exit points after Year 1, Year 2, and Year 3.Year 1

The first year is a common year at the end of whichstudents may graduate with a BusinessAdministration Certificate.

Year 2Students select one area of specialization for thesecond year from the following options: Accounting,General, Human Resource Management, Marketing.Students may graduate at the end of Year 2 with aBusiness Administration Diploma.

Year 3The three third-year options are Accounting, HumanResource Management, Marketing. Students maygraduate with a Business Management Diploma atthe end of Year 3.

Graduates of the Business Administration/Management programs may have the opportunity totransfer credits to institutions such as:• Certified General Accountants Association of

Canada • The Society of Management Accountants

University College of Cape Breton• Memorial University of Newfoundland• University of Lethbridge• Lakehead University• Royal Roads University, British Columbia• Purchasing Management Association of Canada

Graduates may also wish to further their studies toachieve professional designations such as:• Canadian Professional Sales Association • Canadian Public Relations Society • Canadian Institute of Financial Planning

BUSINESS STUDIES DIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Bay St. George, Grand Falls-Windsor,

and Prince Philip Drive Campuses

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaAC1260 Financial Accounting I 5 4 4CM1240 Business Communications I 4 4 0MA1400 Mathematics of Finance I 3 3 1MR1100 Marketing I 4 3 2HN1230 Human Resource Management I 3 3 1MC1220 Productivity Tools I 2 1 2

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCM1241 Business Communications II 4 4 1MC1221 Productivity Tools II 2 1 3HN1240 Human Resource Management II 3 3 1MA2400 Mathematics of Finance II 3 3 0

(Not req’d for Certificate)AC2260 Financial Accounting II 5 4 4MR2100 Marketing II 4 3 2

Semester 3 (Intersession) Cr Le LaMC2220 Productivity Tools III 3 2 3ORMA1670 Statistics 4 4 1

Year 1 courses can be completed at campuses offeringthe Business Administration certificate program.

Semester 4 Cr Le LaHN1100 Industrial Relations 3 3 1LW1200 Business Law 3 3 0MR2300 Business Research 4 3 2HN2130 Recruitment and Selection 3 3 1CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0Elective (Business) 4 3 2Elective

Semester 5 Cr Le LaHN2100 Collective Agreement Administration 3 3 1LW1210 Labour and Employment Law 4 3 2SE1060 Workplace Safety 3 3 1EC1100 Microeconomics 3 3 0PS2340 Organizational Behaviour 4 4 0SD1420 Workplace Skills 4 4 0CM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0OJ1540 Work Exposure 4 wks

51

Business Administration(Human Resource Management)The Human Resource Management program hasbeen designed to provide students with insight intothe theory and practice of effective Human ResourceManagement. Management realizes the importanceof its human resources to the success of an organiza-tion, particularly in today's competitive environment.

The program is designed to provide students with anopportunity to pursue a career in Human ResourceManagement, Industrial/Labour Relations,Supervision and General Management.

Note: Year 2 of the Business Administration (HumanResource Management) and the BusinessManagement (Human Resource Management) pro-grams is common.

OBJECTIVES1.To provide students with a broad understanding of

fundamental business principles and practicesessential to

efficient and effective management.2.To develop skills in various key areas of human

resource management such as recruitment, selec-tion, training and development, compensation, andindustrial/labour relations.

3.To develop leadership, teamwork, and problem-solving skills.

4.To introduce various aspects of computerized infor-mation technology.

5.To develop an appreciation for the entrepreneurialprocess, particularly as it relates to small businessdevelopment.

6.To provide students with an opportunity to integrateclassroom study with relevant work experience.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESGraduates may obtain employment in a variety ofareas such as private businesses, consulting agen-cies, associations, unions,Federal/Provincial/Municipal Governments.

The following is a brief list of the positions that gradu-ates may occupy after successful completion of theprogram: recruitment/selection officer, personnel offi-cer, training and development officer; compensa-tion/benefits specialist, sexual harassment officer,employee assistance coordinator, labour relationsofficer, professional development officer, humanresource officer, personnel manager, manager ofhuman resources, classification officer.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% aver-age in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from 3201,3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291, 3292

2. Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291,4225 (50%) minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumOR

Mathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3. Additional credits at the 3000 level chosen from anyof the remaining 3000 level courses offered in theSenior High School Program.• six credits at the 3000 level for those who com-

plete a Language course OR

• Five credits at the 3000 level for those who com-plete an English course,

ORGrade XI Public Examination pass or equivalent with a60% average, including 60% in each of English andMathematics (Matriculation) or a pass inMathematics (Honours) plus any three other subjects,ORAn Adult Basic Education Level III GraduationCertificate consisting of the following courses:a.Communications IC3211, IC3112 plus ONE of IC3116,

IC3215, IC3321, or IC3222b.Mathematics from one of the following sections:

i. Mathematics IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216ii. IM3219

ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theentrance requirements for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

PROGRAM TRANSFERABILITYThe Business Administration/Management programoffers exit points after Year 1, Year 2, and Year 3.Year 1

The first year is a common year at the end of whichstudents may graduate with a BusinessAdministration Certificate.

Year 2Students select one area of specialization for thesecond year from the following options: Accounting,General, Human Resource Management, Marketing.Students may graduate at the end of Year 2 with aBusiness Administration Diploma.

Year 3The three third-year options are Accounting, HumanResource Management, Marketing. Students maygraduate with a Business Management Diploma atthe end of Year 3.

Graduates of the Business Administration/Management programs may have the opportunity totransfer credits to institutions such as:• Certified General Accountants Association of

Canada • The Society of Management Accountants

University College of Cape Breton• Memorial University of Newfoundland• University of Lethbridge• Lakehead University• Royal Roads University, British Columbia• Purchasing Management Association of Canada

Graduates may also wish to further their studies toachieve professional designations such as:• Canadian Professional Sales Association • Canadian Public Relations Society • Canadian Institute of Financial Planning

BUSINESS STUDIESDIPLOMA• Two years• Start date varies: At some campuses

the program begins in September; atothers seats are filled as vacanciesoccur. Please check with thecampus concerned.

• Bay St. George, Burin, Carbonear,Clarenville, Corner Brook, GrandFalls-Windsor, Placentia, PrincePhilip Drive, and St. AnthonyCampuses

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaAC1260 Financial Accounting I 5 4 4CM1240 Business Communications I 4 4 0MA1400 Mathematics of Finance I 3 3 1MR1100 Marketing I 4 3 2HN1230 Human Resource Management I 3 3 1MC1220 Productivity Tools I 2 1 2

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCM1241 Business Communications II 4 4 1MC1221 Productivity Tools II 2 1 3HN1240 Human Resource Management II 3 3 1MA2400 Mathematics of Finance II 3 3 0

(Not req’d for Certificate)AC2260 Financial Accounting II 5 4 4MR2100 Marketing II 4 3 2

Semester 3 (Intersession) Cr Le LaMC2220 Productivity Tools III 3 2 3ORMA1670 Statistics 4 4 1

Year 1 courses can be completed at campuses offeringthe Business Administration certificate program.

Semester 4 Cr Le LaEC1100 Microeconomics 3 3 0LW1200 Business Law 3 3 0MR2200 Retailing 3 2 3MR1500 Consumer Behaviour 3 3 0MR1600 Professional Selling 4 3 2CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0Elective

Semester 5 Cr Le LaMR2350 Introduction to E-Commerce 4 3 2SD1420 Workplace Skills 4 4 0MR2300 Business Research 4 3 2MR2400 Marketing Communications 4 3 2CM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0OJ1530 Work Exposure 4wks

Business Management Diploma:EC1200 Macroeconomics 3 3 0Elective

Business Administration Diploma:EP2250 Small Business Development 4 3 2

52

Business Administration(Marketing)The two-year program leading to a Diploma inBusiness Administration (Marketing) is designed togive students a broad background in business man-agement with emphasis on the area of marketing.Graduates find employment in marketing, sales, retail-ing, administration, advertising and general manage-ment.

Note: Year 2 of the Business Administration(Marketing) and the Business Management(Marketing) programs is common.

OBJECTIVES1.To provide students with a broad understanding of

activities involved in the administration of anyorganization.

2.To develop skills in selected key areas of manage-ment activity which will lead to specialization inareas such as marketing, advertising and promo-tion, retail merchandising.

3.To develop capacity for leadership, teamwork andco-operation in problem solving.

4.To acquire skills, knowledge and experience thatwill complement personal initiative, creativity andenergy in contributing to any job situation.

5.To relate management studies to the needs of thepublic and private sectors of the economy ofNewfoundland and Labrador.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESGraduates of this program may obtain employment ina variety of marketing areas such as distribution,media, advertising, retailing, and personal selling in avariety of industries and associations.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% aver-age in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from 3201,3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291, 3292

2. Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291,4225 (50%) minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3. Additional credits at the 3000 level chosen from anyof the remaining 3000 level courses offered in theSenior High School Program.• six credits at the 3000 level for those who com-

plete a Language course OR

• Five credits at the 3000 level for those who com-plete an English course,

ORGrade XI Public Examination pass or equivalent with a60% average, including 60% in each of English andMathematics (Matriculation) or a pass inMathematics (Honours) plus any three other subjects,ORAn Adult Basic Education Level III GraduationCertificate consisting of the following courses:a.Communications IC3211, IC3112 plus ONE of IC3116,

IC3215, IC3321, or IC3222b.Mathematics from one of the following sections:

i. Mathematics IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216ii. IM3219

ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theentrance requirements for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

PROGRAM TRANSFERABILITYThe Business Administration/Management programoffers exit points after Year 1, Year 2, and Year 3.Year 1

The first year is a common year at the end of whichstudents may graduate with a BusinessAdministration Certificate.

Year 2Students select one area of specialization for thesecond year from the following options: Accounting,General, Human Resource Management, Marketing.Students may graduate at the end of Year 2 with aBusiness Administration Diploma.

Year 3The three third-year options are Accounting, HumanResource Management, Marketing. Students maygraduate with a Business Management Diploma atthe end of Year 3.

Graduates of the Business Administration/Management programs may have the opportunity totransfer credits to institutions such as:• Certified General Accountants Association of

Canada • The Society of Management Accountants

University College of Cape Breton• Memorial University of Newfoundland• University of Lethbridge• Lakehead University• Royal Roads University, British Columbia• Purchasing Management Association of Canada

Graduates may also wish to further their studies toachieve professional designations such as:• Canadian Professional Sales Association • Canadian Public Relations Society • Canadian Institute of Financial Planning

BUSINESS STUDIES DIPLOMA• Three years• September start• Grand Falls-Windsor and Prince

Philip Drive Campuses

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaAC1260 Financial Accounting I 5 4 4CM1240 Business Communications I 4 4 0MA1400 Mathematics of Finance I 3 3 1MR1100 Marketing I 4 3 2HN1230 Human Resource Management I 3 3 1MC1220 Productivity Tools I 2 1 2

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCM1241 Business Communications II 4 4 1MC1221 Productivity Tools II 2 1 3HN1240 Human Resource Management II 3 3 1MA2400 Mathematics of Finance II 3 3 0

(Not req’d for Certificate)AC2260 Financial Accounting II 5 4 4MR2100 Marketing II 4 3 2

Semester 3 (Intersession) Cr Le LaMC2220 Productivity Tools III 3 2 3ORMA1670 Statistics 4 4 1

Year 1 courses can be completed at campuses offeringthe Business Administration certificate program.

Semester 4 Cr Le LaAC2220 Intermediate Financial Accounting I 5 3 5AC2250 Managerial Accounting I 4 3 2CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0CM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0LW1200 Business Law 3 3 0Elective

Semester 5 Cr Le LaAC1350 Income Tax 4 3 2AC3220 Intermediate Financial Accounting II 5 3 5AC3250 Managerial Accounting II 4 3 2EC1100 Microeconomics 3 3 0PS2340 Organizational Behaviour 4 4 0SD1420 Workplace Skills 3 3 1OJ1520 Work Exposure 4wks

Year 2 courses can be completed at campuses offeringthe Business Administration (Accounting) diploma pro-gram.

Semester 6 Cr Le LaAC2340 Principles of Auditing 4 3 3EP2250 Small Business Development 4 3 2FN2110 Business Finance 4 3 2MN2600 Strategic Management 3 2 2EC1200 Macroeconomics 3 3 0Elective

Semester 7 Cr Le LaAC3260 Payroll and Commodity Taxes 4 4 0EP2200 Business Planning 4 2 5FN1100 Personal Finance 4 4 0AC2530 Oil & Gas Production Accounting 5 5 0AC3230 Computerized Accounting 4 3 3

53

Business Management(Accounting)The three-year program leading to a Diploma inBusiness Management (Accounting) has been devel-oped to achieve competencies required in the field ofgeneral financial accounting. Management nowrequires personnel with skills to provide complexinformation and to produce comprehensive reports.

Upon completion of this program, students will becapable of performing many accounting functions insmall and large businesses and at various levels ofgovernment.

OBJECTIVES1.To develop skills in various key areas of accounting

such as financial and intermediate accounting, tax-ation, auditing and finance.

2.To help students develop self-reliance, initiative andthe ability to solve business management problems.

3.To expand the basic accounting concepts throughrelated courses and to apply them to real-life situa-tions through the use of tools such as statisticalanalysis and economic planning.

4.To introduce students to computerized businessapplications.

5.To train students for employment in the privateindustry or government sectors of business and tooffer them a sound base for further professionaldevelopment.

6.To provide students with the skills and knowledgewhich will increase their success as entrepreneurs.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESGraduates may obtain employment in a variety ofbusinesses, organizations and government depart-ments. The following is a brief list of the positions thatgraduates may occupy after successful completion ofthe program: accountant, comptroller, auditor, busi-ness analyst, taxation officer, financial officer, admin-istrative manager, payroll officer.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% aver-age in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from 3201,3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291, 3292

2. Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291,4225 (50%) minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3. Additional credits at the 3000 level chosen from anyof the remaining 3000 level courses offered in theSenior High School Program.

• six credits at the 3000 level for those who com-plete a Language course OR

• Five credits at the 3000 level for those who com-plete an English course,

ORGrade XI Public Examination pass or equivalent with a60% average, including 60% in each of English andMathematics (Matriculation) or a pass inMathematics (Honours) plus any three other subjects,ORAn Adult Basic Education Level III GraduationCertificate consisting of the following courses:a.Communications IC3211, IC3112 plus ONE of IC3116,

IC3215, IC3321, or IC3222b.Mathematics from one of the following sections:

i. Mathematics IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216ii. IM3219

ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theentrance requirements for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

PROGRAM TRANSFERABILITYThe Business Administration/Management programoffers exit points after Year 1, Year 2, and Year 3.Year 1

The first year is a common year at the end of whichstudents may graduate with a BusinessAdministration Certificate.

Year 2Students select one area of specialization for thesecond year from the following options: Accounting,General, Human Resource Management, Marketing.Students may graduate at the end of Year 2 with aBusiness Administration Diploma.

Year 3The three third-year options are Accounting, HumanResource Management, Marketing. Students maygraduate with a Business Management Diploma atthe end of Year 3.

Graduates of the Business Administration/Management programs may have the opportunity totransfer credits to institutions such as:• Certified General Accountants Association of

Canada • The Society of Management Accountants

University College of Cape Breton• Memorial University of Newfoundland• University of Lethbridge• Lakehead University• Royal Roads University, British Columbia• Purchasing Management Association of Canada

Graduates may also wish to further their studies toachieve professional designations such as:• Canadian Professional Sales Association • Canadian Public Relations Society • Canadian Institute of Financial Planning

BUSINESS STUDIESDIPLOMA• Three years• September start• Grand Falls-Windsor and Prince

Philip Drive Campuses

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaAC1260 Financial Accounting I 5 4 4CM1240 Business Communications I 4 4 0MA1400 Mathematics of Finance I 3 3 1MR1100 Marketing I 4 3 2HN1230 Human Resource Management I 3 3 1MC1220 Productivity Tools I 2 1 2

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCM1241 Business Communications II 4 4 1MC1221 Productivity Tools II 2 1 3HN1240 Human Resource Management II 3 3 1MA2400 Mathematics of Finance II 3 3 0

(Not req’d for Certificate)AC2260 Financial Accounting II 5 4 4MR2100 Marketing II 4 3 2

Semester 3 (Intersession) Cr Le LaMC2220 Productivity Tools III 3 2 3ORMA1670 Statistics 4 4 1

Year 1 courses can be completed at campuses offeringthe Business Administration certificate program.

Semester 4 Cr Le LaHN1100 Industrial Relations 3 3 1LW1200 Business Law 3 3 0MR2300 Business Research 4 3 2HN2130 Recruitment and Selection 3 3 1CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0Elective (Business) 4 3 2Elective

Semester 5 Cr Le LaHN2100 Collective Agreement Administration 3 3 1LW1210 Labour and Employment Law 4 3 2SE1060 Workplace Safety 3 3 1EC1100 Microeconomics 3 3 0PS2340 Organizational Behaviour 4 4 0SD1420 Workplace Skills 4 4 0CM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0OJ1540 Work Exposure 4 wks

Year 2 courses can be completed at campuses offeringthe Business Administration (Human ResourcesManagement) diploma program.

Semester 6 Cr Le LaEP2250 Small Business Development 4 3 2FN2110 Business Finance 4 3 2HN2200 Compensation & Benefits 3 3 1AC2600 Managerial Accounting for HRM 4 3 2HN2140 Attendance & Disability Mgmt. 3 3 1MN2600 Strategic Management 3 2 2

Semester 7 Cr Le LaEP2200 Business Planning 4 2 5HN2110 Dispute Settlement 3 3 1HN2210 Human Resource Planning 3 3 1HN3110 Current Topics in Human Resource

Management 3 3 1Elective (Business)Elective

54

Business Management(Human Resource Management)The Human Resource Management program hasbeen designed to provide students with insight intothe theory and practice of effective Human ResourceManagement. The program seeks to provide the stu-dent with a broad understanding of fundamental busi-ness principles and practices essential to effectiveand efficient management.

The program is designed to provide students with anopportunity to pursue a career in Human ResourceManagement, Industrial/Labour Relations,Supervision and General Management.

OBJECTIVES1.To provide students with a broad understanding of

fundamental business principles and practicesessential to efficient and effective management.

2.To develop skills in various key areas of humanresource management such as recruitment, selec-tion, training and development, compensation, andindustrial/labour relations.

3.To develop leadership, teamwork, and problem-solving skills.

4.To introduce various aspects of computerized infor-mation technology.

5.To develop an appreciation for the entrepreneurialprocess, particularly as it relates to small businessdevelopment.

6.To provide students with an opportunity to integrateclassroom study with relevant work experience.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESGraduates of the program may obtain employment ina variety of areas such as private business, Federal/Provincial/Municipal Government, industry, consultingagencies, institutions, associations, and unions.

The following is a brief list of the positions that gradu-ates may occupy after successful completion of theprogram: recruitment/selection officer, personnel offi-cer, training and development officer, compensation/benefits specialist, sexual harassment officer,employee assistance coordinator, labour relationsofficer, professional development officer, humanresource officer, personnel manager, manager ofhuman resources, classification officer, and otherbusiness related occupations.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% aver-age in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from 3201,3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291, 3292

2. Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291,4225 (50%) minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3. Additional credits at the 3000 level chosen from anyof the remaining 3000 level courses offered in theSenior High School Program.• six credits at the 3000 level for those who com-

plete a Language course OR

• Five credits at the 3000 level for those who com-plete an English course,

ORGrade XI Public Examination pass or equivalent with a60% average, including 60% in each of English andMathematics (Matriculation) or a pass inMathematics (Honours) plus any three other subjects,ORAn Adult Basic Education Level III GraduationCertificate consisting of the following courses:a.Communications IC3211, IC3112 plus ONE of IC3116,

IC3215, IC3321, or IC3222b.Mathematics from one of the following sections:

i. Mathematics IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216ii. IM3219

ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theentrance requirements for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

PROGRAM TRANSFERABILITYThe Business Administration/Management programoffers exit points after Year 1, Year 2, and Year 3.Year 1

The first year is a common year at the end of whichstudents may graduate with a BusinessAdministration Certificate.

Year 2Students select one area of specialization for thesecond year from the following options: Accounting,General, Human Resource Management, Marketing.Students may graduate at the end of Year 2 with aBusiness Administration Diploma.

Year 3The three third-year options are Accounting, HumanResource Management, Marketing. Students maygraduate with a Business Management Diploma atthe end of Year 3.

Graduates of the Business Administration/Management programs may have the opportunity totransfer credits to institutions such as:• Certified General Accountants Association of

Canada • The Society of Management Accountants

University College of Cape Breton• Memorial University of Newfoundland• University of Lethbridge• Lakehead University• Royal Roads University, British Columbia• Purchasing Management Association of Canada

Graduates may also wish to further their studies toachieve professional designations such as:• Canadian Professional Sales Association • Canadian Public Relations Society • Canadian Institute of Financial Planning

BUSINESS STUDIES DIPLOMA• Three years• September start• Grand Falls-Windsor and Prince

Philip Drive Campuses

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaAC1260 Financial Accounting I 5 4 4CM1240 Business Communications I 4 4 0MA1400 Mathematics of Finance I 3 3 1MR1100 Marketing I 4 3 2HN1230 Human Resource Management I 3 3 1MC1220 Productivity Tools I 2 1 2

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCM1241 Business Communications II 4 4 1MC1221 Productivity Tools II 2 1 3HN1240 Human Resource Management II 3 3 1MA2400 Mathematics of Finance II 3 3 0

(Not req’d for Certificate)AC2260 Financial Accounting II 5 4 4MR2100 Marketing II 4 3 2

Semester 3 (Intersession) Cr Le LaMC2220 Productivity Tools III 3 2 3ORMA1670 Statistics 4 4 1

Year 1 courses can be completed at campuses offeringthe Business Administration certificate program.

Semester 4 Cr Le LaEC1100 Microeconomics 3 3 0LW1200 Business Law 3 3 0MR2200 Retailing 3 2 3MR1500 Consumer Behaviour 3 3 0MR1600 Professional Selling 4 3 2CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0Elective

Semester 5 Cr Le LaMR2350 Introduction to E-Commerce 4 3 2SD1420 Workplace Skills 4 4 0MR2300 Business Research 4 3 2MR2400 Marketing Communications 4 3 2CM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0OJ1530 Work Exposure 4wksEC1200 Macroeconomics 3 3 0Elective

Year 2 courses can be completed at campuses offeringthe Business Administration (Human ResourcesManagement) diploma program.

Semester 6 Cr Le LaEP2250 Small Business Development 4 3 2FN2110 Business Finance 4 3 2MN2600 Strategic Management 3 2 2MR2450 Services Marketing 3 2 2MR2800 Business-to-Business Marketing 3 2 2Elective

Semester 7 Cr Le LaAC2250 Managerial Accounting I 4 3 2EP2200 Business Planning 4 2 5MR2600 Advanced Professional Selling 4 4 0MR2700 International Marketing 4 4 0PS2340 Organizational Behaviour 4 4 0Elective

55

Business Management(Marketing)The three-year Business Management (Marketing)diploma program is designed to give students a back-ground in business management with emphasis onthe area of Marketing. Students acquire a solidunderstanding of the practices involved in marketingand promoting a product or service. This includesadvertising, market research, professional selling,distribution, business planning and customer rela-tions.

OBJECTIVES1.To provide students with an in-depth understanding

of activities involved in the management of organi-zations.

2.To develop skills in selected key areas of manage-ment activity such as marketing, advertising, pro-motion, retail merchandising.

3.To develop a capacity for leadership, teamwork andco-operation in problem solving.

4.To acquire skills, knowledge and experience thatwill complement personal initiative, creativity andenergy to ensure a successful career.

5.To relate management studies to the needs of thepublic and private sectors of the economy ofNewfoundland and Labrador.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESGraduates of the program may obtain employment ina variety of marketing areas such as distribution,media, advertising, retailing, and personal selling in avariety of industries and associations.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% aver-age in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from 3201,3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291, 3292

2. Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291,4225 (50%) minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3. Additional credits at the 3000 level chosen from anyof the remaining 3000 level courses offered in theSenior High School Program.• six credits at the 3000 level for those who com-

plete a Language course OR

• Five credits at the 3000 level for those who com-plete an English course,

ORGrade XI Public Examination pass or equivalent with a60% average, including 60% in each of English andMathematics (Matriculation) or a pass inMathematics (Honours) plus any three other subjects,ORAn Adult Basic Education Level III GraduationCertificate consisting of the following courses:

a.Communications IC3211, IC3112 plus ONE of IC3116,IC3215, IC3321, or IC3222

b.Mathematics from one of the following sections:i. Mathematics IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216ii. IM3219

ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theentrance requirements for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

PROGRAM TRANSFERABILITYThe Business Administration/Management programoffers exit points after Year 1, Year 2, and Year 3.Year 1

The first year is a common year at the end of whichstudents may graduate with a BusinessAdministration Certificate.

Year 2Students select one area of specialization for thesecond year from the following options: Accounting,General, Human Resource Management, Marketing.Students may graduate at the end of Year 2 with aBusiness Administration Diploma.

Year 3The three third-year options are Accounting, HumanResource Management, Marketing. Students maygraduate with a Business Management Diploma atthe end of Year 3.

Graduates of the Business Administration/Management programs may have the opportunity totransfer credits to institutions such as:• Certified General Accountants Association of

Canada • The Society of Management Accountants

University College of Cape Breton• Memorial University of Newfoundland• University of Lethbridge• Lakehead University• Royal Roads University, British Columbia• Purchasing Management Association of Canada

Graduates may also wish to further their studies toachieve professional designations such as:• Canadian Professional Sales Association • Canadian Public Relations Society • Canadian Institute of Financial Planning

BUSINESS STUDIESDIPLOMA• Two years• To be announced• Bay St. George Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaAM1100 The Cultural Context 3 3 0CM1100 Writing Fundamentals 3 3 1MC1150 Productivity Tools 4 3 2HN1200 Human Resource Management 3 3 1PS2340 Organizational Behaviour 4 4 0EP1100 Entrepreneurial Studies 4 3 2OF1100 Office Management I 3 3 1

Semester 2 Cr Le LaAM1200 Graphics Promotions Design 3 2 2MC1240 Computer Appl’s for Arts Mgmt. 4 3 3CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0AC1260 Financial Accounting I 6 4 5MR1100 Marketing I 4 3 2

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaOJ1130 Work Exposure 6wks

Semester 4 Cr Le LaAM1300 Funding Culture 6 6 0LW1200 Business Law 3 3 0MR2100 Marketing II 4 3 2CS2500 Project Management 3 3 0EP2200 Business Planning 4 2 5Elective

Semester 5 Cr Le LaAM1400 Cultural Administration 4 4 0MN1410 Special Events Management 4 3 3MR2400 Marketing Communications 4 3 2AC2260 Financial Accounting II 6 4 5Elective

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaOJ1131 Work Exposure 6wks

56

Cutural Management

The cultural industry has shown steady growth overthe last few years, and this growth is expected toincrease in the foreseeable future. Arts and culturalorganizations need creative, professional administra-tors to assure future growth in this important sector.It you are a creative person with a desire to work in acultural environment, this program may be for you.

In this program, students will learn about the culturalindustry and its importance to the provincial andnational lifestyle and economy. A wide range of busi-ness and other courses will be studied, in a culturalcontext, to equip graduates to handle the varied tasksrequired of managers in this field.

In addition, two-six-week work terms will help thestudent gain valuable work experience leading to inti-mate knowledge of what is required to manage a cul-tural business. The College will work closely with theprovincial Association of Cultural Industries in theplacement of these work terms, in an endeavor toprovide meaningful learning experiences.

OBJECTIVES1.To enable the student to acquire an understanding

of the cultural sector and its importance in society.2.To provide students with an understanding of fun-

damental business principles and practices essen-tial to the efficient and effective management of acultural operation.

3.To provide students with a broad understanding ofactivities involved in the administration of a culturalorganization.

4.To help students develop self-reliance, initiative andthe ability to solve a variety of business problemsassociated with the operation of a cultural industry.

5.To develop the capacity for leadership, teamworkand cooperation in problem-solving.

PROGRAM ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSBusiness Management (Accounting, HumanResources, and Marketing)

High School Graduation Certificate with a 60% overallaverage in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from 3201,3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291, 3292

2.Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291,4225 (50%) minimum,Academic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course),Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course).

3.Additional credits at the 3000 level – chosen fromany of the remaining 3000 level courses offered inthe Senior High School Program.Six credits at the 3000 level for those who completea Language courseORFive credits at the 3000 level for those who com-plete an English course

ORA Grade XI Public Examination pass with a 60% aver-age, including 60% in each of English andMathematics (Matriculation) or a pass inMathematics (Honors) plus any three other subjects,ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the Academic Stream with anaverage pass mark of 60%,ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESGraduates of this program may find work in a widevariety of cultural organizations representing thevisual or performing arts, sound recording, publishing,new media or film and video production industries.Alternatively, employment may be possible with gov-ernment and non-government agencies dedicated tosupporting the arts. Graduates may also decide totake the entrepreneurial route and start their ownbusinesses.

BUSINESS STUDIES ADVANCED DIPLOMA• One year• Start date varies• Available through @College

Distributed Learning Service

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wk

Cr Le LaCR1500 Website Development 3 2 2IN2100 Introduction to Research Online 4 4 0MN2400 Technology Project Management 4 3 2MN2500 Customer Relations Management 4 4 0MR2120 Internet Marketing 4 4 0MR2350 Introduction to Electronic Commerce 4 3 2CP1400 Website Analysis & Design 3 2 3LW2400 E-Business Law & Regulations 3 3 0MR2360 E-Customer Service 4 3 2MR2630 E-Commerce Trends 3 3 0MR2640 E-Commerce Transactions 4 4 0MR2670 Online Business Development 5 4 2PR3500 Capstone Project P/FSD1450 E-Business Career Development 2 2 0

57

Electronic Commerce

This program is designed to provide students whohold existing diplomas or university degrees with theskills and knowledge required by professionals in anemerging e-commerce marketplace. Students willexplore ways organizations can use the Internet toexpand current marketing strategies, increase sales,market new products and services, provide improvedcustomer service as well as build new forms of cus-tomer value.

The program focuses on the development and man-agement of an online business including planning,project management, customer relations, marketingresearch, and online marketing strategies. It also pro-vides an overall introduction to e-commerce transac-tion systems, security and legal issues, websitedevelopment, design and analysis.

OBJECTIVES:Students graduating from this program should haveknowledge in and be able to perform tasks in the fol-lowing areas:1. Website Development2. Website Design3. Website Analysis4. Online Research5. Internet Marketing6. Technology Project Management7. Customer Relations Management8. E-commerce Trends9. E-Customer Service10. E-Business Law and Regulations11. Online Business Development12. E-Commerce Transactions.

The program will conclude with a Capstone Project.Working with a real client, under the direction of aninstructor, the student (or team of students) willdesign, develop and implement a functioning e-com-merce solution.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESThe graduates of this program will be able to under-stand ways that organizations, in particular small andmedium sized businesses, can effectively adopt e-business success strategies. Students will have theskills needed to assist a business operation in trans-forming its existing operations model, to enhance itselectronic marketing strategies, increase interna-tional sales, expand customer base, market newproducts and services, provide improved customerservice as well as build new forms of customer val-ues.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSA university degree in Business Administration from arecognized institution,ORA diploma in Business Administration/Management (2or 3 years) from a recognized institution.OREquivalent work experience as determined throughPLAR.

BUSINESS STUDIESCERTIFICATE• One year• Start date varies: At some campuses

the program begins in September; atothers seats are filled as vacanciesoccur. Please check with the cam-pus concerned.

• Baie Verte, Bay St. George,Bonavista, Burin, Clarenville, CornerBrook, Grand Falls-Windsor, HappyValley-Goose Bay, Port aux Basques,Prince Philip Drive, and St. AnthonyCampuses

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaAC1100 Bookkeeping I 4 3 2CM1100 Writing Fundamentals 3 3 1CP1450 Operating Systems 2 1 2DM1200 Document Production I 6 4 6EP1110 Introduction to Business 4 4 0OF1100 Office Management I 3 3 1

Semester 2 Cr Le LaAC2100 Bookkeeping II 4 3 2CM2100 Workplace Correspondence 3 3 0CP2310 Spreadsheets 3 2 2DM1201 Document Production II 6 4 6DM1300 Transcription 3 2 2OF1101 Office Management II 3 3 1OJ1100 Work Exposure (Certificate only) 2wks

58

Office Administration

Graduates from the certificate program will acquireknowledge and office skills for entry-level employ-ment in the office of today.

OBJECTIVES1.To develop personal and professional competencies

necessary for the office of today.2.To develop and demonstrate written and oral com-

munication skills.3.To acquire knowledge in related subjects such as

computerized accounting and other computer appli-cations, office systems management, and appliedhuman relations.

4.To acquire knowledge and understanding of elec-tronic office equipment.

5.To acquire advanced word processing, desktoppublishing and data processing skills.

6.To develop and demonstrate a high level of compe-tency in document production.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESGraduates of the diploma program may expect to findemployment opportunities in both the public and pri-vate sectors, including all levels of government, legaland medical offices, accounting firms, hospital andeducation facilities, and general business offices. Aswell as acquiring skills and knowledge necessary tobecome effective employees in today’s electronicoffice, graduates may gain insight into the creation ofa small business of their own. Graduates are trainedfor the following specific positions: administrativeassistant, word processing operator, computerizedbookkeeping, data processing, legal transcription,medical transcription, microcomputer specialist aswell as additional employment opportunities depend-ing on electives selected.

Graduates from the certificate program may obtainemployment as an entry-level administrative assis-tant, office clerk, data entry clerk, or word processingoperator.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORA Grade XI Certificate (Public Exams or equivalent),ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause. It is recommended that the maturestudent have a good working knowledge of Englishand Mathematics.

PROGRAM TRANSFERABILITYThe Office Administration Program offers exit pointsafter Year 1 and Year 2.Year 1

The first year is a common year at the end of whichstudents may graduate with an OfficeAdministration Certificate.

Year 2Students going on to complete the diploma programcan select one area of specialization for the secondyear from the following options: Executive, Legal,Medical, Records and Information Management.

BUSINESS STUDIES DIPLOMA• Two years• Start date varies: At some campuses

the program begins in September; atothers seats are filled as vacanciesoccur. Please check with thecampus concerned.

• Baie Verte, Bay St. George,Bonavista, Burin, Clarenville, CornerBrook, Grand Falls-Windsor, HappyValley-Goose Bay, Prince PhilipDrive, and St. Anthony Campuses

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaAC1100 Bookkeeping I 4 3 2CM1100 Writing Fundamentals 3 3 1CP1450 Operating Systems 2 1 2DM1200 Document Production I 6 4 6EP1110 Introduction to Business 4 4 0OF1100 Office Management I 3 3 1

Semester 2 Cr Le LaAC2100 Bookkeeping II 4 3 2CM2100 Workplace Correspondence 3 3 0CP2310 Spreadsheets 3 2 2DM1201 Document Production II 6 4 6DM1300 Transcription 3 2 2OF1101 Office Management II 3 3 1

Year 1 courses can be completed at campuses offeringthe Office Administration certificate program.

Semester 3 Cr Le LaAC2230 Computerized Accounting I 3 2 3CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0DM1301 Transcription II 3 2 2DM2200 Document Production III 6 4 6OF2100 Office Management III 3 3 1One of the following:EC1100 Microeconomics 3 3 0EP1100 Entrepreneurial Studies 4 3 2HN1200 Human Resource Management 3 3 1LW1100 Business Law 2 2 0LW1200 Business Law 3 3 0LW2100 Business Law 3 3 0MN1410 Special Events Management 4 3 3MR1100 Marketing 4 3 2TM1100 Medical Terminology I 2 2 0

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0CP2320 Micro Database Applications 2 1 2CP2640 Desktop Publishing 4 2 3DM2201 Document Production IV 6 4 6OF2101 Office Management IV 2 1 2PS2340 Organizational Behaviour 4 4 0OJ1240 Work Exposure 4wks

Students must choose either LW1100 or LW1200: theywill not receive credit for both.

59

Office Administration(Executive)This two-year diploma program is designed to enablestudents to acquire the knowledge and skills neededto work as administrative assistants in today’s mod-ern office.

The major components of the program include docu-ment production, transcription, office management.Related courses include communications, computer-ized accounting, computer applications, and organi-zational behaviour.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORA Grade XI Certificate (Public Exams or equivalent),ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause. It is recommended that the maturestudent have a good working knowledge of Englishand Mathematics.

BUSINESS STUDIESDIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Prince Philip Drive Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaAC1100 Bookkeeping I 4 3 2CM1100 Writing Fundamentals 3 3 1CP1450 Operating Systems 2 1 2DM1200 Document Production I 6 4 6EP1110 Introduction to Business 4 4 0OF1100 Office Management I 3 3 1

Semester 2 Cr Le LaAC2100 Bookkeeping II 4 3 2CM2100 Workplace Correspondence 3 3 0CP2310 Spreadsheets 3 2 2DM1201 Document Production II 6 4 6DM1300 Transcription 3 2 2OF1101 Office Management II 3 3 1

Year 1 courses can be completed at campuses offeringthe Office Administration certificate program.

Semester 3 Cr Le LaAC2230 Computerized Accounting 3 2 3CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0DM1310 Legal Transcription I 3 2 2DM2210 Legal Documentation Formatting I 6 3 7LW1100 Business Law 2 2 0OF2500 Legal Office Procedures I 3 3 1

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0DM2410 Legal Transcription II 2 1 2DM3210 Legal Document Formatting II 6 3 7LW2100 Business Law II 3 3 0OF2501 Legal Office Procedures II 3 3 1PS2340 Organizational Behaviour 4 4 0OJ1240 Work Exposure 4wks

60

Office Administration(Legal)This two-year diploma program is designed to enablestudents to become administrative assistants in alegal or general office environment.

The program provides students with extensive knowl-edge and skills in the formatting and production oflegal and general documentation, legal terminology,legal transcription and office management tasks.

Related courses include communications, computer-ized accounting, organizational behaviour and com-puterized business applications.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORA Grade XI Certificate (Public Exams or equivalent),ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause. It is recommended that the maturestudent have a good working knowledge of Englishand Mathematics.

BUSINESS STUDIES DIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Grand Falls-Windsor Campus

through @College DistributedLearning Service and Prince PhilipDrive Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaAC1100 Bookkeeping I 4 3 2CM1100 Writing Fundamentals 3 3 1CP1450 Operating Systems 2 1 2DM1200 Document Production I 6 4 6EP1110 Introduction to Business 4 4 0OF1100 Office Management I 3 3 1

Semester 2 Cr Le LaAC2100 Bookkeeping II 4 3 2CM2100 Workplace Correspondence 3 3 0CP2310 Spreadsheets 3 2 2DM1201 Document Production II 6 4 6DM1300 Transcription 3 2 2OF1101 Office Management II 3 3 1

Year 1 courses can be completed at campuses offeringthe Office Administration certificate program.

Semester 3 Cr Le LaBL1330 Anatomy 4 4 0CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0DM1400 Medical Transcription I 4 2 4DM2200 Document Production III 6 4 6OF2400 Medical Office Management I 3 3 0TM1100 Medical Terminology I 2 2 0

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCP2320 Micro Database Applications 2 1 2DM1401 Medical Transcription II 4 3 3DM2201 Document Production IV 6 4 6OF2300 MCP Billing 2 2 0OF2401 Medical Office Management II 4 4 1TM2100 Medical Terminology II 2 2 0OJ1240 Work Exposure 4wks

Students are required to complete CPR and St. JohnAmbulance Emergency First Aid in Semester 3 or 4.

61

Office Administration(Medical)This two-year diploma program is designed to enablestudents to develop the knowledge, skills and abilitiesneeded to be a medical secretary or a medical officeassistant.

The major areas of the program include documentproduction, medical transcription, medical terminol-ogy and medical office management. Related areasinclude communications, medical billing, computerapplications and biology.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORA Grade XI Certificate (Public Exams or equivalent),ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause. It is recommended that the maturestudent have a good working knowledge of Englishand Mathematics.

BUSINESS STUDIESDIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Prince Philip Drive Campus• Note: This program is offered

through Continuing Education at PPDCampus in addition to the regularfulltime program.

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaAC1100 Bookkeeping I 4 3 2CM1100 Writing Fundamentals 3 3 1CP1450 Operating Systems 2 1 2DM1200 Document Production I 6 4 6EP1110 Introduction to Business 4 4 0OF1100 Office Management I 3 3 1

Semester 2 Cr Le LaAC2100 Bookkeeping II 4 3 2CM2100 Workplace Correspondence 3 3 0CP2310 Spreadsheets 3 2 2DM1201 Document Production II 6 4 6DM1300 Transcription 3 2 2OF1101 Office Management II 3 3 1OJ1100 Work Exposure (Certificate only) 2wks

Year 1 courses can be completed at campuses offeringthe Office Administration certificate program.

Semester 3 Cr Le LaCM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0CP2320 Micro Database Applications 2 1 2DM2200 Document Production III 6 4 6PS2340 Organizational Behaviour 4 4 0RP1100 Introduction to Records Mgmt. 4 4 0RP1200 Archives Principles 2 2 0RP1300 Active & Semiactive Records 2 2 0

Semester 4 Cr Le LaVCM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0DM2201 Document Production IV 6 4 6CP2640 Desktop Publishing 4 2 3OF2100 Office Management III 3 3 1RP1101 Management & Control of Records 2 2 0RP1400 Information Security & Procedures 2 2 0RP2200 Classification Systems 2 1 1OJ1240 Work Exposure 4wks

62

Office Administration (Recordsand Information Management)This two-year diploma program incorporates a strongemphasis on office management, computer skills, andan intense study of records and information theoriesand practices. Major areas are Record ManagementPrinciples and Procedures, Document Production,and Office Management. Related areas ofCommunications (oral and written), OrganizationalBehaviour, Human Resource Management.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORA Grade XI Certificate (Public Exams or equivalent),ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause. It is recommended that the maturestudent have a good working knowledge of Englishand Mathematics.

63

ENGINEERINGTECHNOLOGY

ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY• September start• Burin, Carbonear, Clarenville,

Corner Brook, Gander, LabradorWest, and Ridge Road Campuses

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaCH1120 Chemistry 4 3 2CM1400 Communication Skills 3 3 0CT1150 Introduction to Computers for

Technology 3 2 3ET1100 Electrotechnology 4 3 2MA1100 Mathematics* 5 4 2PH1100 Physics 4 3 2

*Admission into the appropriate Mathematics course willbe decided by the grade in high school math.EITHERStudents who received at least 70% in level III Math 3200or a pass in Math 3201 can be exempted from MA1100ORStudents who received a combined average of 70% in2204 and 3204, or a pass in both of 2205 and 3205 can beexempted from MA1100.The student must apply for the exemption.

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCH1121 Chemistry 4 3 2CM1401 Communication Skills 3 3 0EG1100 Engineering Graphics 3 2 3ET1101 Electrotechnology 4 3 2MA1101 Mathematics 5 5 0PH1101 Physics 4 3

64

Engineering Technology (First Year)(Under Review)SELECTION PROCESSThe College offers a common first year in theEngineering Technologies. This initiative allows stu-dents to attend the first two semesters of an engi-neering technology program at the campus nearesttheir hometown. After completing the first two semes-ters, students then enter the campus which offers theprogram of their choice, to complete the seven weekSpring (May, June) Technical Intersession and thesubsequent years of their program.

Individuals must submit their application to the cam-pus where they intend to complete the first twosemesters of their program. This begins a first come,first served provincial process which reserves a seatat the designated campus, for the appropriateTechnical Intersession, and subsequent years of pro-gram study. Applicants are given the opportunity tomake a first and second program choice. This optionallows applicants who apply early an increasedopportunity for placement in at least one of theirchoices. If a student's first program choice is unavail-able, and the applicant accepts his/her second pro-gram choice, then the first choice is automaticallydropped from the provincial wait list.

After successful completion of the first two semes-ters, students progress to the Technical Intersessionin the program for which a seat has already beenreserved. Any student, who after registration, wishesto change his/her original program choice MUSTapply for a Program Transfer (see below).

TRANSFER PROCESSIf a student wishes to change his/her original pro-gram choice, he/she MUST request a program trans-fer and complete the appropriate form - availablethrough the Registrar's Office. A request to trans-ferDOES NOT guarantee entry into one's alternate, "new"program choice. Program transfer will be grantedONLY IF SUFFICIENT SPACE IS AVAILABLE. The fol-lowing conditions apply:

1.The Request to Transfer Form must be received atthe Registrar's Office by February 15th.

2.Provided space is available, requests for programtransfer are processed based on FIRST semestergrade point average, GPA, (or weighted average inthe case of identical GPAs).

3.Students who opt to attend first year EngineeringTechnology without identifying a program choicefor their second year, MUST BE AWARE that therewill be no seats reserved for them in second year.These students will compete academically with allother students requesting program transfers underthe transfer policy.

ADMISSIONS INFORMATIONIn adhering with our first-come, first-served policy ofadmission, we consider applicants for both the firstand second program choices that are identified/listedon the Program Preference Request Form. Thisprocess ensures that those applicants who appliedearly have an increased opportunity for placement inat least one of their choices. If the acceptance letterindicates that the applicant is accepted for the sec-ond choice, this indicates that the first choice wasalready full.

If the first choice is unavailable, and he/she isaccepted for a second choice then the first choice isimmediately dropped from the wait list. Applicantscannot request a change in program prior to entryinto the first year.

If applicants wish to change their program choice,there is a program transfer procedure in place. Thisapplies only after students are registered in year one.Students who wish to transfer into another programmust compete academically with all other studentswho apply to transfer to that same program. Thedeadline for applying for a program transfer isFebruary 15. Transfer forms are available at theRegistrar's Office and can be completed anytime afterregistration. Transfers are granted based on a) spaceavailability and b) first semester Grade Point Average.

Students who enrol in first year EngineeringTechnology without identifying a program choice fortheir second year, must be aware that there are no seats reserved for them in secondyear. They must compete academically with all stu-dents who request program transfers under the trans-fer policy.

Students who do not obtain their program preferenceand choose to wait an additional year before enrollingin the first year Engineering Technology, will remainon the Provincial Wait list. However it is importantthat students advise the campus of their intentions toremain on the wait list.

65

The following Engineering Technology Programs areavailable and follow the first year of EngineeringTechnology:

Burin CampusElectrical Engineering Technology (Industrial Control)

Corner Brook CampusCivil Engineering Technology Electronics Engineering Technology

Gander CampusAircraft Maintenance Engineering Technology

Ridge Road CampusArchitectural Engineering TechnologyCivil Engineering TechnologyElectrical Engineering Technology (Power & Controls)

Co-opElectronics Engineering Technologyoptions in:

• Biomedical• Communications• Computers & Information Technology Co-op• Instrumentation

Geomatics Engineering Technology Co-opIndustrial Engineering Technology Co-opMechanical Engineering Technology Mechanical Engineering Technology (Manufacturing)

Co-op Petroleum Engineering Technology

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% aver-age in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) from 3101, 3102,

3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish: (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from:3201, 3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291,3292.

2. Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from Advanced:3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291, 4225 (50%)minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimum.ORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3. Science (4 credits) two of which must be selectedfrom:Biology: 3201, 3211 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291, 4221Physics: 3204, 3214, 3274, 3284, 3294, 4224Chemistry: 3202, 3212, 3230, 3272, 3282, 3292, 4222Geology: 3203, 3213, 3223, 3273, 3283, 3293Earth Systems: 3213, 3209Note: The remaining 2 Science credits to be chosenfrom the highest Science mark in level 1, 2 or 3.

ORPersons 19 years of age or older, who have been outof school for at least one year and do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program, may beconsidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.ORGrade XI Public Examination pass with a 60% averageincluding a 60% pass in language, 60% inMatriculation Mathematics or 50% in HonoursMathematics, and one Science course,ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the academic stream includingthe following courses:1.Communications IC3211 & IC3112 plus one of IC3116

or IC3215 or IC3321 or IC3222 2.Mathematics ... from one of the following sections:

a. Mathematics IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216b. Mathematics IM3219

3.Science... from one of the following sections:a. Biology IB3113, IB3214, IB3115, IB3316b. Chemistry IH3215, IH3116, IH3117, IH3118c. Physics IP3111, IP3112, IP3215, IP3216d. Earth Science IS3212, IS3213, IP3214.

ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGYDIPLOMA• Three years • September start• Gander Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemesters 1 and 2 - Refer to ET (First Year)

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaGM1100 Basic Maintenance Practices 3 4 5GM1200 Standard Workshop Practices 3 4 5PE1610 Aircraft Electrical 3 4 5

Semester 4 Cr Le LaAS2100 Hydraulics & Pneumatic Systems 3 2 2AS2500 Fuel Metering 3 2 2AV1210 Aircraft Instrumentation I 3 2 2AV1310 Communications and Navigation

Systems 3 2 3DP1800 Motors, Generators and Starting

Systems 3 2 2GM1310 Weight & Balance & NDT 3 2 2PT1100 Power Plant Fundamentals 3 2 2

Semester 5 Cr Le LaAF1120 Aircraft Structures, Materials, and

Processes 3 2 2AF1160 Aircraft Structural Repair 2 20 40AS2150 Aircraft Landing Gear Systems 3 2 2AS2200 Aerodynamics & Flight Control 3 2 2AV2110 Radio Navigation I 3 2 2DP1700 Electronics 3 2 2PT2100 Reciprocating Engine Systems 3 2 2

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaAS2400 Propellers and Systems 3 2 2DP1701 Electronics 3 2 2PT2200 Turbine Engine Maintenance 3 5 5

Semester 7 Cr Le LaAF1210 Composite Materials 3 2 2AS2300 Aircraft Support, Environment, and

Safety Systems 3 2 2AV2210 Aircraft Instrumentation II 3 2 2AV2300 Communications Equipment 3 2 2DP1710 Digital Electronics 4 2 2GM1500* Maintenance Regulations 2 2 0RW3100 Rotary Wing Aircraft 3 2 2EitherAV2111 Radio Navigation II 3 2 2ORPT2201 Turbine Engine Systems 3 2 2

Semester 8 Cr Le LaAV2400 Auto Flight 3 2 2AV3100 Aircraft Monitoring & Digital Systems 3 2 2DP2710 Digital Electronics 3 2 2GM1500* Maintenance Regulations 2 2 0PE3110 Electrical Power Systems 3 2 2PT2101 Reciprocating Engine Overhaul 3 2 2RW3101 Rotary Wing Aircraft Systems 3 2 2EitherAV2111 Radio Navigation II 3 2 2ORPT2201 Turbine Engine Systems 3 2 2

* Half of the course will be completed in semester 7, halfwill be completed in semester 8.

AV2350 Restricted Radio Telephone Operators Licence(Aeronautical) is a one day course, offered in thissemester.

66

Aircraft MaintenanceEngineering TechnologyThe three-year Aircraft Maintenance EngineeringTechnology program offers training in fixed and rotarywing categories. Initially, students complete theEngineering Technology (First Year) curriculum andthen begin specialized training in TechnicalIntersessions, Second and Third Year. Topics includethe role of the Aircraft Maintenance Engineer asbeing responsible for aviation safety and airworthi-ness. Courses cover all aspects of aircraft mainte-nance for fixed and rotary wing aircraft and includesafety practices, ground handling, inspection tech-niques, power plants, structural repair, aircraft sys-tems, and avionics. Upon completion of the three yearprogram, students are awarded a Diploma ofTechnology, Aircraft Maintenance EngineeringTechnology.

This program is accredited by Transport Canada asmeeting the basic training requirements for theAircraft Maintenance Engineer’s license categories“M1”, “M2” and “E”. Transport Canada also grantsqualified graduates, a 21-month experience credittowards the 48 months required and credit for havingcompleted the required knowledge exams.

OBJECTIVES1.To develop an awareness of safety practices in the

aviation industry.2.To develop the skills and knowledge required to

work in the aircraft maintenance field.3.To develop and strengthen the related knowledge

and skill in subjects that complement and supportthe technical training.

4.To develop positive attitudes and behaviour that willenable students to become successful in the industry.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESGraduates may find employment with fixed wing orrotary wing commercial airlines, aircraft manufactur-ers and repair and overhaul companies. In addition,there are opportunities with private operators, flyingschools and government departments.

ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY DIPLOMA• Three years• September start• Ridge Road Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemesters 1 and 2 - Refer to ET (First Year)

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaDR2100 Architectural Drawing 4 2 6EG1200 Engineering Graphics 5 3 6HY1400 Architectural History 2 4 0SU1220 Surveying 3 4 4

Semester 4 Cr Le LaBU2200 Architectural Building Services I 3 2 4BU2300 Architectural Building Codes I 2 2 0BU2400 Building Science I 2 2 0CF2600 Building Materials I 4 4 0DR3100 Architectural Working Drawings I 6 4 6LW1610 Management Construction Law 2 2 0MA2100 Mathematics 5 5 0

Semester 5 Cr Le LaBU2201 Architectural Building Services II 3 2 4BU2301 Architectural Building Codes II 2 2 0BU2401 Building Science II 3 3 0CF2601 Building Materials II 3 3 0CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0CM2300 Written Communications 2 2 0DR3101 Architectural Working Drawings II 6 4 6EG2200 Graphics Presentation 2 2 0

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaPR2300 Major Technical Project 5 0 25

Semester 7 Cr Le LaBU3200 Architectural Building Services III 3 2 4BU3300 Building Specifications 3 3 1CF2500 Strength of Materials I 4 3 2CF3600 Building Materials III 4 4 0CG3200 Business Project 4 4 0DR4100 Architectural Working Drawings III 4 2 6

Semester 8 Cr Le LaBU3201 Architectural Building Services IV 3 2 3CF3420 Structural Design 3 2 2CG3300 Architectural Cost Analysis 3 2 3DR3200 Advanced CADD 3 1 3DR4101 Architectural Working Drawings IV 4 2 6PR2211 Technical Thesis 3 0 3

67

Architectural EngineeringTechnologyBuildings are an exciting and vital part of our physicalenvironment. Not only must they provide shelter, butthey must do it in a way which provides safe, healthy,and comfortable environments which can be built andoperated within given cost guidelines. To achievethese goals buildings have become complex struc-tures requiring teams of specialists. An importantmember of the design and construction team is theArchitectural Engineering Technologist.

The three-year Architectural Engineering TechnologyProgram has been developed in response to theneeds which exist in our province, with the directinput of those professionals associated with thedesign and construction of buildings. The first yearemphasizes academic subjects designed to supportthe technical subjects emphasized in the second andthird years. Projects and assignments are design-edto be as close as possible to the type of work stu-dents will encounter upon graduation.

Every effort is made to expose students to the latesttechnology. Computers are used as a tool in problemsolving in many technical courses. Microcomputers,computer-aided drafting (CAD) equipment, and a vari-ety of architectural and engineering software pack-ages are made available to students to carry out theirprojects and assignments.

This program is accredited by the CanadianTechnology Accreditation Board under the mandateof the Canadian Council of Technicians andTechnologists.

OBJECTIVES1.To prepare students for employment in architectural

and engineering fields by providing a learning envi-ronment encouraging them to be inquisitive, takeinitiative, and make decisions.

2.To provide knowledge in theory, practice, and legalrequirements to enable students to take an impor-tant role in the decision making process of theirwork.

3.To help students develop the necessary skills toapply the results of this process accurately ingraphic, written and oral communications.

CURRICULUMA series of theoretical and practical subjects orientedtoward the technical aspects of architecture.

A series of theoretical and practical subjects orientedtoward the technical aspects of building services.

A series of theoretical and practical subjects orientedtoward the technical aspects of computer applica-tions in building design and construction. Generalsubjects such as technical writing, mathematics, andphysics designed to support the technical subjects.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESThe need is growing for people trained in buildingtechnology. Graduates may find employment in a vari-ety of areas such as architectural firms, engineeringfirms, government departments, crown corporations,construction firms, manufacturing industries, andsupply and sales companies.

Graduates of the Architectural EngineeringTechnology Program with two years of acceptablework experience are eligible for certification as tech-nologists by the Association of EngineeringTechnicians and Technologists of Newfoundland.

ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGYDIPLOMA• Three years• September start• Ridge Road Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wk

Semesters 1 and 2 - Refer to ET (First Year)

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaDR1210 Cadd Drawing 2 0 9DR1211 Engineering Drawing 3 0 11SU1200 Plane Surveying 3 2 9

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCF2500 Strength of Materials 4 3 2CF2700 Materials & Testing I 4 3 2EH1200 Earth Science 4 3 2MA2100 Mathematics 5 5 0SU1210 Construction Surveying 4 2 3WA1100 Hydraulics 4 3 2

Semester 5 Cr Le LaBU2110 Building Systems & Codes 4 3 2CA2800 Soil Mechanics 4 3 2CF2501 Strength of Materials II 4 3 2CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0CM2300 Written Communications 2 2 0EC1700 Engineering Economics 2 2 0MA1670 Statistics 4 4 1WA1200 Hydrology 4 3 2

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaCB2420 Construction Methods 4 6 5CF2421 Construction Materials II 4 6 5FT1330 Construction Camp 2 0 9

Semester 7 Cr Le LaCA2100 Structural Design I 4 3 2CA2500 Highways Design 4 3 2CG2100 Urban Planning 4 3 2CG2340 Construction Cost Estimating and

Planning I 4 3 2EN3100 Environmental Engineering 4 3 2LW1600 Construction Law 3 3 0PR2200 Technical Thesis (Seminar) 0 1 0

Semester 8 Cr Le LaCA2101 Structural Design II 4 3 2CA2300 Urban Services Design 4 3 2CG2341 Construction Cost Estimating and

Planning II 4 3 2CG3100 Construction Management 3 3 0EN2420 Environmental Management 4 3 2HR2130 Industrial Relations 3 3 0PR2201 Technical Thesis 3 0 3

68

Civil Engineering Technology

The construction industry plays an essential role in allaspects of the development of Newfoundland andLabrador through its capability and readiness to pro-vide a wide variety of services. Such services includedomestic, commercial and industrial buildings; har-bour, wharves and breakwater improvements; air-ports, roads and other transportation facilities andmunicipal infrastructure.

Encompassing all of these areas, offshore oil devel-opment projects will create opportunities heretoforeunknown in the history of the Province and with theother growing sectors will create a continuing anddemanding need for personnel trained in the area ofCivil Engineering.

The newly revised and expanded three year CivilEngineering Technology Program is designed toenable the graduate to play an important supportingrole in the professional team which is responsible forthe translation of ideas into the finished product andto ensure that construction projects are conceived,planned and executed in a manner that is cost effec-tive and efficient and meets the needs of the con-struction industry.

This program is accredited by the CanadianTechnology Accreditation Board under the mandateof the Canadian Council of Technicians andTechnologists.

OBJECTIVESThe main objective of the program is:1.To produce students who can function in the Civil

Engineering environment at the technologist level to:a.Become estimators of construction costs.b.Become job site superintendents.c.Become engineering assistants in the areas of:

i. structural design in wood, steel and concrete.ii. the testing of soilsiii. measurement and inspection of constructionworks.

d.Become administrators and managers in thedesign and construction fields.

CURRICULUMThe objective to be achieved by a broadened curricu-lum is to make the graduate initially and progressivelyemployable. Topics to be covered include construc-tion, design, and maintenance of structures for bothon-shore and off-shore development; destructive andnondestructive testing of a wide variety of engineer-ing components using modern testing equipment andcomputer techniques, construction surveying, engi-neering drafting, water and sewerage systems andtransportation technology; and a balanced groundingin the academic subjects of Mathematics, English andPhysics; and computer instruction in word process-ing, spreadsheets and Application programs asapplied to solving engineering problems.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESThe student, upon graduation, may find employmentwith contractors, consultants, house builders, manu-facturers, suppliers, town councils, provincial andfederal governments and their agencies, and manyothers involved in such things as design and con-struction of both on-shore and off-shore structuresand facilities, testing and inspection of structuralcomponents, estimating, sales, and supervision toname a few.

ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY DIPLOMA• Three years• September start• Corner Brook Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemesters 1 and 2 - Refer to ET (First Year)

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaDR1211 Engineering Drawing 3 0 11MA2100 Mathematics 5 5 0SU1200 Plane Surveying 3 2 9

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCF2500 Strength of Materials I 4 3 2CF2700 Materials & Testing 4 3 2HR2130 Industrial Relations 3 3 0MA1670 Statistics 4 4 1SU1210 Construction Surveying 4 3 2WA1200 Hydrology 4 3 2

Semester 5 Cr Le LaBU2110 Building Systems & Codes 4 3 2CF2501 Strength of Materials II 4 3 2CF2701 Materials & Testing II 4 3 2CM2300 Written Communications 2 2 0DR1210 Cadd Drawing 3 0 9EC1720 Construction Economics 3 2 2WA1100 Hydraulics 4 3 2

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaCB2420 Construction Methods 4 6 4FT1320 Survey Camp 3 1 9

Semester 7 Cr Le LaCA2100 Structural Design I 4 3 2CA2300 Urban Services 4 3 2CA2500 Highway Design 4 3 2CA2650 Marine Construction 4 3 2CA2800 Soil Mechanics I 4 3 2CG2340 Construction Estimating and

Planning I 4 3 2PR2200 Technical Thesis (Seminar) 0 1 0

Semester 8 Cr Le LaCA2101 Structural Design II 4 3 2CA2801 Soil Mechanics II 4 3 2CG2100 Urban Planning 4 3 2CG2341 Construction Estimating and

Planning II 4 3 2LW1600 Construction Law 3 3 0OJ1400 Work Term 3wksPR2201 Technical Thesis 3 0 3

69

Civil Engineering Technology

The field of civil design and construction plays a cen-tral role in the economic viability of many industriesand the province as a whole. The civil field includessuch areas as residential, commercial and industrialbuildings; harbour wharves, and breakwater improve-ments; airports, roads, and other transportation facili-ties and municipal infrastructure.

Encompassing all of these areas, natural resourcedevelopment projects will create a diversity ofemployment opportunities and with the other growingsectors will create a continuing and demanding needfor personnel trained in the area of Civil Engineering.The newly revised and expanded three year CivilEngineering Technology Program is designed toenable the graduate to play an important supportingrole in the professional team which is responsible forthe translation of ideas into the finished product. Theprogram is also designed to ensure that constructionprojects are conceived, planned and executed in amanner that is cost effective and efficient and meetsthe needs of the construction industry.

This program is accredited by the CanadianTechnology Accreditation Board under the mandateof the Canadian Council of Technicians andTechnologists.

OBJECTIVESThe main objectives of the program is: to produce stu-dents who can function in the Civil Engineering envi-ronment at the technologist level and:1. Estimate construction costs on a variety of Civil

related projects.2.Supervise job sites as superintendents of construc-

tion companies or representatives of consultingengineering firms.

3.Assist engineers in the areas of:a.structural design in wood and steel and concrete;b.the testing of soils, concrete, and asphalt;c.measurement and inspection of construction works.

4.Administrate and manage in the design and con-struction fields.

5.Advise engineers and contractors of environmentalconsiderations needed on any construction ormaintenance project.

FUTURE OPPORTUNITIESThe student, upon graduation, may find employmentwith contractors, consultants, house builders, manu-facturers, suppliers, town councils, provincial andfederal governments and their agencies, and manyothers involved in such things as design and con-struction of both on-shore and off-shore structuresand facilities, testing and inspection of structuralcomponents, estimation, sales, and supervision.

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTGraphics Calculator

ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGYDIPLOMA• Three years• September start• Burin Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemesters 1 and 2 - Refer to ET (First Year)

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaAE1200 Electronic Devices 5 7 4CI1300 Fabrication Techniques 2 0 9ET2100 Electrotechnology 3 5 3

Semester 4 Cr Le LaAE2300 Analog Electronics 4 3 3DP1100 Digital Electronics 4 3 2DR2300 Advanced CADD 1 0 6FM2200 Mechanics 3 3 1MA2100 Mathematics 5 5 0PE1500 Electrical Machines 4 3 2

Semester 5 Cr Le LaAE2301 Analog Electronics 4 3 3CT1120 Procedural Program in C++ 4 3 3FM2100 Fluid Mechanics 3 3 1MA2101 Mathematics 5 5 0PE2120 Electrical Practices 4 3 2XD2300 Electromechanical Motor Control 4 3 2

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaCM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0CM2300 Written Communications 2 2 0FM2201 Mechanics 3 3 1XD1810 Solid State Motor Controls 4 6 4

Semester 7 Cr Le LaCI2800 Process Measurement I 3 2 2CI2810 Process Control I 3 2 2DP2400 Digital Microprocessors 4 3 2EC1700 Engineering Economics 2 2 0FM3100 Fluids (Hydraulics/Pneumatics) 3 3 1MA1670 Statistics 4 4 1XD2500 Programmable Controllers I 4 3 2

Semester 8 Cr Le LaCG3400 Engineering Management 3 3 0CI2801 Process Measurement II 4 3 3DP2150 Microprocessor Interfacing &

Microcontrollers 4 3 2DP2340 Robotics & CAM 4 3 2PR2721 Technical Thesis 3 0 3XD2900 Programmable Controllers II 4 3 2XD1350 Environment & Ethics 2 2 0

70

Electrical Engineering Technology(Industrial Controls)A three-year Electrical Engineering Technology pro-gram with specialization in industrial control. The Industrial Control Technologist may be responsi-ble for designing, installing, commissioning, maintain-ing, and troubleshooting various industrial controlsystems ranging from simple motor controls to com-plicated automated systems.This program trains students in the theoretical andpractical skills of AC/DC machines and their controlsystems; industrial analog/digital electronics; micro-processors; programmable logic controllers; industrialinstrumentation; pneumatic/hydraulic systems; androbotics.Graduates of this program will receive a Diploma inElectrical Engineering Technology (Industrial Control).Graduates may be eligible for membership in theAssociation of Engineering Technicians andTechnologists of Newfoundland and Labrador(AETTN), and following two years of recognized postgraduate experience may receive the designation ofCertified Engineering Technologist (CET).

Note: This program may not be suitable for applicantswho do not have normal colour perception.

OBJECTIVES1.To develop a high level of skill and knowledge in the

area of industrial control technology.2.To provide a knowledge of modern electrical and

electronic equipment.3.To provide an engineering systems approach to

problem solving so that graduates can readilyupgrade their knowledge and skills.

4.To develop an awareness of and concern for goodsafety practices and procedures in the workplace.

5.To develop an awareness of and concern for envi-ronmental and ethical issues that confront the prac-tising technologists in the workplace.

FUTURE OPPORTUNITIESAs engineering technologists, graduates of this pro-gram will have the knowledge and skills that willallow them to quickly progress to a level where theywill be able to:

• design, install, commission, maintain and trou-bleshoot industrial control systems

• work and communicate as a member of a team withother professionals, as well as supervise the workof skilled technicians, trade persons, and non-tech-nical persons

• think and work independently.

CURRICULUMGeneral education consisting of English (oral andwritten), Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry,Electrotechnology, Computers, and EngineeringGraphics.

Extensive training in the theory and principles ofIndustrial Electronics; Industrial Electrical PowerDistribution Systems; Electrical Machines, FluidPower; Advanced Autocadd; Engineering Economics;and Engineering Management.

Specialized training in Industrial Motor ControlSystems; Variable Speed Motor Drives;Programmable Logic Controllers; Microprocessorsand Microcontrollers; Robotics and Computer AidedManufacturing; and Industrial Instrumentation.

A large portion of the training includes practical skillsand specific techniques. Projects are designed toreflect industrial work situations.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESProgram graduates can find employment with a largevariety of companies. Typical employers would comefrom the following areas: marine, mining, paper mills,oil refineries, offshore production, petro-chemicalplants, utilities, consulting engineering, provincial andfederal government departments, food packaging andprocessing, and the service sector. Positions ofemployment range from engineering design to main-tenance and support personnel.

ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY DIPLOMA• Three years• September start• Ridge Road Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemesters 1 and 2 - Refer to ET (First Year)

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaAE1200 Electronic Devices 5 7 4CI1300 Fabrication Techniques 2 0 9ET2100 Electrotechnology 3 5 3

Semester 4 Cr Le LaDP1300 Digital Fundamentals 4 3 3MA2100 Mathematics 5 5 0MP2300 AC Circuits 4 3 3MP2900 EMD I (DC Machines) 4 3 3PE2500 Electrical Practice (Main & Des) 2 1 3PH2400 Analytical Mechanics 3 3 0

Semester 5 Cr Le LaCM2300 Written Communications 2 2 0DP2500 Programmable Controllers 4 3 2MA2101 Mathematics 5 5 0MP2350 Transformers 4 3 3MP2901 EMD I (AC Machines) 4 3 3PE2501 Electrical Practices (Main & Des) 2 1 3

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaAE2250 Power Electronics 2 3 3CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0DR2300 Advanced Auto CADD 2 1 2PE3100 Electrical Practices 3 3 6PR2500 Technical Thesis (Seminar) 0 3 0

Semester 7 Cr Le LaWC1200 Work term I 5 0 0

Semester 8 Cr Le LaCI1210 Instrumentation Controls &

Automation 3 2 2EC1700 Engineering Economics 2 2 0MA1670 Statistics 4 4 1MP3100 Motor Control Systems 4 3 3MP3210 Power Transmission & Distribution 4 3 3PE3101 Electrical Practices 4 3 3PR2510 Technical Thesis (Project Analysis) 0 0 1

Semester 9 Cr Le LaWC1201 Work term II 5 0 0

Semester 10 Cr Le LaCG3400 Engineering Management 3 3 0CI3600 Industrial Process Control 4 3 3MP3150 Power Devices & Motor Drives 4 3 3MP3201 Power Transmission & Distribution 4 3 3PE4100 Electrical Practices 4 3 3PR2511 Technical Thesis 3 0 3

71

Electrical Engineering Technology(Power & Controls) Co-opThe Electrical Engineering Technology program is athree-year cooperative education program in theheavy electrical discipline with emphasis on electri-cal power systems, electrical design and control sys-tems. This program has a strong practical componentto complement the theoretical aspect and studentswill gain valuable experience in Electrical Workshoppractices.

This program is accredited by the CanadianTechnology Accreditation Board under the mandateof the Canadian Council of Technicians andTechnologists.

Note: This program may not be suitable for applicantswho do not have normal colour perception.

OBJECTIVES1.Design, analyse and maintain electrical systems.2.Install, troubleshoot and maintain heavy electrical

equipment, including transformers, motors, genera-tors and related control and protective equipment.

3.Use specific computer software in the design ofbuilding electrical systems.

CURRICULUMGeneral Education consisting of English (Oral andwritten), Mathematics, and Physics, Chemistry,Electrotechnology, Computers and EngineeringGraphics.

Specific education in various aspects of the PowerElectrical Discipline including electrical design, con-trol systems, basic instrumentation and power sys-tems analysis.

Practical education in aspects of the ElectricalWorkshop including electrical wiring, installation andmaintenance of electrical equipment and correctapplication of the Canadian Electrical Code.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESThe graduate of the Electrical Technology programcan find employment with a large variety of compa-nies involved in the electrical industry. Typicalemployers are Power Utilities, Consulting EngineeringCompanies, Oil and Gas Exploration and Productioncompanies, Pulp and Paper Mills, Electrical sales andservice, Manufacturing, Shipyards and Provincial andFederal Government Departments.

ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGYDIPLOMA• Three years• September start• Ridge Road Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemesters 1 and 2 - Refer to ET (First Year)

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaAE1200 Electronic Devices 5 7 4CI1300 Fabrication Techniques 2 0 9ET2100 Electrotechnology 3 5 3

Semester 4 Cr Le LaAE2300 Analog Electronics 4 3 3CI1100 Electronic Instrumentation 3 2 2CM2300 Written Communications 2 2 0CT2300 Applied Programming 4 3 2DP1100 Digital Electronics 4 3 2DR2410 Electronic CADD I 2 1 2MA2100 Mathematics 5 5 0

Semester 5 Cr Le LaAE2301 Analog Electronics 4 3 3CE2250 Electronic Analog Communication 4 3 3CE2700 Antennas, Transmission, Lines &

Propagation 4 3 3DP2400 Digital Microprocessing 4 3 2EC1700 Engineering Economics 2 2 0MA2101 Mathematics 5 5 0

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaAE2210 Power Control Devices 3 3 6AE2400 Problem Solving & Troubleshooting 2 0 4CM2200 Oral Communications 2 5 0DR2411 Electronic CADD II 2 3 5

Semester 7 Cr Le LaAE3100 Analog IC’s 4 3 3BL1300 Anatomy & Physiology 3 3 0CG1200 Health Care & Safety I 2 1 2CG3400 Engineering Management 3 3 0CI3400 Biomedical Instrumentation I 4 3 4DP3300 Microprocessors (Interfacing) 4 3 3PR2610 Technical Thesis (Seminar) 0 1 0

Semester 8 Cr Le LaCG1201 Health Care & Safety II 3 2 2CH2400 Biochemistry 4 3 2CI3401 Biomedial Instrumentation II 6 4 6CI3500 Medical Imaging 4 3 2DP3200 Embedded Controller Applications 4 3 2PR2611 Technical Thesis 3 0 3

Semester 9 (Intersession III) Cr Le LaWT1700 Biomedical Practicum P/F

72

Electronics EngineeringTechnology (Biomedical)The Electronics Engineering Technology (Biomedical)Program is an option available in the three-yearElectronics Engineering Technology Program. Theprogram is designed to provide graduates with theknowledge and ability to ensure medical electronicequipment is performing safely and effectively. Theprogram includes a seven week practicum where thestudents will work in hospital-based biomedicaldepartments or medical equipment sales and servicecompanies. Memberships in the Canadian Medicaland Biological Engineering Society (CMBES) as wellas the (AETTN) are encouraged. Education and train-ing is provided in the areas of biomedical instrumen-tation, microprocessor applications in the health caresetting, anatomy and physiology, chemistry, biochem-istry, health care and safety.

This program is accredited by the CanadianTechnology Accreditation Board under the mandateof the Canadian Council of Technicians andTechnologists.

Note: This program may not be suitable for applicantswho do not have normal colour perception.

OBJECTIVES1.To emphasize an awareness of and concern for

patient safety in the health care environment.2.To provide an engineering systems approach to

problem solving with respect to the hospital envi-ronment, so that graduates can readily upgradetheir knowledge and skills.

3.To develop proficiency in the safe use of special-ized test instrumentation and troubleshooting tech-niques associated with electro-medical equipment.

4.To familiarize the student with a wide range of elec-tro-medical devices including patient care monitor-ing systems, defibrillators, electrosurgery units,diagnostic medical imaging systems, clinical labora-tory instrumentation, and numerous other diagnos-tic, therapeutic and patient care instruments.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESThe graduates of this program may enter the workforce in the employment of hospital biomedical engi-neering departments, with manufacturers and distrib-utors of biomedical instrumentation, as well asindependent sales and service organizations.Employment may include design and development ofmedical instrumentation, as well as purchase evalua-tion, acceptance testing, preventive and demandmaintenance and operator training.

ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY DIPLOMA• Three years• September start• Ridge Road Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemesters 1 and 2 - Refer to ET (First Year)

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaAE1200 Electronic Devices 5 7 4CI1300 Fabrication Techniques 2 0 9ET2100 Electrotechnology 3 5 3

Semester 4 Cr Le LaAE2300 Analog Electronics 4 3 3CI1100 Electronic Instrumentation 3 2 2CM2300 Written Communications 2 2 0CT2300 Applied Programming 4 3 2DP1100 Digital Electronics 4 3 2DR2410 Electronic CADD I 2 1 2MA2100 Mathematics 5 5 0

Semester 5 Cr Le LaAE2301 Analog Electronics 4 3 3CE2250 Electronic Analog Communication 4 3 3CE2700 Antennas, Transmission Lines &

Propagation 4 3 3DP2400 Digital Microprocessing 4 3 2EC1700 Engineering Economics 2 2 0MA2101 Mathematics 5 5 0

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaAE2210 Power Control Devices 3 3 6AE2400 Problem Solving & Troubleshooting 2 0 4CM2200 Oral Communications 2 5 0DR2411 ElectronicCADD II 2 3 5

Semester 7 Cr Le LaAE3100 Analog IC’s 4 3 3CI3300 System Modelling 3 3 0DP3300 Microprocessors (Interfacing) 4 3 3DP3400 Digital Communications 4 3 2MP2400 Network Analysis 5 5 0PR2600 Technical Thesis (Seminar) 0 0 1Elective

Semester 8 Cr Le LaCE3200 Analog and Digital Telephony 4 3 2CE3300 Fibre Optic Communication 2 1 2CG3400 Engineering Management 3 3 0CI3100 Automatic Control Systems 4 3 3PR2601 Technical Thesis 3 0 3Elective

Electives Cr Le LaCE3100 Communication Systems 4 3 2CE3400 Local Area Networks 4 3 3CE3500 Microwave Circuit Design 4 3 3DP3200 Embedded Controller Applications 4 3 2

73

Electronics EngineeringTechnology (Communications)The Electronics Engineering Technology(Communications) Program is an option available inthe three-year Electronics Engineering TechnologyProgram. The program is designed to provide gradu-ates with the skills and knowledge to work in moderncommunication systems using digital and fibre-opticsprinciples. Graduates will have hands-on experiencein maintaining and aligning communications systemsas well as being able to design systems using estab-lished methods. Graduates of this three-year programreceive the Diploma of Electronics EngineeringTechnology.

This program is accredited by the CanadianTechnology Accreditation Board under the mandateof the Canadian Council of Technicians andTechnologists.

Note: This program may not be suitable for applicantswho do not have normal colour perception.

OBJECTIVES1.To develop an awareness of and concern for good

safety practices and procedures in the workplace.2.To provide a basic knowledge of modern equip-

ment, instrumentation techniques and electronicdevices, associated with the general field of elec-tronics.

3.To develop a high level of skill and knowledge in theapplication of basic electronic principlesCthe oper-ation, testing and maintenance of elec-tronic equip-ment.

CURRICULUMGeneral Education consisting of English (oral andwritten), Mathematics, and Physics, Chemistry,Electrotechnology, Computers, Engineering Graphicsand Student Success.

Extensive training in the theory and principles of elec-tronics.

Specialized training in the field of software engineer-ing. Laboratory and field experience in the applicationof all facets of electronics.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESThe graduate of this program may obtain employmentin a variety of settings with provincial and federalgovernment agencies, industrial communicationscompanies, industrial electronics firms, radio and tel-evision stations, computer companies. Many opportu-nities in these fields exist within the province.

ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGYDIPLOMA• Three years• September start• Ridge Road Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemesters 1 and 2 - Refer to ET (First Year)

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaCP1150 Visual Basic 4 4 6CP2600 Computer Hardware Fundamentals 4 4 1ET2100 Electrotechnology 3 5 3

Semester 4 Cr Le LaAE2320 Analog Electronics 5 4 3CM2300 Communications 2 2 0CT2330 Applied Programming 4 3 2DP1100 Digital Electronics 4 3 2DP3430 Data Communications 4 3 2MA2100 Mathematics 5 5 0

Semester 5 Cr Le LaAE2321 Analog Electronics 5 4 3CE3400 LANS 4 3 3CI1100 Electronic Instrumentation 3 2 2CT1125 Programming in C++ 4 3 2DP2400 Digital/Microporcessors 4 3 2MA2101 Mathematics 5 5 0

Semester 6 Cr Le LaWC1700 Work Term I 5 0 0

Semester 7 Cr Le LaCE3430 Network Cabling 4 3 3CT2400 Systems Analysis & Design 4 4 0CT3510 Database Programming 4 3 3DP3200 Embedded Controller Applications 4 3 2DP3300 Microprocessors Interfacing 4 3 3EC1700 Engineering Economics 2 2 0PR2630 Technical Thesis (Seminar) 0 1 0

Semester 8 Cr Le LaWC1701 Work Term II 5 0 0

Semester 9 Cr Le LaAE3100 Analog IC’s 4 3 3CE3420 Internets and Intranets 4 3 3CG3400 Engineering Management 3 3 0CT2500 Operating Systems 4 4 0CT3130 Programming Language 4 3 3PR2631 Technical Thesis 3 0 3

74

Electronics Engineering Technology (Computers & Information Technology) Co-opThe Electronics Engineering Technology (Computersand Information Technology) Program is an optionavailable in the three year Electronics EngineeringTechnology Program. The program is designed to pro-vide graduates with the skills and knowledge to workin the field of software engineering. Graduates willhave a sound background in electronics as well asspecialized skills in the systems analysis and designof software solutions and equipment interfacing prob-lems. Graduates of this three-year program receivethe Diploma of Electronics Engineering Technology.

OBJECTIVES1.To develop an awareness of and concern for good

safety practices and procedures in the workplace.2.To provide a basic knowledge of modern equip-

ment, instrumentation techniques and electronicdevices, associated with the general field of elec-tronics.

3.To develop a high level of skill and knowledge in thefield of software engineering.

CURRICULUMGeneral Education consisting of English (oral andwritten), Mathematics, and Physics, Chemistry,Electrotechnology, Computers, Engineering Graphicsand Student Success.

Extensive training in the theory and principles of elec-tronics.

Specialized training in the field of software engineering.

Laboratory and field experience in the application ofall facets of electronics.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESThe graduate from the program will be a technologistwho specializes in integrating computer technologyinto consumer and industrial products and would bethe technology partner to the computer scientist. Thegraduate may be titled Computer Support Specialistor Software Engineer or any number of other titles.Graduates would typically find employment in compa-nies like Instrumar, Newfoundland Telephone andother hi-tech companies that are using computers innew and innovative ways. These people will usuallybecome part of a design team developing productprototypes. While not focused on the retail market-place, nonetheless some students will elect to enterthis area, repairing microcomputers and relatedperipherals. More likely they would qualify as servicepersonnel for large computer and communicationscompanies.

ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY DIPLOMA• Three years• September start• Ridge Road Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemesters 1 and 2 - Refer to ET (First Year)

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaAE1200 Electronic Devices 5 7 4CI1300 Fabrication Techniques 2 0 9ET2100 Electrotechnology 3 5 3

Semester 4 Cr Le LaAE2300 Analog Electronics 4 3 3CI1100 Electronic Instrumentation 3 2 2CM2300 Written Communications 2 2 0CT2300 Applied Programming 4 3 2DP1100 Digital Electronics 4 3 2DR2410 Electronic CADD I 2 1 2MA2100 Mathematics 5 5 0

Semester 5 Cr Le LaAE2301 Analog Electronics 4 3 3CI2800 Process Measurement I 3 2 2CI2810 Process Control I 3 2 2DP2400 Digital/Microprocessors 4 3 2MA2101 Mathematics 5 5 0MP2100 Electrical Machines & Devices 4 3 3

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaCI2240 Instrumentation (Hydraulics &

Pneumatics) 2 3 3CI1500 Introduction to Process Analysis 4 5 3CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0PE2700 Instrumentation Practical 2 0 9

Semester 7 Cr Le LaCE2800 Industrial Communication Systems 4 3 2CG3400 Engineering Management 3 3 0CI2801 Process Measurement II 4 3 3CI2811 Process Control III 4 3 3CI3100 Automatic Control Systems 4 3 3MP3130 Industrial Electronics & Power

Systems 4 3 2PR2620 Technical Thesis (Seminar) 0 1 0

Semester 8 Cr Le LaCI3820 Process Analyzers 4 3 3CI3830 Computer Control Systems 4 3 3CE2900 Human Machine Interface

Development 4 3 2DP3100 Programmable Logic Control 4 3 3EC1700 Engineering Economics 2 2 0PR2632 Technical Thesis 3 0 3

75

Electronics EngineeringTechnology (Instrumentation)Instrumentation involves automation in the productionof various commodities. Complex process control andmeasurement systems such as those found in the oiland gas industries, chemical plants, food processingoperations, power generating, and the pulp and paperindustry require sensitive, accurate instruments.Recent technical developments in measuring andcontrolling process variables like pressure, tempera-ture, flow and composition have increased the qualityof products and cut operating costs. Today conven-tional pneumatic and electronic controls are beingrapidly replaced by computer-based systems. Theseadvances in technology demand qualified personneltrained in the field of industrial instrumentation.

OBJECTIVES1.The objectives of this program are to provide stu-

dents with sound training in the principles of opera-tion and maintenance of pneumatic devices, controlvalves, electronic instruments, digital logic devicesand the design of computer-based process controls.

2.Extensive theoretical and practical training in per-sonal computer applications in instrumentation,process control systems design, distributed controlsystem design and actual interfacing of industrialmicrocomputer control systems with realprocesses.

3.Laboratory facilities are designed to provide a mod-ern industrial setting including pilot scale version ofprocesses found in various industries.

4.A control room with distributed computer controlsystems, industrial microprocessors, personal com-puters and programmable controllers is availablefor instruction.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESAreas of employment open to graduating studentsinclude: plant maintenance, engineering design andconstruction, instrument/control systems technicalservices and sales, engineering consulting

ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGYDIPLOMA• Three years• September start• Corner Brook Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemesters 1 and 2 - Refer to ET (First Year)

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaAE1200 Electronic Devices 5 7 4CI1300 Fabrication Techniques 2 0 9ET2100 Electrotechnology 3 5 3

Semester 4 Cr Le LaAE2300 Analog Electronics 4 3 3CE2700 Antennas & Microwaves 4 3 3CT2300 Applied Programming 4 3 2DP1100 Digital Electronics 4 3 2DR2410 Electronic CADD I 2 1 2MA2100 Mathematics 5 5 0

Semester 5 Cr Le LaAE2301 Analog Electronics 4 3 3CE2250 Analog Communications 4 3 3CI1100 Electronic Instrumentation 3 2 2CM2300 Written Communications 2 2 0DP2400 Digital Microprocessors 4 3 2DR2411 Electronic CADD II 2 1 2MA2101 Mathematics 5 5 0

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaAE2210 Power Control Devices 3 3 6AE2400 Problem Solving/Troubleshooting 2 0 4CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0EC1700 Engineering Economics 2 5 0

Semester 7 Cr Le LaAE3100 Analog IC’s 4 3 3AE3300 Industrial Control 4 3 2CE3600 Digital Communications 4 3 3DP3300 Microprocessor Interfacing 4 3 3MP2400 Network Analysis 5 5 0PR2650 Technical Thesis (Seminar) 0 1 0

Semester 8 Cr Le LaAE3301 Industrial Electronics II 4 3 3CE3601 Digital Communications II 4 3 3CG3400 Engineering Management 3 3 0CP1150 Visual Basic 4 3 3CP2170 Windows Server 4 3 3CT3120 PC Configuration 4 3 3PR2651 Technical Thesis (Project) 3 2 3

76

Electronics EngineeringTechnologyThe three year Electronics Engineering TechnologyProgram follows the guidelines set by the CanadianTechnology Accreditation Board has recently beenawarded national level accreditation for the maximumfive year term. The program is general in nature toensure the graduate will have access to job opportu-nities in a variety of specialty areas. They includeanalog and digital communication systems, computerdesign, programming, configuration and networking,computer aided design and industrial instrumentationand process control.

Graduates completing this program are automaticallyeligible for membership in the Association ofEngineering Technicians and Technologists ofNewfoundland (AETTN), as well as any similar asso-ciation in Canada. In addition, graduates can apply toLakehead University and if accepted, receive fullcredit toward an engineering degree.

OBJECTIVESThe student will be able to:1.Develop a high level of skill in the application of

electronic principles.2. Analyze and design electronic systems using com-

puter aided design software or on a traditionalworkbench.

3.Configure and design computer circuits and systems.4.Assemble analog and digital communication sys-

tems, and computer networks.5.Assemble and configure industrial instrumentation

and process central equipment.6.Work and communicate with professionals, as well

as supervise the work of skilled technicians.7.Think and work independently.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESThe Electronics Engineering Technology program isdesigned to produce a well rounded student who willbe capable of working in a variety of electronicrelated fields. Past graduates have attained employ-ment in the areas of telecommunications, pulp andpaper, computer sales, service and support, provin-cial agencies, federal agencies, consulting firms,business equipment servicing, school boards, indus-trial sales, Transport Canada, R & D and power com-panies.

SPECIAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREDGraphics Calculator (Specifications available from the

Registrar)Standard Electronic ToolkitPersonal computer is strongly recommended

ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY DIPLOMA• Three years• September start• Ridge Road Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemesters 1 and 2 - Refer to ET (First Year)

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaEN1100 Environmental Science 2 3 2SD1520 The Technologist & the Workplace 2 3 0SU1310 Plane Surveying Basic 5 6 8SU1500 Cartography 3 4 4

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCP1130 Computer Programming 2 1 2EC1700 Engineering Economics 2 2 0FT1240 Survey Field Camp 1 0 0MA2100 Mathematics 5 5 0SU1311 Plane Survey 4 4 6SU1530 Digital Mapping 3 2 3SU2500 Photogrammetry 4 3 2

Semester 5 Cr Le LaCM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0CM2300 Written Communications 2 2 0MA2120 Mathematics 4 3 2SU1440 GIS I 3 2 3SU1540 Hydrography I 4 3 3SU2320 Geodetic Surveying 4 3 3SU2530 Cadastral 4 3 2

Semester 6 Cr Le LaWC1300 Work term I 5 0 0

Semester 7 Cr Le LaCA2900 Municipal Engineering 3 2 3CG3400 Engineering Management 3 3 0GE1200 Geology 4 3 2MA3120 Advanced Survey Mathematics 3 3 0PR2230 Technical Thesis (Seminar) 0 1 0SU1441 GIS II 4 3 3SU2570 GPS & Remote Referencing 4 3 3

Semester 8 Cr Le LaWC1301 Work term II 5 0 0

Semester 9 Cr Le LaFT1250 Hydrographic Camp 1 0 0PR2231 Technical Thesis 3 0 6SU1541 Hydrography II 4 3 3SU1570 Remote Sensing 3 2 2SU3300 Geodesy & Map Project 4 3 3SU3500 Adjustments 4 3 3

77

Geomatics EngineeringTechnology Co-opGeomatics is the art and science of acquiring, analyz-ing, presenting, and managing geographical and spa-tial data. Geomatics includes the traditional surveyingand mapping sciences together with new study areassuch as Geographical Information Systems (GIS) andthe satellite controlled positioning system the GlobalPositioning Systems (GPS). With the development ofoff-shore petroleum, management of the fishery,infrastructure and hydro development and the result-ing expansion in the construction industry, the needfor more and better trained Geomatics EngineeringTechnologists becomes apparent.

The three-year diploma level Geomatics EngineeringTechnology program is a cooperative education pro-gram. It is designed to train persons who willbecome the senior field members of land, hydro-graphic, geodetic or engineering survey teams orsupervisors in digital data management, analysis andpresentation.

The study of Geomatics includes such diverse sub-jects as photogrammetry, cartography, geodesy,astronomy, hydrography, cadastral surveying, digitalmapping, and GIS. These subjects are based on a firmfoundation in the sciences of mathematics, physicsand chemistry. The associated areas of communica-tions, management, and economics are also an inte-gral part of the program.

In addition to theoretical instruction, the studentobtains considerable field and office experience dur-ing labs, field camps, and work terms.

This program is accredited by the CanadianTechnology Accreditation Board under the mandateof the Canadian Council of Technicians andTechnologists.

This program is also CAFCE (Canadian AssociationFor Cooperative Education) accredited.

OBJECTIVES1.To train the student for the Geomatics and con-

struction industries at technologist level.2.To develop an acceptable degree of competence in

general surveying techniques.3.To introduce the student to the developing

branches of the Geomatics industry.4.To prepare the student for further studies in prepa-

ration for certification as a Newfoundland andLabrador Land Surveyor.

CURRICULUMGeneral Education consisting of Communications(oral or written), Mathematics and Physics,Chemistry, Electrotechnology, Computers, andEngineering Graphics.

Specific Education in all aspects of geomatics.

Extensive field training to provide experience withinstrumentation.- & software, Surveying Camps.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESGraduates generally find employment with variousdepartments of the federal and provincial govern-ment, crown corporations, utility, construction engi-neering, oil exploration and surveying companies.For graduates who desire to further their careers inGeomatics, the University of New Brunswick awardsa number of credits for this program toward aBachelors Degree in Surveying Engineering.

ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGYDIPLOMA• 40 Months• September start• Ridge Road Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemesters 1 and 2 - Refer to ET (First Year)

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaCG1500 Work Methods & Measurement 4 6 4EG1101 Engineering Graphics 2 2 3SP2400 Safety Engineering 5 5 0SP1200 Machine Shop Practice 1 0 5

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCF1100 Materials & Processes 3 3 1CF2540 Mechanics of Solids 3 3 1MA2100 Mathematics 5 5 0SE1070 Human Factors Engineering 3 3 1SP1700 CNC Machining I 3 2 2SP2300 Quality Assurance 3 3 0SP2510 Plant & Facility Layout 4 3 2

Semester 5 Cr Le LaWC1400 Co-op Work Term I 5 0 0

Semester 6 Cr Le LaCG3400 Engineering Management 3 3 0CI1210 Instrumentation & Controls 3 2 2DE1110 Applied Research 3 3 0MA1670 Statistics 4 4 1PS1330 Organizational Behaviour 4 4 0SP2301 Quality Control 3 3 0TD2100 Thermodynamics 3 3 1

Semester 7 Cr Le LaWC1401 Co-op Work term II 5 0 0

Semester 8 Cr Le LaCF1120 Materials and Processes 3 3 1DE1200 Operations Research 3 3 0EC1700 Engineering Economics 2 2 0FM3100 Hydraulics and Pneumatics 3 3 1FM3200 Machine Design 3 3 1MA2130 Applied Mathematics 5 5 0SP1400 Facilities Engineering 3 2 2

Semester 9 Cr Le LaWC2400 Co-op Work term III 5 0 0

Semester 10 Cr Le LaAC2280 Accounting 4 4 0CG3500 Production Planning 3 3 0DE3300 Information Systems Design 3 2 2DE3410 Computer Integrated Manufacturing 4 3 2FM2201 Mechanics (Dynamics) 3 3 1LW1500 Law & Ethics 3 3 0PR3711 Technical Thesis 4 1 2

78

Industrial Engineering TechnologyCo-opIndustrial Engineering Technologists rely on strongtechnical ability, good business judgement, and supe-rior people skills to improve safety, quality, and pro-ductivity in the production and service sectors. Thisunique combination of skills makes graduates attrac-tive to employers in a wide variety of industriesincluding manufacturing, food processing, fabrication,construction, government, consulting, and healthcare. The program is a 40 month CAFCE (CanadianAssociation for Co-op Education) and CTAB(Canadian Technology Accreditation Board) accred-ited program.

OBJECTIVES1.To provide graduates with a strong technical edu-

cation in industrial engineering principles andanalysis techniques.

2.To provide graduates with the complimentary busi-ness knowledge needed to achieve processdesigns that are both safe and productive whileensuring quality standards are met at minimal cost.

3.To provide graduates with problem solving andmanagement strategies that are fundamental tosuccess in various industry settings.

CURRICULUMGeneral Education consisting of CommunicationSkills, Math, Physics, Chemistry, Electrotechnology,Computers, and Engineering Graphics (CAD).

Generic engineering technology education consistingof computer based analysis and design, materials sci-ence, strength of materials, hydraulics and pneumat-ics, and shop processes.

Extensive industrial engineering technology educationsuch as ergonomics, work measurement, plant layout,facility planning, production planning, and computerintegrated manufacturing.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESGraduates of this program may obtain employment inboth the service and production sectors. Previousgraduates have been successful in obtaining employ-ment with such companies as Haliburton, Pratt andWhitney, Fishery Products International, Iron OreCompany of Canada, Newdock and the Health CareCorporation

ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY DIPLOMA• Three years• September start• Corner Brook Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaCH1120 Chemistry 4 3 2CM1400 Communication Skills 3 3 0ET1100 Electrotechnology 4 3 2MA1100 Mathematics* 5 4 2CT1150 Computer Fundamentals 3 2 3PH1100 Physics 4 3 2

*Admission into the appropriate Mathematics course willbe decided by the grade in high school math.EITHERStudents who received at least 70% in level III Math 3200or a pass in Math 3201 can be exempted from MA1100ORStudents who received a combined average of 70% in2204 and 3204, or a pass in both of 2205 and 3205 can beexempted from MA1100.The student must apply for the exemption.

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCH1121 Chemistry 4 3 2CM1401 Communication Skills 3 3 0EG1100 Engineering Graphics 3 2 3ET1101 Electrotechnology 4 3 2MA1101 Mathematics 5 5 0PH1101 Physics 4 3 2

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaES1300 Manufacturing Processes I 4 6 6MA1670 Statistics 4 8 0SP2400 Safety Engineering 5 5 0

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCI1400 Industrial Controls I 3 2 2EN2600 Environmental Abatements (Air) 3 3 0FM2320 Fluid Mechanics 4 3 2MA2100 Mathematics 5 5 0MT2400 Mineral Processing I 2 2 0PE2430 Plant Electrical Systems 3 2 3TD2100 Thermodynamics I 3 3 1

Semester 5 Cr Le LaCH2720 Chemistry Analytical 3 2 2CI1210 Instrumentation Controls and

Automation 4 2 2EN2220 Solid Waste Management 4 3 2ES1301 Manufacturing Processes II 4 4 0PE2800 Industrial Mechanical Systems 3 3 2SI2300 Materials Science 4 3 1TD3110 Thermodynamics II 3 3 0

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaES2300 Manufacturing Processes III 4 6 6ES2301 Manufacturing Processes IV 4 6 6

Semester 7 Cr Le LaCI1401 Industrial Controls II 4 3 2CI2520 Process Control Operations 4 3 3EN2601 Environmental Abatements II (Water) 4 3 2ES3300 Manufacturing Processes V 4 4 0MT2401 Mineral Processing II 4 4 2PR2680 Technical Thesis 3 0 3SP2300 Quality Assurance 4 3 2

Semester 8 Cr Le LaAC2270 Managerial Accounting 3 3 0CI2610 Process Optimization 3 2 3CR1340 Computer Networking Operations 4 4 0PR2681 Technical Thesis 3 2 3PS2340 Organizational Behaviour 4 4 0SP2301 Quality Control 3 3 0

79

Manufacturing OperationsTechnologyThe automation currently taking place in processingindustries has major implications for prospectiveemployees. Entry-level employees wishing to pursuea career in “Manufacturing Operations” will berequired to have a more advanced entry-level educa-tion and training than was required of employees inthe past.

The Manufacturing Operations Technology programis designed to provide graduates who will beequipped with the broad base of knowledge and skillsneeded to optimize manufacturing processes,improve product quality, and reduce costs. Typically,the graduates will work as process operators, techni-cians and managers in the process operations andproduction side of a variety of large scale industries,including pulp and paper, mineral processing, andpetroleum refining. The skill set obtained by gradu-ates from this program will also enhance the overallavailability for expertise required in the small scalemanufacturing industry sector, especially as theseoperations adapt automated processes.

The Manufacturing Operations Technology programhas a strong Process Optimization and QualityManagement focus relating to a concentration ofmanufacturing processes; specifically: pulp andpaper manufacturing, mineral processing and petro-leum refining. This core curriculum is supported andenhanced by courses which being together techno-logical concepts and competencies from the fields ofprocess control, automation, chemical and environ-mental engineering, mechanical systems, informationtechnology, and electrical/electronics technology.

OBJECTIVES1.To provide students with a general knowledge and

understanding of processing industries, and with anacademic and technical foundation from which topursue technological expertise.

2.To provide students with technical competence inprocess manufacturing and with technical knowl-edge in the application, operation of machinery

3.To provide students with knowledge and under-standing of the principles of process control, theapplications of process control technology in gen-eral, and the overall relationship to quality control.

4.To provide students with a knowledge, understand-ing and some technical competence in environmen-tal protection, balanced by an appreciation ofmar-ket forces, cost control and accounting princi-ples.

5.To provide students with knowledge and under-standing of human relations in industrial settingsand of modern organizational development princi-ples, and to give them opportunities to develop anddemonstrate interpersonal skills through writtenand oral communication.

6.To encourage students to work and communicateas a member of a team with other professionals, aswell as supervise the work of technical and non-technical persons.

7.To train students to think and work independently.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% aver-age in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from:3201, 3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291,3292

2. Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from Advanced:3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291, 4225 (50%)minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimum.ORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3. Science (4 credits) two of which must be selectedfrom:Biology: 3201, 3211, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291, 4221Physics: 3204, 3214, 3274, 3284, 3294, 4224Chemistry: 3202, 3212, 3230, 3272, 3282, 3292, 4222Geology: 3203, 3213, 3223, 3273, 3283, 3293Earth Systems: 3213, 3209Note: The remaining 2 Science credits to be chosenfrom the highest Science mark in level 1, 2 or 3.Note: Although all of the above High School Sciencecourses are acceptable for entrance to EngineeringTechnology programs, the Physics and/or Chemistrystreams are strongly recommended.

ORPersons 19 years of age or older, who have been outof school for at least one year and do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program, may beconsidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.ORGrade XI Public Examination pass with a 60% averageincluding a 60% pass in language, 60% inMatriculation Mathematics or 50% in HonoursMathematics, and one Science course,ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the academic stream includingthe following courses:1.Communications IC3211 & IC3112 plus one of IC3116

or IC3215 or IC3321 or IC3222 2.Mathematics ... from one of the following sections:

a. Mathematics IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216b. Mathematics IM3219

3.Science... from one of the following sections:a. Biology IB3113, IB3214, IB3115, IB3316b. Chemistry IH3215, IH3116, IH3117, IH3118c. Physics IP3111, IP3112, IP3215, IP3216d. Earth Science IS3212, IS3213, IP3214.

ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGYDIPLOMA• Three years• September start• Ridge Road Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemesters 1 and 2- Refer to ET (First Year)

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaEG1101 Engineering Graphics 2 2 3MH1110 Mechanical Systems 4 8 2SP2400 Safety Engineering 5 5 0SP1200 Machine Shop Practice 1 0 5

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCF1100 Materials and Processes 3 3 1CF2540 Mechanics of Solids 3 3 1EC1700 Engineering Economics 2 2 0MA2100 Mathematics 5 5 0MH2310 Power Plant Components 5 5 1SP1700 CNC Machining I 3 2 2TD2100 Thermodynamics 3 3 1

Semester 5 Cr Le LaCF1120 Materials and Processes 3 3 1FM2100 Fluid Mechanics 3 3 1FM3100 Hydraulics and Pneumatics 3 3 1MA2130 Applied Mathematics 5 5 0MH2800 Process Systems 3 3 1MH2801 HVAC Systems 3 3 1SP1400 Facilities Engineering 3 2 2

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaWT1460 Work Placement 5 0 0

Semester 7 Cr Le LaCF2511 Strength of Materials 3 3 1CI1210 Instrumentation & Controls 3 2 2FM2201 Mechanics (Dynamics) 3 3 1MH3310 Power Plant Systems 4 4 1MH3320 Building System Design 4 4 1SP2300 Quality Assurance 3 3 0TD2120 Thermodynamics 3 3 1

Semester 8 Cr Le LaCG3400 Engineering Management 3 3 0CI1211 Instrumentation & Controls 3 2 2FM3200 Machine Design 3 3 1MH4400 Refrigeration Systems 3 3 1MH4500 Prime Movers 3 4 1MH4600 Plant Systems Design 3 3 0PR3711 Technological Thesis 4 1 2TD3100 Applied Thermodynamics 3 3 1

80

Mechanical EngineeringTechnologyMechanical Engineering Technologists develop adiverse technical background, good “hands-on” apti-tude, and excellent people skills. These attributesmake them well suited to employment in a wide vari-ety of industries in both field and management relatedroles.

This program is nationally accredited by the CanadianTechnology Accreditation Board and graduates areeligible for membership in the Association ofEngineering Technicians and Technologists ofNewfoundland. The designation Certified EngineeringTechnologist (CET) may be received after completionof two years of approved post graduate work experi-ence. Graduates are also eligible for 3rd class powerengineering certification.

OBJECTIVES1.Through this program of study, graduates are

equipped with the technical knowledge and“hands-on” skills required for:

2.The design, implementation, installation, operation,maintenance, and management of power genera-tion systems, Heating Ventilation and AirConditioning (HVAC) systems, and general mechani-cal support systems that are required for petroleumproduction systems, petroleum refineries, process-ing plants, office buildings and other residencies.

3.The development of mechanical working drawingsand computer based models of mechanical systemsusing AutoCAD and related engineering analysissoftware.

CURRICULUMA primary year technology core curriculum whichincludes courses in Communication skills, Physics,Chemistry, Math, Engineering CAD Graphics,Computer Applications, and Electrotechnology.

An Intermediate and Advanced curriculum in the sec-ond and third years of study which consists of disci-pline specific courses such as Mechanics, Strengths,Thermodynamics, Materials and Processes, MachineDesign, Engineering Graphics, Hydraulics andPneumatics, Economics, Engineering Management,Quality Assurance, Maintenance, Machine Shop,Computer

Numerical Control (CNC), Machining Process Controlsand Technological Thesis (Design Project).

A minimum seven week work placement which pro-vides students the opportunity to gain valuablerelated work experience. To be eligible for workplacement, students must be in clear academicstanding with a minimum GPA of 2.00.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESThe broad base of competencies acquired throughthis program of study prepares graduates for careersin a wide variety of industries including the petroleumsector, mining, electrical power generation, food pro-cessing, manufacturing, and engineering consulting.Previous graduates have been successful in obtainingemployment relevant to their field with such compa-nies as HMDC, Syncrude, Schlumberger, HaliburtonServices Ltd., J.B. Irving, the Iron Ore Company ofCanada, INCO, Johnson Controls, and BFLConsultants.

ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY DIPLOMA• Three years• September start• Ridge Road Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemesters 1 and 2 - Refer to ET (First Year)

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaCG1500 Work Methods & Measurement 4 6 4EG1101 Engineering Graphics 2 2 3SP1200 Machine Shop Practice 1 0 5SP2400 Safety Engineering 5 5 0

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCF1100 Materials and Processes 3 3 1CF2540 Mechanics of Solids 3 3 1EC1700 Engineering Economics 2 2 0MA2100 Mathematics 5 5 0SP1700 CNC Machining I 3 2 2SP1800 Precision Metrology 4 3 2SP2300 Quality Assurance 3 3 0

Semester 5 Cr Le LaCF1120 Materials and Processes 3 3 1FM2100 Fluid Mechanics 3 3 1FM3100 Hydraulics and Pneumatics 3 3 1FM3200 Machine Design 3 3 1MA2130 Applied Mathematics 5 5 0SP1400 Facilities Engineering 3 2 2SP1701 CNC Machining II 4 3 3

Semester 6 Cr Le LaWC1900 Co-op Work Term I 5 0 0

Semester 7 Cr Le LaCG3500 Production Planning 3 3 0DE3410 Computer Integrated Manufacturing 4 3 2DR3710 Tool Design 3 3 2DR3810 Advanced Processes 3 2 3EG2110 Engineering Graphics 3 2 2FM2201 Mechanics (Dynamics) 3 3 1LW1500 Law and Ethics 3 3 0

Semester 8 Cr Le LaWC1901 Co-op Work Term II 5 0 0

Semester 9 Cr Le LaCG3400 Engineering Management 3 3 0CI1210 Instrumentation and Controls 3 2 2FM3220 Machine Design 3 3 1MA1670 Statistics 4 4 1PR3711 Technological Thesis 4 1 2SP2301 Quality Control 3 3 0TD2100 Thermodynamics 3 3 1

81

Mechanical EngineeringTechnology (Manufacturing) Co-opMechanical Engineering Technologists, who com-plete a studies focus in manufacturing, are proficientin the specification, implementation, operation, main-tenance and supervision of manufacturing systemsand personnel. These technologists are prepared toassume the role of decision maker early in theircareers in both the traditional and advanced manu-facturing sectors. The knowledge of core mechanicalengineering principles, above average problem solv-ing ability, and superior “hands-on” skills also makethese graduates well suited to employment in relatedindustries.

Students in this program utilize the advanced technol-ogy resources available through the College’sManufacturing Technology Center (MTC). The MTC ismandated to provide both direct and indirect supportto industry through such activities as product andprocess prototyping. Students benefit from exposureto these “real-life” industry projects and also acquirevaluable work experience through the completion oftwo Co-op work terms.

Graduates are eligible for membership with theAssociation of Engineering Technicians andTechnologists of Newfoundland (AETTN) and mayreceive designation as Certified EngineeringTechnologist (CET) following two years of approvedpost graduate experience.

CURRICULUMA primary year technology core curriculum whichincludes courses in Communication skills, Physics,Chemistry, Math, Engineering CAD Graphics,Computer Applications, and Electrotechnology.

An Intermediate and Advanced curriculum in the sec-ond and third years of study which consists of disci-pline specific courses such as Mechanics, Strengths,Materials and Processes, Machine Design,Hydraulics and Pneumatics, EngineeringManagement, Quality Assurance, Maintenance,Computer Numerical Control (CNC), Tool Design, andComputer Integrated Manufacturing.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESCareer opportunities for graduates of this programexist with consulting firms,

manufacturing firms, food processing plants,research institutions and government departments.Previous graduates have been successful in obtainingemployment with such companies as Newdock,Brown Offshore, Iron Ore Company of Canada,Suncor, and Oceanic Ltd.

ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGYDIPLOMA• Three years• September start• Ridge Road Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemesters 1 and 2 - Refer to ET (First Year)

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaCG3400 Engineering Management 3 6 0CH2330 Petroleum Chemistry I 3 5 3DR2520 Mechanical Drafting 3 3 7GE1500 Petroleum Geology I 2 3 3

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCF2520 Strength of Materials 4 3 2CH2331 Petroleum Chemistry II 4 3 3CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0CM2300 Written Communications 2 2 0FM2300 Fluid Mechanics 3 2 2GE1501 Petroleum Geology II 4 3 3MA2100 Mathematics 5 5 0

Semester 5 Cr Le LaCI1210 Instrumentation Controls and

Automation 3 2 2EC2600 Exploration Economics 2 2 0FT1600 Drilling Camp P/FGE2500 Petroleum Geology III 4 3 3MA2110 Applied Mathematics 4 4 0PM2100 Drilling Technology I 3 2 3PM2500 Facilities Engineering 4 3 2TD2110 Thermodynamics 3 3 1

Drilling CampAt the end of Semester 5, students will complete a oneweek drilling camp during which they will apply learnedtheory through practical “hands-on” exercises using anactual drilling system.

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaWT1400 Work term 5 0 0

Semester 7 Cr Le LaPH3100 Geophysics 3 2 2PM2101 Drilling Technology II 3 2 3PM2200 Petroleum Production I 5 4 3PM2300 Reservoir I 3 2 3PM2501 Facilities Engineering 4 3 2PR2800 Technological Thesis (Seminar) 1 1 0TD3200 Petroleum Thermodynamics 3 2 2

Semester 8 Cr Le LaEN1300 Environmental Technology 3 3 0PM2201 Petroleum Production II 5 4 2PM2301 Reservoir II 5 4 3PM2400 Logging and Formation Evaluation 5 4 3PM3100 Drilling Technology III 2 0 4PR2801 Technological Thesis

(Project Analysis) 3 3 0

Semester 9 (Intersession III) Cr Le LaPM2401 Production Logging & Applications 2 3 3PM3200 Petroleum Production III 3 5 0PR3800 Technological Thesis 6 0 12SP2410 Safety Engineering Technology 2 5 0

82

Petroleum Engineering Technology

The reliance upon fossil fuels, particularly oil and gas,to supply Canada's growing industrial and domesticrequirements has increased rapidly during the pastdecade. However, the increasing world demands forthese fuels and the growing uncertainty of traditionalsources of supply have intensified Canada's commit-ment to become self-sufficient in its fossil energyneeds. With discoveries of new oil and gasresources, particularly along the east coast and in theArctic regions, and with proper management anddevelopment policies, this goal may be attainable.Recent oil and gas discoveries on the Grand Banksoff Newfoundland have intensified interest and activi-ties in the science and technology of developingthese reservoirs. The three year program leading tothe Diploma of Technology is designed to train tech-nologists for all aspects of the oil and gas industry.

This program is accredited by the CanadianTechnology Accreditation Board under the mandateof the Canadian Council of Technicians andTechnologists.

OBJECTIVES1.To provide a basic knowledge of the petroleum

industry.2.To introduce the special characteristics, challenges

and constraints associated with oil and gas extrac-tion from off-shore sources.

3.To provide knowledge and skill related to allaspects of oil and gas exploration and productionboth on-shore and off-shore.

4.To provide knowledge of and experience in workingwith the specialized hardware, and equipment,associated with the oil industry.

CURRICULUMGeneral education consisting of English (written andoral), Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry,Electrotechnology, Computers, Engineering Graphicsand Student Success. Specialized training in all sub-jects directly related to the petroleum industry.Extensive field (industry) experience to support andenhance the on-campus phases of training.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESThe graduate of this program may obtain employmentin all aspects of the petroleum industry. These oppor-tunities include but are not limited to oil and naturalgas exploration, production, and processing, refining,oil and gas pipeline construction, gas utilities, as wellas with a variety of related activities associated withrefining, transportation.

NOTICEThe following conditions apply to work term WT1400:

Sequence The work term must be completed in the sequenceindicated in the College Calendar. Any variation fromthis sequence must be approved by the CampusAdministrator. The deadline for receipt of requestsdocumenting reasons for departure from this normmust be submitted to the Campus Administrator of the

Ridge Road Campus not later than the last workingday in January. Students will receive a failing grade ifthey do not comply with the above.

EligibilityIn order to be eligible for WT1460 work term a studentmust meet the following criteria:• Attain 100% credits in all subjects from the first four

semesters.• Attain a cumulative G.P.A. of 2.00 or higher.

Students not meeting these criteria may apply forspecial permission to complete the work term.Application must be made to the CampusAdministrator not later than the last working day ofJanuary for consideration under this clause.

It is the responsibility of each student to obtain suit-able employment for the work term. The College willassist with contacts and information as much as pos-sible; however, the onus is on the student to obtainemployment.

All work term employment must be approved by thework term coordinator prior to the commencement ofemployment.

A student will be exempted from the work term onlyfor medical or exceptional circumstances. Evidenceto support such exemptions must be presented to thework term coordinator prior to commencement of thework term. Exemptions from the work term requiresapproval of the Campus Administrator.

A report must be submitted for each work term --detail and content of the report to be outlined by thework term coordinator in conjunction with thePetroleum Engineering Technology section. Thisreport must be submitted to the appropriate instruc-tors on or before the deadline date. In special circum-stances, permission to submit a late report may begranted by the work term coordinator. Late reportswill not be graded unless prior permission is obtained.

When feasible, each student will be visited during thework term for evaluation of on-the -job performance.

Students who fail to honour an agreement to workwith an employer, or who leave the work termemployment without prior approval of the work termcoordinator, or who conduct themselves in such amanner as to cause their discharge from the job, willnormally be awarded a failed work term.

A failed work term must be repeated to meet require-ments for graduation; however, only one repeat isallowed.

ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY DIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Burin Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaCH1120 Chemistry 4 3 2CM1400 Communication Skills 3 3 0ET1100 Electrotechnology 4 3 2MA1100* Mathematics 5 4 2CT1150 Introduction to Computers for

Technology 3 2 3PH1100 Physics 4 3 2

*Admission into the appropriate Mathematics course willbe decided by the grade in high school math.EITHERStudents who received at least 70% in level III Math 3200or a pass in Math 3201 can be exempted from MA1100ORStudents who received a combined average of 70% in2204 and 3204, or a pass in both of 2205 and 3205 can beexempted from MA1100.The student must apply for the exemption.

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCF1100 Materials & Processing I 3 3 1CM1401 Communication Skills 3 3 0EG1100 Engineering Graphics 3 2 3ET1101 Electrotechology 4 3 2MA1101 Mathematics 5 5 0WD1100 Welding SMAW I 4 2 6

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaMP2700 Electrical Power Sources 2 2 4SP1300 Radiation Safety 1 2 1WD1101 Welding Technology and Processes II 4 4 6

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCF1101 Materials & Processing II 3 3 1CF2510 Strength of Materials I 3 3 1EG1300 Engineering Graphics 2 0 5MA2100 Mathematics 5 5 0SP2310 Quality Control & Inspection I 3 2 3WD2100 Welding GMAW/FCAW 4 2 6

Semester 5 Cr Le LaEC1710 Engineering Economics and

Supervision 3 3 0CF2511 Strength of Materials II 3 3 1SP2311 Quality Control and Inspection II 3 2 3WD2101 Welding Technology & Processes IV 4 2 6WD2200 Welding Codes 2 2 0WD2300 Welding Failure Analysis 3 2 2WD2400 Welding Metallurgy 4 4 0

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaDR3300 Manufacturing Technology 2 2 6WD3100 Welding Cost Analysis 4 4 16

83

Welding Engineering Technician

This program is designed to develop the skills andknowledge required to ensure that weldingprocesses, procedures, and weldments conform toengineering specifications and related codes.

The program is supported by modern shop and labo-ratory facilities for instruction in Welding, Materials,Science, Nondestructive Testing and Computer AidedDesign/Computer Aided Manufacturing (CAD/CAM).

This program is accredited by the CanadianTechnology Accreditation Board under the mandateof the Canadian Council of Technicians andTechnologists.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% aver-age in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from:

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112. 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from:3201, 3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291,3292

2. Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from Advanced:3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291, 4225 (50%)minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290,(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3.Science (4 credits) two of which must be selectedfrom:Biology: 3201, 3211, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291, 4221Physics: 3204, 3214, 3274, 3284, 3294, 4224Chemistry: 3202, 3212. 3230, 3272, 3282, 3292, 4222Geology: 3203, 3213, 3223, 3273, 3283, 3293Earth Systems: 3213, 3209Note: The remaining 2 Science credits to be chosenfrom the highest Science mark in level 1, 2 or 3.Note: Although all of the above High SchoolScience courses are acceptable for entrance toEngineering Technology programs, the Physicsand/or Chemistry streams are strongly recom-

mended.ORPersons 19 years of age or older, who have been outof school for at least one year and do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program, may beconsidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.ORGrade XI Public Examination pass with a 60% averageincluding a 60% pass in language, 60% inMatriculation Mathematics or 50% in HonoursMathematics, and one Science course,ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the academic stream includingthe following courses:1.Communications IC3211 & IC3112 plus one of IC3116

or IC3215 or IC3321 or IC3222 2.Mathematics ... from one of the following sections:a. Mathematics IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216b. Mathematics IM32193.Science... from one of the following sections:a. Biology IB3113, IB3214, IB3115, IB3316b. Chemistry IH3215, IH3116, IH3117, IH3118c. Physics IP3111, IP3112, IP3215, IP3216d. Earth Science IS3212, IS3213, IP3214.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESThe successful graduate of this program will be

employed in the welding industry to assume the fol-lowing responsibilities:

• implement and enforce quality control• interpret and apply specifications and codes• determine inspection procedures• carry out welding inspection and nondestructive

testing procedures as defined by specifications andcodes

• interpret and evaluate test results• verify procedures and welder or welding operator

qualifications• verify the application of approved procedures• prepare and maintain inspection records and

reports• set up equipment, lay out work to specifications and

weld to prescribed standards.

84

85

HEALTHSCIENCES

HEALTH SCIENCES

86

Health Sciences Programs

OBJECTIVES 1.To provide education in the Allied Health Sciences

as considered necessary by the Government, theCollege, registering associations and the commu-nity.

2.To graduate well trained personnel who can servetheir employers and the community with the highestdegree of competence.

3.To develop in students the ability to freely communi-cate with their fellow workers in the allied healthprofessions.

4.To promote professionalism and a high level ofresponsibility in the student.

5.To impress on students the vital importance ofmaintaining at all times a high level of competencein the performance of their duties.

6.To foster in students the importance of maintainingup-to-date knowledge in their profession.

7.To provide continuing education programs forgraduates.

NOTICEProspective students should NOTE CAREFULLY thatwhile the College may admit students to a course ofstudies in Health Sciences, the right to practice isgranted only through the appropriate authority of theProvince in conjunction with national registration/certification bodies. Applicants with prior convictionsor offenses, or mental/physical disabilities shouldcommunicate with the appropriate organizationinvolved.

DIAGNOSTIC ULTRASONOGRAPHYThe Canadian Society of Diagnostic MedicalSonographers

MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCES The Canadian Society for Medical LaboratoryScience

MEDICAL RADIOGRAPHYThe Canadian Association of Medical RadiationTechnologists

RESPIRATORY THERAPYThe Canadian Society of Respiratory Therapists

HEALTH SCIENCES PROGRAMSEDUCATION REGULATIONSNote: Students accepted into programs in the Schoolof Health Sciences must submit an official Pre-admis-sion Physical Examination form and proof of currentimmunization status prior to registration

Note: The general rules and regulations of the Collegeas stated in the College's Calendar shall govern,except in instances specifically covered by these reg-ulations.

EXAMINATIONS AND PROMOTIONS1.The faculty constitutes the examining body for all

examinations. The standing of every student will beassessed at the end of each semester and will becommunicated to individual students by theRegistrar.

2.Students have the right to appeal a decision madewith respect to their promotions. Appeals will beheard by the appeals committee of the AcademicCouncil.

3.To be promoted a student must, in addition toobtaining the requisite academic standard, com-plete and deliver all laboratory, assignment, andwork reports as required.

4.Medical Sciences I (General)i. The College regulations govern promotionfrom

semester 1 to semester 2.ii.Students must pass all first and second semester

courses (minimum of 50%) and have a minimumG.P.A. of 2.00 to be eligible for promotion fromsecond semester to third semester.

iii.Students who do not meet this standard and havenot been academically dismissed under theCollege regulations may be readmitted to the firstyear of the program and repeat all deficiencies.

5.Medical Sciences I (General)Promotion from semester 2 to semester 3 will begoverned by the following:i. Students will compete for places in the third

semester of the programs.ii.Competition will be based on academic standing

in semesters 1 and 2 of the program.iii.The student's weighted average at the end of the

second semester will be used to calculate aca-demic standing for purposes of competition.

iv.In the case of students who have been exemptedfrom courses in the first and second semester, themark obtained in the course completed by the stu-dent at another post-secondary institution orother College program will be used in calculatingthe weighted average as if the course had beencompleted as part of the Medical Sciences I(General) program.

6.Course Pass Marki. Medical Sciences I (General) -50%ii Diagnostic Ultrasonography, Medical Laboratory

Sciences II and III, Medical Radiography II and III,Respiratory Therapy II and III - 60%.

7.Promotion from semester 5 to semester 6.i. Students must have passed all courses in semes-

ters 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 and have a minimum G.P.A. of2.00 to be promoted to the sixth semester (start ofthe clinical training ).

8.Students may be required to withdraw from the pro-gram at any time if, in the opinion of AcademicCouncil, they are unlikely to profit from continuedattendance.

9.Students enrolled in three-year Health Sciencesprograms will be permitted a maximum of one addi-tional year to complete their program of studies andwill be required to withdraw from the program, atthe point where completion of the program withinthe allowable time frame is not possible. Studentswill be required to reapply for admission under re-admission guidelines as outlined in the currentCollege Calendar.

HEALTH SCIENCES ADVANCED DIPLOMA• One year• September start• Prince Philip Drive Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaUL4100 Ultrasound Physics 4 4 0UL4300 Basic Scanning I P/F 0 9UL4400 Abdomen 6 6 0

Semester 2 Cr Le LaUl4200 Obstetrics 6 6 0UL4220 Gynecology 2 2 0UL4301 Basic Scanning II P/F 0 3UL4600 Clinical Training P/F 0 21

Semester 3 Cr Le LaUl4500 Superficial Structures 2 2 0UL4601 Clinical Training P/F 0 35

Practical training will take place at affiliated hospitals ofthe Health Care Corporation of St. John’s. Assessment ofthe practical abilities will be made on each student atregular intervals during the clinical training period.Graduates of the program will write the examinations setby the American Registry of Diagnostic MedicalSonographers (ARDMS).

Students must possess a valid St. John AmbulanceEmergency First Aid Certificate and a BasicCardiopulmonary Resuscitation Certificate to be eligiblefor a diploma from the College.

87

Diagnostic Ultrasonography

The rapid growth of ultrasound in the diagnosis ofspecific disease processes and obstetrical conditionshas produced a demand in Newfoundland andLabrador and other provinces for qualified sono-graphic technologists.

During the one-year program the student will berequired to follow a rotation schedule through partici-pating hospitals which will provide a broad exposureto the different sonographic specialties.

OBJECTIVES 1.To familiarize students with the use of all sono-

graphic equipment within the assigned institutions.2.To provide students with adequate practise to

become skilled in all phases of the various ultra-sonic examinations.

3.To train students in the recognition of the ultrasonicimage characteristics which are diagnosticallyacceptable.

4.To train students to recognize many of the patholo-gies and conditions which may appear on the ultra-sonic image.

Graduates may elect to further their studies andobtain a Bachelor of Technology degree fromMemorial University of Newfoundland.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS To be accepted into the Diagnostic Ultrasonographyprogram, an individual must have successfully com-pleted an accredited program in Medical RadiationTechnology (Medical Radiography, Radiation Therapyor Nuclear Medicine) and possess a certificate ofregistration with the Canadian Association of MedicalRadiation Technologists (CAMRT).Interested applicants should submit an official appli-cation form along with a certified copy of: (1) highschool marks (2) Medical Radiation Technology pro-gram marks, (3) results of CAMRT examinations and(4) proof of current registration with the CAMRT to theRegistrar's Office at the College. Students areaccepted on a first-come first-served basis providedthey meet the entrance requirements.

NOTICEProspective students should NOTE CAREFULLY thatwhile the College may admit students to a course ofstudies in the School of Health Sciences, the right topractice is granted only through the appropriateauthority of the Province in conjunction with nationalregistration/certification bodies. Applicants with priorconvictions or offenses, or mental/physical disabili-ties should communicate with the appropriate organi-zation involved.

DIAGNOSTIC ULTRASONOGRAPHYThe Canadian Society of Diagnostic MedicalSonographers

HEALTH SCIENCESDIPLOMA• Three years• September start• Prince Philip Drive Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaCM1400 Communications or CM1120 English 3 3 0MA1700 or MA1100 Mathematics 4 3 2PH1100 or PH1120 Physics 4 3 2CH1200 or CH1130 Chemistry 4 3 3BL1500 or BL1170 Biology 4 3 3

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCM1401 Communications or CM1145 English 3 3 0MA1670 Statistics 4 3 2PH1200 or PH1121 Physics 4 3 2CH1201 or CH1131 Chemistry 4 3 3BL1501 Biology 4 3 3

At the end of the second semester, students will beselected into one of the Health Sciences technology pro-grams. Admission will be competitive and based on thestudent’s weighted average.

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaBL2100 Biology 2 3 3MC1150 Productivity Tools I 4 6 4PS1100 or PS1150 Psychology 2 4 0CH2200 or CH1150 Chemistry 2 3 3

Semester 4 Cr Le LaBL2400 Microbiology 4 3 4CH2320 Organic Chemistry Biochemistry 4 4 0CH2520 Basic Laboratory Principles 2 1 2ML1200 Hematology 4 3 3ML1300 Introduction to Histological Technique 3 2 2ML2400 Introduction to Blood Group Systems 3 2 2

Semester 5 Cr Le LaBL2401 Clinical Microbiology 4 3 4CH2511 Clinical Chemistry 4 3 2ML1211 Hematology 3 2 2ML1310 Introduction to Biological Staining 3 2 2ML1500 Introduction to Transfusion Science 3 3 2SD1630 Working in Health Care 3 3 0

Semester 6 (Intersession II*) Cr DaysBL3410 Clinical Microbiology 2 7CH3510 Clinical Chemistry 2 7ML2210 Hematology 2 7ML2310 Histology 2 7ML2510 Transfusion Science 2 7

*Courses will be taught in block format (7 days per course)

Semester 7 Cr WksBL3411 Clinical Microbiology 3 3CH3511 Clinical Chemistry 3 3ML2211 Hematology 3 3ML2311 Histology 3 3ML2511 TransfusionScience 3 3

Courses will be taught in block format (3wks per course)

Semester 8 Cr WksBL4410 Clinical Microbiology 3 3CH4510 Clinical Chemistry 3 3ML3210 Hematology 3 3ML3310 Histology 3 3ML3510 TransfusionScience 3 3

Courses will be taught in block format (3wks per course)

Students in the eighth semester of the program will beassigned to one of the affiliated hospitals: Health CareCorporation of St. John’s, Carbonear General Hospital,James Paton Memorial Hospital, Central NewfoundlandRegional Health Centre, Western Memorial Hospital.

88

Medical Laboratory Sciences

The program is designed to train medical laboratorytechnologists. As a member of the health care teamthe technologist performs the laboratory procedureswhich are used by physicians as important aids to thediagnosis and treatment of the patient. Laboratoryscreening programs are being developed to alert thephysician to disease processes which, though not yetclinically evident, are nonetheless pre-sent in thepatient. The increasing use of sophisticated and newlaboratory procedures and the rising demand forhealth services has created a need for highly trainedMedical Laboratory Technologists.

Note: Applicants wishing to pursue a career inMedical Laboratory Sciences, Medical Radiographyor Respiratory Therapy will be considered for admis-sion to a common two-semester program. Selectionto the third semester (first Intersession) will be com-petitive and will occur at the end of the secondsemester.

OBJECTIVES 1.To provide the basic knowledge and skills neces-

sary to perform clinical laboratory procedures.2.To develop the ability to communicate effectively

with the patient and with other members of thehealth team.

3.To maintain a high level of professional conduct inthe performance of duty.

CURRICULUMThe curriculum for this program is designed toencompass three years of training. The first two yearsare spent at the College and the emphasis is placedon academic and theoretical training whereby thegeneral and specialized subject matters are inte-grated, as much as possible.

During the sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth semestersemphasis is placed upon practical training with clini-cal experience being conducted in health care insti-tutions and a simulated hospital laboratoryenvironment.

Graduates may elect to further their studies andobtain a Bachelor of Technology degree fromMemorial University of Newfoundland.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHealth Sciences -Effective Sept. 1, 2001High School Graduation Certificate with a 60% overallaverage in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from 3201,3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291, 3292

2.Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291,4225 (50%) minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3.Science (4 credits) chosen from two of:Biology: 3201, 3211, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291, 4221Physics: 3204, 3214, 3274, 3284, 3294, 4224Chemistry: 3202, 3212, 3230, 3272, 3282, 3292, 4222Geology: 3203, 3213, 3223, 3273, 3283, 3293Earth Systems: 3213, 3209

ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the academic stream with anoverall 60% average including the following courses:Communication Skills .... from one of the following:a.Communications (minimum of 60%) IC3211 & IC3112

plus one of IC3116 or IC3215 or IC3321 or IC3222.b.Mathematics (minimum of 60%) from one of the fol-

lowing sections:i. IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216 ii. IM3219

c.Science - from two of the following sections:i. Biology IB3113, IB3214, IB3115, IB3316ii. Chemistry IH3215, IH3116, IH3117, IH3118iii. Physics IP3111, IP3112, IP3215, IP 3216iv. Earth Sciences IS3212, or IS3213 or IP3214

ORApplicants who do not meet the entrance require-ments, and are 19 years of age or older, may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

NOTICEProspective students should NOTE CAREFULLY thatwhile the College may admit students to a course ofstudies in the School of Health Sciences, the right topractice is granted only through the appropriateauthority of the Province in conjunction with nationalregistration/certification bodies. Applicants with priorconvictions or offenses, or mental/physical disabili-ties should communicate with the appropriate organi-zation involved.

MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCESThe Canadian Society for Medical Laboratory Science

Note: To be employed in the Medical LaboratoryScience field, one must have sufficiently strong eye-sight to permit extended microscopic work, and nor-mal colour perception.

Semester 9 (Intersesstion III) Cr Le LaSD2610 Interdisciplinary Studies* 5 5*One week per discipline

Students must possess a valid St. John AmbulanceEmergency First Aid Certificate and BasicCardiopulmonary Resuscitation Certificate to be eligiblefor a diploma from the College.

HEALTH SCIENCES DIPLOMA• Three years• September start• Prince Philip Drive Campus

89

Medical Radiography

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaCM1400 Communications or CM1120 English 3 3 0MA1700 or MA1100 Mathematics 4 3 2PH1100 or PH1120 Physics 4 3 2CH1200 or CH1130 Chemistry 4 3 3BL1500 or BL1170 Biology 4 3 3

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCM1401 Communications or CM1145 English 3 3 0MA1670 Statistics 4 3 2PH1200 or PH1121 Physics 4 3 2CH1201 or CH1131 Chemistry 4 3 3BL1501 Biology 4 3 3

At the end of the second semester, students will beselected into one of the Health Sciences technology pro-grams. Admission will be competitive and based on thestudent’s weighted average.

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaBL2100 Biology 2 3 3MC1150 Productivity Tools I 4 6 4PS1100 or PS1150 Psychology 2 4 0PH1201 Physics 2 4 2

Semester 4 Cr Le LaMX2100 Radiographic Anatomy 3 3 0MX2110 Radiographic Technique 5 4 2MX2200 Image Recording 4 3 2MX2310 Apparatus & Accessories 3 3 0MX2400 Patient Care 3 3 0PH2200 Radiation Physics 3 3 0SD1620 Clinical Orientation 0 0 3

Semester 5 Cr Le LaMX2101 Radiographic Anatomy 3 4 0MX2120 Radiographic Technique 5 4 2MX2201 Image Recording 4 3 2MS2301 Apparatus & Accessories 5 4 4MX2500 Radiation Protection & Radiobiology 3 3 0SD1621 Clinical Orientation 0 0 3

Semester 6, 7, and 8* Cr WksMX3200 Clinical Radiography I 16 16MX3210 Clinical Radiography II 16 16MX3220 Clinical Radiography III 16 16

*Students rotate through the sites of the Health CareCorporation of St. John’s.

Students must possess a valid St. John AmbulanceEmergency First Aid Certificate and BasicCardiopulmonary Resuscitation Certificate to be eligiblefor a Diploma from the College.

Modern medical technology utilizes many applica-tions of x-rays in the diagnosis and treatment of dis-eases. In keeping with the demands for theseapplications in a rapidly changing technologicalworld, it is essential that high standards in the train-ing of radiography technologists be maintained.

The radiography technologist is a valued member ofthe paramedical profession and as such becomes animportant member of the staff in a hospital, clinic orresearch centre. The radiography technologist isresponsible for the production and development ofradiographs while providing quality care for patientsentrusted to his/her care during radiological proce-dures. These radiological procedures may include avariety of examinations from the more simple basicexaminations to those which are more complexrequiring the use of highly specialized, sophisticated,and computerized equipment.

The techniques required in medical radiography dic-tate a high degree of skill and the qualified technolo-gist plays an important role in the early diagnosis,control and treatment of diseases. The radiographytechnologist will be a person having a keen sense ofresponsibility, a high degree of integrity, compassionand empathy for the sick, combined with desire toserve towards the prevention and treatment of humandiseases. The program is conducted at both theCollege and at the Health Care Corporation of St.John’s. During the training the student will receiveintensive theoretical instruction supplemented withpractical training in the hospitals.

Note: Applicants wishing to pursue a career inMedical Laboratory Sciences, Medical Radiographyor Respiratory Therapy will be considered for admis-sion to a common two-semester program. Selectionto the third semester (first Intersession) will be com-petitive and will occur at the end of the secondsemester.

OBJECTIVES1.To provide technical proficiency in all aspects of

medical radiography.2.To develop a sense of professionalism and respon-

sibility.3.To provide comprehensive knowledge of the haz-

ards involved and appropriate protection methods.4.To provide the community with trained personnel

who can serve their employers and the patient withthe highest degree of competence.

CURRICULUMThe first year of the program is academic, combininggeneral and specialized subject material. The secondyear is specialized with emphasis upon MedicalRadiography. Classroom and laboratory sessions aresupplemented by weekly assignments at the HealthCare Corporation of St. John’s.

The clinical phase of the program is designed to trainthe student in all the practical aspects of medicalradiography and to discipline the student to the work-ing conditions of the radiology department. This por-tion of the course is a clinical training period duringwhich the student will apply, under supervision, thetheories and principles learned during the previousyears of training.

The aims of this portion of the program are:1.To ensure that the student can accurately and con-

fidently perform the many and varied examinationsthat are carried out on a daily basis in a radiologydepartment.

2.To ensure that the student has performed the num-ber and variety of examinations required to com-plete the course.

The clinical phase will consist of three semesters oftraining. The program is conducted at sites of theHealth Care Corporation of St. John’s. Students willbe assigned to rotate through the four sites.

Students will receive instruction by the clinicalinstructors in radiographic procedures which canbest be demonstrated and observed under clinicalconditions, will receive review lectures, and will beevaluated academically and clinically to determinethe students eligibility to write national examinations.

Students will follow a rotation schedule designed toprovide broad clinical exposure to the different radi-ographic specialties. The aim of this rotation is toexpand the students practical knowledge relative toradiographic procedures and techniques which arenot normally performed in any one particular site.

Note: Students who graduate before January 1, 2005,will receive a diploma from the College and will beconsidered eligible to write the examinations set bythe Canadian Association of Medical RadiationTechnologists for national certification. Graduatesmay elect to further their studies and obtain aBachelor of Technology degree from MemorialUniversity of Newfoundland. Completion of the degreeprogram will be mandatory effective January 1, 2010.

continued on following page»

90

«continued from previous page

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHealth Sciences – Effective Sept. 1, 2001High School Graduation Certificate with a 60% overallaverage in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from 3201,3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291, 3292

2.Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291,4225 (50%) minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3.Science (4 credits) chosen from two ofBiology: 3201, 3211, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291, 4221Physics: 3204, 3214, 3274, 3284, 3294, 4224Chemistry: 3202, 3212, 3230, 3272, 3282, 3292, 4222Geology: 3203, 3213, 3223, 3273, 3283, 3293Earth Systems: 3213, 3209

ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the academic stream with anoverall 60% average including the following courses:Communications Skills …. from one of the following:a.Communications (minimum of 60%) IC3211 & IC3112

plus one of IC3116 or IC3215 or IC3321 or IC3222.

b.Mathematics (minimum of 60%) from one of the fol-lowing courses:i. IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216ii. IM3219

c.Science – from two of the following sections:i. Biology IB3113, IB3214, IB3115, IB3316ii. Chemistry IH3215, IH3116, IH3117, IH3118iii. Physics IP3111, IP3112, IP3215, IP3216iv. Earth Sciences IS3212, or IS3213 or IS3214

ORApplicants who do not meet the entrance require-ments, and are 19 years of age or older, may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

NOTICEProspective students should NOTE CAREFULLY thatwhile the College may admit students to a course ofstudies in the School of Health Sciences, the right topractice is granted only through the appropriateauthority of the Province in conjunction with nationalregistration/certification bodies. Applicants with priorconvictions or offenses or mental/physical disabilitiesshould communicate with the appropriate organiza-tion involved.

MEDICAL RADIOGRAPHYThe Canadian Association of Medical RadiationTechnologists.

HEALTH SCIENCES CERTIFICATE• Length of program varies• September start• Prince Philip Drive through @College

Distributed Learning Service

COURSESThe programs consist of thirteen courses plus a nineweek field placement.

CODE TITLE Hrs/wkCr Le La

BL1320 Anatomy and Physiology 4CM1230 Communications for Rehabilitation

Assistants 3MC1150 Productivity Tools I 4PS2220 Developmental Phychology 3SD1630 Working in Health Care 3TA1110 Orientation to Rehabilitation 4TA1210 Normal Functional Movement 5TA1310 The Health Care System 2TA1510 Gerontology 2TA2110 Disabling Conditions 4TA2210 Communication Disorders in

Rehabilitation 2TA2510 Psychiatric Disorders 2

Discipline Specific CoursesOCCUPATIONAL THERAPIST ASSISTANTTA2420 Therapeutic Skills for OTA 7TA2720 OTA Practical Experience P/F 9wks

PHYSIOTHERAPIST ASSISTANTTA2620 Therapeutic Skills for PTA 7TA2730 PTA Practical Experience P/F 9wks

Courses are offered as follows. Students should refer tocourse descriptions for prerequisites.

September - DecemberBL1320, SD1630, TA1110, TA1310, TA1510, TA2720,TA2730, MC1150

January - AprilPS2220, TA1210, TA2110, TA2210, TA2510, MC1150

May - JuneCM1230, MC1150, TA2420, TA2620

91

Occupational Therapist Assistant/Physiotherapist AssistantThe Occupational Therapist Assistant andPhysiotherapist Assistant Programs prepare gradu-ates for work in acute care, long term care, and com-munity care settings. The Occupational TherapistAssistant and the Physiotherapist Assistant workunder the direction of either an OccupationalTherapist or Physiotherapist. They function as mem-bers of multi disciplinary teams and assist with imple-menting treatment programs to restore, maintainand/or enhance an individual’s level of functionalindependence. The programs are offered through theCollege’s Distributed Learning Service. Each programconsists of thirteen courses available on the Internetplus a nine week field placement. The DistributedLearning format enables learners to take part in edu-cation without the restraints of geography and time.Technology enabled learning offers flexibility, collab-oration, and interaction without the isolation normallyassociated with traditional distance education. It alsoimproves access for independent disciplined learn-ers.

OBJECTIVES1.To understand the scope of practice and the

responsibilities inherent in the role of an assistantto Occupational Therapists and/or Physiotherapists,

2.To understand and apply the principles of rehabili-tation in the performance of their duty,

3.To implement the components of the treatment planas delegated by the Occupational Therapists and/orPhysiotherapists,

4.To perform delegated therapeutic skills safely andeffectively under the supervision of theOccupational Therapist or Physiotherapist,

5.To observe and report change, to use sound judge-ments, and problem-solving skills in the perform-ance of their duty,

6.To develop skills so that the assistant will be able towork in an Occupational Therapy or Physiotherapyservice in a community and/or institutional setting,

7.To participate as a member of the multidisciplinaryhealth care team through the use of effective com-munication and the development of positive workingrelationships.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% overallaverage in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from 3201,3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291, 3292

2.Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from Advanced: 3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291,4225 (50%) minimum Academic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3.Science (2 credits) chosen fromBiology: 3201, 3211, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291, 4221Physics: 3204, 3214, 3274, 3284, 3294, 4224Chemistry: 3202, 3212, 3230, 3272, 3282, 3292, 4222Geology: 3203, 3213, 3223, 3273, 3283, 3293Earth Systems: 3213, 3209Environmental Science: 3213, 3209

4.Electives (2 additional credits) chosen from any ofthe remaining 3000 level courses offered in theSenior High School Program.

ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the academic stream with anoverall 60% average including the following courses:Communication Skills .... from one of the following:a.Communications (minimum of 60%) IC3211 & IC3112

plus one of IC3116 or IC3215 or IC3321 or IC3222.b.Mathematics (minimum of 60%) from one of the fol-

lowing sections:i. IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216ii. IM3219

c.Science - from one of the following sections:i. Biology IB3113, IB3214, IB3115, IB3316ii. Chemistry IH3215, IH3116, IH3117, IH3118iii. Physics IP3111, IP3112, IP3215, IP 3216iv. Earth Sciences IS3212, or IS3213 or IP3214

ORApplicants who do not meet the entrance require-ments, and are 19 years of age or older, may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

HEALTH SCIENCESDIPLOMA• Three years• September start• Prince Philip Drive Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaCM1400 Communications or CM1120 English 3 3 0MA1700 or MA1100 Mathematics 4 3 2PH1100 or PH1120 Physics 4 3 2CH1200 or CH1130 Chemistry 4 3 3BL1500 or BL1170 Biology 4 3 3

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCM1401 Communications or CM1145 English 3 3 0MA1670 Statistics 4 3 2PH1200 or PH1121 Physics 4 3 2CH1201 or CH1131 Chemistry 4 3 3BL1501 Biology 4 3 3

At the end of the second semester, students will beselected into one of the three technology programs.Admission will be competitive and based on the student’sweighted average.

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaBL2100 Biology 2 3 3MC1150 Productivity Tools I 4 6 4PS1100 or PS1150 Psychology 2 4 0CH2200 or CH1150 Chemistry 2 3 3

Semester 4 Cr Le LaBL2320 Cardiopulmonary Physiology 6 6 0BL2410 Microbiology 3 3 0RT2200 Gas Supply & Control 5 4 3RT2300 Pharmacology 3 3 0RT2450 Respiratory Therapy Procedures 3 2 2SD1610 Clinical Orientation 0 0 3

Semester 5 Cr Le LaRT2230 Mechanical Ventilators 4 3 3RT2220 Mechanical Ventilation 3 3 3RT2310 Anesthesia 3 3 0RT2440 Neonatal/Pediatric Respiratory Care 2 2 0RT2500 Cardiopulmonary Diagnostics 3 3 0SD1630 Working in Health Care 3 3 0SD1611 Clinical Orientation 0 0 3

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaRT2600 Advanced Life Support 4 3 6RT3400 Comprehensive Respiratory Care 9 3 16

Semester 7 and 8 Cr WksRT2800 Adult Care I 13 13RT2801 Adult Care II 13 12RT2900 Pediatric Neonatal Care 13 13RT3100 Clinical Elective/Review P/F 2

During the third year of the program students will rotatethrough training sites of the Health Care Corporation ofSt. John’s.

Students must possess a valid St. John AmbulanceEmergency First Aid Certificate and a BasicCardiopulmonary Resuscitation Certificate to be eligiblefor Diploma from the College.

92

Respiratory Therapy

The Respiratory Therapist will, under the supervisionof a physician, assist in the diagnosis, treatment andmanagement of cardiopulmonary and associated dis-orders, and is employed in active treatment healthcare facilities as an integral part of the health careteam.

Note: Applicants wishing to pursue a career inMedical Laboratory Sciences, Medical Radiographyor Respiratory Therapy will be considered for admis-sion to a common two-semester program. Selectionto the third semester (first Intersession) will be com-petitive and will occur at the end of the secondsemester.

OBJECTIVES 1.Explain clearly the theory behind all procedures

outlined in the Syllabus of Studies of the CanadianSociety of Respiratory Therapists.

2.Apply theoretical knowledge to clinical practice.3.Perform all procedures outlined in the Syllabus.4.Use all equipment related to procedures outlined in

the Syllabus.5.Demonstrate understanding of the therapists role in

health care, and function with responsibility andempathy as members of the health care team.

CURRICULUMThe three-year Respiratory Therapy program com-bines lectures and laboratories with supervised clini-cal experience. Program topics include: anatomy,physiology, microbiology, chemistry, physics, medicalstatistics, pharmacology, patho-physiology, electro-mechanical instrumentation, inhalation therapy,mechanical ventilation, clinical ventilatory care, andpatient care. The curriculum will meet the standardswhich have been set by the Canadian Society ofRespiratory Therapists.

Graduates may elect to further their studies andobtain a Bachelor of Technology degree fromMemorial University of Newfoundland.

NOTICEProspective students should NOTE CAREFULLY thatwhile the College may admit students to a course ofstudies in the School of Health Sciences, the right topractice is granted only through the appropriateauthority of the Province in conjunction with nationalregistration/certification bodies. Applicants with priorconvictions or offences, or mental/physical disabili-

ties should communicate with the appropriate organi-zation involved.

RESPIRATORY THERAPYThe Canadian Society of Respiratory Therapists

ENTRANCE REQUIRMENTSHealth Sciences -Effective Sept. 1, 2001High School Graduation Certificate with a 60% overallaverage in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from 3201,3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291, 3292

2.Mathematics (2 credits) chosen fromAdvanced: 3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291,4225 (50%) minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60^ minimum in each course)

3.Science (4 credits) chosen from two ofBiology: 3201, 3211, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291, 4221Physics: 3204, 3214, 3274, 3284, 3294, 4224Chemistry: 3202, 3212, 3230, 3272, 3282, 3292, 4222Geology: 3203, 3213, 3223, 3273, 3283, 3293Earth Systems: 3213, 3209

ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the academic stream with anoverall 60% average including the following courses:a.Communication Skills.... from one of the following:

Communications (minimum of 60%) IC3211 & IC3112plus one of IC3116 or IC3215 or IC3321 or IC3222.

b.Mathematics (minimum of 60%) from one of the fol-lowing sections:i. IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216 ii. IM3219

c.Science - from two of the following sections:i. Biology IB3113, IB3214, IB3115, IB3316ii. Chemistry IH3215, IH3116, IH3117, IH3118iii. Physics IP3111, IP3112, IP3215, IP 3216iv. Earth Sciences IS3212, or IS3213 or IP3214

ORApplicants who do not meet the entrance require-ments, and are 19 years of age or older, may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

93

INDUSTRIALTRADES

INDUSTRIAL TRADESCERTIFICATE• One year• September start• Gander Campus

COURSESCODE TITLESemester 1 HrsAF1110 Aircraft Structures and Materials 60AF1160 Aircraft Structural Repair 60AF1400 Specialized Processes and Fixtures 60AF1500 Windshields, Windows, and Lenses 49GM1150 Basic Maintenance Practices 60GM1200 Standard Workshop Practices 60MA1070 Structural Repair Shop Mathematics 30MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30SD1710 Job Search Skills 15TS1520 WHMIS 6TS1530 First Aid 13

Semester 2 HrsAF1220 Aircraft Structures

– Wood, Tubular, and Fabric 84AF1230 Advanced Composite Materials 60AF1250 Stress Skin Repair 60AF1330 Advanced Composite Repair 60AF2110 Aircraft Maintenance Fundamentals 66EG1100 Engineering Graphics 60GM1510 Corrosion Control 60

Semester 3 HrsGM1500 Maintenance Regulations 30GM1520 Sheet Metal Fabrication 66GM1600 Structural Damage/Repair & Assembly 74

Students will receive Transport Canada credit towardsthe “S” license upon completion of the program.

94

Aircraft Structural RepairTechnicianThe Aircraft Structural Repair Technician is responsi-ble for the assessment of damage, control of corro-sion, repairs, modifications, and replacement ofaircraft structures and structural components usingrecognized techniques and specialized tools andequipment. Students are trained in the maintenance,repair and fabrication of aircraft structural compo-nents. In addition to training with wood, fabric andsheet metal materials, this program includes exten-sive training in modern composite materials.

OBJECTIVES1.To develop positive attitudes and behaviors that will

enable graduates to become successful in theindustry.

2. To expose students to the techniques, standardsand practices of Structural repair that conform toTransport Canada guidelines for the occupation.

3. To provide a broad overview of aircraft mainte-nance and repair functions with specific emphasison safety practices in the industry.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% aver-age in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from:3201, 3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291,3292.

2. Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from Advanced:3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291, 4225 (50%)minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimum.ORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3. Science (4 credits) two of which must be selectedfrom:

Biology: 3201, 3211 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291, 4221Physics: 3204, 3214, 3274, 3284, 3294, 4224Chemistry: 3202, 3212 3230, 3272, 3282, 3292, 4222Geology: 3203 3213, 3223, 3273, 3283, 3293Earth Systems 3213, 3209Note: The remaining 2 Science credits to be chosenfrom the highest Science mark in level 1, 2 or 3.

ORPersons 19 years of age or older, who have been outof school for at least one year and do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program, may beconsidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.ORGrade XI Public Examination pass with a 60% averageincluding a 60% pass in language, 60% inMatriculation Math or 50% in Honours Mathematics,and one Science course,ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the academic stream includingthe following courses:1.Communications IC3211 & IC3112 plus one of IC3116

or IC3215 or IC3321 or IC3222 2.Mathematics ... from one of the following sections:

a. Mathematics IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216b. Mathematics IM3219

3.Science... from one of the following sections:a. Biology IB3113, IB3214, IB3115, IB3316c. Chemistry IH3215, IH3116, IH3117, IH3118d. Physics IP3111, IP3112, IP3215, IP3216e. Earth Science IS3212, IS3213, IP3214.

FUTURE OPPORTUNITIESGraduates may find employment in the following areas:Aircraft repair stationsAircraft manufacturing facilitiesComposite fabricatorsComposite repair stationsHelicopter service centresHelicopter overhaul facilitiesRegional and national airlines.

INDUSTRIAL TRADES CERTIFICATE• One year• Start date varies• Prince Philip Drive Campus

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsAB1130 Metal Panel Repair 90AB1140 Glass 60AB1210 Non Integral Components I 75AB1211 Non Integral Components II 75AB1220 Surface Preparation 120AB1230 Paint I 60AB1320 Corrosion 45AB1400 Autobody Fundamentals 75AB1500 Position Welding (GMAW) for Auto Repair 45MV1240 Medium Duty Steering and Suspension 45OT1210 Workplace Exposure 60WD1130 GMAW Fundamentals 45WD1210 Oxy-Fuel Cutting And Welding 60

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1210 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

Advanced Level HrsAB1150 Non-Metal Panel Repair 90AB1180 Estimating and Appraising 45AB1231 Paint II 90AB1330 Uni-body & Frame Repair 90AB1340 Structural Repair Panel 90AB1410 Mechanical Components 90MV1400 Body Electrical Circuits 90

95

Autobody Repair

This is a ten-month certificate-level programdesigned to assist persons in developing sufficientbasic skills and knowledge to enter the labour forceas an apprenticed Mechanic in Motor Vehicle Repair(Body).

Students registering in this program are automaticallyconsidered apprentices and are registered with theProvincial Apprenticeship Board, Department ofEducation, Government of Newfoundland andLabrador.

After successful completion of this program, and therequired work experience, the apprentices qualify toreturn to complete advanced level training in prepa-ration for writing the Journeyperson’s Examination.

OBJECTIVES1.To develop an awareness of and concern for good

safety practices in the work place.2.To develop basic skills and knowledge required for

work as a mechanic in Motor Vehicle Repair (Body).3.To develop and strengthen related knowledge and

skill (technical and general) in subjects that com-plement and support the trade training.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificate, ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite may be considered on anindividual basis under the Mature Student Clause.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESThe graduate may obtain employment in all phases ofthe motor vehicle repair (body) trade, especially withgarages and service stations. Additional experienceand training may lead to self-employment or employ-ment as a shop-foreman, inspector, or claims investi-gator, as well as to work in the automotive sales andservice area.

INDUSTRIAL TRADESCERTIFICATE• 43 weeks• Start date varies• Bay St. George, Gander, Happy

Valley-Goose Bay, and Prince PhilipDrive Campus

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsSV1100 Safety in the Shop 15SV1110 Ozone Depleting Substances 7SV1120 Gaskets, Seals & Sealers 8SV1130 Electrical and Electronic Basic Principles 90SV1140 Hydraulic Basic Principles 30SV1155 Service Info Systems for Automotive

Equipment 30SV1165 Hand Tools 30SV1175 Shop Tools & Equipment 30SV1185 Fasteners, Tubing & Fittings 30SV1195 Lubrication and Fluid Service 30SV1215 Wheels and Tires 15SV1225 Manual Steering 15SV1255 Suspension 45SV1285 Drive Lines 30SV1305 Engine Principles 60SV1315 Engine Cooling Systems 30SV1375 Batteries 15SV1385 Starting Systems 30SV1395 Charging Systems 30SV1495 Lighting Systems 30SV1600 Ignition Systems 30SV1610 Steering Columns 15SV1620 Front Wheel Drives 30SV1630 Brake Systems 90SV1640 Power Brake Systems 15SV1650 Fuel Delivery 30SV1660 Air IntakeSystems 30SV1670 Exhaust Systems 30TS1510 Occupational Health and Safety 4TS1520 WHMIS 6TS1530 First Aid 16WD1300 Oxy-Fuel Welding 30

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1220 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

Advanced Level HrsSV2000 Instruments and Safety Devices 75SV2010 Onboard Diagnostic I 30SV2011 Onboard Diagnostic II 30SV2020 Power Steering 30SV2030 Electronic Power Steering 15SV2040 Wheel Alignment 45SV2050 Engine Clutches 45SV2060 Manual Transmissions and Transaxles 45SV2070 Automatic Transmissions and Transaxles

Servicing 30SV2080 Automatic Transmissions and Transaxles

Overhauling 60SV2090 Electronic Transmissions Control 30SV2100 Transfer Cases and Hub Assemblies 45SV2110 Differential and Axle Assemblies 45SV2120 ABS/Traction Control Systems 45SV2130 Introduction to Air Brakes 15SV2140 HVAC Systems 45SV2150 Power Actuated Accessories 60SV2160 Air Bag Systems 30SV2170 Engine Diagnostic and Testing 45SV2180 Engine Removal and Installation 30SV2190 Cylinder Head and Valve Trains 30SV2200 Cylinder Block Assemblies 45SV2210 Diesel Fuel Systems 30SV2220 Emission Control Systems 45SV2230 Fuel Injection Systems 45

96

Automotive Service Technician

The training service is designed to provide traineeswith skills and knowledge required for employment inthe Automotive Service Technician field. AutomotiveService Technicians diagnose problems and makerepairs. They examine automobiles for defects, locatethe cause of the malfunction, dismantle and overhaulcomponents, repair defects or fit new parts, andreassemble and make final adjustments.

Students registering in this program are automaticallyconsidered apprentices and are registered with theProvincial Apprenticeship Board, Department ofEducation, Government of Newfoundland andLabrador.

After successful completion of this program, and therequired work experience, the apprentices qualify toreturn to complete advanced level training in prepa-ration for writing the Journeyperson’s Examination

Note: This program may not be suitable for applicantswho do not have normal color perception.

OBJECTIVES1.To develop good safety habits and the proper use

and maintenance of various tools and equipmentused in an automotive repair shop.

2 To develop an understanding of and skill in recog-nizing, servicing, removing, overhauling andinstalling the various related parts and systems onautomobiles.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificate, ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite may be considered on anindividual basis under the Mature Student Clause.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESThe graduate may obtain employment in all phases ofthe Automotive Service Technician trade, especiallywith garages and service stations. Additional trainingmay lead to self-employment or employment as aforeperson, supervisor or inspector, as well as workin the automotive sales and service area.

SV2240 Fuel Injection Diagnosis 15SV2250 Alternative and Variable Fuels 15SV2260 Preventive Maintenance Inspection 15SV2270 Government Safety Inspection 7SV2280 Pre-Delivery Inspection 8SV2680 Basic Motive Power Computers 60WD2330 MIG Welding 30

97

INDUSTRIAL TRADES CERTIFICATE• One year• Start date varies• Bay St. George Campus

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsCK1110 Kitchen Fundamentals 75CK1540 Basic Desserts 45CK1800 Basic Merchandising 60CK1810 Basic Cakes 60CK1820 Basic Pastries 60CK1830 Basic Cookies, Squares & Quick Breads 45CK1840 Basic Yeast Raised Products 90CK1870 Specialty Cakes 60CK1880 Specialty Pastries and Fillings 60CK1890 Specialty Cookies, Squares & Quick Breads 45CK1900 Specialty Yeast Raised Products 60CK1910 Specialty Cold Desserts 45CK1920 Specialty Hot Desserts 45OT1130 Work Exposure 2wks

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1220 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance /Quality Control 30

Commercial Baking

This program provides practical training with support-ing theory to enable the successful students to findand maintain employment as a baker's helper or tobecome bakers in small bakeries, hotels, restaurantsor other such establishments. It is also the intent tofamiliarize the student with the opportunities andworking conditions in the baking industry.

The program consists of lectures and demonstrationscombined with practical experience in an operationalkitchen and dining area. Slides, video cassettes, and16 mm films, will also constitute a major part of class-room instruction.

OBJECTIVES1.To teach the proper techniques of sanitation and

hygiene.2.To teach proper skills to develop a high degree of

proficiency in the basic skills of the trade.3.To help students develop desirable attitudes and

good work habits.4.To develop a sense of pride in being a member of

the food industry.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificateORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

INDUSTRIAL TRADES

Commercial Cooking

This program is designed to qualify persons foremployment as Junior cooks in the Food Industry.

Students registering in the cooking program are auto-matically considered apprentices and are registeredwith the Provincial Apprenticeship Board, Departmentof Education, Government of Newfoundland andLabrador.

After successful completion of the entry level coursesand the required work experience, the apprenticesqualify to return to complete advanced level trainingin preparation for writing the Journeypersons’sExamination.

OBJECTIVES1. To develop interest and understanding in the

preparation of food.2. To develop an awareness and concern for good

standard safety practices in the work place.

3. To develop a sense of pride in being a member ofthe Food Industry.

4. To develop basic cooking skills and knowledgerequired to enter the commercial cooking field.

5. To develop and strengthen related knowledge andskill in subjects that complement and support thetrade training.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificateOR

Persons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

98

CERTIFICATE• One year• Star Date Varies• Bay St. George, Burin, Seal Cove,

and Prince Philip Drive Campus

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsCK1110 Kitchen Fundamentals 75CK1200 Basic Preparation of Fruits & Vegetables 60CK1300 Meat and Poultry Basics 60CK1301 Meat and Poultry Preparation Methods 60CK1410 Basic Preparation of Stocks, Soups and

Sauces 75CK1500 Eggs & Breakfast Items 30CK1530 Sandwiches 30CK1540 Basic Desserts 45CK1550 Preparation of Pasta and Farinaceous

Foods 45CK1600 Basic Preparation of Fish and Shellfish 75CK1700 Basic Preparation of Salads 60CK1810 Basic Cakes 60CK1820 Basic Pastries 60CK1830 Basic Cookies, Squares & Quick Breads 45CK1840 Basic Yeast Raised Products 90OT1130 Workplace Exposure 60

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1220 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

Advanced Level HrsCK1201 Cooking and Presentation of Fruits &

Vegetables 60CK1510 Appetizers and Hors d’oeuvres 60CK1520 Menu Planning 105Ck1560 Menu Costing 60CK1570 Presentation of Pasta and Farinaceous

Foods 45CK1601 Fish and Shellfish Presentation Methods 90CK1701 Salad Presentation Methods 90Ck1800 Merchandising 60CK2300 Meat and Poultry Presentation Methods 60CK2400 Stock, Soup, and Sauce Presentation

Methods 120

99

INDUSTRIAL TRADES CERTIFICATE• 16 weeks• Start date varies• Bay St. George Campus

Commercial Transport

This course offers training in the safe and effectiveoperation of Medium Transports, Tandem DumpTrucks and Tractor Trailer units. Emphasis is placedon preventive maintenance, defensive driving and fuelconservation with students developing the necessarypractical skills to enter the work force as qualifieddrivers.

Students successfully completing Medium Transportsmaintain a Class 5 licence while those completingTandem Dump Trucks receive a Class 3, and thosecompleting Tractor Trailer qualify for a Class 1.

Students who have completed the MediumTransports And Tandem Dump Trucks in a previouscourse may enrol and upgrade their skills to qualify asa tractor trailer driver.

Note: Graduates under the age of 25 should note thatthey may encounter problems obtaining employmentbecause of the cost and complications of insuranceexperienced by employers.

OBJECTIVES1. To provide knowledge of defensive driving tech-niques, proper economical vehicle operation, andemergency procedures.2. To provide knowledge of types of trucks, powertrains, engines, drive lines, brake systems, tires andtrailers.3. To provide skills training in backing procedures,serpentine, alley dock, right angle parking and over-head clearances.4. To provide operating techniques where studentsdrive on course roads, through town and on the TransCanada Highway.5. To provide knowledge of proper freight handlingprocedures and methods of preparing and handlingdocumentation connected with transfers of cargo andmonies.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS1.High School Graduation

ORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificate, ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meetthe educational prerequisite for this program maybe considered on an individual basis under theMature Student Clause.

2.A valid Newfoundland driver's license - minimum offull Class 5. Must have been held for a min. of 1 year.

3.Must be 18 years of age on or before course com-pletion.

4.Valid medical certificate for Class 1; completed onform required by the Department of Works, Servicesand Transportation. This form is available from anydriver examiner.

5.Drivers abstract with maximum of 4 points and nomotor vehicle related criminal code convictions inthe last 5 years.

EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR TRAININGSafety boots, safety hat, safety glasses, coveralls andgloves.

SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONSTrade TheoryThis subject includes the study of proper machinecare and preventive maintenance; start-up and shut-down procedures; the effects of different tempera-tures on these procedures; types and characteristicsof lubricants; correct procedures involved in theoperation of various transmissions; and the interpre-tation of operation and maintenance manuals withrespect to safe operation techniques such as loadingand weight restrictions. The Highway Traffic Act,Motor Carrier Act and License and equipment regula-tions are also covered. Students also complete a FirstAid course, and Air Brake course, Professional DriverImprovement Course and Transportation ofDangerous Goods course.

PracticalStudents perform pre-trip inspection, actual startingand driving vehicle; hauling of materials; judging forclearance, vertical and horizontal; backing trailer withaid of mirrors; selecting proper speed to coincidewith driving conditions. Students must manoeuvrethrough an obstacle course with a medium transportand later with semi-trailer. This must be accom-plished before going on the road. The obstacle courseis structured to the Canadian Trucking AssociationStandards. Students then complete supervised roadtrips and are rated in accordance with their perform-ance.

Trade SupportThis program has a number of co-requisites for whichstudents may be granted exemptions. These coursescover content in Mathematics, Science andCommunication Skills which students may have com-pleted in high school or in other programs.Exemptions will be granted upon entry to the programif proof of completion of this content is provided.

100

INDUSTRIAL TRADESCERTIFICATE• One year• Start date varies• Clarenville

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsAJ1110 Carpentry Fundamentals 105AJ1120 Rigging for Carpentry 30AJ1150 Basic Drawing & Sketching/Drafting 75AJ1200 Layout & Footings 75AJ1210 Wall Forms 60AJ1220 Floor and Wall Framing 75AJ1230 Exterior Finish 75AJ1300 Roof Framing Fundamentals 90AJ1400 Interior Walls and Ceilings 60AJ1500 Interior Trim 75AJ1600 Stair Fundamentals 75

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1220 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

Advanced Level HrsAJ2220 Structural Formwork 90AJ2300 Hip and Valley Roof Framing 75AJ2310 Gambrel, Mansard & Unusual Roof Framing 60AJ2330 Timber Trusses & Flat Roofs 45AJ2400 Post and Beam 45AJ2410 Wood Scaffolds 45AJ2500 Cabinets and Shelving 105AJ2600 Interior Finish Stairs 60

Construction Carpentry

Carpentry is a program which covers the use, careand operation of basic tools and machinery, buildinglayout, form construction and framing, interior andexterior finish with emphasis on the National BuildingCode standards and energy efficient concepts.

Students registering in the Carpentry program areautomatically considered apprentices and are regis-tered with the Provincial Apprenticeship Board,Department of Education, Government ofNewfoundland and Labrador.

After successful completion of the entry level coursesand the required work experience, the apprenticesqualify to return to complete advanced level trainingin preparation for writing the Journeypersons’sExamination.

OBJECTIVES1.To develop the fundamental knowledge and the ini-

tial practical skills required as a carpenter inapprentice.

2.To instill in each graduate a responsible attitudetoward the duties in the trade.

3.To enable graduates to develop and practice goodsafety habits.

4.To demonstrate problem solving skills and highstandards of craftsmanship.

5.To enable graduates to continue apprenticeshiptraining.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificate.,ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESGraduates of this program may be employed by gen-eral contractors, contractors specializing in specificaspects of the construction trade, custom woodwork-ing shops, building suppliers and as general carpen-ters working in a self-employed capacity.

INDUSTRIAL TRADES CERTIFICATE• 43 weeks• September start• Bonavista, Corner Brook, and Seal

Cove Campuses

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsER1100 Rigging 30ER1110 Hand Tools 15ER1120 Power Tools 30ER1130 Fasteners 30ER1140 DC Theory 30ER1150 Series and Parallel Circuits 30ER1160 Introduction to Building Codes 30ER1170 Voltage Drop & Power Loss 30ER1180 Single Phase Theory 60ER1190 Three Phase Theory 30ER1200 Generic Blueprint 30ER1210 Electrical Blueprint 45ER1220 Conduit, Tubing, and Fittings 30ER1230 Conductors and Cables 60ER1240 ResidentialWiring 60ER1250 Protective Devices 30ER1260 Principle of Operations of Transformers 30ER1270 Single Phase Service Entrance 30ER1280 Three Phase Service Entrance 30ER1290 Distribution Equipment 45ER1300 DC Motors and Controls 30ER1310 Electric Heating Systems 45ER1320 Low Voltage Temperature Control 10ER1340 Conventional Fire Alarms 30ER1400 Safety Measures in Construction 30OT1230 Workplace Exposure 60TS1510 Occupational Health and Safety 6TS1520 WHMIS 6TS1530 First Aid 13TS1540 CPR 14WD1310 Oxy-Fuel Welding 15

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1220 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

Advanced Level HrsER2000 Raceway, Wireways, and Busways 30ER2010 Lighting and Controls 45ER2020 Single Phase Motors 30ER2030 Three Phase Motors 45ER2040 Control Devices (Discrete Input) 30ER2050 Motor Starters & Controllers 60ER2060 Central Heating Units 15ER2070 Power Supply & Rectifiers 30ER2080 Power Electronic Control Circuits 45ER2090 Integrated Circuits 45ER2100 Amplifiers 30ER2110 Troubleshooting Techniques 30ER2120 Application of Troubleshooting Techniques 30ER2130 Communications & Data Systems 30ER2140 Security 20ER2160 Solid State Drives 30ER2170 PLC Fundamentals 15ER2180 Programming PLC’s 45ER2240 DC Generators and Motors 30ER2250 AC Generators 30ER2260 Emergency Stand-By Systems 30ER2270 Emergency Lighting Systems 15ER2280 High Voltage Breakers and Starters 15ER2290 High Voltage Splices & Terminations 15ER2300 Distribution System Conditioning 45ER2350 Electrical Surface Heating Units 15WD2320 Arc Welding 30

101

Construction Industrial/Electrical

Construction/Industrial Electrical is a program whichcovers basic electrical concepts, residential wiring,commercial installations, service and distribution sys-tems, emergency electrical systems, communicationand signaling systems, heating systems, industrialequipment installation and maintenance as well asindustrial electronic control devices and systems.

Students registering in this program are automaticallyconsidered apprentices and are registered with theProvincial Apprenticeship Board, Department ofEducation, Government of Newfoundland andLabrador.

After successful completion of the entry level pro-gram, and the required work experience, the appren-tices qualify to return to complete advanced leveltraining in preparation for writing theJourneyperson’s Examination.

Note: This program may not be suitable for applicantswho do not have normal color perception.

OBJECTIVES1.To develop the basic knowledge and practical skills

required to meet initial performance standardsneeded by the electrical industry.

2.To enable graduates to continue apprenticeshiptraining as an industrial or construction electrician.

3.To instill in each student a responsible attitudetoward the duties required in the trade.

4.To enable graduates to develop and practice goodsafety habits.

5.To demonstrate problem solving skills and highstandards of craftsmanship.

EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLY FEEIn addition to tuition cost, students will be required topay an equipment and supply fee. Please refer to"Fees and Charges" section of this calendar fordetails.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificate, ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

FUTURE OPPORTUNITIESSuccessful graduates may find employment, careeropportunities in residential wiring, commercial elec-trical installation and maintenance, and industrialelectrical installation as well as in industrial controls.

INDUSTRIAL OnlyER2150 Analog Devices 15ER2190 Process Control 90ER2200 Distributed Control Systems 75ER2210 Pneumatic Control Systems 30ER2220 Servomechanism 30ER2230 Hydraulic Circuits and Controls 15ER2310 Furnace Control 15ER2320 Boiler Control 15ER2330 Heat Pumps 15ER2340 Energy Management 30ER2360 Refrigeration and AC Controls 45ER2370 Precipitator and Dust Collection Systems 30ER2380 Vibration Analysis 30ER2390 Fibre Optics 30ER2400 HVAC Systems 45

INDUSTRIAL TRADESCERTIFICATE• 22 weeks• Start date varies• Bay St. George Campus

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsMB1100 Equipment Operation Safety 45MB1110 Equipment Maintenance 45MB1120 Regulations and Emergency Procedures 45MB1130 Crane Operation Fundamentals 67.5MB1140 Mobile Lattice Boom Cranes 67.5MB1150 Mobile Hydraulic Boom Cranes 67.5TS1260 Shop Fundamentals 90

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1220 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

102

Crane Operator

This program exposes students to the safe and effi-cient operation of Offshore and/or Land-based MobileCranes. Students study the theory of operation andpreventive maintenance and, using the CraneOperator Training Simulator, develop practical skillsnecessary for the operation of these cranes. Throughthe use of the simulator numerous training scenariosare set up that will test the student's ability to workunder stress conditions and face safety hazards thatwould be impossible to practice using real equipment.

Students registering in the Crane Operator programare automatically considered apprentices and areregistered with the Provincial Apprenticeship Board,Department of Education, Government ofNewfoundland and Labrador.

Note: Students should note that anyone entering theoffshore industry is required, by legislation, to com-plete a Basic Offshore Training Course prior to work-ing in offshore related trades.

OBJECTIVES1.To expose students to terminology associated with

the crane industry.2.To provide knowledge of crane capabilities and

industry expectations.3.To provide skills training in servicing procedures

and techniques to maximize the life span of thecrane.

4.To provide skills training in rigging, load chart com-putations and lifting procedures in offshore andland-based operations.

5.To develop and strengthen the related mathematics,science and communication skills that support theoccupational skills and knowledge.

6.To develop the driving skills necessary to obtain aClass 3 license and safely drive a disassembledcrane.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS1.High School Graduation

ORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificate,ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meetthe educational prerequisite may be considered onan individual basis under the Mature StudentClause.

2.A Valid Class 5 driver's license is required for entryinto land-based training.

3.Department of Transportation Medical for a Class 3license including colour perception, visual acuityand hearing tests. A depth perception test is alsorequired.

EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR TRAININGSafety boots, safety hat, safety glasses, coveralls andgloves.

INDUSTRIAL TRADES CERTIFICATE• 44 weeks• Start date varies• Bay St. George, Burin, and Gander

Campuses

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsHT1110 Salon Fundamentals 90HT1210 Styling I 90HT1211 Styling II 90HT1300 Cutting I (Hairdressing) 90HT1301 Cutting II (Barbering) 90HT1400 Basic Perming 90HT1410 Chemical Relaxing/Straightening 60HT1510 Color Fundamentals 90HT1511 Hair Coloring 60HT1600 Introduction to Aesthetics 75HT2300 Advanced Cutting 60HT2400 Advanced Perming 60HT2500 Lightening & Toning 90HT2501 Advanced Coloring 60OJ1500 Work Exposure 90

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1220 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

103

Hairstylist

This course is a program designed to give basic train-ing in the fundamentals of Hairstyling. The course isdesigned to provide a study in the science and art ofHairstyling of both males and females.

Note: This program may not be suitable for personswith allergies and/or respiratory problems. If youhave either of these conditions, please check with adoctor to determine medical suitability.

OBJECTIVES1.To develop appreciation, understanding and skills

required for the practise of Hairstylist.2.To develop habits of good workmanship, as well as

practising hygienic measures and following safetyregulations.

3.To learn to select wisely, use properly and care forall commercial products, tools, and equipment per-taining to the trade.

4.To provide an environment that will be conducivefor students to develop further such mature quali-ties as: responsibility, emotional control, leadershipand citizenship.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificate, ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not possessthe educational prerequisite for this program may beconsidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR TRAININGUniforms and flat shoes, and hairstylist tool kit.

INDUSTRIAL TRADESCERTIFICATE• 24 weeks• Start date varies• Bay St. George Campus

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsHE1100 Equipment Operation Safety 45HE1200 Equipment Maintenance 45HE1300 Regulation/Emergency Procedures 67.5

Three Courses from the following:HE1500 Bulldozers 75HE1510 Graders 75HE1520 Bacchoes 75HE1530 Front End Loaders 75HE1540 Tandem Trucks 75HE1550 Off Highway Trucks 75HE1560 Excavators 75

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1220 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

104

Heavy Equipment Operator

This program provides pre-employment and appren-ticeship level training, exposing students to the safeand effective operation of Heavy Duty Earth MovingEquipment. Students study the theory of operationand preventive maintenance and develop the neces-sary practical skills to become proficient in the use ofthree of the six available categories of machinery.

Students registering in this program are automaticallyconsidered apprentices and are registered with theProvincial Apprenticeship Board, Department ofEducation, Government of Newfoundland andLabrador.

After successful completion of this program, and therequired work experience, the apprentices qualify toreturn to complete advanced level training in prepa-ration for writing the Journeyperson’s Examination.

Equipment CategoriesTractor/BulldozerFront End LoaderGraderDump Truck (Off-Highway and Tandem)Tractor/Loader/BackhoeExcavator

Note: Graduates under the age of 25 should note thatthey may encounter problems obtaining employmentbecause of the cost and complications of insuranceexperienced by employers.

OBJECTIVES1.To expose students to terminology associated with

construction equipment.

2.To provide knowledge of machine capabilities andindustry expectations.

3.To provide servicing procedures and techniques tomaximize the life span of construction equipment.

4.To provide skills training in basic machine manoeu-vring, control and operation in work simulated proj-ects.

5.To provide knowledge of standards for road con-struction as well as other municipal projects.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS1.High School Graduation

ORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificate, ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meetthe educational prerequisite for this program maybe considered on an individual basis under theMature Student Clause.

2.A valid class 5 driver's license is required for entryinto the program.

3.Satisfactory medical report for Class 03 required bythe Department of Works, Services andTransportation.

EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR TRAININGSafety boots, safety hat, safety glasses, coveralls,and gloves.

INDUSTRIAL TRADES CERTIFICATE• 43 weeks• Start date varies• Bay St. George, Placentia, and

Happy Valley-Goose Bay Campus

105

Heavy Equipment ServiceTechnicianThis training service is designed to provide traineeswith skills and knowledge required for employment inthe field of Heavy Equipment Repair. HeavyEquipment Service Technicians diagnose problems,locate the cause of the malfunction, dismantle andoverhaul components. They repair defects, reassem-ble existing parts or fit new parts, and make finaladjustments.

Students registering in this program are automaticallyconsidered apprentices and are registered with theProvincial Apprenticeship Board, Department ofEducation, Government of Newfoundland andLabrador.

After successful completion of this program, and therequired work experience, the apprentices qualify toreturn to complete advanced level training in prepa-ration for writing the Journeyperson’s Examination.

OBJECTIVES1.To familiarize the student with the principles of

operation, construction, care and maintenance ofvarious types of hand tools and power tools.

2.To acquaint the student with the various routinesand practices pertaining to the Heavy Duty RepairTrade.

3.To develop skills and to impart knowledge relativeto this particular trade.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificate, ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR TRAININGSafety boots, safety hat, safety glasses, two pairs ofcoveralls, and gloves, tool box and selection of tools.

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsSV1100 Safety in the Shop 15SV1110 Ozone Depleting Substances 16SV1120 Gaskets, Seals, and Sealers 8SV1130 Electrical and Electronic Basic Principles 90SV1140 Hydraulic Basic Principles 30SV1150 Service Information System 30SV1160 Hand Tools 30SV1170 Shop Tools and Equipment 30SV1180 Fasteners, Tubings, and Fittings 30SV1190 Lubrication and Fluid Services 30SV1200 Start, Move, Park Vehicle 30SV1210 Tires, Rims, and Wheels 30SV1220 Manual Steering Systems 45SV1230 Power Steering Systems 30SV1240 Front End Alignment 15SV1250 Front and Rear Suspensions 45SV1260 Hydraulic Brakes 60SV1270 Air Brakes 60SV1280 Drive Lines 30SV1290 Differential Assemblies 30SV1300 Engine Principles 75SV1310 Cooling Systems 30SV1320 Lubrication Systems 15SV1330 Air Filtration & Exhaust Systems 30SV1340 Gasoline Fuel Systems 15SV1350 Alternative Fuel Systems 15SV1360 Diesel Fuel Supply Systems 15SV1370 Batteries 15SV1380 Starting Systems 30SV1390 Charging System Components 30SV1400 Lighting Gauges 30SV1410 Fire Suppression Units 15TS1510 Occupational Health and Safety 4TS1520 WHMIS 6TS1530 First Aid 7WD1300 Oxy-Fuel Welding 30OT1170 Work Exposure 2wks

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1220 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

Advanced Level HrsSV2290 Steering Systems (Tracked) 30SV2300 Track Type Undercarriage 90SV2310 Electric Brakes 15SV2320 Manual Transmission Removal and

Installation 30SV2330 Clutches 30SV2340 Manual Transmission Service and Repair30SV2350 Torque Converters 30SV2360 Power Transmission 30SV2370 Drive Axles and Final Drives 15SV2380 Hydraulics 30SV2390 Reservoirs and Fluid Containers 15SV2400 Hydraulic Pumps and Motors 30SV2410 Hydraulic Control Valves 15SV2420 Hydraulic Cylinders 15SV2430 Hydraulic Accumulators 15SV2440 Hydraulic Steering Systems (Articulated) 15SV2450 Hydrostatic Transmissions 30SV2460 Diagnose and Test Hydraulic Systems 15SV2470 Winches, Wire Ropes, and Accessories 15SV2480 Cabs and ROPS 15SV2490 Portable AirCompressors 15SV2500 Booms and Attachments 15

SV2510 Blades, Buckets, and Cutting Edges 15SV2520 Aprons, Bowls, and Tailgates 30SV2530 Feller Heads 30SV2540 Delimber Mechanisms 30SV2550 Service and Repair Circle Bearings 15SV2560 Preventive Maintenance Inspections 15SV2570 Engine Brakes and Retarders 15SV2580 Engine Removal and Installation 30SV2590 Turbochargers, Blowers, and Intercoolers 30SV2600 Diesel Engine Overhauling 90SV2610 Diesel Engine Problems Diagnosis 30SV2620 Injectors 30SV2630 Injector Pumps 30SV2640 Tune Ups and Diagnosis of Diesel Fuel

Systems 30SV2650 Electronic Fuel Control Systems 60SV2660 Ignition Systems and Tune-Ups 15SV2670 Air Conditioning Systems 30SV2680 Basic Motive Power Computers 60WD2320 Arc Welding 30WD2330 MIG Welding 30

INDUSTRIAL TRADESCERTIFICATE• 1.5 years• Start date varies• Carbonear Campus

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsAJ1110 Carpentry Fundamentals 105AJ1120 Rigging for Carpentry 30AJ1150 Basic Drawing and Sketching/Drafting 75AJ1200 Layout and Footings 75AJ1210 Wall Forms 60AJ1220 Floor and Wall Framing 75AJ1230 Exterior Finish 75AJ1300 Roof Framing Fundamentals 90AJ1400 Interior Walls and Ceilings 60AJ1500 Interior Trim 75AJ1600 Stair Fundamentals 75AJ1700 Architectural Conservation 60AJ1710 Building Science 30AJ2700 Restoration Joinery I 90AJ2710 Restoration Joinery II 90AJ2720 Restoration Joinery III 90EP1180 Business Management 45

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1220 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

106

Heritage Carpentry

The Heritage Carpentry program was developed totrain carpenters to work on heritage restoration proj-ects. This program offers contemporary constructioncarpentry training along with training in the traditionalskills that were used to construct the wood framebuildings of yesteryear. In addition, the program alsoprovides background information on architecturalstyles in Atlantic Canada and Quebec. Although theprogram has a heritage “orientation”, it is fully articu-lated with the Red Seal Construction Carpentry pro-gram and students may, if they wish, continue on tocomplete their apprenticeship and become jour-neypersons in Construction Carpentry.

OBJECTIVES1.To develop the fundamental knowledge and the ini-

tial practical skills required as a carpentry appren-tice specializing in heritage restoration.

2.To instill in each graduate a responsible attitudetoward the duties in the trade.

3.To enable graduates to develop and practice goodsafety habits.

4.To demonstrate problem solving skills and highstandards of craftsmanship.

5.To enable graduates to continue apprenticeshiptraining.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificate.,ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESGraduates of this program may be employed by gen-eral contractors, contractors specializing in specificaspects of the construction trade, custom woodwork-ing shops, building suppliers and as general carpen-ters working in a self-employed capacity.

INDUSTRIAL TRADES CERTIFICATE• Two years• September start• Seal Cove Campus

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsTS1510 Occupational Health & Safety 6TS1530 First Aid 14TS1520 WHMIS 6ER1110 Hand Tools 5ER1120 Power Tools 5ER1130 Fasteners & Adhesives 5ER1140 Direct Current (DC) Theory 30ER1150 Series & Parallel Circuits 30ER1160 Codes 15ER1170 Voltage Drop & Power Loss 30ER1180 Single-Phase Theory 25ER1190 Three-Phase Theory 15ER1225 Conduit, Tubing & Fittings 15ER1710 Signal Transmission 15ER1730 Electronics 60ER1740 On-Off Control 40ER1760 Motors 30ER1770 Process Analyzers 60ER1780 DCS Process Applications 40ER1790 PLC Process Applications 45ER2115 Troubleshooting Techniques 15ER2155 Process Measurement 100ER2160 Solid State Drives 30ER2170 PLC Fundamentals 30ER2180 Programming PLC’s 30ER2195 Process Control 70ER2200 Distributed Control Systems 30ER2215 Pneumatic Systems Instrument Air Supply 30ER2225 Control Valves 30ER2235 Hydraulic Systems 15ER2325 Boiler Control 30ER2380 Vibration 10

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1220 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Techniques (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Awareness (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

107

Industrial InstrumentationMechanicIndustrial instrumentation involves automation in theproduction of various commodities. Complex processcontrol and measurement systems such as thosefound in the oil and gas industry, chemical plants,food processing operations, and the pulp and paperindustry require sensitive and accurate instruments.Recent technical developments in measuring andcontrolling process variables like pressure, tempera-ture, flow, and composition have increased the qual-ity of products and have reduced operating costs.Today, conventional pneumatic and electronic con-trols are being rapidly augmented or replaced bycomputer-based systems. These advantages in tech-nology demand qualified technical personnel trainedin the field of industrial instrumentation.

OBJECTIVESThe objective of the Industrial InstrumentationProgram is to provide students with theoretical andpractical training the principles of operation andmaintenance of pneumatic devices, control valves,electronic instruments, digital logic devices and com-puter-based process control systems. The internshipoffering delivers a curriculum which satisfies theobjectives outlined in the Province’s Plan of Trainingfor the occupation of Industrial Instrument Mechanicover the duration of its two-year program.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificate, ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite may be considered on anindividual basis under the Mature Student Clause.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESWith industry becoming increasingly automated,instrument technicians are needed virtually anywherethere are control and metering systems. They areemployed in the following industries:a.Pulp and Paper Processingb.Hydro Power Generationc.Mining, Petrochemical, and Natural Gasd.Industrial and Commercial Manufacturinge.Industrial Constructionf. Industrial Instrument Servicing

INDUSTRIAL TRADESCERTIFICATE• One year• Start date varies• Placentia Campus

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsDR1740 Basic Drawing & Sketching 75MW1210 Introduction to CNC Machining 45MW1220 Introduction to Milling 60MW1350 Planers and Shapers 45MW1400 Precision Layout 60MW1410 Basic Lathes 20MW1500 Stationary Power Tools 90OT1180 Workplace Exposure 90TS1150 Shop Fundamentals 90TS1210 Precision Measurement 60TS1300 Rigging 45WD1210 Oxy-Fuel Cutting and Welding 60WD1510 Metallurgy Fundamentals 45

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1220 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

Advanced Level HrsMW1310 Milling Advanced 120MW1320 Advanced Machinist (Lathes) 90MW1330 Precision Grinding 90MW1340 CNC Machining 90WD1120 SMAW Fundamentals 90

108

Machinist

The Machinist program is designed to train individu-als in the knowledge, skills, and experience neces-sary to fabricate, assemble and repair machinery.

Students registering in this program are automaticallyconsidered apprentices and are registered with theProvincial Apprenticeship Board, Department ofEducation, Government of Newfoundland andLabrador.

After successful completion of this program, and therequired work experience, the apprentices qualify toreturn to complete advanced level training in prepa-ration for writing the Journeyperson’s Examination.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificate, ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

INDUSTRIAL TRADES CERTIFICATE• One year• Start date varies• Burin Campus

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsDR1710 Basic Drawing and Sketching 75OT1140 Workplace Exposure 60SF1100 Metal Preparation and Shop Flow 75SF1120 Blueprint Reading for Fabricators 75SF1130 Intro. to Sub-Assembly and Assembly

Fabrication 60SF1200 Intro. to Template Development 90SF1220 Intro. To Plate Development 90TS1120 Fabricator Shop Fundamentals 90TS1300 Rigging 45WD1130 GMAW Fundamentals 45WD1200 Oxy-Fuel Cutting 75WD1230 SMAW Fundamentals 60WD1510 Metallurgy Fundamentals 45WD2210 Position Fillet Welding 75

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1210 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Awareness (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

Advanced Level HrsSF1300 Advanced Template Development 90SF1310 Advanced Plate Development 105SF1320 Sub-Assemblies 90SF1330 Structural Assembly 105WD2190 Specialized Welding and Cutting 45

109

Metal Fabrication

This program is designed to prepare trainees foremployment opportunities in the field of StructuralFitting. The program provides the necessary trainingin operating iron workers, plate rollers, press brakes,cold frame benders, overhead cranes, shears, QualityControl and Quality Assurance, non-destructive test-ing, fabricating sub-assemblies and unit assemblies;outfitting, erecting and repairing steel structures;arranging job components by nesting; reading andinterpreting drawings; and computer awareness.

Students registering in this program are automaticallyconsidered apprentices and are registered with theProvincial Apprenticeship Board, Department ofEducation, Government of Newfoundland andLabrador.

After successful completion of this program, and therequired work experience, the apprentices qualify toreturn to complete advanced level training in prepa-ration for writing the Journeyperson’s Examination.

OBJECTIVES1.To develop skills in the proper use of basic tools

and equipment.2.To develop skills in the proper use of fabrication

equipment.3.To develop skills in the different disciplines of weld-

ing and cutting ferrous and non-ferrous metals.4.To develop skills in reading and interpreting blue-

prints.

5.To develop skills relative to production flow.6.To provide basic knowledge of Quality Assurance

and Quality Control.7.To help trainees develop attitudes conducive to

successful applications of skills on the job.8.To develop an awareness and concern for good

safety practices in the work place.9.To develop and strengthen the related mathematics,

science and communication skills that support theoccupation skills and knowledge.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificate, ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

EQUIPMENT REQUIREDSafety boots, safety glasses, coveralls, welding gog-gles and welding gloves.

INDUSTRIAL TRADESCERTIFICATE• One year• September start• Corner Brook, Happy Valley-Goose,

Bay, and Placentia Campus

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsDR1740 Basic Drawing and Sketching 75MW1130 Power Transmissions 90MW1400 Precision Layout 60MW1440 Seals and Bearings 60MW1500 Stationary Power Tools 90OT1190 Workplace Exposure 90PF1240 Pump Maintenance 90PF2210 Valves 45TS1150 Shop Fundamentals 90TS1210 Precision Measurements 60TS1300 Rigging 45WD1210 Oxy-Fuel Cutting and Welding 60WD1510 Metallurgy Fundamentals 45

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1220 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

Advanced Level HrsMP1310 AC/DC Fundamentals 90MW1140 Conveyor Systems 45MW1150 Vibration Analysis 90MW1160 Alignment 90MW1410 Basic Lathes 90MW1420 Emergency Power Systems 75MW1430 Engine Operations 30PF1220 Pump Installation 90WA1120 Fundamentals of Hydraulics and

Pneumatics 90WD1120 SMAW Fundamentals 90

110

Millwright (Industrial Mechanic)

This is a nine month certificate level programdesigned to assist persons in developing sufficientbasic skills and knowledge to enter the labour forceas an apprenticed industrial mechanic-millwright.

Students registering in this program are automaticallyconsidered apprentices and are registered with theProvincial Apprenticeship Board, Department ofEducation, Government of Newfoundland andLabrador.

After successful completion of this program, and therequired work experience, the apprentices qualify toreturn to complete advanced level training in prepa-ration for writing the Journeyperson’s Examination.

PROGRAM OBJECTIVES1.To develop an awareness of and concern for good

safety practices in the work place.2.To develop basic skills and knowledge required for

work as an apprenticed industrial mechanic-mill-wright.

3.To develop and strengthen related knowledge andskill (technical and general) in subjects that com-plement and support the trade training.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificate, ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESGraduates may obtain employment in a variety ofoccupational settings including: industrial, mining,pulp and paper, oil refining, private companies, brew-eries, bakeries, bottling plants, construction, fabrica-tion and with various provincial and federalgovernment agencies or departments.

INDUSTRIAL TRADES CERTIFICATE• Two years• September start• Baie Verte Campus

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsDR1120 Blueprint Reading for Welders 75DR1740 Basic Drawing & Sketching 75MW1130 Power Transmissions 90MW1210 Introduction to CNC Machining 45MW1220 Introduction to Milling 60MW1350 Planers and Shapers 45MW1400 Precision Layout 60MW1410 Basic lathes 20MW1440 Seals and Bearings 60MW1500 Stationary Power Tools 90OT1190 Workplace Exposure 90PF1240 Pump Maintenance 90PF2210 Valves 45SF1200 Introduction to Template Development 45TS1150 Shop Fundamentals 90TS1210 Precision Measurements 60TS1300 Rigging 45WD1130 GMAW Fundamentals 45WD1160 Shop Fundamentals 90WD1210 Oxy-Fuel Cutting and Welding 60WD1230 SMAW Fundamentals 60WD1400 Introduction to Pipe Welding 45WD1510 Metallurgy Fundamentals 45WD1520 GTAW Fundamentals 60WD2110 Position Butt Welding 120WD2210 Position Fillet Welding (SMAW) 75WD2260 FCAW Fundamentals 30

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1220 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

111

Multi-Skills Industrial Trades

The two-year program will provide multi-skilled work-ers apprenticeable in the areas of Millwright(Industrial Mechanic), Machinist and Welding.

The Multi-Skills Industrial Trades program is designedto provide trainees with the necessary skills, knowl-edge, and attitudes to fabricate, install, test, service,and maintain various mechanical systems and equip-ment in a modern industrial workplace. Typical jobtasks include assessment and trouble shooting, align-ment, and installation of components on variousindustrial systems. Typical systems include convey-ors, pumps, compressors, piping, hydraulic systems.

PROGRAM OBJECTIVES1.To develop an awareness of the concern for good

safety practices in the work place.2.To develop and apply related academic and techni-

cal knowledge to support and complement the pro-fessional training.

3.To develop the good work habits and attitudesdesired by employers.

4.To develop basic knowledge and skill required forwork as an apprenticed welder.

5.To develop basic skills and knowledge required forwork as an apprenticed industrial mechanic-mill-wright.

6.To develop basic skills, and skills required for workas a machinist apprentice.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificate, ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESGraduates may obtain employment in industries suchas paper mills, oil refineries, offshore oil rigs, miningoperations, processing plants, manufacturing plants,shipyards, power generating sites, military bases andwith various mechanical contractors.

FIRST AID TRAININGStudents will be required to complete the St. JohnAmbulance Standard First Aid Course.

EQUIPMENTStudents in the Multi-Skills Industrial Trades programare required to provide the following equipment:1. Safety Boots2. Two pairs of overalls3. Safety Glasses4. Measuring tape (10 ft. dual)5. Two Padlocks6. Welding Gloves

INDUSTRIAL TRADESCERTIFICATE• One year• Start date varies• Port aux Basques Campus

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsDR1120 Blueprint Reading for Welders 75DR1700 Basic Drawing & Sketching 75ND1101 Liquid Penetrant Inspection I 30ND1102 Liquid Penetrant Inspection II 45ND1120 NDT Centre Fundamentals 90ND1201 Magnetic Particle Inspection I 45ND1202 Magnetic Particle Inspection II 45ND1301 Industrial Ultrasonics I 45ND1302 Industrial Ultrasonics II 90ND1401 Industrial Radiography I 60ND1402 Industrial Radiography II 75WD1120 SMAW Fundamentals 90WD1510 Metallurgy Fundamentals 45WD2300 Failure Analysis 60OT1230 Work Exposure 2wks

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1220 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

112

Non-Destructive Testing

This program is designed to prepare trainees forpotential employment opportunities in the field ofNon-Destructive Testing of materials. The programstructure provides the necessary training in a varietyof methods namely: Liquid Penetrant Inspection,Magnetic Particle Inspection, Ultrasonic Inspection,Industrial Radiography Inspection, other inspectionmethods, and Quality Assurance, Control,Documentation and Reporting systems for variousindustrial sectors.

OBJECTIVES1.To provide sufficient basic knowledge of the Liquid

Penetrant Inspection Method to enable the gradu-ate to perform Liquid Penetrant Inspection.

2.To provide sufficient basic knowledge of theMagnetic Particle Inspection Method to enable thegraduate to perform Magnetic Particle Inspection.

3.To provide sufficient basic knowledge of theUltrasonic Inspection Method to enable the gradu-ate to carry out Ultrasonic Inspection.

4.To provide sufficient basic knowledge of IndustrialRadiography to enable the graduate to carry outRadiographic Inspection.

5.To provide basic knowledge of Quality Assurance,Control Documentation and Reporting Systems forvarious industrial sectors.

6.To help trainees develop attitudes conducive to thesuccessful applications of skills on the job.

7.To develop an awareness and concern for goodsafety practices in the work place.

8.To provide related academic skills and knowledgein Mathematics, Communications and Science.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificateORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite may be considered on anindividual basis under the Mature Student Clause.

EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR TRAININGSafety glasses, safety boots and laboratory coats.

SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS• Liquid Penetrant Inspection• Magnetic Particle Inspection• Ultrasonic Inspection• Radiography• Metallurgy• Metallurgy and Welding Methods• Quality Assurance, Quality Control and

Documentation• Blueprint Reading.

LABORATORYThere will be practical applications in all disciplinesto assist the trainees in developing self-confidence tocarry out Non-Destructive Testing.

INDUSTRIAL TRADES CERTIFICATE• One year• Start date varies• Seal Cove Campus

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsDR1700 Basic Drawing and Sketching 75OM1100 Basic Oil Burners 60OM1110 Oil Burner Shop Fundamentals 75OM1200 Fuel Delivery Systems 45OM1220 Oil Burner Electrical Systems 90OM1310 Oil Burner Controls 60OM1400 Warm Air Heating Systems 90OM1420 Alternate Wood Heat Generators 60OM1430 Hot Water Heating Systems 90OM1510 Residential Mechanical Ventilation

Installer Level I 45OM1520 Combustion Venting Systems 30OM1530 Low Pressure Steam Heating Systems 105OT1100 Workplace Exposure 60

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1220 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

113

Oil Burner Mechanic

This certificate-level program is designed to provide acourse of study that will prepare persons for employ-ment in the residential heating industry, and furthertraining during apprenticeship.

Students registering in this program are automaticallyconsidered apprentices and are registered with theProvincial Apprenticeship Board, Department ofEducation, Government of Newfoundland andLabrador.

After successful completion of this program, and therequired work experience, the apprentices qualify towrite the Journeyperson’s Examination.

OBJECTIVES1.To use and maintain tools, materials and equipment

required for the maintenance and installation ofheating systems (oil, and solid fuels).

2.To test and adjust residential heating systems.3.To install residential heating systems.4.To interpret trade blueprint schematics.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificateORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite may be considered on anindividual basis under the Mature Student Clause.

INDUSTRIAL TRADESCERTIFICATE• One year• September start• Bonavista Campus

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsDR1760 Basic Drawing and Sketching 75PF1140 Plumbing Fundamentals 60PF1160 Piping Shop Fundamentals 105PF1510 Plumbing Venting Systems 120PF1520 Plumbing Appliances 90PF1530 Drainage and Sewage Disposal Systems 105PF2240 Hot Water Heating Systems 105TS1300 Rigging 45WA1810 Water Supply Systems 45WD1120 SMAW Fundamentals 90WD1210 Oxy-Fuel Cutting and Welding 60

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1220 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

Advanced Level HrsOM1100 Basic Oil Burners 60PF1150 Introduction to Piping and Heating

ControlSystems 30PF1220 Pump Installation 45PF1330 Alternate Heat Generators 45PF2410 Specialized Piping Systems 60PF2500 Cross Connection Control 45

114

Plumbing and Domestic Heating

This is a program designed to prepare persons foremployment in the plumbing and domestic heatingoccupations.

Students registering in this program are automaticallyconsidered apprentices and are registered with theProvincial Apprenticeship Board, Department ofEducation, Government of Newfoundland andLabrador.

After successful completion of this program, and therequired work experience, the apprentices qualify toreturn to complete advanced level training in prepa-ration for writing the Journeyperson’s Examination.

OBJECTIVES1.To provide the appropriate learning opportunities

required for employment.2.To assist students with the development of appro-

priate attitudes and behaviour that are conducive toworking with other persons in this occupation.

3.To develop and strengthen related knowledge andskills in subjects that compliment and support thetrade.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificate, ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not possessthe educational prerequisite for this program may beconsidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

INDUSTRIAL TRADES CERTIFICATE• One year• Start date varies• Seal Cove Campus

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsDR1700 Blueprint Reading and Sketching 75MP1310 AC/DC Fundamentals 90MP1320 Single Phase Transformers 45OL1220 Motorized Equipment 45OL1230 Power Tools & Utility Equipment 60OL1360 Power Line Structures I 120OL1500 Workplace Management 45OL2340 Primary Conductors 75OL2350 Secondary Conductors 75OL2360 Power Line Structures II 90OT1120 Workplace Exposure 60TS1110 Shop Fundamentals 60TS1300 Rigging 45

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1220 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

Advanced Level HrsMP2340 Three Phase Systems 90OL1400 Primary Control Devices 90OL2110 Safety Grounding 45OL2120 Quantity Cost line Estimate 45OL2400 Underground Residential Distribution 90OL2410 Live Maintenance (Rubber Glove) 45OL2420 Hot Stick Live Line Maintenance <35kV 45OL2430 Hot Stick Live Line Maintenance

35 kV-69kV 45OL2440 Hot Stick Live Line Maintenance >69kV 45

115

Powerline Technician

This is a program designed to prepare persons foremployment in the electric power distribution utilities.

Students registering in this program are automaticallyconsidered apprentices and are registered with theProvincial Apprenticeship Board, Department ofEducation, Government of Newfoundland andLabrador.

After successful completion of this program, and therequired work experience, the apprentices qualify toreturn to complete advanced level training in prepa-ration for writing the Journeyperson’s Examination.

Note: Students should be aware of the strenuousphysical dexterity required in this training program.Employers will normally demand all applicants toundergo a physical capabilities assessment prior tohiring.

OBJECTIVES1.To provide the appropriate learning opportunities

required for employment as a linesman.2.To assist students with the development of appro-

priate attitudes and behaviour that are conducive toworking with other persons in this occupation.

3.To develop and strengthen related knowledge andskills in subjects that compliment and support thetrade.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificate, ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not possessthe educational prerequisite for this program may beconsidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR TRAININGCoveralls, lineman's boots, lineman's gloves, safetyhat, safety glasses, chin strap and rain clothes.

INDUSTRIAL TRADESCERTIFICATE• Two years• September start• Ridge Road Campus• Note: The first year of this program is

offered every second year. The nextintake is September 2004.

COURSESCODE TITLESemester 1 HrsMP1310 AC/DC Fundamentals 90RF1100 Refrigeration Fundamentals 90RF1120 Refrigeration Shop Fundamentals 120RF1130 Refrigeration Systems & Components 120Related Courses

Semester 2 HrsDR1700 Blueprint Reading & Sketching 75MP1320 Single Phase Transformers 30MP1430 AC Motors & Starters 120RF1140 Refrigerant Piping 60RF2110 Domestic Refrigeration Systems 75Related Courses

Semester 3 (Intersession) HrsTS1200 Precision Measurements 60TS1300 Rigging 45Related Courses

Semester 4 HrsRF1200 Packaged and Split Air Conditioning

Systems 75MP2330 Power Control Circuits 60MP2340 Three Phase Systems 90RF2130 Refrigeration ControlSystems 90WD1210 Oxy-Fuel Cutting & Welding 60Related Courses

Semester 5 HrsRF2140 Commercial Refrigeration Systems 90RF2150 Industrial Refrigeration Systems 90RF2160 Compressors 75RF2210 Central Air Conditioning 75RF2300 Heat Pumps 90OT1220 Workplace Exposure 60

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1210 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

116

Refrigeration & Air Conditioning

The Refrigeration and Air Conditioning program isdesigned to train individuals in the knowledge, skills,and experience necessary to mechanics in the field.

Students registering in this program are automaticallyconsidered apprentices and are registered with theProvincial Apprenticeship Board, Department ofEducation, Government of Newfoundland andLabrador.

After successful completion of this program, and therequired work experience, the apprentices qualify towrite the Journeyperson’s Examination.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificate, ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not possessthe educational prerequisite for this program may beconsidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

INDUSTRIAL TRADES CERTIFICATE• Two years• Start date varies• Bay St. George Campus

COURSESCODE TITLESemester 1 HrsTS1100 Shop Fundamentals 90TS1200 Precision Measurement 67.5WD1210 Oxy-Fuel Cutting and Welding 60MV1100 Engine Operations 45MV1110 Lubrication Systems 45Related Courses

Semester 2 HrsWD1130 Gas Metal Arc Welding Fundamentals 45MP1310 AC/DC Fundamentals 90MV1160 Light Duty Engines 90MV1430 Light & MediumDuty Starting and

Charging Systems 67.5MV1420 Ignition Systems 90Related Courses

Semester 3 (Intersession) HrsMV1310 Gas Engine Air & Fuel Delivery Systems 90MV2310 Gas InjectionSystems 90

Semester 4 HrsMV1330 Carburetted Fuel Systems 67.5MV1620 Light & Medium Duty Cooling Systems 67.5MV1550 Small Equipment Transmissions 67.5SR1100 Lawn & Garden Equipment Servicing

Fundamentals 45SR1200 Snowmobile Servicing Fundamentals 67.5SR1300 Motorcycle and ATV Servicing

Fundamentals 45SR1400 Marine Equipment Servicing

Fundamentals 67.5

Semester 5 HrsSR1110 Lawn and Garden Equipment

Troubleshooting and Repair 90SR1210 Snowmobile Troubleshooting & Repair 90SR1310 Motorcycle & ATV Troubleshooting &

Repair 90SR1410 Marine Equipment Troubleshooting &

Repair 90Related Courses

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1210 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

117

Small Equipment Repair

The Small Equipment Repair program is designed totrain individuals in the knowledge and skills associ-ated with the repair and maintenance of recreationalequipment, such as snowmobiles, ATVs, motorcycles,personal water crafts and outboard motors, as wellas fuel-powered tools, such as snowblowers, chain-saws and lawnmowers.

Students registering in this program are automaticallyconsidered apprentices and are registered with theProvincial Apprenticeship Board, Department ofEducation, and Government of Newfoundland andLabrador.

PROGRAM STRUCTURETraining in the Small Equipment Repair program con-sists of four academic semesters, and a six-weekintersession, delivered over a two-year period.Students complete all the required courses in thisperiod of time.

Following the in-school training, students have towork the required amount of time in order to qualify towrite the Provincial Journeypersons’ Examination.People eligible to write this examination will be giventhe opportunity to complete an eight-week refreshercourse before doing so. Graduates may be eligible tobecome certified as Small Equipment RepairTechnicians, Motorcycle Mechanics or RecreationalVehicle Service Technicians.

Students usually complete their training and requiredwork experience to receive their Journeypersons’Certificate in three to four years.

OBJECTIVES1.To provide the appropriate learning opportunities

required for employment.2.To assist students with the development of appro-

priate attitudes and behaviour that are conducive toworking with other persons in this occupation.

3.To develop and strengthen related knowledge andskills in subjects that compliment and support thetrade.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSA provincial High School Graduation Certificate orequivalentORAn Adult Basic Education Level III GraduationCertificateORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not possessthe educational prerequisite for this program may beconsidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESGraduates of the Small Equipment Repair programmay find employment in a variety of mechanical set-tings, including the service, sales and/or parts depart-ments of the many recreational vehicle dealershipsthat exist throughout the province. In addition, oppor-tunities exist with independent garages, service sta-tions, and repair shops, as well as manufacturers ofrecreational vehicles. Additional experience andtraining may lead to positions such as foreperson,supervisor, or inspector. Opportunities for self-employment are quite good in this area.

INDUSTRIAL TRADESCERTIFICATE• One year• September start• Baie Verte and Clarenville

Campuses

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsDR1700 Basic Drawing & Sketching 75PF1100 Pipe Fabrication (Layout) 45PF1110 Template Development 90PF1120 Ferrous Pipe Assembly 90PF1130 Non-Ferrous Pipe Assembly 45PF1160 Piping Shop Fundamentals 105PF1170 Pipe Blueprint Reading 60PF1300 Low Pressure Steam Boiler Systems 90PF2240 Hot Water Heating Systems 105TS1300 Rigging 45WD1120 SMAW Fundamentals 90WD1210 Oxy-Fuel Cutting & Welding 60

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1220 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

Advanced Level HrsPF1210 Piping and Heating Control Systems 45PF1220 Pump Installation 45PF1330 Alternate Heat Generators 45PF2210 Valves 45PF2230 Steam Systems 90PF2300 Industrial Burners 45PF2410 Specialized Piping Systems 60PF2440 Specialty Piping 45PF2500 Cross Connection Control 45RF1100 Refrigeration Fundamentals 90WA1120 Fundamentals of Hydraulics and

Pneumatics 90

118

Steamfitter/Pipefitter

This is a program designed to prepare persons foremployment in the steamfitter/pipefitter trade.

Students registering in this program are automaticallyconsidered apprentices and are registered with theProvincial Apprenticeship Board, Department ofEducation, Government of Newfoundland andLabrador.

After successful completion of this program, and therequired work experience, the apprentices qualify toreturn to complete advanced level training in prepa-ration for writing the Journeyperson’s Examination.

OBJECTIVES1.To develop skills in the use of the tools of the trade.2.To develop good work habits and attitudes for

employer and co-worker relations.3.To develop good safe working attitudes on the job.4.To provide related academic support skills and

knowledge in mathematics, communication skillsand science.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificate, ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite may be considered on anindividual basis under the Mature Student Clause.

EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR TRAININGSafety hat, safety boots, safety glasses, coveralls,welding goggles, welding gloves, four meter tape,Math set (metric/imperial).

INDUSTRIAL TRADES CERTIFICATE• 43 weeks• Start date varies• Bay St. George Campus

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsSV1100 Safety in the Shop 15SV1110 Ozone Depleting Substances 16SV1120 Gaskets, Seals, and Sealers 8SV1130 Electrical and Electronic Basic Principles 90SV1140 Hydraulic Basic Principles 30SV1150 Service Information Systems 30SV1160 Hand Tools 30SV1170 Shop Tools and Equipment 30SV1180 Fasteners, Tubing, and Fittings 30SV1190 Lubrication and Fluid Services 30SV1260 Hydraulic Brakes 60SV1270 Air Brakes 60SV1280 Drive Lines 30SV1300 Engine Principles 75SV1310 Cooling Systems 30SV1330 Air Filtration & Exhaust Systems 30SV1340 Gasoline Fuel Systems 15SV1360 Diesel Fuel Supply Systems 15SV1370 Batteries 15SV1420 Wheels and Tires 30SV1430 Wheel Balancing 15SV1440 Front Axles and Suspension 45SV1450 Steering Components 45SV1460 Real Suspension Systems 75SV1470 Basic Anti-Lock Brakes 30SV1480 Dual Brake Air Systems 45SV1490 Lighting Systems 30SV1500 Wiring Harness and Accessories 30TS1510 Occupational Health and Safety 4TS1520 WHMIS 6TS1530 First Aid 7WD1300 Oxy-Fuel Welding 30OT1160 Workplace Exposure 2wks

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1220 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

Advanced Level HrsSV1310 Lubrication Systems 15SV1350 Alternative Fuel Systems 15SV1380 Starting Systems 30SV1390 Charging System Components 30SV2570 Engine Brakes and Retarders 15SV2580 Engine Removal and Installation 30SV2590 Turbochargers, Blowers and Intercoolers 30SV2600 Diesel Engines Overhauling 90SV2610 Diesel Engine Problems Diagnosis 30SV2620 Injectors 30SV2630 Injection Pumps 30SV2640 Tune Ups and Diagnosis of Diesel Fuel

Systems 30SV2650 Electronic Fuel Control Systems 60SV2660 Ignition Systems and Tune-Ups 15SV2670 Air Conditioning Systems 30SV2680 Basic Motive Power Computers 60SV2690 Frames & Chassis 30SV2700 Electronic Components of

Anti-Lock Brakes 30SV2710 Engine Clutches 30SV2720 Manual Transmission 60SV2730 Automatic Transmission 90SV2740 Transfer Cases 30SV2750 Drive Axle Assemblies 45SV2760 Gasoline FuelInjection Systems 60SV2770 Emission Controls 30

119

Truck/Transport Service Technician

This training service is designed to provide traineeswith skills and knowledge required for employment inthe field of Heavy Equipment Repair. Truck andTransport Technicians diagnose problems, locate thecause of the malfunction, dismantle and overhaulcomponents. They repair defects, reassemble existingparts or fit new parts, and make final adjustments.

Students registering in this program are automaticallyconsidered apprentices and are registered with theProvincial Apprenticeship Board, Department ofEducation, Government of Newfoundland andLabrador.

After successful completion of the entry-level pro-gram, and the required work experience, the appren-tices qualify to return to complete advanced leveltraining in preparation for writing the Journyperson’sExamination.

OBJECTIVES1.To familiarize the students with the principles of

operation, construction, care and maintenance ofvarious types of hand tools and power tools.

2.To acquaint the students with the various routinesand practices pertaining to the maintenance andrepair of diesel powered trucks and trailer units.

3.To develop skills and to impart knowledge relativeto this particular trade.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificate, ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program may be con-sidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR TRAININGTool kit, safety boots, clear safety glasses, two pairsof coveralls, welding gloves, welding goggles.

SV2780 Fifth Wheels 15SV2790 Government Safety Inspections 7SV2800 Preventive Maintenance Inspections 30SV2810 Wheel Alignment 45WD2320 Arc Welding 30WD2330 MIG Welding 30

INDUSTRIAL TRADESCERTIFICATE• One year• Start date varies• Burin, Corner Brook, Happy Valley-

Goose Bay, Placentia, and PrincePhilip Drive Campuses

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsDR1120 Blueprint Reading for Welders 75DR1720 Basic Drawing and Sketching 75OT1150 Workplace Exposure 60SF1200 Introduction to Template Development 45WD1130 SMAW Fundamentals 45WD1160 Shop Fundamentals 90WD1210 Oxy-Fuel Cutting and Welding 60WD1230 SMAW Fundamentals 60WD1400 Introduction to Pipe Welding 45WD1510 Metallurgy Fundamentals 45WD1520 GAW Fundamentals 60WD2110 Position Butt Welding 120WD2210 Position Fillet Welding (SMAW) 75WD2260 FCA Fundamentals 30

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1220 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

Advanced Level HrsSF1300 Advanced Template Development 90WD2160 Position Welding (SMAW) 60WD2190 Specialized Welding and Cutting 45WD2240 Pipe, Tubing, and Specialized Welding

(SMAW) 150WD2250 Position Welding (GAW) 120WD2270 FCA Position Welding 60

120

Welder

This is a program designed to prepare persons foremployment in the labour force as an apprenticedwelder.

Students registering in this program are automaticallyconsidered apprentices and are registered with theProvincial Apprenticeship Board, Department ofEducation, Government of Newfoundland andLabrador.

After successful completion of this program, and therequired work experience, the apprentices qualify toreturn to complete advanced level training in prepa-ration for writing the Journeyperson’s Examination.

OBJECTIVES1.To develop an awareness of and concern for good

safety practices in the work place.2.To provide a knowledge of the capabilities of oxy-

gen, acetylene and arc welding equipment.3.To understand the effects of these processes on

materials.4.To develop skill in applying weld material to obtain

good welds.5.To provide related academic skills and knowledge

in Mathematics, Communication Skills and Science.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificate, ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not possessthe educational prerequisite for this program may beconsidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESThe graduate may obtain employment as an appren-ticed welder in machine shops, fabrication plants,garage, production plants, shipyards, oil rigs,Provincial, Federal and Municipal Governments.Additional experience and training leads to employ-ment opportunities such as foreperson, supervisor,inspector, engineering assistant.

INDUSTRIAL TRADES CERTIFICATE• 60 weeks• Start date varies• Port aux Basques Campus

COURSESCODE TITLEEntry Level HrsDR1120 Blueprint Reading for Welders 75DR1710 Basic Drawing and Sketching 75OT1140 Workplace Exposure 60SF1100 Metal Preparation and Shop Flow 75SF1120 Blueprint Reading for Fabricators 75SF1130 Introduction to Sub-Assembly and

Assembly Fabrication 60SF1200 Introduction to Template Development 45SF1220 Introduction to Plate Development 90TS1300 Rigging 45WD1130 SMAW Fundamentals 45WD1160 Shop Fundamentals 90WD1210 Oxy-Fuel Cutting and Welding 60WD1230 SMAW Fundamentals 60WD1400 Introduction to Pipe Welding 45WD1510 Metallurgy Fundamentals 45WD1520 GAW Fundamentals 60WD2110 Position Butt Welding 120WD2210 Position Fillet Welding (SMAW) 75WD2260 FCA Fundamentals 30

Related Courses HrsCM2150 Workplace Correspondence 45MC1050 Introduction to Computers 30MR1220 Customer Service 30SD1700 Work Place Skills 30SD1710 Job Search Skills (Seminar) 15SD1720 Entrepreneurial Skills (Seminar) 15SP2330 Quality Assurance/Quality Control 30

WELDERAdvanced Level HrsSF1300 Advanced Template Development 90WD2160 Position Welding (SMAW) 60WD2190 Specialized Welding and Cutting 45WD2240 Pipe, Tubing, and Specialized Welding

(SMAW) 150WD2250 Position Welding (GAW) 120WD2270 FCA PositionWelding 60

FABRICATORAdvanced Level HrsSF1300 Advanced Template Development 90SF1310 Advanced Plate Development 105SF1320 Sub-Assemblies 90SF1330 Structural Assembly 105WD2190 Specialized Welding and Cutting 45

121

Welder/Fabricator

This is a program designed to prepare persons foremployment in the labour force with the combinedskills of a welder and a metal fabricator.

Students registering in this program are automaticallyconsidered apprentices and are registered with theProvincial Apprenticeship Board, Department ofEducation, Government of Newfoundland andLabrador. Students may select either stream forJourneyperson certification.

After successful completion of this program, and therequired work experience, the apprentices qualify toreturn to complete advanced level training in prepa-ration for writing the Journeyperson’s Examination.

OBJECTIVES1.To develop an awareness of and concern for good

safety practices in the work place.2.To provide a knowledge of the capabilities of oxy-

gen, acetylene and arc welding equipment.3.To study the effects of welding processes on mate-

rials and fitting.4.To develop skills in applying weld material to obtain

good welds.5.To provide related academic skills and knowledge.6.To develop skills in reading and interpreting blue-

prints.7.To develop skills in proper layout and fabrication

processes.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School GraduationORGrade XI Certificate (Public Examinations or equiva-lent),ORAdult Basic Education graduation certificate, ORPersons 19 years of age or older who do not possessthe educational prerequisite for this program may beconsidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESThe graduate may obtain employment as an appren-tice in machine shops, fabrication plants, garage, pro-duction plants, shipyards, oil rigs, Provincial, Federaland Municipal Governments. Additional experienceand training leads to employment opportunities suchas foreperson, supervisor, inspector, engineeringassistant.

122

123

INFORMATIONTECHNOLOGY

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

124

Information Technology Programs

The Information Technology Industry would includeall those elements of the economy that are involved inthe collection, processing, management, retrieval andtransmission of data and information. Growth andchange characterize the information industry. It islikely that this dynamic environment will be reflectedin the number, type and location of IT programs asthe College strives to respond appropriately to thehuman resource needs of the sector.

The School of Information Technology offers pro-grams of study designed to prepare individuals for acareer of working on computers. That is the design,development, installation, maintenance and supportof computer hardware, software and networks. Otherprogram areas, for example, multi-media or geo-graphic information systems, commonly included inthe IT sector are offered by other College schools.

The programs currently offered by the IT Schoolinclude entry-level diploma programs as well as co-op, post-graduate and industry certification options.Continuing education courses related to computingand applications software are available for part-time

study at most campuses, and a limited number areavailable through distributed learning.

The courses in these programs have been carefullyselected and developed to assure learning outcomeswhich not only address technical and enabling aca-demic skills but also employability and soft skillsgeneric to the industry.

Students who have decided to become computer pro-grammers need to be aware of their aptitude for thisskill set. While math proficiency is an indicator, stu-dents are advised to write the Computer ProgrammerAptitude Battery (CPAB) Test, which is available atmost College campuses. This is not a pre-requisitebut should be used as a career advisory tool, espe-cially for applicants who are waitlisted forInformation Technology programs.

Applicants should also note that while mostInformation Technology programs have a work termor co-op feature, the College cannot guarantee place-ment in industry.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DIPLOMA (POST-GRAD)• 3 Semesters/Work Term• Start date varies• Prince Philip Drive Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaCP1120 Introduction to Programming I 6 5 3CP3410 Fundamentals of Database Design 4 4 1CP3420 Systems Analysis & Design I 4 3 3CP1800 Designing Programming Algorithms 3 3 0CR1100 Networking Fundamentals 4 4 0SD1400 Work Term Preparation P/F 1

Prior to the start of the semester, a five-day seminar,MC1000, will be offered for those who need to refresh ordocument their basic computer skills. Contact the cam-pus for details on the schedule.

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCP2120 Introduction to Programming II 4 3 3CP2480 Microcomputer Database

Programming 4 3 3CP2280 Introduction to Object-Oriented

Programming in Java 4 3 3CR2100 Website Management 4 3 3CP2810 Object-Oriented Systems Analysis

& Design 4 3 2SD1401 Work Term Preparation P/F 1

Semester 3 Cr Le LaWC1150 Work Term I 5 0 0PR2450 Systems Project Proposal 0 1 0

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCP2270 Java Programming 4 3 3CP2370 Multi-User Database Programming 4 3 3PR2451 Systems Project Course 4 3 3CP4460 Client-Server Systems Development 4 3 3CT1100 COBOL Programming 4 3 2SD3400 Career Preparation P/F 1

125

Applied Business InformationTechnology (ABIT)This program is designed to provide students withuniversity degrees and three-year college diplomaswith the appropriate theoretical and practical skillsrequired by today’s Information Technology market-place, using hands-on training opportunities withstate-of-the-art hardware and software. The programwill provide the student with a broad introduction toand background in computer concepts, programming,operating systems, networking, and training in a widevariety of industry-recognized software packages.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESIn most cases, graduates of this program will havethe opportunity to start a new and exciting careerpath in the field of Information Technology, whichwould normally begin with an entry-level program-ming position continuing on to Programmer Analystand then to Systems Analyst. It may also augment thestudent’s initial degree or diploma.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% overallaverage in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from:

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from:3201, 3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291,3292

2.Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291,4225 (50%) minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3.Additional credits at the 3000 level – chosen fromany of the remaining 3000 level courses offered inthe Senior High School Programa.Six credits at the 3000 level for those who com-

plete a Language course OR

b.Five credits at the 3000 level for those who com-plete an English course.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGYDIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Carbonear, Clarenville, Corner

Brook, Gander, Happy Valley-GooseBay, Labrador West, and PrincePhilip Drive Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaCM1400 Communications 3 3 0CP1160 Introduction to the Internet 2 1 2CP2600 Computer Hardware Fundamentals 4 4 1CP3110 MS-DOS 3 2 2CR1100 Network Fundamentals 4 4 0MC1150 Productivity Tools 4 3 2

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCM1401 Communications Skills 3 3 0CP1150 Visual Basic 4 3 3CP1320 Computer Troubleshooting 4 3 3CP1280 Windows Client 4 3 2CP2190 UNIX 2 1 2MR1210 Customer Service 2 2 0

Semester 3 Cr Le LaCM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0CP2170 Windows Server 4 3 3CP3600 Computer Peripherals 3 2 2CR1200 Computer Security 3 3 0CR2310 Network Analysis & Design 3 2 2CR2400 Internetworking 4 3 3MC1151 Advanced Productivity Tools 3 2 2XXXX Basic General Knowledge Seminar

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0CP4470 Current Trends in Industry 3 2 2CR2110 Novell 4 3 3CR2120 Network Management SNS-SNMP 3 2 4CR2220 Groupware 3 2 2HR2400 Professional Development P/F 2 1XXXX Business General Knowledge

Seminar

Semester 5 Cr Le LaWT1180 Work Term P/F

The intent of the Business General Knowledge Seminarsis for students to gain a basic level of understanding forbusiness line functions and processes. Students areencouraged to participate fully so that the essence of anapplicable IT business operation can be properly out-lined and discussed. The topical presentations andinteractions are meant to introduce the student to a vari-ety of business dimensions, sufficient for them to gain afamiliarity with the terms and applications found in theIT business world.

126

Computer Support Specialist(Under Review)The Computer Support Specialist program is a two-year program designed to train individuals to design,install, and maintain LAN/WAN computer networksystems. It gives students a strong knowledge base oflocal and wide area networking, Internet/Intranetconnectivity, network administration and the ability tofunction effectively with many new technologies.

The development of communication and interpersonalskills in a team environment contributes to the base ofexperience needed to become a computer supportspecialist.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESGiven the current growth of the Internet and the pushtowards a true information superhighway, ComputerSupport Specialist graduates may find employmentwith information-based businesses in both the privateand public sectors.

Many businesses, including school boards, colleges,libraries and entrepreneurial organizations, will havethe need for graduates from the Computer SupportSpecialist program.

Opportunities for self-employment may also exist.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% overallaverage in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from:

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from:3201, 3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291,3292

2.Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291,4225 (50%) minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in eachcourse)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in eachcourse)

3.Additional credits at the 3000 level – chosen fromany of the remaining 3000 level courses offered inthe Senior High Program:a. Six credits at the 3000 level for those who com-

plete a Language course ORb. Five credits at the 3000 level for those who com-

plete an English course.ORA Grade XI public examination pass with a 60% aver-age including a 60% pass in Language andMatriculation Mathematics or 50% in Honours Math.ORAn Adult Basic Education Level III GraduationCertificate consisting of the following courses:Communications IC3211, IC3112 plus ONE of IC3116,IC3215, IC3321, or IC3222.Mathematics from one of the following sections:

i. Mathematics: IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216ii. IM3219

ORPersons 19 years of age or older, who have been outof school for at least one year and do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program, may beconsidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DIPLOMA• Three years• To be announced• Corner Brook Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaCM1320 Communications Skills 3 3 0MC1800 Software Applications I 4 3 2CP1910 Internet Fundamentals 3 2 2MA1900 Problem Solving for Information

Technology 4 4 1CR1100 Network Fundamentals 4 4 0EP1160 Introduction to Business Functions 3 3 1

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCM1400 Communications Skills 3 3 0MC1801 Software Applications II 3 2 3CP1920 Computer Hardware &

Troubleshooting I 4 3 2CP1830 Programming I 5 4 4CP1310 Windows Server Administration 4 3 2

Semester 3 Cr Le LaMA1910 Introduction to Numerical

Problem Solving 4 3 2EP1170 Business Information Fundamentals 3 3 1CP1831 Programming II 4 3 3CM2200 Oral Communications 2 2 0CP1930 Introduction to Systems Analysis

& Design 5 4 2Elective

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCP2830 Programming III 4 3 2CP3410 Fundamentals of Database Design 4 4 1CP1940 Website & Web Server Development 4 3 2CM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0CP1950 Systems II 4 3 3Elective

Semester 5 (Intersession) Cr Le LaCP1960 Microcomputer Database

Programming 4 6 4CP1970 Java I 4 6 6

Semester 6 Cr Le LaWT1180 Work Term P/F

Semester 7 Cr Le LaCP2370 Multi-User Database Programming 4 3 3CP1951 Systems Project III 4 2 5CP1980 Website Scripting 3 2 2CP2831 Programming IV 4 3 2CP1971 Java II 4 3 3

ElectivesCP2190 Unix 2 1 2HR2400 Professional Development P/F 2 1MR1210 Customer Service 2 2 0CR1200 Computer Security 3 3 0MM1950 Work Place Professionalism 3 3 0LW2400 E-Business Law and Regulations 3 3 0MR2630 E-Commerce Trends 3 3 0SD1450 E-Business Career Development 2 2 0

127

Internet Application Developer

This three-year program is a comprehensive trainingprogram designed to include introductory courses forthose who do not have any computer background. Itplaces emphasis on programming, Internet develop-ment, systems analysis and design, management andprogram development of Database ManagementSystems.

Students will receive hands-on experience using thelatest technologies. They will receive the skill setneeded to obtain entry-level positions in theInformation Technology sector. An emphasis isplaced on soft skills and working in a team environ-ment. Students complete a work term to enable themto become aware of and build on the skill set requiredto obtain a job in the market place.

Graduates may be employed in a variety of entry-levelprogramming and software development, internetapplications development, database development anddatabase administrator positions.

PROGRAM OBJECTIVES1.To provide students with a broad understanding of

the fundamental computer skills necessary to workeffectively and efficiently in the InformationTechnology industry.

2.To develop skills for effective communication, acapacity for leadership, teamwork, and co-opera-tion in problem solving.

3.To develop skills for problem solving, and program-ming in desktop, enterprise, and Internet environ-ments.

4.To develop skills for database creation, manage-ment, and security.

5.To develop quality assurance and project manage-ment skills.

6.To develop the required skills to effectively analyze,write, and maintain secure, customized computerapplications based on user requirements.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% overallaverage in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from 3201,3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291, 3292

2.Mathematics (2 credits) chosen fromAdvanced: 3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291,4225 (50%) minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3.Additional credits at the 3000 level – chosen fromany of the remaining 3000 level courses offered inthe Senior High School Program.Six credits at the 3000 level for those who completea Language course ORFive credits at the 3000 level for those who com-plete an English course

ORA Grade XI public examination pass with a 60% aver-age including a 60% pass in Language andMatriculation Mathematics or 50% in Honours MathORAn Adult Basic Education Level III GraduationCertificate including the following courses:a.Communications IC3211, IC3112 Plus ONE of IC3116,

IC3215, IC3321 or IC3222b.Mathematics from ONE of the following sections:

i. Mathematics IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216ii. IM3219

ORPersons 19 years of age or older, who have been outof school for at least one year and do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program, may beconsidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGYDIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Clarenville Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaCP1160 Introduction to the Internet 2 1 2CP2050 Using Windows 95/NT 2 1 2CP2600 Computer Hardware Fundamentals 4 3 2MC1150 Productivity Tools 4 3 2MM1100 Authoring Systems 3 3 0CM1400 Comm. Skills I 3 3 0VA1700 Graphic Art & Design 3 2 2

Semester 2 Cr Le LaMM1200 Instructional Design I 3 3 0CP1120 Introduction to Programming I 6 5 3MM1300 Media Acquisitions, Digitizing &

Editing 2 1 2MM2100 Multimedia Authoring I 3 2 4MM2500 Computer Graphics I 3 2 2MM2600 Computer Animation I 3 2 2

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaCP1400 Website Analysis & Design 3 2 2CP2460 CGI Programming & Database

Operation 3 2 2MM1950 Workplace Professionalism 3 3 0

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCM1560 Creative Writing-

Writing from Original Sources 3 3 0CP2190 Unix 2 1 2CP2280 Introduction to Object Oriented

Java Programming I 4 3 3CS2510 Software Project Planning 3 3 0MM2101 Multimedia Authoring II 3 2 4MM2501 Computer Graphics II 3 2 2MM2601 Computer Animation II 3 2 2

Semester 5 Cr Le LaMM2800 Multimedia Trends 2 2 2CP2570 Multimedia Java Programming II 4 3 3CP1500 Business Applications for Media 4 3 3MR2110 Marketing Methods & Promotional

Media 3 3 0MM2350 Multimedia Production 2 1 2MM1730 Multimedia Web Design Project 2 0 6

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaMM2780 Work Term 6wks

128

Multimedia: Internet Development

There is a strong demand for workers who haveMultimedia and Internet Development skills. Steadygrowth in Marketing, Educational, Entertainment,Promotional and Productivity industries requiresworkers who can create Multimedia applications andwho can develop interactive websites.

The Multimedia Internet Development program con-centrates on the design, development and productionof interactive multimedia applications that can bedelivered on the Internet and/or on CD-ROM or DVD.Such multimedia website applications are in demandfrom clients all over the world.

The primary focus of this Multimedia InternetDevelopment program is on the design and develop-ment of media-rich interactive websites and multime-dia applications targeted at schools, businesses andcommunity groups. This development includes thecreation of educational software and websites forclassroom use and for distance education, the mak-ing of marketing software for e-commerce, advertis-ing and promotional use, and the production of 2Dand 3D graphics and animation, digital audio and digi-tal video. It also includes scriptwriting and contentdevelopment for the Internet and software applica-tions, as well as programming in Internet languagessuch as HTML, PHP, Perl, Java, JavaScript, andVisual Basic.net. All design and development work inthe Multimedia Internet Development program is donein an environment that stresses hands-on skills andknowledge of computer hardware and peripherals,Windows and UNIX operating systems and computernetworking systems.

OBJECTIVES1.To introduce the student to the multimedia work

environment and to computer and peripheraldevices used for creating online and offline multi-media content.

2.To provide the student with the knowledge andskills required for designing and developing multi-media and Internet applications.

3.To provide the student with technical instruction inmultimedia- and Internet-related topics such ascomputer hardware and software, computer pro-gramming, multimedia authoring applications, web-site design, graphics, animation, digital mediaacquisition and editing, and to apply this knowledgein the production of multimedia websites and appli-cations.

4.To provide the student with specialized instructionin subjects such as communications, instructionaldesign, marketing and to relate this information tothe production of multimedia websites and applica-tions.

5.To assist the student in the development of the per-sonal skills which are in demand by employers,including the ability to manage information, to thinkand solve problems, to be responsible and adapt-able workers, to work well in teams and to producequality work.

EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIESGraduates of this program take advantage of theexcellent potential for work in the multimedia andInternet development industries. Graduates areemployed in advertising, website design and theentertainment businesses, and with educational andpublic service agencies. Graduates have also set uptheir own multimedia production and Internet servicebusinesses.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSA provincial high school graduation certificate with a60% average in the following:1.Language (one credit-minimum 60%) from 3101,

3102, 3103, 3124OREnglish 3211 (minimum 60%)

2.Mathematics (two credits) chosen from:Advanced: 3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291,4224 (50%) minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3.Additional credits at the 3000 level - Chosen fromany of the remaining 3000 level courses offered inthe Senior High Program - six additional credits arerequired if a Language course was completed, fiveadditional credits are required if the English coursewas completed.

ORA Grade XI public examination pass with a 60% aver-age including a 60% pass in Language or English andMatriculation Mathematics or 50% in Honours Math.ORAn Adult Basic Education Level III GraduationCertificate consisting of the following courses:a.Communications IC3211, IC3112 plus ONE of IC3116,

IC3215, IC3321, or IC3222.b.Mathematics from one of the following sections:

i. Mathematics IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216ii. IM3219

ORPersons 19 years of age or older, who have been outof school for at least one year and do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program, may beconsidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Corner Brook and Grand Falls-

Windsor Campuses

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaCM2100 Communications 3 3 0CP1120 Introduction to Programming I 6 5 3CP1510 Windows Operating Systems 3 2 2CP1610 Introduction to Computer Components 2 2 1MC1150 Productivity Tools 4 3 2MA1500 Mathematics for Computer Studies 4 4 0

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCM2200 Communications 2 2 0CP2120 Introduction to Programming II 4 3 3CP2480 Microcomputer Database

Programming 4 3 3CR1100 Network Fundamentals 4 4 0CR1500 Website Development 3 2 2EP1170 Introduction to Business

Fundamentals 3 3 1

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaAC1300 Accounting 4 3 2CP2190 Unix 2 1 2XXXX Work Term Seminar 0 0 1

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0CP3200 Object-Oriented Programming 4 3 3CP3410 Fundamentals of Database Design 4 4 1CP3420 Systems Analysis & Design I 4 3 3CP2170 WindowsServer 4 3 3

orCR2110 Novell 4 3 3XXXX Work Term Seminar 0 0 1

Semester 5 Cr Le LaCP2370 Multi-User Database Prog. 4 3 3CP4420 Systems Design & Development 5 4 2CP4460 Client-Server Database Systems 4 3 3XXXX Work Term Seminar 0 0 1MM1950 Workplace Professionalism 3 3 0

One Option to be chosen from

CP2260 Legacy Systems 5 3 6CP2280 Introduction to Object-Oriented

Programming in Java 4 3 3CP2610 Scripting Languages 4 3 2CT3110 Windows Programming 4 3 3

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaWT1180 Work Term P/F

129

Programmer Analyst(Business)This two-year diploma program provides a foundationin computer technologies and introduces students tothe world of business.

The program places emphasis on systems analysisand design, programming languages and databaseprogramming and management. Hands-on experiencewith a variety of hardware and software is provided,as well as the opportunity to develop team building,communication and interpersonal skills. When com-bined with work experience, this skill set preparesstudents for the role of programmer analyst in a busi-ness environment.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESGraduates of the Programmer Analyst (Business) pro-gram may find employment in computer-related occu-pations with government departments and a widevariety of businesses and organizations. Typical activ-ities may include computer programmer analyst, data-base development, systems analysis and e-business.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% overallaverage in the following:1. Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from:

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%)Chosen from: 3201, 3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281,3282, 3291, 3292

2.Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291,4225 (50%) minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3.Additional credits at the 3000 level - Chosen fromany of the remaining 3000 level courses offered inthe Senior High Program:

a. Six credits at the 3000 level for those who com-plete a Language course ORb. Five credits at the 3000 level for those whocomplete an English course.

ORA Grade XI public examination pass with a 60% aver-age including a 60% pass in Language andMatriculation Mathematics or 50% in Honours Math.ORAn Adult Basic Education Level III GraduationCertificate consisting of the following courses:a.Communications IC3211, IC3112 plus ONE of IC3116,

IC3215, IC3321, or IC3222.b.Mathematics from one of the following sections:

i. Mathematics IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216ii. IM3219

ORPersons 19 years of age or older, who have been outof school for at least one year and do not meet theeducational prerequisites for this program, may beconsidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

DIPLOMA• Three years• September start• Prince Philip Drive Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaCM2100 Communications 3 3 0CP1120 Introduction to Programming I 6 5 3CP1510 Windows Operating Systems 3 2 2CP1610 Introduction to Computer Components 2 2 1MC1150 Productivity Tools 4 3 2MA1500 Mathematics for Computer Studies 4 4 0SD1400 Work Term Preparation 0 0 1

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCM2200 Communications 2 2 0CP2120 Introduction to Programming II 4 3 3CP2480 Microcomputer Database

Programming 4 3 3CR1100 Network Fundamentals 4 4 0CR1500 Website Development 3 2 2EP1170 Introduction to Business

Fundamentals 3 3 1XXXX Work Term Seminar 0 0 1

Semester 3 Cr Le LaWC1150 Work Term I 5 0 0

Semester 4 Cr Le LaAC1300 Accounting 4 3 2CM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0CP3410 Fundamentals of Database Design 4 4 1CP3420 Systems Analysis & Design I 4 3 3CT1120 Computer Programming in C++ 4 3 3MM1950 Workplace Professionalism 3 3 0XXXX Work Term Seminar 0 0 1

Semester 5 Cr Le LaWC2150 Work Term II 5 0 0

Semester 6 Cr Le LaCP2190 Unix 2 1 2CT1100 Cobol Language 4 3 2CP2280 Introduction to Object-Oriented

Programming in Java 4 3 3CP4420 Systems Analysis & Design II 5 4 2CR2110 Novell 4 3 3

orCP2170 Windows Server 4 3 3XXXX Work Term Seminar 0 0 1

Semester 7 Cr Le LaWC3150 Work Term III 5 0 0

Semester 8 Cr Le LaCP2560 Advanced Java Programming 4 3 3CP2370 Multi-User Database Programming 4 3 3CP4460 Client-Server Database Systems 4 3 3CP4470 Current Trends In Industry 3 2 2MA2610 Introduction to Management Science 4 3 2SD3400 Career Preparation P/F 1

Successful completion of three work terms is requiredfor graduation with a co-op diploma. However, in excep-tional circumstances and with college approval, the co-op diploma may be awarded to students whosuccessfully complete two work terms.

Programmer Analyst(Business) Co-opProgrammer Analyst (Business) Co-op is a three-yearcooperative education program which trains studentsto work effectively in business computer program-ming environments. After the first year of studies stu-dents will alternate between academic semestersand work term semesters for a total of eight semes-ters. At the end of this three-year program, studentswill have acquired forty-eight weeks of relevant workexperience.

The program places emphasis on systems analysisand design, programming languages, and databaseprogramming and management. Hands-on experiencewith a variety of hardware and software is provided,as well as the opportunity to develop team building,communication and interpersonal skills. When com-bined with work experience, this skill set preparesstudents for the role of programmer analyst in a busi-ness environment.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESGraduates of the Programmer/Analyst Co-op programmay find employment in computer-related occupa-tions with government departments, and a wide vari-ety of businesses and organizations. Typical activitiesmay include computer programmer analyst, databasedevelopment, systems analysis and e-business.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% overallaverage in the following:1. Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from:3201, 3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291,3292

2. Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from: Advanced:3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3191, 4224 (50%)minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3.Additional credits at the 3000 level - chosen fromany of the remaining 3000 level courses offered inthe Senior High Program:a. Six credits at the 3000 level for those who com-

plete a Language course ORb. Five credits at the 3000 level for those who com-

plete an English course.ORA Grade XI public examination pass with a 60% aver-age including a 60% pass in Language andMatriculation Mathematics or 50% in Honours Math.ORAn Adult Basic Education Level III GraduationCertificate including the following courses:a.Communication Skills 3211, 3112, and ONE of 3116,

3215, 3321, or 3222.b.Either Mathematics 3212, 3213, and 3216 or

Mathematics 3219.ORPersons 19 years of age or older, who have been outof school for at least one year and do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program, may beconsidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

130

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

131

DIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Corner Brook and Grand Falls-

Windsor Campuses

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaCM2100 Communications 3 3 0CP1120 Introduction to Programming I 6 5 3CP1510 Windows Operating Systems 3 2 2CP1610 Introduction to Computer Components 2 2 1MC1150 Productivity Tools 4 3 2MA1500 Mathematics for Computer Studies 4 4 0

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCM2200 Communications 2 2 0CP2120 Introduction to Programming II 4 3 3CP2480 Microcomputer Database

Programming 4 3 3CR1100 Network Fundamentals 4 4 0CR1500 Website Development 3 2 2EP1170 Introduction to Business

Fundamentals 3 3 1

Semester 3 (Interssion I) Cr Le LaCP1320 Computer Troubleshooting 4 3 3CP2190 Unix 2 1 2XXXX Work Term Seminar 0 0 1

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0CP2170 Windows Server 4 3 3CP2280 Introduction to Object-Oriented

Programming in Java 4 3 3CP2510 Unix Management 3 2 2CR1310 Network Troubleshooting 3 2 3CR2310 Network Analysis and Design 3 2 2XXXX Work Term Seminar 0 0 1

Semester 5 Cr Le LaCP2560 Advanced Java Programming 4 3 3CR1450 TCP/IP 3 3 1CR2110 Novell 4 3 3CP2440 Web Server I 3 2 3

orCP2450 Web Server II 3 2 3MM1950 Workplace Professionalism 3 3 0XXXX Work Term Seminar 0 0 1

Semester 6 (Interssion II) Cr Le LaWT1180 Work Term P/F

Programmer Analyst (Networking)This two-year program provides a foundation in com-puter technologies with a strong emphasis on net-working and network operating systems,programming languages and Internetworking. Theprogram contains network and programming skill setsand provides hands-on experience with a variety ofsoftware and hardware.

The development of communication and interpersonalskills in a team environment contributes to the base ofexperience needed to become a programmer analyst.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESGraduates of the Programmer Analyst (Networking)program may find employment in computer-relatedoccupations with government departments and awide variety of businesses and organizations. Typicalactivities may include computer programming analyst,microcomputer support specialist, and network sup-port/administrator.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% overallaverage in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121 OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from:3201, 3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291,3292

2 .Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291,4225 (50%) minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3.Additional credits at the 3000 level - Chosen fromany of the remaining 3000 level courses offered inthe Senior High Program:a. Six credits at the 3000 level for those who com-

plete a Language course ORb. Five credits at the 3000 level for those who com-

plete an English course.ORA Grade XI public examination pass with a 60% aver-age including a 60% pass in Language andMatriculation Mathematics or 50% in Honours Math.ORAn Adult Basic Education Level III GraduationCertificate consisting of the following courses:a.Communications IC3211, IC3112 plus ONE of IC3116,

IC3215, IC3321, or IC3222.b.Mathematics from one of the following sections:

i. Mathematics IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216ORPersons 19 years of age or older, who have been outof school for at least one year and do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program, may beconsidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGYDIPLOMA• Two years• Start date varies• @College Distributed Learning

Service

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaCM2100 Communications 3 3 0CP1310 Windows NT Administration 4 3 2CP2190 Unix 2 1 2CR1100 Networking Fundamentals 4 4 0MA1500 Mathematics for Computer Studies 4 4 0MC1150 Productivity Tools 4 3 2

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCM2300 Report Writing 2 2 0CP1120 Introduction to Procedural Program

(PERL) 6 5 3CP2510 Unix Management 3 2 2CP3410 Fundamentals of Database Design 4 4 1CR1500 Website Development 3 2 2MM2500 Computer Graphics (2D) 3 2 2

Semester 3 Cr Le LaCP1400 Website Analysis & Design 3 2 3CP2460 CGI Programming 3 2 2MM1950 Workplace Professionalism 3 3 0

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCM2200 Communications 2 2 0CP2280 Introduction to Object-Oriented

Java Programming 4 3 3CP2440 Web Server I 3 2 3CP2480 Database Programming 4 3 3CR1450 TCP/IP 3 3 1XXXX Business General Knowledge Seminar

Semester 5 Cr Le LaCR1200 Computer Security 3 3 0CP2170 Windows Server 4 3 3CP2450 Web Server II 3 2 3CP2610 Scripting Language 4 3 2CR1550 Website Trends 2 1 3PR2110 Project 2 0 4XXXX Business General Knowledge Seminar

Semester 6 Cr Le LaWC1330 Work Term P/F

The intent of the Business General Knowledge Seminaris for students to gain a basic level of understanding forbusiness line functions and processes. Students areencouraged to participate fully so that the essence of anapplicable IT business operation can be properly out-lined and discussed. The topical presentation and inter-actions are meant to introduce students to a variety ofbusiness dimensions, sufficient for them to gain a famil-iarity with the terms of applications found in the IT busi-ness world.

132

Website Administration

The Website Administration program is a two-yeardiploma program which trains students to effectivelychoose, install, configure, and administer a WWWserver - for UNIX or Windows NT.

Graduates will have knowledge and skills in CGIscripting, server configuration, multi-honed Webservers, access control, database integration, fire-walls, proxy servers, web server software, web pagedesign, HTML, Java, and PERL programming, andwebsite maintenance.

The development of communication and interpersonalskills in a team environment contributes to the base ofexperience needed to become a website administra-tor.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% overallaverage in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from:

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121 OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from:3201, 3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291,3292

2.Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from: Advanced:3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291, 4224 (50%)minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3.Additional credits at the 3000 level - Chosen fromany of the remaining 3000 level courses offered inthe Senior High Program:

a. Six credits at the 3000 level for those who com-plete a Language courseOR

b. Five credits at the 3000 level for those who com-plete an English course.

ORGrade XI Public Examinations pass or equivalent witha 60% average including a 60% pass in language, 60%in Matriculation Math, or 50% pass in HonoursMathematics.ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the academic stream includingthe followingCourses:a.Communications IC3211 & IC3112 plus one of

IC3116, IC3215, IC3321, or IC3222b.Mathematics from one of the following sections:

i. Mathematics IM3212, IM3213, IM3216.ii. Mathematics IM3219

c.Science from one of the following sections: i. Biology IB3113, IB3214, IB3115, IB3116ii. Chemistry IH3215, IH3116, IH3317, IH3118iii. Physics IP3111, IP3112, IP3215, IP3216iv. Earth Science IS3212, IS3213, IS3214

ORPersons 19 years of age or older, who have been outof school for at least one year and do not meet theeducational requirements, may be considered on anindividual basis under the Mature Student Clause.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIESGraduates of this program will find employment asWebmasters, Website Administrators, WebDeveloper/Designer, Webmaster Specialist, CertifiedWeb Technician, Web Page Producer, and WebProgrammer.

133

NATURALRESOURCES

NATURAL RESOURCESDIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Corner Brook Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaBL1120 Biology I 3 2 3CM1400 Communication Skills 3 3 0CS1600 Leadership I Wilderness Travel 4 4 0AT1510 Water Safety 3 2 4GE1120 Geology 3 2 3SU1150 Field Navigation 3 2 3MC1050 Introduction to Computers 2 2 0

Semester 2 Cr Le LaEN2120 Environmental Citizenship 3 3 0AT1220 Heritage Interpretation I 4 4 0CS1300 Wilderness Medicine 1 0 3AT1100 Adventure Tourism Industry 4 4 0AT1500 Cross-Country Skiing 1 0 4HM2210 Hospitality Marketing 3 3 0AC1300 Accounting 4 3 2

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaAT1520 Canoeing 2 0 8AT2510 Sea Kayaking 2 0 8BL1700 Ornithology 3 4 4BL2230 Coastal/Marine Ecosystems I 4 6 4

During the intersession many of the required objectiveswill be achieved while participating in related fieldcamp activities. Students must be prepared to pay theResources Camp Fee for this period.

Semester 4 Cr Le LaAT1221 Heritage Interpretation II 1 0 3BL2210 Freshwater & Wetlands Ecosystems 4 3 2BL2220 Boreal Forest & Barren Ecosystems 4 3 2BL2231 Coastal/Marine Ecosystems II 4 3 2GI1100 Historical Geography 3 3 0CS1601 Leadership II Guiding Principles 3 3 0GE2400 Physical Geology 4 3 2

Semester 5 Cr Le LaEP1100 Entrepreneurial Studies 4 3 2AT1300 Ethics for Sustainable Tourism 3 3 0AT2500 Backcountry Skiing 2 0 7CP2340 Desktop Publishing 3 2 2CS2600 Leadership III Wilderness Survival 4 3 3HY1300 NewfoundlandHistory 3 3 0LW1300 Legal Liability & Risk Management 3 3 0

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaOJ1160 Work Term 3wks

134

Adventure Tourism - OutdoorRecreationAdventure Tourism - Outdoor Recreation is a compre-hensive education and training program designed toprepare individuals for challenging careers in thefastest growing sector of the tourism industry. Thisprogram provides students with a solid foundation inthe natural sciences and social history of theprovince of Newfoundland and Labrador and a strongbase in outdoor leadership skills and techniques. Theability for graduates to deliver high quality environ-mental and cultural interpretation to a broad audi-ence is a fundamental goal of the program. Theprogram addresses Aexcellence@ by assisting stu-dents in becoming confident leaders skilled in impart-ing information to others in an interesting andenjoyable way.

There will be a number of extended field experiencesin demanding environments which will develop stu-dents= inner strengths, group management and livingskills, and personal technical skills in a range of out-door pursuits: sea-kayaking, canoeing, cross-countryskiing, back-country skiing, camping, and back-pack-ing.

OBJECTIVES1. To provide learning opportunities for students to

develop the necessary knowledge and skills foremployment in the Adventure Tourism - OutdoorRecreation industry.

2. To provide students with opportunities to developappreciation and pride for our natural and socialhistories, and to develop skills to interpret them toothers.

3. To develop in students an acceptable entrancelevel competency in selected outdoor recreationactivities and to prepare them for various certifi-cates associated with the industry.

THE CONTEXTThe Diploma of Adventure Tourism - OutdoorRecreation is a two-year industry driven programbased in spectacular Western Newfoundland, 90 min-utes from Gros Morne National Park. The programhas access to two UNESCO World Heritage Sites,numerous National Historic Sites, and breathtakingnatural wilderness and ocean environments. It issupported by a world class public college systemwith an excellent transfer program with colleges anduniversities across Canada.

The Province of Newfoundland and Labrador has anadventure tourism product of world-class potential,and to become competitive in an international mar-ketplace the product, as well as the service, must beexceptional. This program has been designed toensure that the province will have highly skilled indi-viduals to fulfil the projected demand in the industry.

FUTURE OPPORTUNITIESTourism is a growth industry; and according to theWorld Tourism organization, it is now the largestindustry in the world. Adventure Tourism is thefastest growing sector of the industry, expanding at arate of 30% annually.

In this province, Adventure Tourism is in its infancyand therefore, employment opportunities continue togrow each year. There are recognizable peak sea-sons in the industry and they occur in the summermonths and, in some areas of the province, for a twoto three-month period in the winter. Job opportuni-ties in this province such as hard adventure tourguides, bus tour guides, cruise ship interpreters, areseasonal in nature and fall within the two peak sea-sons. In addition to these jobs, opportunities mayexist in the provincial and national parks as inter-preters, and program co-ordinators for youth campsand environmental education programs. Since amajor portion of programming deals with naturalresources, possibilities may exist in the area ofresources management.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% over-all average in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from:

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from:3201, 3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291,3292

2. Science (4 credits) two must be selected from:Biology: 3201, 3211, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291, 4221Physics: 3204, 3214, 3274, 3284, 3294, 4224Chemistry: 3202, 3212, 3230, 3272, 3282, 3292, 4222Environmental Science: 3205Geology 3203, 3213, 3223, 3273, 3283, 3293Earth Systems 3213 3209Note: The remaining 2 Science credits to be chosenfrom the highest Science mark in level 1, 2 or 3.

ORPersons 19 years of age or older, who have been outof school for at least one year and do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program, may beconsidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.ORGrade XI Public Examination pass with a 60% averageincluding a 60% pass in language, or 50% in HonoursMathematics, and one Science course,ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the academic stream includingthe following courses:1.Communications IC3211 & IC3112 plus one of IC3116

or IC3215 or IC3321 or IC3222 2.Science ... from one of the following sections:

a. Biology IB3113, IB3214, IB3115, IB3316b. Chemistry IH3215, IH3116, IH3117, IH3118c. Physics IP3111, IP3112, IP3215, IP3216d. Earth Science IS3212, IS3213, IP3214.

PERSONAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTSStudents will be required to obtain quality outdoorclothing and equipment for this course. A list of sug-gested items is posted on the program web page or isavailable upon request.

Note: Students should be aware that additional feesand expenses may apply for some certifications.

The Environmental Industry is one of the fastestgrowing sectors of our economy. The industry needsa supply of skilled technical people to meet the chal-lenges of the 21st century as we strive to reduceenvironmental pollution and maintain the well beingof our ecosystems. Students of this EnvironmentalTechnology Program will receive a multidisciplinarytraining in chemical, biological, and engineering sci-ence focused on dealing with environmental pollutionand sustainable development.

The College offers a three-year Co-operativeEducation diploma program in EnvironmentalTechnology. The co-operative education componentaffords graduates the opportunity to combine practi-cal work experience with academic learning.Students are eligible to proceed to the Bachelor ofTechnology Environmental Program at the UniversityCollege of Cape Breton in Sydney, Nova Scotia uponsuccessful completion of the diploma program.

OBJECTIVES1. To train students in the environmental field at a

technical level.2. To provide knowledge and skills related to all

aspects of environmental technology.3. To provide knowledge and experience in working

with specialized equipment and techniques used inthe field.

FUTURE OPPORTUNITIESThe graduate of the program may obtain employmentin government or private industry. Employment wouldinclude such work as providing technical support toprofessional pollution control specialists, providingtechnical assistance with impact assessment studiesto firms and/or consultants, and assisting governmentand industry in promoting their environmental educa-tion programs.

PERSONAL EQUIPMENTLab Coat, Safety Glasses, Graphics Calculator

PROGRAM TRANSFERABILITYFollowing successful completion of the diploma pro-grams, students are eligible to proceed to proceed tothe Bachelor of Technology, Enivronment program.For further details on this program refer to theUniversity College of Cape Breton Calendar.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% overallaverage in the following:1. Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from:

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from:3201, 3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291,3292

2. Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from: Advanced:3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291, 4225 (50%)minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290,(60%) minimum

ORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3.Science (4 credits) two of which must be selectedfrom:Biology: 3201, 3211, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291, 4221Physics: 3204, 3214, 3274, 3284, 3294, 4224Chemistry: 3202, 3212, 3230, 3272, 3282, 3292, 4222Environmental Science: 3205Geology: 3203, 3213, 3223, 3272, 3283, 3293Earth Systems: 3213, 3209Note: The remaining 2 Science credits to be chosenfrom the highest Science mark in level 1, 2 or 3.

ORPersons 19 years of age or older, who have been outof school for at least one year and do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program, may beconsidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.ORGrade XI Public Examination pass with a 60% averageincluding a 60% pass in language, 60% inMatriculation Mathematics or 50% in HonoursMathematics, and one Science course,ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the academic stream includingthe following courses:1.Communications IC3211 & IC3112 plus one of IC3116

or IC3215 or IC3321 or IC3222 2.Mathematics... from one of the following sections:

a. Mathematics IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216b. Mathematics IM3219

3. Science... from one of the following sections:a. Biology IB3113, IB3214, IB3115, IB3316b. Chemistry IH3215, IH3116, IH3117, IH3118c. Physics IP3111, IP3112, IP3215, IP3216d. Earth Science IS3212, IS3213, IP3214.

NATURAL RESOURCES DIPLOMA• Three years• September start• Corner Brook

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaBL1100 Biology 4 3 2CM1400 Communication Skills I 3 3 0MA1100 Mathematics I* 5 4 2MC1050 Introduction to Computers 2 2 0CH1120 Chemistry I 4 3 2EN1520 Environmental Sampling 3 2 2EN2120 Environmental Citizenship 3 3 0Total 24 20 8

*Admission into the appropriate Mathematics course willbe decided by the grade in high school math.EITHERStudents who received at least 70% in level III Math 3200or a pass in Math 3201 can be exempted from MA1100ORStudents who received a combined average of 70% in2204 and 3204, or a pass in both of 2205 and 3205 can beexempted from MA1100.The student must apply for the exemption.

Semester 2 Cr Le LaMA1140 Mathematics II 5 4 2BL1130 Microbiology 4 3 3CH1121 Chemistry II 4 3 2EN2320 Occupational Health & Safety 3 2 2CM1401 Communication Skills II 3 3 0EG1100 Engineering Graphics 3 2 3

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaCGE1300 Soil Fundamentals 3 4 6SD1800 Co-op Education 0 4 0EN2300 Environmental Law & Policy 3 6 0SU1150 Field Navigation 3 4 6

Semester 4 Cr Le LaEN3200 Environmental Impact Assessment 3 3 0EY2110 Basic Ecology 4 3 2PH1100 Physics I 4 3 2EN2500 Water Resources 4 3 2CH2700 Analytical Chemistry 4 3 3MA1670 Statistics 4 4 1

Semester 5 Cr Le LaCH3700 Organic Chemistry 4 3 3EN1600 Environmental Site Assessment I 3 2 2EN1540 Air Pollution 4 3 2EN2220 Solid Waste Management 4 3 2SU1550 Remote Sensing 3 2 3PH1101 Physics II 4 3 2

Semester 6 Cr Le LaWC1520 Co-op Work Term I 5 0 30

Semester 7 Cr Le LaSU3210 Geographic Information Systems 2 1 3EN1601 Environmental Site Assessment II 4 3 2EN2540 Waste Water Management &

Treatment 4 3 2EN3300 Environmental Auditing 4 3 2PR2550 Technical Thesis I 2 1 2EN1530 Water Quality 4 3 2

Semester 8 Cr Le LaWC1521 Co-op Work Term II 5 0 30

Semester 9 Cr Le LaSU1400 Surveying 3 4 6PR2551 Technical Thesis II 3 2 10EN2700 Project Mgmt. 3 6 0

135

Environmental Technology (Co-op)

In addition to the formal semester subjects listed in theprogram of studies, students in the EnvironmentalTechnology Co-op program are required to obtain certifi-cation in the following areas over their three-yearperiod of studies:Marine/Land Radio OperatorWHMISTDGSmall Boat SafetyStandard First Aid & CPRBack Injury PreventionPower Line Hazards

Students should be aware that additional fees andexpenses apply for some of these certifications.

NATURAL RESOURCESDIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Corner Brook Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaBL1120 Biology I 3 2 3CM1400 Communication Skills 3 3 0EN2120 Environmental Citizenship I 3 3 0MA1100 Mathematics I 5 4 2MC1050 Introduction to Computers 2 2 0SU1150 Field Navigation 3 2 3SU1710 Forest Surveying 3 2 3

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCM1401 Communication Skills II 3 3 0EY2210 Silvics/Dendrology I 3 2 3FR1330 Natural Resource Measurement I 3 2 3FR1400 Wood Products 2 1 2MA1670 Statistics 4 4 1SU1550 Remote Sensing 3 2 3LW2210 Natural Resources Policy & Law 4 4 0

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaFR1230 Forest Fire Management 3 4 6FR2340 Forest Hydrology 3 4 6FT1400 Forestry Field Camp 2wks

Semester 4 Cr Le LaEY2211 Silvics/Dendrology II 3 2 2FR1560 Timber Harvest I 2 1 2FR1331 Natural Resource Measurements II 2 1 3FR2350 Entomology/Pathology 3 2 3FR2360 Silviculture 3 2 3FT1401 Forestry Camp/Tour 1wkGE1300 Soil Fundamentals 3 2 3SU3210 Geographic InformationSystems 2 1 3

Semester 5 Cr Le LaFR1561 Timber Harvesting II 4 3 3FR2430 Wildlife Management 3 2 3HR2200 Human Relations 2 1 2LW2211 Law Enforcement 4 3 2MN1800 Integrated Resource Management 4 3 3PR2660 Technical Project & Presentation 2 1 2

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaOJ1300 On-the-Job Training 3wks

In addition to the formal semester subjects listed in theprogram of studies, students in the Forestry ResourcesTechnician and the Fish and Wildlife Technician pro-grams are required to obtain certification of completionof the following training over their two-year period ofstudies:CanoeingStandard First AidMarine/Land Radio OperatorFire Arm SafetyHunter CapabilityWHMIS/OHSScaling (3 days).

Students should be aware that additional fees andexpenses apply for some of these certifications and forfield camps, tours and On-the-Job Training.

Students graduating from the Forest ResourcesTechnician program can complete the Fish and Wildlifeprogram with one additional year. Interested studentsmust begin their studies in the first TechnicalIntersession.

136

Forest Resources Technician

The concept of proper management of forest landsusing the principles of sustainable development andintegrated resource management is rapidly beingimplemented across Canada. In Newfoundland andLabrador, as elsewhere, industry and governmentagencies are applying these principles to the man-agement, protection and utilization of forestresources. This two-year technical program has beendesigned to provide graduates capable of making ameaningful contribution to the expanded requirementfor ecosystem based technology within this changingenvironment. The program places great emphasis onfield based activities as well as a significant com-puter based component.

OBJECTIVES1.To provide students with the knowledge and skills

that are required to actively participate in the solu-tion of forest management problems and chal-lenges.

2.To provide the knowledge and attitudes that willenable students to identify forest ecosystem chal-lenges and opportunities and to undertake suchassessments, preventive measures and treatmentsas might be associated with forest resource protec-tion, management and utilization.

3.To provide knowledge and experience with a widerange of field and office equipment and techniquesassociated with the assessment and analysis ofnatural resources data.

4.To provide the foundation for continued learningexperiences at the post graduate level.

FUTURE OPPORTUNITIESThe graduate of this nationally accreditedprogram may obtain employment throughout Canadain a variety of forestry related fields: protection andenforcement, forest inventory and site classification,logging and engineering, forest access road con-struction and maintenance, silviculture as well asparks, wildlife and environmental assessment. Thisprogram has an established reputation for supplyinggraduates to employers all across Canada. Many grad-uates have gone on to pursue studies with advancedstanding at a number of Canadian universities.

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTSBecause of the extensive field exposure incorporatedin this program, the student is required to acquire thefollowing equipment and clothing: hard hat, compass,axe, snowshoes, quality safety boots, rainwear, andother clothing appropriate for outdoor work.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% overallaverage in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from:

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from:3201, 3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291,3292

2. Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from: Advanced:3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291, 4225 (50%)minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290,(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

4. Science (4 credits) two of which must be selectedfrom:Biology: 3201, 3211, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291, 4221Physics: 3204, 3214, 3274, 3284, 3294, 4224Chemistry: 3202, 3212, 3230, 3272, 3282, 3292, 4222Environmental Science: 3205Geology: 3203, 3213, 3223, 3273, 3283, 3293Earth Systems: 3213, 3209Note: The remaining 2 Science credits to be chosenfrom the highest Science mark in level 1, 2 or 3.

ORPersons 19 years of age or older, who have been outof school for at least one year and do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program, may beconsidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.ORGrade XI Public Examination pass with a 60% averageincluding a 60% pass in language, 60% inMatriculation Mathematics or 50% in HonoursMathematics, and one Science course,ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the academic stream includingthe following courses:1.Communications IC3211 & IC3112 plus one of IC3116

or IC3215 or IC3321 or IC3222 2.Mathematics ... from one of the following sections:

a. Mathematics IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216b. Mathematics IM32193. Science... from one of the following sections:a. Biology IB3113, IB3214, IB3115, IB3316b. Chemistry IH3215, IH3116, IH3117, IH3118c. Physics IP3111, IP3112, IP3215, IP3216d. Earth Science IS3212, IS3213, IP3214.

NATURAL RESOURCES DIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Bonavista and Corner Brook Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaBL1120 Biology 3 2 3CM1400 Communication Skills I 3 3 0EN2120 Environmental Citizenship 3 3 0MA1100 Mathematics 5 4 2MC1050 Introduction to Computers 2 2 0SU1150 Field Navigation 3 2 3GE1420 Physical Environments 3 2 3

Semester 2 Cr Le LaCM1401 Communication Skills II 3 3 0FR1330 Natural Resource Measurement I 3 2 3BL1400 Fish & Wildlife Biology 4 3 3EY2210 Silvics/Dendrology I 3 2 3MA1670 Statistics 4 4 1SU1550 Remote Sensing 3 2 3

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaFT1410 Fish & Wildlife Spring Camp 2wksRM1400 Wildlife Techniques I 4 6 4RM1500 Fisheries Techniques I 4 6 4SU1400 Surveying 3 4 6

Semester 4 Cr Le LaEY1200 Ecosystem Ecology 2 1 3FT1430 Fish & Wildlife Fall Camp 1wkHR2200 Human Relations 2 1 2LW2210 Natural Resources Policy & Law 4 4 0RM1401 Wildlife Techniques II 3 2 2RM1501 Fisheries Techniques II 3 2 2RM2200 Habitat Assessment 3 2 3SU3210 Introduction to GIS 2 1 3

Semester 5 Cr Le LaCS2620 Wilderness Survival 2 1 2EY2510 Population Ecology 3 2 2LW2211 Law Enforcement 4 3 2MN1810 Integrated Resource Management 2 1 2PR2660 Technical Report 2 1 2RM2420 Habitat Management 3 2 2RM2410 Wildlife Techniques III 3 2 2RM2500 Fisheries Techniques III 3 2 2

Semester 6 Cr Le LaOJ1301 On-the-Job Training 3wks

In addition to the formal semester courses listed in theprogram of studies, students in the Fish and WildlifeTechnician program are required to obtain certificationof completion of the following training over their two-year period of studies:CanoeingBoating SafetyCoastal NavigationStandard First Aid & CPRMarine/Land Radio OperatorFirearm SafetyHunter CapabilityWHMIS/OHS

Students should be aware that additional fees andexpenses apply for most of these certifications and forfield camps, tours and On-the-Job Training.

Students graduating from the Fish and WildlifeTechnician program can complete the Forest ResourcesTechnician program with one additional year. Interestedstudents must begin their studies in the First TechnicalIntersession.

137

Fish and Wildlife Technician

With increasing emphasis on sustainable develop-ment, integrated resource policy and ecosystembased management across Canada and the world,technicians in the natural resources sector must havea foundation in matters related to biodiversity in gen-eral and fish and wildlife management issues in par-ticular. This two-year program in Fish and WildlifeTechnician, which shares many subjects with theForestry Resources Technician program, has beendesigned to enable students with a specific interest infish and wildlife to participate in studies directedspecifically towards their career goals. The programreflects the trend towards integrating a wide range ofnatural resources technology within governmentdepartments at Federal and Provincial levels. Therequirement for the forest industry to consider wildlifein its management practices and the increased moni-toring and management of freshwater and marineresources highlights the need for this program. Theprogram provides a balance of field and classroomexperiences that includes a significant computerbased data collection and analysis component.

OBJECTIVES1.To provide students with the knowledge and skills

that are required to actively participate in the solu-tion of fish and wildlife management problems andchallenges.

2.To provide the knowledge and attitudes that willenable students to identify forest ecosystem chal-lenges and opportunities and to undertake suchassessments, preventive measures and treatmentsas might be associated with fish and wildlife con-servation and management.

3.To provide knowledge and experience with a widerange of field and office equipment and techniquesassociated with the assessment and analysis of fishand wildlife resources data.

4.To provide the foundation for continued learningexperiences at the post graduate level.

FUTURE OPPORTUNITIESThe graduate of this program may obtain employmentthroughout Canada in a variety of fish and wildliferelated fields: protection and enforcement, resourceinventory and site classification, habitat protectionand improvement, environmental impact assessment,parks and interpretation programs. Graduates areemployed with governmental and private agencies infields ranging from forestry technicians to fisheriesobservers.

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTSBecause of the extensive field exposure incorporatedin this program, the student is required to acquire thefollowing equipment and clothing: hard hat, compass,axe, snowshoes, quality safety boots, rainwear, andother clothing appropriate for outdoor work.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% overallaverage in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from:

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121

OREnglish (2 credits) chosen from: 3201, 3211, 3202,3212, 3231, 3232, 3281, 3282, 3291, 3292

2. Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from: Advanced:3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291, 4225 (50%)minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3. Science (4 credits) two of which must be selectedfrom:Biology: 3201, 3211, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291, 4221Physics: 3204, 3214, 3274, 3284, 3294, 4224Chemistry: 3202, 3212, 3230, 3272, 3282, 3292, 4222Environmental Science: 3205Geology: 3203, 3213, 3223, 3273, 3283, 3293Earth Systems: 3213, 3209Note: The remaining 2 Science credits to be chosenfrom the highest Science mark in level 1, 2 or 3.

ORPersons 19 years of age or older, who have been outof school for at least one year and do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program, may beconsidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause.ORGrade XI Public Examination pass with a 60% averageincluding a 60% pass in language, 60% inMatriculation Mathematics or 50% in HonoursMathematics, and one Science course,ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the academic stream includingthe following courses:1.Communications IC3211 & IC3112 plus one of IC3116

or IC3215 or IC3321 or IC3222 2.Mathematics... from one of the following sections:

a. Mathematics IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216b. Mathematics IM3219

3.Science... from one of the following sections:a. Biology IB3113, IB3214, IB3115, IB3316b. Chemistry IH3215, IH3116, IH3117, IH3118c. Physics IP3111, IP3112, IP3215, IP3216d. Earth Science IS3212, IS3213, IP3214.

NATRURAL RESOURCESDIPLOMA• Two years• September start• Happy Valley-Goose Bay Campus

COURSESCODE TITLE Hrs/wkSemester 1 Cr Le LaBL1120 Biology 3 2 3CM1400 Communication Skills I 3 3 0MA1000 Essential Mathematics 0 3 0MC1150 Productivity Tools 4 3 2SU1150 Field Navigation 3 2 3EY2110 Basic Ecology 3 2 3

Semester 2 Cr Le LaBL1400 Fish & Wildlife Biology 4 3 3CS2620 Wilderness Survival 2 1 2EY1420 Northern Ecosystems 4 3 3HR2200 Human Relations 2 1 2MA1670 Statistics 4 4 1SU1550 Remote Sensing 3 2 3EN2120 Environmental Citizenship 3 3 0

Semester 3 (Intersession I) Cr Le LaFR1330 Natural Resource Measurements 3 2 3RM1400 Wildlife Management Techniques I 4 3 2AT1550 Wilderness Travel 3 4 4OJ1180 On-the-Job Training 3wks

Semester 4 Cr Le LaCM1401 Communication Skills II 3 3 0DR1600 Forestry Graphics 3 3 2GE1120 Geology 3 2 3RM1401 Wildlife Management Techniques II 3 2 2RM1500 Fisheries Management Techniques I 4 2 3SE2200 Firearm/Hunter Safety 2 2 0EY1440 Traditional Ecology Knowledge 4 4 0LW2210 Natural Resource Policy & Law 4 4 0

Semester 5 Cr Le LaFR1550 Environmental Impacts of Timber

Harvesting 4 3 2FR2350 Entomology/Pathology 3 2 3GE1300 Soil Fundamentals 3 2 3LW2211 Law Enforcement I 4 3 2SU3210 Geographic Information System 2 1 3MA1100 Mathematics 5 4 2

Semester 6 (Intersession II) Cr Le LaEY2210 Forest Ecology 3 2 3RM1501 Fisheries Management Techniques II 3 2 2RM2420 Habitat Management 3 2 2OJ1181 On-the-Job Training 3wks

Safety TrainingIn addition to the formal semester subjects listed in theprogram of studies, students will obtain certification inthe following safety training courses:Standard First Aid & CPRWilderness First AidFirearm SafetyHunter CapabilityWHMISMarine/Land Radio OperatorFlatwater CanoeingSmall Craft Safety.

138

Northern Natural ResourcesTechnicianThe Northern Natural Resources Technician Programis designed to produce competent technicians forvarious wildlife, forestry and fisheries agencies withmajor emphasis on working in northern ecosystems.The concept of proper management of our naturalresources using the principles of sustainable devel-opment, integrated resource policy for ecosystembased management has become the norm in ourglobal community. Industries and all levels of govern-ment around the world are beginning to apply theseprinciples to the management, protection and utiliza-tion of our existing and changing environment and itsresources. The program provides a balance of fieldand office experiences that includes a significantcomputer based data collection and analysis compo-nent.

Employment OpportunitiesGraduates of this program are qualified for employ-ment throughout Canada with federal and provincialgovernments and with private industry. Governmentagencies may include the Department of Fisheriesand Oceans, Parks Canada, and the Department ofForestry, Resources, and Agrifoods. Typical job dutiesmight include protection and enforcement, resourceinventory, site classification, habitat protection andimprovement, environmental impact assessments,parks programs, providing technical support and envi-ronmental education programs.

PROGRAM OBJECTIVES1.To train students in the field of Natural Resources

to the technician level.2.To provide knowledge and skills related to all

aspects to Northern Natural resources.3.To provide knowledge and experience in working

with specialized equipment and techniques used inthe field.

4.To provide knowledge and experience with a widerange of office equipment and techniques associ-ated with the assessment and analysis of naturalresources data.

5.To foster positive attitudes toward forestry, wildlifeand fisheries ecosystems and to deal effectivelywith challenges and problems that impact nega-tively on our environment.

6.To provide an understanding of the interactionbetween northern ecosystems and the native peo-ples living in them.

7.To provide the foundation for continued learningexperiences.

PERSONAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTSStudents in the Northern Natural ResourcesTechnician Program are required to provide the fol-lowing equipment:1.Rain Gear2.Field Clothes appropriate for outdoor work in vari-

ous seasonal conditions3.Safety/Hiking Boots4.Rubber Boots5.Backpack6.Compass7.Padlock8.Scientific Calculator

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTSHigh School Graduation Certificate with a 60% overallaverage in the following:1.Language (1 credit) (minimum 60%) chosen from:

3101, 3102, 3103, 3112, 3172, 3192, 4121OREnglish (2 credits) (minimum 60%) chosen from:3201, 3211, 3202, 3212, 3231, 3232, 3181, 3282, 3291,3292

2. Mathematics (2 credits) chosen from: Advanced:3201, 3211, 3221, 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291, 4224 (50%)minimumAcademic: 3203, 3200, 3210, 3230, 3270, 3280, 3290(60%) minimumORMathematics (4 credits) chosen from:Advanced: 2205, 3205 (50% minimum in each course)Academic: 2204, 3204 (60% minimum in each course)

3.Science (4 credits) two of which must be selectedfrom:Biology: 3201, 3211 3231, 3271, 3281, 3291, 4221Physics: 3204, 3214, 3274, 3284, 3294, 4224Chemistry: 3202, 3212. 3230, 3272, 3282, 3292, 4222Environmental Science: 3205Geology: 3203, 3213, 3223, 3273, 3283, 3293Earth Systems: 3213, 3209Note: The remaining 2 Science credits to be chosenfrom the highest Science mark in level 1, 2 or 3.

ORPersons 19 years of age or older, who have been outof school for at least one year and do not meet theeducational prerequisite for this program, may beconsidered on an individual basis under the MatureStudent Clause,ORGrade XI Public Examination pass with a 60% averageincluding a 60% pass in language, 60% inMatriculation Mathematics or 50% in HonoursMathematics, and one Science course,ORAn Adult Basic Education Graduation Certificate indi-cating completion of the academic stream includingthe following courses:1.Communications IC3211 & IC3112 plus one of IC3116

or IC3215 or IC3321 or IC3222 2.Mathematics ... from one of the following sections:

a. Mathematics IM3212, IM3213 and IM3216b. Mathematics IM3219

3.Science... from one of the following sections:a. Biology IB3113, IB3214, IB3115, IB3316b. Chemistry IH3215, IH3116, IH3117, IH3118c. Physics IP3111, IP3112, IP3215, IP3216d. Earth Science IS3212, IS3213, IP3214.

139

COURSEDESCRIPTIONS

AB1130 Metal Panel Repair This course in autobody repair requires the use ofbasic tools, equipment, materials and supplies. Itinvolves analysis of damage, removal of obstructionsand repairing the damage. It includes information onmetal panel repair techniques, characteristics ofmetal, effects of heat on steel, and the types of dam-age and repairs required.

AB1140 Glass This autobody repair course requires the use ofbasic tools and equipment. It involves removing,replacing and adjusting glass. It includes informationon types of glass and mountings, and replacementtechniques.

AB1150 Non-Metal Panel Repair This autobody repair course requires the use ofbasic tools, equipment, materials and supplies. Itinvolves analyzing damage, cleaning, preparing andrepairing non-metal panels. It includes informationon types of bondable plastics and bonding methods,repair techniques, and plastic and fibreglass fillers.

AB1180 Estimating and Appraisal This autobody repair course requires the use ofspecifications, manuals and estimate forms. Itinvolves estimating parts and labour and calculatingcost. It includes information on estimation tech-niques.

AB1210 Non-Integral Components IThis course in autobody repair requires the use ofbasic tools and equipment. It involves removing,replacing and adjusting non-integral components andeliminating leaks, wind noises, rattles and squeaks. Itincludes information on hoods, trunk covers, doors,bolt-on panels, tailgates, bumpers and radiators.

AB1211 Non-Integral Components IIA continuation of AB1210

AB1220 Surface Preparation This course in autobody repair requires the use ofbasic tools, equipment, materials and supplies. Itinvolves cleaning, sanding, masking, conditioning,undercoating, preparing the finish and painting. Itincludes information on surface preparation methodsand techniques, types of paints and finishes, andproblems encountered.

AB1230 Paint IThis autobody repair course requires the use oftools, equipment, materials and supplies. It involvespreparing, cleaning, tacking, and applying sealer andtop coat. It includes information on polishing com-pounds, types of paints and lacquers, applicationtechniques, basecoat/clearcoat finishes, solvents,additives, hardeners and stripes and decals.

AB1231 Paint IIThis autobody repair course requires the use oftools, equipment, materials and supplies. It involvespersonal safety and health protection along withenvironmental awareness, colour variation andmatching, painting plastics, industrial refinishing, tri-coats, express clears and troubleshooting.

AB1320 CorrosionThis course is intended to provide students with theskills and knowledge required to identify corrosion

and restore corrosion protection. It involves applica-tions of corrosion protection products, and care anduse of equipment required for corrosion protection.

AB1330 Uni-body and Frame RepairCourse provides training for uni-body and framerepairs.

AB1340 Structural Repair This autobody repair course requires the use ofbasic tools, equipment, materials and supplies. Itinvolves analyzing damage, making measurements,removing damaged area of panel, and makingrepairs. It includes information on the construction ofpanels, bodies and frames; and replacement andalignment techniques.

AB1400 Autobody FundamentalsThis general studies course requires the use ofsafety equipment, tools, fasteners, shop equipmentand facilities and manuals. It involves the develop-ment of safety practices in the operation and mainte-nance of shop tools, equipment and facilities. Itincludes information on general safety regulations,occupational health and safety, and fire preventionand suppression.

AB1410 Mechanical ComponentsCourse provides training in inspection, removal,replacement and adjustment of mechanical systemsrequired in autobody repair.

AB1500 GMAW Position WeldingThis GMAW course requires the use of safety equip-ment, GMAW equipment and accessories for weld-ing light metals, and 4materials and supplies. Itinvolves setting up GMAW equipment, preparing andwelding the joint, shutting down the equipment andtesting the weld. It includes information on types ofwelding machines, types of shielding gas, powersupplies, types of wire, codes and standards, weld-ing techniques, methods of transfer and GMAWparameters.Prerequisite(s): WD1130

AC1100 Bookkeeping I ●Bookkeeping I is a study of the fundamental princi-ples, the mechanics of bookkeeping, recording, clas-sifying, and the summarizing of financial data for aservice business. It involves the control of cash, pettycash, banking procedures, and payroll accounting.

AC1120 Computerized AccountingComputerized Bookkeeping I is a study of the funda-mental principles, the mechanics of bookkeeping,recording, and classifying. It involves the control ofcash, petty cash and banking procedures. Thiscourse introduces the student to the concepts of abasic integrated accounting software package -Simply Accounting.

AC1260 Financial Accounting IThe student is introduced to accounting concepts inthis course. Beginning with the recording of transac-tions he/she is led through the basics of the double-entry system of accounting from adjusting entries tofinancial statements. In addition, accounting forassets is investigated in more detail covering topicsfrom the handling of cash through receivables andinventory. Accounting for payroll is also included.

AC1300 AccountingThis is an introductory course to accounting.Students will be introduced to accounting conceptsas well as a basic integrated accounting package.

AC1350 Income TaxThis is an introductory course covering the basicprinciples of the Canadian Income Tax. Emphasis isplaced on computing taxable income and taxespayable for individuals and corporations. The courseincludes basic tax planning ideas for individuals andcorporations.Prerequisite(s): AC2220

AC2100 Bookkeeping II ●Bookkeeping II involves the application of accountsreceivable, accounts payable, and the study andapplication of the generally accepted accountingprinciples within merchandising firms using specialjournals, end-of-the-year adjustments for deprecia-tion, accruals, bad debts, closing entries, and finan-cial statements.Prerequisite(s): AC1100

AC2220 Intermediate Financial Accounting IThis course is designed to build on the knowledgeobtained in Financial Accounting I and II. Its focus ison the asset side of the Balance Sheet, providing anin-depth study of current assets, property, plant andequipment, and intangible assets. The recognitionand measurement of revenues and expenses arealso covered. Prerequisite(s): AC2240

AC2230 Computerized Accounting I ●This course introduces the student to the conceptsof a basic integrated accounting package such asDacEasy or Simply Accounting (Bedford).Prerequisite(s): AC1100 or AC1240 or equivalentintroductory accounting course and CP1450 or equiv-alent.

AC2250 Managerial Accounting I ●This course is designed to introduce the student tothe accounting techniques needed by managementfor planning and control, decision making, perform-ance evaluation and preparation of internal reports.Topics include organizational structure, cost termi-nology, job order and process costing, cost-volume-profit analysis, cost allocation, and segment analysis.Prerequisite(s): AC2240

AC2260 Financial Accounting IIThis is an introductory course focusing on the princi-ples and procedures to account for fixed assets, lia-bilities, and equities. The student is introduced to theconcepts of financial reporting and decision makingfor both partnerships and corporations.Prerequisite(s): AC1260

AC2270 Managerial AccountingThis course covers the basic principles of costaccounting with application to engineering, costbehaviour, cost systems, and cost-volume relation-ships are investigated. The focus will be on theextraction of relevant information from accountingdata and how this information can be used in man-agement decision-making and budget preparation.

140 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

AC2280 AccountingThe course is designed to provide a working knowl-edge of the fundamentals of financial and accountingthat can be useful for the graduate industrial tech-nologist in understanding, interpreting, and preparingfinancial statements. Basic principles of managerialaccounting including cost behaviour, cost systems,and cost-volume relationships are investigated. Thefocus will be on the extraction of relevant informa-tion from accounting data and how this informationcan be used in engineering decision -making andbudget preparation.

AC2340 Principles of AuditingThis course is designed to provide an introduction toauditing for accounting students who do not havesignificant auditing or accounting experience. Thecourse is a practical guide to auditing theory andpractice.Prerequisite(s): AC2240

AC2530 Oil & Gas Production AccountingThis course will provide students with an overview ofthe development of the oil and gas industry, frominception to modern practices and from the reservoirto refining, and the role which the productionaccountant plays in accounting for oil and gas. Thiswill enable students to understand and communicateeffectively with professionals in the oil and gasindustry and to understand and apply the accountingconcepts.Prerequisite(s): EC1100, EC1200, AC2240

AC2600 Managerial Accounting for Human ResourceManagers

This course is designed to introduce the students tothe accounting techniques needed by managementfor planning and control, decision making, perform-ance evaluation and preparation of internal reports.Basic Concepts of Managerial Accounting,Departmental, Project and Program Cost Allocation,Budgeting and Control, Control Through StandardCosts, Flexible Budgets and Overhead Analysis,Control of Decentralized Operation, and Pricing ofProducts and Services.Prerequisite(s): AC2260

AC3220 Intermediate Financial Accounting IIThis course is a continuation of the study of the prin-ciples and procedures covered in the previoussemester of Intermediate Accounting. The contentspresent an in-depth study of the liabilities andowner's equity side of the balance sheet as well asthe changes in financial position.Prerequisite(s): AC2220

AC3230 Computerized Accounting II This is a more advanced computerized accountingcourse. Students will be introduced to a computer-ized accounting package such as ACCPAC,Newviews, or System II.Prerequisite(s): AC1100 or AC1240 or equivalentintroductory accounting course and CP1450 or equiv-alent.

AC3250 Managerial Accounting II ●This course is designed to build on the knowledgegained in Management Accounting I by taking thestudent's previous knowledge of cost behaviour andapplying it to specialized areas of cost and manage-ment accounting including budgeting, standard cost-

ing, relevant cost analysis, pricing of products andservices, and capital budgeting.Prerequisite(s): AC2250

AC3260 Payroll and Commodity TaxesThis course is designed to provide students with aworking knowledge of the various payroll taxes andprovide the students with the ability to completeannual T-4, T-5, summary reports and so forth whileutilizing software packages. The course prepares thestudent to account for and file required reports forcommodity taxes including GST and PST. Also, thecourse prepares the student for processing T-1 gen-eral and T-2 corporate tax returns utilizing a softwarepackage.Prerequisite(s): AC2240

AE1200 Electronic DevicesThis course will include the description, operationand application of simple electronic componentswith particular emphasis on semiconductor theory.Analysis techniques involving diode equivalent cir-cuits will be introduced and expanded to bipolartransistor DC biasing.Prerequisite(s): ET1101

AE2210 Power Control DevicesThis course provides a study of two-terminal devices,Schottky diodes, Tunnel diodes, IR Emitters, LCDs,Solar Cells, Thermistors, Photoconductive Cells;Thyristors-SCR, UJT, PUT, DIAC, TRIAC, Opto-Isolators, Phototransistors - commonly used in powercontrol applications in the electrical and electronicsindustries.Prerequisite(s): AE2301

AE2250 Power ElectronicsThis course introduces the student to practical cir-cuit design and applications of electronic devicesand circuits.Prerequisite(s): AE1200

AE2300 Analog ElectronicsThis course involves the application of linear circuittheory to transistor circuits. The student will be intro-duced to linear models of discrete transistors andwill learn how to use them to build up GeneralizedAmplifier models of complete amplifier systems.Prerequisite(s): AE1200, ET2100

AE2301 Analog ElectronicsThis course is a continuation of Analog Electronics IAE2300 and introduces the student to analog applica-tions of transistors beyond the amplifiers. Emphasis isplaced on the analysis, design and troubleshooting.Prerequisite(s): AE2300; ET2100

AE2320 Analog ElectronicsThis course will include the description, operationand application of simple electronic componentswith particular emphasis on semiconductor theory.Analysis techniques involving diode equivalent cir-cuits will be introduced and expanded to bipolartransistor DC biasing; and amplifier systems.Prerequisite(s): ET2100

AE2321 Analog ElectronicsThis course provides a study of analog applicationsof transistors beyond the amplifiers with emphasis onanalysis, design and troubleshooting. Also includedis a study of thyristors, UJTs and PUTs commonly

used in power control applicationsPrerequisite(s): AE2320

AE2400 Problem Solving & Trouble ShootingThis course acquaints the student with a model ofthe process of human problem solving. Students willbe encouraged to analyze and improve their abilitiesby approaching new types of problems.Prerequisite(s): AE2301, CI1100, DP2400

AE3100 Analog I.C.sThe purpose of this course is to provide the studentwith an understanding of the theory relating to differ-ential and operational amplifiers, analog filters andsignal generators. The theory covered in class will beapplied and validated during the laboratory periods.Prerequisite(s): AE2301

AE3300 Industrial Electronics IThis course is designed to provide students with anintroduction to the field of industrial electronics.Prerequisite(s): AE3100, AE2210

AE3301 Industrial Electronics IIThis course will introduce the student to processcontrol and its applications in industrial settings.Prerequisite(s): AE3300, MP2400

AF1110 Aircraft Structures and Materials This course will provide the students with a knowl-edge of aircraft structural design and the materials and processes used in their construc-tion. The students will be introduced to stresses act-ing on aircraft structures and will be able todetermine the urgency of repair when damaged.

AF1120 Aircraft Structures, Materials & ProcessesThis course will provide the student with a knowl-edge of aircraft structural design and the materialsand processes used in their construction, the effectsof corrosion on these materials, treatment and pre-ventative methods to control it. The student will beintroduced to stresses acting on aircraft structuresand will be able to determine the urgency of repairwhen damaged. This course will also provide the stu-dent a knowledge of the construction of aircraft win-dows and lenses and the required inspection, repair,servicing and installation methods.

AF1160 Aircraft Structural Repair (ASRT)This course will develop further the students knowl-edge and skills in the principles of aircraft structuralrepair using sheet metal materials, fasteners, andequipment.Prerequisite(s): AF1110

AF1210 Composite MaterialsThis course will provide students with the knowledgeto identify composite materials, and the skill toinspect them for damage and do an effective repairwhen required.

AF1220 Aircraft Structures- Wood, Tubular andFabric

This course provides an introduction into inspectionand repair procedures of aircraft wood, tubular andfabric structures. This includes their design, con-struction and the stresses affecting them.

141⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

AF1230 Advanced Composite MaterialsThis course will provide students with the knowledgeof advanced composite materials, the design andfabrication techniques used to construct highstrength light weight primary structural aircraft com-ponents. In this course students will also demon-strate fabrication techniques.

AF1250 Aircraft Stress Skin RepairThis course will develop the students knowledge andskill to repair damaged stressed skin structures bypatching and spot welding. Prerequisite(s): AF1160

AF1330 Advanced Composite RepairThis course will provide students with the knowledgeand skill to identify advanced composite structuraldamage, complete a full damage assessment, andperform an effective structural repair as perCanadian aviation regulatory or aircraft manufac-turer’s standards.Prerequisite(s): AF1230

AF1400 Specialized Processes and FixturesThis course will provide the students with the knowl-edge and skill to be able to select or make jigs andholding fixtures, perform special metal treatmentprocesses and repair forgings and extrusions as permanufacturer’s specifications.

AF1500 Windshields, Windows and Lenses This course will provide the students with the knowl-edge and skill to identify types of aircraft wind-shields, windows and lenses, inspect them fordamage and evaluate whether repair or replacementis required, manufacture and install windows to fitaircraft structure and perform proper maintenanceand repairs to windshields, windows and lenses.

AF2110 Aircraft Maintenance FundamentalsThis course will provide a student with a basicknowledge of aircraft maintenance fundamentals.Prerequisite(s): GM1150

AJ1110 Carpentry Fundamentals This course in carpentry fundamentals requires theuse of basic tools and equipment and suitable facili-ties. It involves reading specifications and drawings,selecting materials, layout, building and clean up. Itincludes information on constructing wood joints,and building equipment such as sawhorses, mitreboxes, ladders, straight edges and oilstone cases.

AJ1120 Rigging for CarpentryThis general studies course requires the use of rig-ging equipment, block and tackle, and safety equip-ment. It involves installing, testing and maintainingrigging, and tying knots and splicing rope. It includesinformation on safety requirements, types of ropes,types of knots and slings.

AJ1150 Basic Drawing and Sketching /DraftingThis drafting course requires the use of basic draw-ings, specifications, bills of materials, drawing instru-ments and facilities. It involves reading basicdrawings and diagrams, sketching, and interpretationof specifications. It includes information on sketchingtechniques and types of drawings.

AJ1200 Layout and Footings This course in site preparation and formworkrequires the use of tools and equipment and materi-als and supplies, and suitable facilities. It involvesinterpreting specifications and blueprints, layout,erecting batterboards, installing footing forms andcleaning up. It includes information on plot plans,foundation plans, layout and construction tech-niques, foundation drainage.

AJ1210 Wall Forms This course in site preparation and formworkrequires the use of basic tools and equipment, mate-rials and supplies, a surveyor's level and suitablefacilities. It involves interpreting specifications andblueprints, layout, constructing foundation walls,installing access for pouring concrete, strippingforms and cleaning up. It includes information on lay-out techniques, types of wall forms and constructiontechniques.

AJ1220 Floor and Wall Framing This course in exterior framing requires the use oftools and equipment, materials and supplies and suit-able facilities. It involves interpreting specificationsand blueprints, layout, framing and installing, andcleaning up. It includes information on floor plans,types of beams and columns, types of sheathing andconstruction techniques.

AJ1230 Exterior Finish This course in exterior framing requires the use oftools and equipment, materials and supplies and suit-able facilities. It involves interpreting specificationsand blueprints; layout, construction and installationof exterior finishes; and clean up... It includes infor-mation on blueprint sections, elevations and details;types of exterior frames and trim; and constructiontechniques.

AJ1300 Roof Framing FundamentalsThis course in roof framing requires the use of toolsand equipment, materials and supplies and suitablefacilities. It involves interpreting specifications andblueprints; layout, installation and construction ofbasic roof frames and covers; and clean up. Itincludes information on types of roof frames andcovers, and construction and installation techniques.

AJ1400 Interior Walls and Ceilings This course in interior finish requires the use of toolsand equipment, materials and supplies and suitablefacilities. It involves interpreting specifications andblueprints; layout, construction and installation ofinterior walls and ceilings; and clean up. It includesinformation on drywall systems and constructiontechniques.

AJ1500 Interior Trim This course in interior finish requires the use of toolsand equipment; materials and supplies; and suitablefacilities. It involves interpretation of specificationsand blueprints; layout, construction and installationof interior trim; and clean up. It includes informationon types and purposes of trim, and construction andinstallation techniques.

AJ1600 Stair Fundamentals This course in stair construction requires the use oftools and equipment, materials and supplies, andsuitable facilities. It involves interpretation of specifi-

cations and blueprints; layout, construction andinstallation of basic stairs; and clean up. It includesinformation on stair geometry.

AJ1700 Architectural ConservationAn overview of Canadian architectural tradition willbe studied through the examination of building stylesand traditional building techniques as practicedregionally across Canada. Students will explore con-servation principles and their practical applicationsas dictated by international conservation charters.Major topics include: heritage carpentry terminology,regional development in the geographic areas, influ-ence of changing building technology on Canadianarchitecture, architectural styles that evolved inCanada, international conservation principles, goodconservation practices based on accepted principles.

AJ1710 Building ScienceThis course provides a study of heat loss and soundtransference. Students’ understanding of theoriesand practice will be developed through instruction,demonstration and project applications. Major topicsinclude: safety measures, heat loss and insulation,sound transference.

AJ2220 Structural Formwork This course in site preparation and formworkrequires the use of basic tools and equipment, mate-rials and supplies, a surveyor's level and suitablefacilities. It involves interpreting specifications andblueprints, layout, constructing and installing struc-tural formwork, and cleaning up. It includes informa-tion on types of structural formwork; and designing,testing and placing formwork.

AJ2300 Hip and Valley Roof Framing This course in roof framing requires the use of toolsand equipment, materials and supplies, and suitablefacilities. It involves interpreting specifications andblueprints; layout, installation and construction of hipand valley roofs; and clean up... It includes informa-tion on types of intersecting roofs and constructiontechniques.

AJ2310 Gambrel, Mansard and Unusual Roof Framing This course in roof framing requires the use of toolsand equipment, materials and supplies and suitablefacilities. It involves interpreting specifications andblueprints; layout, installation and inspection of cus-tomized roofs; and clean up. It includes informationon types of unusual roofs and customized roof con-struction techniques.

AJ2330 Timber Trusses and Flat Roofs This course in roof framing requires the use of toolsand equipment, materials and supplies and suitablefacilities. It involves interpreting specifications andblueprints; layout, construction, installation andinspection of timber trusses and flat roofs and specialroof coverings. It includes information on the designand construction of timber trusses and flat roofs.

AJ2400 Posts and BeamsThis course in posts and beams requires the use oftools and equipment, materials and supplies and suit-able facilities. It involves interpreting specificationsand blueprints; layout, construction and installationof beams and posts; and clean up. It includes infor-mation on types of post and beam construction and

142 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

installation.Prerequisite(s): AJ1220

AJ2410 Wood ScaffoldsThis course in scaffolding requires the use of toolsand equipment, materials and supplies and suitablefacilities. It involves interpreting specifications andblueprints; layout, construction and installation ofwood scaffolds; and clean up. It includes informationon construction techniques and safety requirementsfor wood scaffolds.

AJ2500 Cabinets and Shelving This course in interior finish requires the use of toolsand equipment, materials and supplies and suitablefacilities. It involves interpreting specifications andblueprints; layout, construction and installation ofcabinets and shelving; and clean up. It includesinformation on internal elevations, and constructionand installation techniques.

AJ2600 Interior Finish Stairs This course in stair construction requires the use oftools and equipment, materials and supplies, andsuitable facilities. It involves interpreting specifica-tions and blueprints; layout construction and installa-tion of interior finish stairs; and clean up. It includesinformation on construction techniques for commonfinish stairs.

AJ2700 Restoration Joinery Techniques IThis introductory course teaches students the theoryand practice of repairing, reproducing and installingarchitectural millwork. Students will produce andinstall quality millwork, using traditional and contem-porary techniques. Major topics include: safetymeasures, period moldings, trim carpentry tech-niques, reproducing wood mouldings, mouldingrepair, baseboard installation, crown moulding instal-lation, door trims, window trims.

AJ2710 Restoration Joinery Techniques IIThis second-level course continues to teach stu-dents the theory and practice of repairing, reproduc-ing and installing architectural millwork. Studentswill produce and install quality millwork, using tradi-tional and contemporary techniques. Emphasis willbe placed upon traditional window and door con-struction. Major topics include: safety measures, tra-ditional window construction, traditional doorconstruction.

AJ2720 Restoration Joinery Techniques IIIThis third-level course continues to teach studentsthe theory and practice of repairing, reproducing andinstalling architectural millwork. Students will pro-duce and install quality millwork, using traditionaland contemporary techniques. Emphasis will beplaced upon designing and building stairs and steps.Major topics include: stair casing theory, basementstairs and exterior steps.

AM1100 The Cultural ContextThis course is an introductory examination of theadministrative and organizational structures and theindividual functions and roles that collectively com-prise the context of the Cultural Sector.

AM1200 Graphics Promotions DesignThis course is designed to introduce ArtsManagement students to the rudiments of graphics

design as a promotional tool. Topics such as imageprocessing, elements of design, and principles ofdesign will be discussed.

AM1300 Funding CultureThis course will provide a general overview of thefunding options accessible to cultural enterprises,and will include a practical examination of the tech-nical approaches to fundraising, grant submission,and project rationalization.Prerequisite(s): AM1100

AM1400 Cultural AdministrationThis is a course dealing with the issues of adminis-tration management, and governance, over a broadrange of cultural organizations and facilities.Prerequisite(s): AM1100, AM1300

AS2100 Aircraft Hydraulics & Pneumatics SystemsThe purpose of this course is to provide studentswith the knowledge of aircraft hydraulic and pneu-matic systems, design, function, and operation, alongwith a basic knowledge of aircraft fluid lines and fit-tings. This is to enable students to inspection trou-bleshooting, repair and maintenance on thesesystems.Prerequisite(s): GM1100, GM1200

AS2150 Aircraft Landing Gear SystemThe purpose of this course is to provide studentswith the knowledge of aircraft landing gear andassociated systems, design operation and mainte-nance. This is to enable students to perform inspec-tion troubleshooting, repair and maintenance onthese systems.Prerequisite(s): AS2100

AS2200 Aerodynamics and Flight ControlsThis course is designed to provide the student withbasic knowledge of aerodynamic forces, flight char-acteristics and aircraft design. Inspection andadjustments of flight controls is covered in depth.Prerequisite(s): GM1310, GM1200

AS2300 Aircraft SystemsThis course is designed to provide the student withbasic knowledge of the operation of aircraft support,environmental and safety systems.Prerequisite(s): GM1100, GM1200, PE1610

AS2400 Propellers and SystemsThis course will provide the basic knowledge indesign, construction, operation and maintenance ofpropellers and associated systems.Prerequisite(s): PT1100

AS2500 Fuel MeteringThis course will provide a knowledge of aircraft fuelsystems, fuel metering systems, their design, compo-nents, function, operation and maintenance.Prerequisite(s): PT1100

AT1100 Adventure Tourism Industry This course provides an in-depth study of the adven-ture tourism industry. Terminology will be defined,tourism motivators will be identified, the economicimpact of tourism will be discussed and the presentstructure and organization of the industry will beexamined. Newfoundland and Labrador's tourismmarketing position, competition, potential consumer

markets, and sales techniques will be identified anddiscussed.

AT1220 Interpreting the EnvironmentThis course will provide an opportunity to develop avariety of visual, verbal and written interpretive tech-niques and skills enabling students to better describethe environment to visitors.Prerequisite(s): CM1400

AT1221 Heritage Interpretation IITo further the student’s knowledge, confidence andskill in all aspects of minimum impact travel, wilder-ness navigation and group leadership; lead a groupsafely and efficiently in a variety of wilderness envi-ronments, both on land and water, exhibit high per-sonal competence and confidence in planning,developing and leading GROUP INTERPRETATIVEoutings; identify, assess, and respond to wildernesshazards, further skills in group menu planning, foodpackaging, and food preparation in a wildernessenvironment; ability to select, use, care for and storepersonal and group wilderness travel equipment.Prerequisite(s): AT1220, CS1600, CS1601. Any two of:BL2220, BL2230, BL2210, GE1120, BL1120

AT1300 Ethics for Sustainable Tourism This course begins with a definition of sustainabledevelopment, its origin and its implementation homeand abroad. The relationship of sustainable develop-ment and tourism will be examined and topics suchas ecotourism's role in sustainable development,ecotourism guidelines for nature tour operators, andecotourism pitfalls will be examined. To ensuretourism product, customer service is another keyfactor and this topic will be addressed in this course.

AT1500 Cross-country SkiingStudents will acquire theoretical knowledge and per-sonal skill in classic and skating technique, and hillmaneuvers. Equipment requirements and selection,sizing, care, and waxing will also be discussed.Students will have an opportunity to be tested forLevel I - Canadian Association of Nordic SkiInstructors (CANSI) certification. Students whochoose to be tested for certification will be chargedon certification fee.

AT1510 Water SafetyStudents will acquire theoretical knowledge and per-sonal skill in small craft safety and rescue tech-niques for canoeing and sea kayaking. Royal LifeSaving (RLS) 1 & 2 level techniques will be intro-duced and practiced. Students must successfullycomplete Royal Life Saving 1 criteria. Students willhave an opportunity to be tested for RLS certification.Students choosing to be tested for certification willbe charged the RLS certification fee.

AT1520 CanoeingStudents will acquire theoretical knowledge and per-sonal skill in: strokes, maneuvers, and rescue on flatand moving water; theory and practice of canoeinginstruction; and canoe tripping leadership skills.Students will have an opportunity to be tested for theCanadian Recreational Canoe Association (CCA) cer-tification for both flat water and moving water.Students who choose to be tested for Certificationwill be charged a certification fee.Prerequisite(s): AT1510 and CS1600

143⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

AT1550 Wilderness TravelThis course is designed to teach the student the nec-essary skills required to travel in any wilderness set-ting.

AT2500 Backcountry SkiingStudents will acquire theoretical knowledge and per-sonal skill in Nordic (backcountry) skiing techniques.Hill maneuvers on backcountry equipment will betaught. Ski equipment and accessories will be dis-cussed. Students will have an opportunity to betested for Level 1 - Canadian Association of NordicSki Instructors (CANSI) certification. A wildernessexpedition will further develop backcountry ski tech-nique; winter camping and wilderness survival skills,weather observation skills, avalanche awareness;route selection; map & compass use; and leadershipskills.Prerequisite(s): AT1500, CS1600

AT2510 Sea KayakingStudents will acquire theoretical knowledge and per-sonal skill in strokes, maneuvers, and rescue proce-dures. The evolution of the kayak and the sport, plusthe equipment that is available, will be discussed.Kayak tripping leadership skills will be introduced.Prerequisite(s): AT1510 and CS1600

AV1210 Aircraft Instruments ITo give the student an understanding of the opera-tion and maintenance of instrument systems used insingle and light twin engine aircraft. Units of meas-ure and conversion between units of measure arealso explored. This course will look at the operation,placement, lighting, installation, and shipping ofinstruments. We will explore the basic operation andmaintenance of the type of systems found in light air-craft relating to altimetry, attitude and heading indi-cation, engine monitoring, fuel quantity,non-stabilized magnetic direction indicating, pitot-static system components, pressure, and speed.Labs will include researching aircraft manuals, andinstrument system inspections including verificationof system operation.

AV1310 Communication and Navigation SystemsThis is an introductory course designed to give thelearner the basic concepts of all communication andnavigation systems used on aircraft. EmergencyLocator Transmitters (ELT’s) will also be looked at.Basic radio theory will be studied to the block dia-gram level and ramp testing of various avionics sys-tems will take place.Prerequisite(s): PE1610

AV2110 Radio Navigation ITo give the student an understanding of the princi-ples of operation and maintenance of short andmedium range navigational systems which weredeveloped in the mid-twentieth century and remain inuse. This course will take a cursory look at the theoryand operation of navigational aids. Systems coveredinclude Automatic Direction Finders (ADF), DistanceMeasuring Equipment (DME), Instrument LandingSystem (ILS), Transponder (ATCRBS), and VHF Omni-Range (VOR). Installation considerations, includingthe identification and correction of Electro-MagneticInterference and Radio-Frequency Interference(EMI/RFI) will be examined. Labs will include theinstallation of one or more systems.

AV2111 Radio Navigation IIThis course is a continuation of Radio Navigation I.The student will acquire an understanding of the the-ory of operation of navigation systems that rely onmicroprocessor technology and those operating onthe microwave bands. These systems include AreaNavigation (RNAV), Global Positioning System (GPS),hyperbolic navigation / LORAN-C, Inertial NavigationSystem (INS), Radio Altimeter, Weather Radar, andincludes a cursory look at Doppler Navigation princi-ples. Finally, Electronic Flight Information System(EFIS) indicators, the Electronic Horizontal SituationIndicator (EHSI), and the Electronic Attitude DirectorIndicator (EADI), will be looked at. Labs include aninstallation, post installation testing, and trou-bleshooting of at least one system.Prerequisite(s): AV2110

AV2210 Aircraft Instrumentation IIThis course builds on the skill and knowledgeobtained from the basic aircraft instruments course.The purpose of this course is to instill in the studentan understanding of the operation and maintenanceof instrument systems employed in larger aircraft.Areas to be explored include Air Data Systems,including indication and interfacing, engine monitor-ing, fuel quantity and fuel flow, vibration indication,heading and attitude reference systems, and Built InTest Equipment (BITE). Labs will include researchingequipment manufacturer’s documentation, andinspections of instrument systems.Prerequisite(s): AV1210

AV2300 Communications EquipmentThis course prepares the student to inspect, install,troubleshoot, repair and maintain electronic commu-nication radio equipment and their systems.Prerequisite(s): AV1310

AV2400 Auto FlightThis course of study will cover servo systems andcomponents, aircraft dynamics, pitch, roll, yaw com-mands, and the fundamental principles involved inthe automatic flight of both fixed wing and rotarywing aircraft.Prerequisite(s): AV2210, AV2111

AV3100 Aircraft Monitoring & Digital SystemsThis course takes a theoretical look at a wide varietyof systems found on larger aircraft. Systems includedwill be those associated with digital communications,cockpit display technologies, Flight Data and CockpitVoice Recording (FDR & CVR), fire detection and sup-pression, Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS),Health and Usage Monitoring System (HUMS), icedetection, information (data) transmission/exchange,and pulse navigation systems employing dataexchange techniques, such as Mode “S” transpon-der, and Traffic collision Avoidance System ITCAS).

BL1100 BiologyThis is an introductory course in the first semester ofthe Natural Resources cluster designed to preparethe student for further biology related studies.Emphasis in labs and field trips will be directed togaining an appreciation of natural ecosystems andassociated life processes.

BL1120 Biology 1This is an introductory course in the first semester ofthe Natural Resources cluster designed to prepare

the student for further biology related studies.Emphasis in labs and field trips will be directed togaining an appreciation of natural ecosystems andassociated life processes.

BL1130 MicrobiologyThis is an introductory microbiology course designedto introduce students to the diversity of micro organ-isms, their relationship to environmental technologyand the basic lab techniques used to identify andenumerate them. This course prepares students toapply microbiological techniques to monitor waterand air quality, domestic and industrial water andwastewater treatment systems and site remediationprojects.

BL1170 BiologyTransferable to MUN Biology 1001This course is designated as an introductory Biologycourse. This course introduces the concepts of cellbiology and processes, ecology, and taxonomy, andbegins a survey of living things. Laboratory exercisesfocus on biological investigation techniques, cellstructure and function, plant taxonomy, growth pat-terns and organs.

BL1171 BiologyTransferable to MUN Biology 1002.This course is a continuation of BL1170. It isdesigned for students who wish to transfer to univer-sity after their second term. The course follows sec-ond term biology at Memorial University ofNewfoundland (Bio 1002). This course continues withthe survey of the Kingdoms begun in BL1170, lookingat the anatomy, ecology, and taxonomy of Fungi andAnimalia. It also introduces the student to the evolu-tionary history of animals and the structure andphysiology of selected animal systems. Laboratoryexercises focus on animal anatomy, evolution andphysiology.Prerequisite(s): BL1170 or MUN Biology 1101.

BL1300 Anatomy & PhysiologyThis course is an introduction to the science of nor-mal functions and phenomena of living things fromthe cellular to the whole body levels of organization.Emphasis will be placed on the principles of thefunctioning of the organisms and body systems inorder to facilitate the understanding and relationshipof biomedical instrumentation.Prerequisite(s): CH1121

BL1320 Anatomy and Physiology ●The focus of this course is on those systems relatedto movement such as the skeletal, skeletal muscularand nervous systems. The anatomy of these systemswill be studied in a regional approach such as upperand lower limbs, head, neck and trunk. This coursewill also include an orientation to all the body systems.

BL1330 Anatomy ●This course is an introduction to the science of nor-mal functions of living things from the cellular to thewhole body levels of organizations.

BL1400 Fish and Wildlife Biology I This course requires the use of resource references,laboratory equipment and a suitable environment. Itinvolves the study of the natural history of birds, fishand mammals, and a theoretical and practical under-standing of the anatomy of birds, fish and mammals.

144 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

It includes information on population biology, repro-ductive biology, feeding biology, ecology, behaviourof fish, birds and mammals; anatomical charts,species charts, storage of specimens and dissectionprocedures.Prerequisite(s): BL1120

BL1500 BiologyThis is an introductory biology course with emphasisplaced on the following: a study of the cell, its struc-ture and function; a comparison between animal andplant cells; a brief study of selected organisms of theProtista Kingdom and a comparison between eucary-otes and procaryotes; a study of DNA and RNA andprotein synthesis; an introductory study of gene reg-ulation in procaryotes and eucaryotes; the principlesof hereditary; and introductory study of biotechnol-ogy; a study of tissues; an introduction to anatomicalterminology, and a study of the skeletal system.

BL1501 BiologyThis is a course in human anatomy and physiologywith emphasis being placed on the following sys-tems: cardiovascular, lymphatic, respiratory,endocrine, nervous and sensory organs.Prerequisite(s): BL1500

BL1700 OrnithologyThis is an introductory course in ornithology. Thecourse will focus on species which inhabit insularNewfoundland. Students will learn to recognize bysight and sound songbirds, raptors, seabirds, water-fowl and others. The ecology and behaviour ofselected species will be discussed, as well as intro-ductory avian anatomy and physiology.

BL2100 BiologyThis is a continuation of the second semesteranatomy and physiology course with emphasis onthe following systems: digestive, urinary, and repro-ductive.Prerequisite(s): BL1501

BL2210 Biology Freshwater EcosystemsThis course will study streams, rivers, ponds, lakesand the various classifications of wetlands. The for-mation of bodies of water will be discussed. The vari-ous plants, mammals, birds, invertebrates andinsects common to the ecosystem will be identified.The interrelationships among the inhabitants of theseecosystems will be investigated. Threats to theseecosystems will also be studied.Prerequisite(s): BL1120

BL2220 Boreal Forest EcosystemsThis course will introduce Canadian forests and thenfocus on the boreal forest and barren areas and theircharacteristics. Students will learn to identify thevarious forest and barren plants, mammals, birds andinsects that frequent these ecosystems, and theirinterrelationships will be discussed. Emphasis will beplaced on interpretation in a field setting.Prerequisite(s): BL1120

BL2230 Marine Ecosystems IThis course will introduce students to the NorthAtlantic coastal marine environment including theintertidal and subtidal environment; beaches andsand dunes; estuaries; islands and ledges; anddeeper offshore waters. Field trips to representativeenvironments will be undertaken. Emphasis will be

placed on the identification of organisms and theecology of the marine environment.Prerequisite(s): BL1120

BL2231 Marine Ecosystems IIThis course will study the marine mammals, fish andbirds of the boreal North Atlantic Ocean with empha-sis on identification, adaptation, life histories, and thebasic physiological processes. The aspects of theboreal ocean environment which contribute to diver-sity, dispersal and adaptations will also be examined.Prerequisite(s): BL1120, BL2230

BL2320 Cardiopulmonary PhysiologyThis course is an in-depth study of the anatomy andphysiology of the cardiopulmonary and other bodysystems, which have an impact on respiratory medi-cine. Included will be the analysis of various diseaseconditions which affect the human body, especiallythe cardiopulmonary components. This course willenable the student to describe the pathophysiologicmanifestations, clinical signs, symptoms, and thera-peutic management of the major cardiopulmonarydiseases, in order to facilitate the development oftreatment protocols.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of semester 3

BL2400 MicrobiologyThis course consists of an introduction to the princi-ples and methods of microbiology. Selected topicsinclude the classification, structure, staining and cul-tivation of bacteria; bacterial physiology and genet-ics; control of micro-organisms; host-parasiterelationships and diagnostic immunology.Prerequisite(s): Completion of all third semestercourses.

BL2401 Clinical MicrobiologyThis course consists of a systematic study of thepathogenicity, epidemiology, morphology, and labo-ratory identification of the various microbes associ-ated with infectious disease. Major emphasis will beon the bacteria with a brief study of clinically impor-tant yeast-like fungi.Prerequisite(s): BL2400

BL2410 MicrobiologyAn introductory course covering the basic aspects ofmicrobiology with emphasis on the role of micro-organisms in disease and methods of control utilizedin respiratory care. Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 3rd semes-ter

BL3410 Clinical MicrobiologyIntroduction to the isolation, identification andreporting of micro organisms from clinical specimensoriginating from the head and neck, the genito-uri-nary system and other miscellaneous sources. Thiscourse is at an intermediate level and is intended tointroduce the process of standard techniques andmethodologies used to identify common pathogens ina routine clinical microbiology laboratory.Standardization of laboratory techniques, terminol-ogy, methods, and reporting will be emphasized.Quality control is incorporated.Prerequisite(s): BL2401

BL3411 Clinical MicrobiologyLaboratory isolation, identification and reporting ofmicro organisms from clinical specimens originating

from the head and neck, the gastro-intestinal tract,and other miscellaneous sources. This course is atan advanced level of understanding and interpreta-tion. It is intended to introduce standard techniquesand methodologies used to identify commonpathogens in a routine clinical microbiology labora-tory. Standardization of laboratory techniques, termi-nology, methods, and reporting will be emphasized.Quality control and quality assurance is incorpo-rated.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 6th semes-ter

BL4410 Clinical MicrobiologyThis course allows the student to develop technicalcompetence while reviewing theoretical materialfrom previous semesters. The three week hospitalrotation will emphasize clinical procedures andacquaint the student with the hospital operation andadministration.Prerequisite(s): Pass 7th semester

BU2110 Building Systems and CodesThis course deals with the type of mechanical andelectrical systems in buildings and how they are rep-resented on the finished drawings. The purpose ofthis course is to introduce students t the mechanicaland electrical building systems and to all relatedcodes. It is also meant to support material to be cov-ered in other courses such as estimating and con-struction planning.

This course is designed to enable students to inter-pret and prepare AutoCad drawings of mechanicaland electrical systems for a small commercial build-ing. Students with this background will be able tointerpret mechanical and electrical drawings for thepurpose of planning, inspecting and supervising con-struction of small commercial buildings.Prerequisite(s): DR1211, DR1210

BU2200 Arch Building Services IThis course deals with the types of electrical serv-ices required for buildings. It is comprised of lecturesand labs designed to introduce the student to build-ing electrical systems. Design concepts and presen-tation procedures are studied, with directapplications in the preparation of detailed computer-ized electrical services drawings.Prerequisite(s): PH1101, ET1101

BU2201 Arch Building Services IIBuilding Services II is a course designed to intro-duce students to terminology and design methodsused in the plumbing and fire protection aspects ofbuilding services. The course begins with an intro-duction to hydraulics, piping and the associated ter-minology, and advances to areas of water supply anddistribution, storm drainage, fire protection, andplumbing. The course includes a detailed study ofcode requirements and the preparation of computer-ized working drawings.Prerequisite(s): PH1101, DR3100Co-requisite(s): DR3101

BU2300 Arch Building Codes IThis is the first of two architectural building codescourses. The course gives a brief examination of thepurpose and contents of building codes in general. Italso gives an overview of how the National BuildingCode of Canada is formatted and how it is to be used.

145⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

The course concentrates on the code requirementsgiven in the National Building Code of Canada forhouses and small buildings. Emphasis is placed onselecting and sizing building components.Co-requisite(s): DR3100

BU2301 Arch Building Codes IIThis course is a continuation of ArchitecturalBuilding Codes I and deals with the safety require-ments of buildings given in the National BuildingCode of Canada. It is designed to help students inter-pret and apply regulations through a series of practi-cal exercises.Prerequisite(s): BU2300

BU2400 Architectural Building Science IThis is the first of two building science courses. Thecourse studies how heat and air/water flow througha building envelope particularly from the inside to theoutside of the enclosure. It also investigates steps toreduce/prevent the negative results which may resultfro this movement. Emphasis is placed on the selec-tion and arrangement of building components.Prerequisite(s): PH1101

BU2401 Architectural Building Science IIThis is the second of two building science courses.The course deals with heat, air and water movementthrough the building envelope particularly from out-side to inside the enclosure. It examines the way dif-ferent wall and roof assemblies perform. Studentsare required to solve technical problems based onbuilding science theory. Emphasis is placed on the“barrier” concept of enclosure design. Specialemphasis is placed on the barriers in roofs.Prerequisite(s): BU2400

BU3200 Arch Building Services IIIThis course is designed to introduce the student tobuilding heating systems. The course begins with anintroduction to historical and contemporary heatingsources emphasizing current energy conservation.Climate, comfort, and design strategies are dis-cussed, with a detailed study of building heat flowand total building heat loss. Heating systems studiesinclude: electric, hydronic, warm air, and steam withdesign and detailed applications.Prerequisite(s): BU2201Co-requisite(s): DR4100

BU3201 Arch Building Services IVThis course, the fourth in a series of servicescourses introduces students to air movement andconditioning through studies of building coolingrequirements. Emphasis is placed on duct design,heat gain, psychometrics and equipment selection.Technical design projects are integrated into thecourse to emphasize visualization and coordinationin the preparation of HVAC working drawings.Prerequisite(s): PR2300, BU3200, DR4100Co-requisite(s): PR2210, DR4101

BU3300 Building SpecificationsThis course deals with the interpretation and writingof specifications for building projects. A study ismade of specification writing theory and procedures.Students are expected to analyze specifications forform intent. Projects include identifying technical andlegal requirements and translating them into writtenform. Subject material includes contracts, masterformat, specification types, and specification writing.

Prerequisite(s): PR2300Co-requisite(s): DR4100, CF3600

CA2100 Structural Design This course will prepare the student to analyze anddesign basic concrete structures using the variousdesign aids such as handbooks, software. Thecourse generally deals with design and analysis ofindividual structural members such as beams, walls,slabs, and columns.Prerequisite(s): CF2501

CA2101 Structural Design A study of the application of principles of mechanicsto the solution of problems commonly met within thefield of engineering practice. Procedures in problemsolving, codes, specifications and standards, loadsand structural systems, properties of materials, ten-sion members, axially loaded compression members,effective length, design of beams and connections,use of steel handbook, and roof trusses are majortopics to be covered.Prerequisite(s): CA2100

CA2300 Urban Services This course will provide the student with an under-standing of municipal water, storm, and sanitary sys-tems. Students will acquire skills to design,construct, operate, and maintain necessary munici-pal services. Treatment systems for water and sew-erage will be discussed.Prerequisite(s): WA1200

CA2500 Highway DesignThis course covers the planning and design of atransportation system including traffic studies, routeselection, and horizontal and vertical alignment.Students will design a road, prepare a plan includingprofiles and cross-sections, as well as calculateearth-work quantities.Prerequisite(s):CF2421, FT1320, WA1200

CA2650 Marine ConstructionThis course is designed to give the student knowl-edge in the methods and operations related to topicsin marine construction. Emphasis will be placed onthe design requirements and methods of construc-tion related to onshore marine structures. This willalso involve a study of the typical marine structuresused in Newfoundland.

The importance of the design and construction ofinshore marine structures is very relevant in connec-tion to the Newfoundland situation. The student willbe introduced to the design requirements for variousmarine structures such as: wharfs, piers, and break-waters. The methods, equipment and materials usedin the construction of inshore structures will be pre-sented. Environmental requirements and their effectson design and construction will also be investigated.Prerequisite(s): CB2420, WA1100

CA2800 Soil Mechanics I This course will introduce the student to the funda-mentals of soil mechanics. The origin and formationof soils will be addressed along with their classifica-tions and uses in the construction environment.Emphasis will also be placed on basic design consid-erations and properties of soils and the relationshipto foundations, retaining wall and slope stability.

Basic theory will be supplemented by field and labo-ratory testing done to ASTM Standards.

This is an introductory course in soil mechanics. Thestudent will acquire knowledge about the varioustypes of soils used in design and construction civilprojects. Identification, classification, and formationof soils will be addressed. Students will becomefamiliar with the standard tests and procedures usedto evaluate soils and their properties. Laboratorytesting will be supplemented with field work whereever practically possible.Prerequisite(s): CF2701, CF2501, WA1200

CA2801 Soil Mechanics IIThe study of soils should be an important componentin the education of Civil Engineering Technologists.Most structures such as bridges, roads and buildingsrest either directly or indirectly upon soils. Therefore,the proper analysis of the soil and their designrequirements are necessary to ensure a safe struc-ture free of undue settling and/or collapse. Thiscourse will give a student an introduction in the fieldof Geotechnical Design based on knowledge gainedin Soil Mechanics II.

This course will continue from Soil Mechanics I. Thecourse will use the theoretical information given inSoil Mechanics I and apply it to the area ofGeotechnical Design. Emphasis will be placed onbasic design considerations and properties of soilsand the relationship to foundations, retaining wall,and slope stability. Basic theory will be supple-mented by field and laboratory testing done to ASTMStandards.Prerequisite(s): CA2800

CA2900 Municipal EngineeringIntroduction to zoning bylaws and zoning in general.Criteria for the design and construction of roads,curb and sidewalks, width or right of way, storm andsanitary sewer collecting systems, water distributionsystems and layout of utilities (electrical, phone, cableTV). Lectures are supplemented by labs in whichrelated problems, field trips, and the actual lot layout,design of roads, water mains, sanitary sewer andstorm sewer for an urban subdivision is carried out.Prerequisite(s): SU1311

CB2420 Construction MethodsConstruction methods will help students to estimateconstruction costs and productivity rates of varioustypes of equipment and apply previous knowledgefrom economics to Heavy Equipment. The course willdeal with methods and operations utilized in heavyconstruction, with emphasis placed on specifying thebest equipment or process for the situation.Prerequisite(s): EC1700, EC1720, MA2100

CD2100 Community Development I This course is an introduction to the major concepts,principles, and issues in community development. Itintroduces students to the history of communitydevelopment and to the major influences on currentcommunity development practice. The roles of com-munity development workers and the various occu-pations in the field of community development areexamined. The course also introduces some of themajor skills necessary for successful communitydevelopment practice.

146 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

CD2300 Community Economic Development IThis is an introductory course to the field of commu-nity economic development. It covers the major con-cepts and essential elements used in the field ofcommunity economic development, and explains whya new approach to development is necessary. Itintroduces the history of community economic devel-opment in Newfoundland and Labrador, looks at suc-cessful examples elsewhere, and explores structuresand strategies for facilitating community economicdevelopment. The course then introduces students tothe process of strategic planning and how it may beapplied to the community economic developmentprocess. Students will gain an understanding of com-munity economic development concepts andprocesses.

CD2310 Community Economic Development II This course is an introduction to financing and man-aging in community economic development enter-prises. It introduces the concept of socialentrepreneurship, and approaches which CommunityEconomic Development organizations may use insecuring funds. It examines the challenges of man-aging and coordinating human and natural resourcesin not-for-profit organizations, in such a way as tobuild the community economy. The course also intro-duces the concept of strategic alliances and howthey may be used to facilitate community economicdevelopment.Prerequisite(s): AC1100

CE2250 Electronic Analog CommunicationsThis is an intermediate level electronics coursedesigned to provide students with an introduction tothe area of analog communications.Prerequisite(s): MA2100; AE2300

CE2700 Antennas, Transmission Lines and PropagationThis course provides a comprehensive study oftransmission lines, waveguides, and antennas withapplication in radio systems. Topics covered includetransmission line parameters; waveguides and com-ponents; antennas; antenna measurements; imped-ance matching with Smith Charts.Prerequisite(s): MA1101 ET2100; AE1200

CE2800 Industrial Communication SystemsThis specialized course introduces the student toindustrial communication systems, fieldbus, and net-works for monitoring data acquisition and controlsystems used in an industrial environment. The labcomponent is designed to enhance the theoreticallecture component by implementing communicationmethods, networks, and an introduction to MicrosoftWindows NT installation and administration.Prerequisite(s): CT2300

CE2900 Human Machine Interface DevelopmentThis course provides students with a comprehensiveanalysis of Human Machine Interface software pack-ages, such as Lookout, Wonderware and RsView, formonitoring and controlling automated machines andprocesses from custom designed graphical userinterfaces.Prerequisite(s): CE2800Co-requisite(s): CT2300

CE3100 Communication SystemsThis is an advanced electronic communicationscourse. It provides a solid background for under-

standing and analyzing the modern communicationssystems.Prerequisite(s): CE2250, CE2700

CE3200 Analog and Digital TelephonyThis course provides a detailed and practical discus-sion of the system theory leading to the design andoperation of the telephone communications network.Emphasis is placed on the digital facilities in currentuse by local telecommunications utilities. Lecturesare supplemented by projects, field trips and labora-tory experiments.Prerequisite(s): AE2300, DP3400

CE3300 Fibre Optic CommunicationsThis course covers the basis of Fiber OpticCommunications. Emphasis will be on the practicalapplication of fiber to the design and construction ofcommunication systems and networks. The approachwill introduce the theories involved, and give stu-dents a hands-on, practical understanding of cablehandling, terminating, splicing, testing with opticalsource and power meters, and link analysis using afiber optic communications trainer.Prerequisite(s): CE2250, CE3100, DP3400

CE3400 Local Area NetworksThe purpose of this course is to introduce the stu-dents of Electronics Engineering (Computers andInformation Technology) to the skills required tomanage and maintain Local Area Network.Prerequisite(s): DP3430; CP2600

CE3420 Internet & IntranetsThis course is designed to give the students anunderstanding of the Web technologies. The Webtechnologies will be used as the basis for building aWebsite.Prerequisite(s): CE3400, CT1125

CE3430 Network Cabling ProjectThis course will provide the student with the neces-sary skills to design and implement high performancecabling systems. The performance level of the sys-tem determines the type of cabling and hardware tobe used, the rules to be followed, ie. TIA/EIA-568Astandard, and the type of testing and documentationrequired to certify performance and trouble-shootthe installation. Focuses on the physical layer of theOSI Network Model and includes the electrical, andmechanical aspects of interfacing to the transmis-sion medium and impact on performance they mayhave. This includes analysis of copper cabling, fibreoptics, connectors and interconnection hardware,electrical code requirements for installation, per-formance certification and documentation.Prerequisite(s): AE2300; CE2250

CE3500 Microwave Circuit DesignMatching networks design; microwave amplifierdesign; low noise amplifier design; broadband ampli-fier design.Prerequisite(s): AE2300, CE2250

CE3600 Digital Communications IThis course provides a background in the mathemati-cal theory and fundamentals of operation of digitaland data communications.Prerequisite(s): CE2250, DP2400

CE3601 Digital Communications IIThis course focuses on the mathematical theory andfundamentals of operation of digital network commu-nications.Prerequisite(s): CE3600

CF1100 Materials & Processes IThe purpose of this course is to provide studentswith a knowledge of the behaviour and characteris-tics of common engineering materials and an under-standing of basic industrial processes. This is toenable students to select suitable materials and fab-rication methods for the design and manufacture ofparts to ensure successful service.Prerequisite(s): CH1121

CF1101 Materials & Processes IIThe purpose of this course is to familiarize the stu-dent with production and fabrication processes andpractices used in the industrial environment. Thecourse provides an understanding of weldingprocesses, non-destructive testing, corrosion, andcasting-processes. An introduction to plastics andother engineering materials is provided.Prerequisite(s): CCF1100

CF1120 Materials and ProcessesThe purpose of this course is to familiarize the stu-dent with production and fabrication processes andpractices used in the industrial environment. A con-tinuation of the CF1100 Materials and Processes, thiscourse will give an overview of non-metal materialsused in engineering processes and an understandingof surface treatments, coatings and corrosion.Manufacturing processes, including metal removal,joining processes, casting processes, forming andshaping processes.Prerequisite(s):CF1100

CF2421 Construction Materials IIThis course is designed to provide students with anoverview of the use of asphalt as a constructionmaterial as well as enable student s to perform somelaboratory testing on asphalt.

CF2500 Strength of Materials IThis course has been included in the CivilTechnology program curriculum as an engineeringscience. It is intended to be used as a basis for thestudy of design oriented course material to be pre-sented in the second and third years of the program.Prerequisite(s): MA1101, PH1101Co-requisite(s): MA2100

CF2501 Strength of Materials IIThis course is a continuation of CF2500 and will pro-vide the student with basic skills for the design ofbuilding structural components. It gives studentsknowledge and understanding of structural members.Prerequisite(s): CF2500

CF2510 Strength of MaterialsThis course is an introduction to the analysis ofstresses in load bearing structural members.Concepts of stress, strain and elasticity are appliedto elementary systems of normal, shear and bendingstress in order to give students an understanding ofone of the fundamental building blocks upon whichall engineering designs are based.Prerequisite(s): MA1101, PH1101

147⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

CF2511 Strength of MaterialsThis second Strength of Materials course expandson previously studied concepts of simple stress,strain and elasticity, and provides a basic for ele-mentary calculations in engineering design.Prerequisite(s): CF2540

CF2520 Strength of Materials This course is included in the Petroleum Technologyprogram curriculum as an Engineering science. Itforms part of the core of courses introducing stu-dents to the fundamentals of applied problem solving.Topics include: forces and force system analysis,FBD’s centroids and moments of inertia, secondmoment of area, stress and strain, bending anddirect stress, shear stress, torsional shearing stress,beam design, mechanical properties of materials.Prerequisite(s): MA1101, PH1101

CF2540 Mechanics of SolidsThis course is included in the Industrial, Mechanical,and Mechanical (Manufacturing) EngineeringTechnology program curriculum as an Engineeringscience. It forms part of the core of courses intro-ducing students to the fundamentals of applied prob-lem solving. It enables the economical and safeselection of materials for engineering componentswhich are subjected to loads when in service.Theoretical work supplemented by problem sessionsare carried out on the subjects of general force sys-tems, reactions, free body diagrams; trusses andframes; centroids and second moments of area;shear and moments in beams; stresses in beams andbeam design.Prerequisite(s): PH1100, MA1101

CF2600 Building Materials IThis course examines the properties, limitations, andapplication of a number of different building materi-als. It is designed to help students assess and selectsuitable materials for a variety of situations found inbuildings.

CF2601 Building Materials IIThis course examines the properties, limitations, andapplications of a number of different building materi-als. It is designed to help students assess and selectsuitable materials for a variety of situations found inbuildings.Prerequisite(s): CF2600

CF2700 Materials & Testing IThis course has been designed to provide the stu-dent enrolled in the Civil Technology program with aworking knowledge of common building materials sothat he/she will be better able to function as a tech-nologist in the building and heavy construction field.This course will provide the student with a basicknowledge of the characteristics, uses and applica-tion of common construction materials and the gen-eral construction specifications associated witheach material. Materials such as concrete, concretemasonry and aggregate, their properties, compo-nents, uses, production and construction methods,will be studied. Basic theory will be supplemented bylaboratory testing of aggregate and concrete done toCSA standard. Emphasis will be placed on decision-making for the proper selection and use of the vari-ous components discussed in each material. Coursework will be supplemented by field trips and in-shop

demonstrations.Prerequisite(s): CM1401, DR1211, DR1210

CF2701 Materials & Testing IIThis course has been designed to provide the stu-dent enrolled in the Civil Technology program with aworking knowledge of common building materials sothat he/she will be better able to function as a tech-nologist in the building and heavy construction field.This course will be a continuation of CF2700,Materials and Testing I. It will provide the studentwith a hands on approach to the testing, selection,use and application of common construction materi-als such as concrete, concrete masonry, asphalt andaggregate will be tested under laboratory conditions.Where ever possible in lab work will be supple-mented with field trips, videos and guest lectures.Prerequisite(s): CF2700

CF3420 Structural DesignThis course is a continuation of Strength of MaterialsCF2500 and expands on previously studies conceptswith major emphasis on structures and requirementsbased on building shapes. Emphasis is also placedon calculations leading to the selection of beams andcolumns based on shear forces, bending moments,and deflections produced by static loads. In addition,students are expected to have a thorough knowledgeof the preparation of detailed steel shop drawingsincluding connections and dimensioning, and to pro-duce structural drawings as partial fulfillment of therequirements for the major technical project PR2210.Prerequisite(s): CF2500Co-requisite(s): PR2210

CF3600 Building Materials IIIThis course examines the properties, limitations, andapplication of a number of different building materi-als. It is designed to help students assess and selectsuitable materials for a variety of situations foundPrerequisite(s): CF2601

CG1200 Health Care & Safety IThis course serves as an introduction to the hospitalenvironment, its organization and management.Students will be familiarized with the health caresystem of Canada. The application of safety in thehospital environment, with a special emphasis on theconcepts of electrical safety.Prerequisite(s): CM2200Co-requisite(s): CG3400

CG1201 Health Care & Safety IIThis course is a continuation of CG1200 and serves tofamiliarize the student with equipment control sys-tems and procedures utilized by BiomedicalEngineering Departments. The concepts of qualityassurance as well as standards involved in the safeuse of electricity in health care institutions will beaddressed. Students will also become familiar withfire, biological and environmental safety issues asthey relate to the hospital environment.Prerequisite(s): CG1200; CM2200Co-Requisite: CI3401

CG1500 Work Methods and MeasurementThis course is designed to introduce the student tothe basics of time and motion study. It will provide astudent with a basic understanding of time studytechniques. It comprises various topics in pre-deter-mined motion time and work measurement systems.

The intent is to develop in the student a full under-standing of the elements of these systems and thecapability to create and implement them.Prerequisite(s): EG1100 CT1150

CG2100 Urban PlanningThis course will provide the student with an opportu-nity to utilize learned theory and apply to an actualsubdivision selection, planning, and service design.Students will design a residential subdivision forgiven lot sizes, dwelling standards, zoning, and otherinternal and external site factors.Prerequisite(s): CA2300, CA2500

CG2340 Construction Estimating & Planning IThis course is an introduction to the disciplines ofcost estimating and planning for construction pur-poses. It brings together the accumulated knowledgethe student has assimilated over two years to enablehim/her to understand the principles of cost estimat-ing and to develop basic skills in taking off and pric-ing construction materials.Prerequisite(s): CB2420

CG2341 Construction Estimating & Planning IIThis course is a continuation of Construction CostEstimating and Planning I and is intended to enhancethe skills of the student. Students will be required touse commercially available computer software toprepare cost estimates. This course will also providethe student with the opportunity to apply to the plan-ning process much of the technical material studiedin earlier courses of the Civil Engineering Technologyprogram.Prerequisite(s): CG2340

CG3100 Construction ManagementThis course is intended to provide the student withknowledge of the construction industry to betterenable him/her, on attaining sufficient practicalexperience to function as an effective constructionmanager.Prerequisite(s): CG2340Co-requisite(s): LW1600

CG3200 Business & Project AdministrationThis course examines the fundamentals of econom-ics, types of businesses, and the administrativeprocess as it related to design construction projects.It is designed to help students understand their rolein the economics and administration of the designand construction industry.Prerequisite(s): LW1610, DR3101

CG3300 Architectural Cost AnalysisThis course is an introductory course designed toprovide students with a basic understanding of thevarious types of estimates commonly used in thedesign and construction industry. This course dealsmainly with the elemental cost analysis method ofestimating with computer applications where appli-cable.Prerequisite(s): DR4100, BU3200, BU3300

CG3400 Engineering ManagementThis course is intended to familiarize the student withthe role of management in industry. Topics coveredinclude project representation and analysis usingC.P.M. and P.E.R.T. as well several methods of man-agement decision-making with a mathematicalapproach. The course provides the basic. methods

148 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

used for project management and control. It gives anappreciation of the role of management in industry,as well as providing management techniques used invarious applications of decision-making. Studentsare instructed in the use of project management soft-ware and they are enabled to identify businessopportunities and acquire the skills necessary to setup and operate their own business.Prerequisite(s): MA1101, CT1150

CG3500 Production PlanningThis course analyzes the principles of productionmanagement by bringing together previous topics ofplanning and approaching them as an integrated pro-duction plan which interprets various componentssuch as master scheduling, resource planning, man-ufacturing control and flexible manufacturing. Prerequisite(s): CG1500, CG3400, SP2510

CH1120 ChemistryThis is an introductory course designed to give stu-dents a knowledge and understanding of the funda-mental concepts which will form the basis for furtherstudies in science and technology. Topics include:atomic structure, Periodic Table, chemical bondingand nomenclature, stoichiometry and measurement,chemical reactions, gas laws, solution and solubility.

CH1121 ChemistryThis course will develop further the fundamentalconcepts of chemistry, with emphasis on those rele-vant to the chemistry of materials and to theprocesses of polymer chemistry, thermochemistry,chemical reaction rates and equilibrium, electro-chemistry, metals and alloys.Prerequisite(s): CH1120

CH1130 ChemistryThis is an introductory course in chemistry dealingwith the fundamental laws of chemistry, the nature ofthe matter and the physical states of matter, thestructure of the atom, the electronic structure andthe periodic table, the significant figures and scien-tific notations, measurements and units, writing andbalancing chemical reactions, stoichiometry and sto-ichiometric calculations, chemical bonding, gasesand gas law calculations. Major topics include:Matter and energy; atoms, molecules and ions; massrelations in chemistry (stoichiometry); reactions inaqueous solution; gases and osmotic pressure; elec-tronic structure and the periodic table; covalentbonding (Lewis structures, molecular geometry,polarity of molecules and hybridization).Prerequisite(s): None, but high school chemistry isrecommended. Strong mathematical skills arerequired, and students with low marks in high schoolacademic mathematics (less than 70%) are stronglyrecommended to upgrade their mathematics back-ground before undertaking this course. Transferable to MUN Chemistry 1010.

CH1131 ChemistryThis is continuation of CH1130. This course will fur-ther develop the fundamental concepts of chemistry,with emphasis on thermochemistry, physical proper-ties of matter, rate of reaction, gaseous chemicalequilibrium, acid-base equilibria, precipitation equi-libria and electrochemistry. Major topics include:Thermochemistry, physical properties of matter, rateof reaction, gaseous chemical equilibrium, acid-baseequilibria, precipitation equilibria and electrochem-

istry. Prerequisite(s): CH1130 or MUN Chem 1010

CH1140 ChemistryTransferable to MUN Chem 1050.This course is designed for students who have previ-ously studied Chemistry either in high school or uni-versity. It is designed to give students a knowledgeand understanding of the fundamental chemical con-cepts which will form the basis for further studies inthe field of science. Major Topics are: matter – itsproperties and measurement, atoms and atomic the-ory, chemical compounds, chemical reactions, intro-duction of reactions in aqueous solution, gases andhydrogen, electrons in atom, the Periodic Table andsome atomic properties, chemical bonding I: basicconcepts, chemical bonding II: additional aspects,liquids, solids, and intermolecular forces, solutionsand physical properties.Prerequisite(s): At least 80% in high schoolChemistry and a pass in high school advanced math-ematics.Co-requisite(s): MA1130 or MA2100. A physicscourse would be helpful, especially for students whodid not take Physics in high school.

CH1141 ChemistryTransferable to MUN Chem 1051.This course is designed for students who may havecareer interests in chemistry or other fields of sci-ence. The course will develop further the fundamen-tal concepts of chemistry, with emphasis on practicalapplications. It is designed to identify and apply prin-ciples as well as provide visualizing of their physicalsignificance. Major topics are: chemical kinetics,principles of chemical equilibrium, acids and bases,addition aspects of acid-based equilibria, solubilityand complex ion equilibria, spontaneous change;entroph and free energy, electrochemistry, descrip-tive chemistry.Prerequisite(s): CH1140, MA1130 or MA2100, or MUNChem 1050, Math 1000 or 1081.

CH1150 ChemistryTransferable to MUN Chemistry 1031.This course is designed to prepare students whohave completed Chemistry 1131 (or MUN chemistry1011) for second year Chemistry courses. It dealswith the topics in greater depth with emphasis onproblem solving, as in Chemistry 1141. Prerequisite(s): CH1131 or MUN Chem 1010.

CH1200 ChemistryThis is an introductory course in chemistry dealingwith the fundamental laws of chemistry, the nature ofmatter and structure of the atom, the periodic table,chemical bonding, stoichiochemistry, the physicalstates of matter and solutions. The quantitativeaspects of chemistry are stressed.

CH1201 ChemistryThis is a continuation of CH1200. Major topicsinclude: the gas laws, oxidation-reduction, electro-chemistry, chemical nomenclature, chemical kinet-ics, chemical equilibrium. The quantitative aspects ofchemistry are stressed.Prerequisite(s): CH1200

CH2200 ChemistryThis is a continuation of the second semestercourse. Major topics include various types of chemi-

cal equilibria such as gaseous equilibria, solubilityequilibria, and acid/base equilibria. The quantitativeaspects are stressed.Prerequisite(s): CH1201

CH2320 Organic Chemistry /BiochemistryThis is an introductory course in organic chemistryand biochemistry for Medical Laboratory Sciencesstudents. Major topics studied are the carbon atom,chemical nomenclature and structure of the alkane,alkenes, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids, alco-hols, ethers, aromatic hydrocarbons, amino acids,structure, properties and metabolism of carbohy-drates, proteins and lipids, diabetes, non-proteinnitrogenous compounds, acid-base balance, bodywater/electrolyte balance and enzymes.Prerequisite(s): Completion of all 3rd semestercourses

CH2330 Petroleum Chemistry IThis is an advanced course in organic chemistrydesigned to give petroleum students a knowledgeand understanding of the fundamental chemical con-cepts of organic products and derivatives which areprominent in the petroleum industry.Prerequisite(s): CH1121

CH2331 Petroleum Chemistry IIThis is a course designed to give petroleum studentsa knowledge and understanding of physical, inor-ganic and analytical chemistry as applied to thepetroleum industry. Emphasis will be given to thedevelopment of analytical and laboratory skills.Prerequisite(s): CH2330

CH2400 BiochemistryThis course is designed to provide students with afoundation in the areas of organic and biochemistry.It also shows some of the useful contributions thatchemistry has made in the area of health care. Thisis an introductory course inorganic chemistry andbiochemistry for biomedical students.Prerequisite(s): CH1121

CH2511 Clinical ChemistryThis course consists of a study of the theoretical andpractical aspects of the analysis of body fluids.Major topics studied include: carbohydrates, pro-teins, lipids, acid/base balance, enzymology, non-protein nitrogenous substances, electrolytes, liverfunction, kidney function, toxicology, immunochemi-cal assays, and thyroid function testing.Prerequisite(s): CH2520, CH2320

CH2520 Basic Laboratory PrinciplesThis course will introduce laboratory safety, basiclaboratory techniques and skills, laboratory instru-mentation, and quality control procedures and inter-pretation. These principles will be reinforced inlaboratory periods using discovery, demonstrationand participation techniques.Prerequisite(s): Completion of all third semestercourses.

CH2700 Environmental Chemistry I (Analytical)This is an introductory course in chemical analysis. Itconsists of classical methods of quantitative chemi-cal analysis such as gravimetry and titrimetry, aswell as simple instrumental techniques used for fieldmeasurement (pH, colorimetry, conductivity, dis-solved oxygen). Students are also exposed to

149⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

Environmental Sampling and statistical treatment ofdata.Prerequisite(s): CH1101

CH2720 Chemistry III (Analytical)This is an introductory course in chemical analysis. Itwill introduce the students to the classical methodsof quantitative chemical analysis such as gravimetryand titrimetry, as well as simple instrumental tech-niques used for field measurement (pH, colorimetry,conductivity, dissolved oxygen).Prerequisite(s): CH1101

CH3510 Clinical ChemistryUpon completion of this course, the student will beable to perform automated chemical analysis and uri-nalysis.Prerequisite(s): CH2511

CH3511 Clinical ChemistryUpon successful completion of this course, the stu-dent will have sufficient knowledge and skills toenter the clinical phase of the program at an affili-ated hospital.Prerequisite(s): Pass 6th semester

CH3700 Environmental Chemistry III (Organic)This is the second of two courses dealing with thechemical interactions which occur in natural envi-ronments. The focus is on air and soil chemistry, andemphasis is placed on Organic Chemistry. The funda-mental aspects of nomenclature, structure, proper-ties, and reactions of organic compounds arediscussed and applied to studying the sources andtoxicity of environmentally important organic com-pounds.Prerequisite(s): CH2700

CH4510 Clinical ChemistryThis course allows the student to develop technicalcompetence while reviewing theoretical materialfrom previous semesters. The three week hospitalrotation will emphasize clinical procedures andacquaint the student with the hospital operation andadministration.Prerequisite(s): Pass 7th semester

CI1100 Electronic InstrumentationThis is a practical course in which students becomeacquainted with the variety of laboratory and testequipment that could be encountered in a workingenvironment. The course focuses on applications ofthe concepts learned.Prerequisite(s): ET2100Co-requisite(s)s: DP1100, AE2300 or AE2301

CI1210 Instrumentation Controls & AutomationThis course provides a comprehensive treatment ofsensors and methods of measuring automatedprocess variables. The student will be introduced tothe underlying concepts and operation of industrialmeasurement devices and control systems.Prerequisite(s): ET2100

CI1211 Instrumentation, Controls and AutomationThis is an introduction to process control systems,designed to provide the students with the basics ofPID Control as well as an overview of moreadvanced systems.Prerequisite(s): CI1210

CI1300 Fabrication TechniqueThis is a practical electrical/electronics course forstudents entering the primary electrical/electronicstechnical session. This course enables the student toobtain practical knowledge in soldering, wiring, fabri-cation and proper use of electronic test equipmentas related to accepted procedures found in industry.Prerequisite(s): MA2101; AE2301 or AE2311

CI1400 Industrial Controls IManufacturing Operations Technology graduates areexpected to understand how best to use automationand process control technologies to improve productquality and optimize processes. In order to do this,students must first have a basic understanding of theanalog and digital electronic building blocks used inautomation. Consequently, topics include; the basicoperation and industrial applications for semiconduc-tor devices, including the diode, BJT switch, powerelectronic devices (FET, IGBT, SCR), and operationalamplifier; an explanation of digital fundamentals,including the binary number system, combinationallogic, and sequential logic.Prerequisite(s): ET1101

CI1401 Industrial Controls IIAs industrial process operators, graduates mustunderstand how industrial controllers work (i.e. PLC,DCS, drives, etc.). While they are not expected tomaintain the industrial controllers, it is important thatthe student receive enough hands-on programmingexperience such that they gain confidence in thesystems and hardware. Learning the details about aspecific control system, in this case ProgrammableLogic Controllers (PLC), is an effective way of gainingthis confidence. Consequently, topics include PLChardware, systems, applications, and programming.Also introduced are variable speed drive technolo-gies, with an emphasis on variable frequency (AC)drives and applications. The student applies the con-cepts learned to specific systems, processes andequipment found in manufacturing operations.Prerequisite(s): CI1400, PE2430

CI1500 Introduction to Process AnalysisThis course will introduce the student to processanalysis. Methods of calibration, and applications ofstatistical methods (mean, standard deviation, con-trol charts, tests and linear regression analysis) willbe applied to measurements. Electrochemical princi-ples will be applied to the study of corrosion, con-ductivity, ORP, pH and other electrochemicalanalyzers. The course also introduces students to theuse of statistics in monitoring quality control inindustrial processes. The course reviews electro-chemical principles as they apply to corrosion andcorrosion control in industry. The student will learnhow control of industrial processes by electrochemi-cal methods is accomplished.Prerequisite(s): CH1121

CI2240 Instrumentation Hydraulics and PneumaticsThis introductory course is designed to acquaint thestudent with the design and operation of industrialhydraulic and pneumatic systems. It includes areview of the selection and integration of the compo-nents used to build and control hydraulic and pneu-matic circuits. Operational control andtroubleshooting of basic circuits is an integral com-ponent of the course.

CI2520 Process Control OperationsManufacturing operations personnel need a goodunderstanding of process control methods in order toimprove product quality, optimize the process, andreduce process operation costs. This course pro-vides the students with the knowledge and skillsrelating to both basic and advanced process controltechniques used in all industrial processes. Usingthis knowledge of process control technology, thestudent is introduced to process and instrumentationdiagrams (P & ID) that explain the control systemsfor both processes common to all industries andindustry specific processes. The common processesemphasized are “steam plant control” and “efflu-ent/wastewater treatment”. Topics include P.I.D.control, controller tuning, and advanced controltechniques (cascade control, ration control, feed-for-ward control).

CI2610 Process OptimizationThis course introduces the student to systems andtechniques used for industrial process optimizationand quality management. The tools and systemsinclude process analyzers, adaptive controllers, dis-tributed control systems, (DCS), real-time data histo-rian, virtual sensors, asset management software,enterprise resource planning (ERP), and industrialnetworks. During this course, the student continuesto develop knowledge and practical expertise in theapplication of process control technology to the spe-cific systems, processes and equipment found in avariety of manufacturing operations.Prerequisite(s): CI2520

CI2800 Process Measure IThe purpose of this course is to introduce students tothe methods used by the processing industries tomeasure various physical properties such as pres-sure, level and temperature.Prerequisite(s): AE1200

CI2801 Process Measure IIThis is a second course in industrial process meas-urement and its purpose is to familiarize studentswith various devices and systems used in the indus-trial environment to measure fluid flows, humidity, aswell as an introduction to control valves. Studentswill study the various types of process transmittersused in the measurement and transmission of infor-mation on fluid flow rates.Prerequisite(s): CI2800, CI2810

CI2810 Process Control IThe purpose of this course is to familiarize the stu-dents with both pneumatic and electronic controllersas well as basic feedback control and frequencyresponse analysis.Prerequisite(s): AE2300

CI2811 Process Control IIThe purpose of this course is to familiarize the stu-dent with both pneumatic and electronic controllersas well as basic feedback control.Prerequisite(s): AE2300

CI3100 Automatic Control SystemsThe course is intended to show the application ofclassical control theory to actual industrial systems,including DC drives. Control system components willbe studied in theory and in the lab. Instrumentation-related software (Control Station, PC-ControLab,

150 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

MATLAB) will be used to analyze/design/modifyindustrial process control systems.Prerequisite(s): MA2101 & AE2301 or AE2311

CI3300 System ModellingThis course is intended to show the procedures usedin developing mathematical models of physical sys-tems. A treatment of these models is then pursued toinvestigate the characteristics of the systems. Themodels are also subjected to Laplace and frequencytransforms.Prerequisite(s): MA2101, PH1101

CI3400 Biomedical Instrumentation IThis course will provide the students with the funda-mental principles inherent in the collation of physio-logical phenomena. Students will be familiarized withall aspects of electrodes, filters, amplifiers and trans-ducers. The subject material will incorporate consid-erable "hands-on" experience through the use oflaboratory projects as well as exposure in hospitalbiomedical engineering departments.Prerequisite(s): AE2301, CI1100, AE2210, AE2400

CI3401 Biomedical Instrumentation IIThis course is intended to broaden the student’sknowledge of medical instrumentation by introducingmore sophisticated systems such as multi-parameterpatient monitoring systems, central station monitor-ing, hemodialysis systems, respiratory and pulmonaryfunction instrumentation as well as operating roomsystems such as electrosurgery units and laser sur-gical tools.Prerequisite(s): CI3400, CG1200

CI3500 Medical ImagingThis course contains lectures, demonstrations, andhands-on training through which students will learnthe proper operation, calibration and preventativemaintenance and safety issues involved in the utiliza-tion of a basic x-ray imaging system as well as addi-tional imaging modes such as ultrasonic imaging andmagnetic resonance imaging.Prerequisite(s): CI3400Co-requisite(s): CI3401

CI3600 Industrial Process ControlThis is an introduction to Process Control Systems,designed to provide students with the basics of PIDControl as well as an overview of more advancedsystems.Prerequisite(s): CI1210

CI3820 Process AnalysersThis course resumes study of process analyzersincluding electromagnetic analyzers, chromato-graphic analyzers, mass spectrometers and moistureand toxic gas analyzers. It provides students with theopportunity to calibrate and use for analysis pur-poses UV/VIS/IR, mass spectrometers, GC and HPLCas well as toxic gas analyzers. The students willdevelop an in depth understanding of the variouscomponents of the process sampling system andhow they are inter-related.Prerequisite(s): CI2801, CI2811, CI1500

CI3830 Computer Control SystemsThe purpose of this course is to familiarize the stu-dents with the various types of computerized control

systems used by the processing industries.Prerequisite(s): CE2800

CJ2100 Canadian Criminal Justice System This course introduces the student to the variouscomponents and functions of the Canadian criminaljustice system. The entire criminal process, from theorigin of the law to conviction, sentencing and after-care will be examined. The implication of the enact-ment of the Canadian Charter of Rights andFreedoms will be analysed.

CJ2101 Canadian Criminology This course presents an overview of crime and crimi-nal behaviour in Canadian society. Areas to be cov-ered include a definition of crime, criminal law, crimetopologies and theories. Response to crime also willbe examined.Prerequisite(s): SC1100, CJ2100

CJ2200 Youth Justice In CanadaThis course introduces the student to the specificcomponents and functions of the youth justice system in Canada. Following a reviewof the intent of the Young Offender's Act, the coursewill trace the movement of the young offenderthrough the justice system from the commission ofthe offence through to the disposition and sentenc-ing. Specific emphasis will be placed on the develop-ment of effective case management skills.Prerequisite(s): CJ2100, PS2200, CS2200.Co-requisite(s)s: CJ2101, CS2400

CJ2400 Special PopulationsThis course examines inmate groups within theCorrection System. The purpose and practice of seg-regation procedures will be discussed. Issuesrelated to accommodating sex offenders and personssuffering from psychiatric and behavioural disordersare explored.

CJ2410 Case ManagementThis course examines the principles of effective casemanagement in a Correctional setting. The basic ele-ments of inmate supervision and case managementwill be defined and practiced. The process of admis-sion, orientation and assessment will be studied.Time also will be devoted to examining the operationof the National Parole Board.

CK1110 Kitchen Fundamentals This course in shop fundamentals requires the use oftools and equipment, and materials and supplies. Itinvolves demonstrating good safety and hygienepractices while operating kitchen tools and equip-ment. It includes information on types of equipment,operating techniques and safety and hygiene re

CK1200 Basic Preparation of Fruit and Vegetables This course in fruit and vegetable preparationrequires the use of kitchen utensils and equipmentand supplies. It involves selection, storage and han-dling, cleaning, preparing and cooking fruit and veg-etables. It includes information on nutritional value,proportioning, temperature control, types of fruit andvegetables and preparation techniques.

CK1201 Cooking and Presentation of Fruit andVegetables

This course in fruit and vegetables requires the useof kitchen tools and equipment and supplies. It

involves selection, storage and handling, cleaningand preparing, cooking and presenting fruit and veg-etables; and cleaning up. It includes information ontypes of fruit and vegetables, nutritional value, cook-ing methods, uses and presentation methods.

CK1300 Meats and Poultry Basics This course in meats and poultry basics requires theuse of kitchen utensils and equipment, and supplies.It involves identification and selection of cuts, cut-ting, trimming, storage, preparation, cooking andpresentation of meat and poultry and clean up. Itincludes information on dry and moist heat cookingtechniques, frying techniques, and types of cuts ofmeat and poultry.

CK1301 Meats and Poultry Preparation Methods This course in meats and poultry requires the use ofkitchen utensils and equipment and supplies. Itinvolves identification and selection of cuts, cuttingand trimming, storing, preparing, cooking and pre-senting meats and poultry; and cleaning up. Itincludes information on preparation techniques.

CK1410 Basic Preparation of Stocks, Soups & SaucesThis course in stocks, soups and sauces requires theuse of kitchen utensils and equipment, and supplies.It involves identification and selection, storage andhandling, preparation, cooking and presentation ofspecific stock, soups and sauces. It includes infor-mation on preparation techniques for various typesof soups and sauces.

CK1500 Eggs & Breakfast ItemsThis course in egg preparation requires the use ofutensils and equipment. It involves selecting, storing,handling, pre-preparing, preparing, cooking and serv-ing eggs; and cleaning up. It includes information ongrading, market forms, preparation techniques andsanitation code requirements for preparation andholding.

CK1510 Appetizers and Hors-D’OeuvresThis course in appetizers and sandwiches requiresthe use of kitchen tools and equipment and supplies.It involves identification and selection, storage andhandling, preparation, cooking and presentation ofappetizers; and cleaning up. It includes informationon types and uses of dairy products, appetizers andhors-d'oeuvres.

CK1520 Menu Planning This course in menus requires the use of a diningroom and equipment. It involves identifying condi-tions, planning and costing menus. It includes infor-mation on types of menus, skill and sizes of cookingcrew and service crew, types of customers, festiveoccasions and seasons, competition, service hours,types of establishments and sales volume.

CK1530 Sandwiches This course in appetizers and sandwiches requiresthe use of tools and equipment and materials andsupplies. It involves identification, selection, storageand handling of ingredients; preparation, filling, cook-ing and presenting sandwiches; and cleaning up. Itincludes information on types of fillings, breads andgarnishes; and preparation techniques.

151⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

CK1540 Basic Desserts This course in desserts requires the use of bakingutensils and equipment, and baking supplies. Itinvolves identification and selection of ingredients;handling and storage, portioning, folding, whipping,blending and plating basic desserts; and cleaning up.It includes information on cooking methods, tempera-tures, synthetic creams and types of basic desserts.

CK1550 Preparation of Pasta and Farinaceous Foods This course in pasta and farinaceous foods requiresthe use of kitchen tools and equipment and supplies.It involves identification and selection, storage andhandling, preparation, cooking and presentation ofpasta and farinaceous foods; and cleaning up. Itincludes information on types of pasta and farina-ceous foods and preparation techniques.

CK1560 Menu CostingThis course in menus requires the use of cateringconditions. It involves identifying conditions andplanning and costing menus. It includes informationon utilization techniques for leftovers and conven-ience foods, types of menus.

CK1570 Presentation of Pasta and Farinaceous FoodsThis course in pasta and farinaceous foods requiresthe use of kitchen tools, equipment and supplies. Itinvolves identification and selection of cuts, cuttingand trimming and presenting pasta and farinaceousfood dishes. It includes information on specialty cui-sine and presentation techniques for pasta and fari-naceous foods.

CK1600 Basic Preparation of Fish and ShellfishThis course in fish and shellfish requires the use ofkitchen tools and equipment, and supplies. It involvesidentification and selection, storage and handling,cleaning, preparing, cooking and presenting fish andshellfish; and cleaning up. It includes information ontypes, cuts and uses of fish and shellfish and tradi-tional cuisine.

CK1601 Fish and Shellfish Presentation Methods This course in fish and shellfish requires the use ofkitchen tools and equipment and supplies. It involvesidentification and selection of cuts, cutting and trim-ming, storing, preparing, cooking and presenting fishand shellfish dishes; and cleaning up. It includesinformation on specialty cuisine and presentationtechniques for fish and shellfish.

CK1700 Basic Salads This course in salads requires the use of utensils andequipment. It involves identification and selection ofingredients, preparation and presentation of salads,and clean up. It includes information on types ofingredients for various salads and dressings, prepa-ration techniques and sanitation code requirementsfor holding salads.

CK1701 Salad Presentation Methods This course in salads requires the use of kitchentools and equipment and supplies. It involves identifi-cation and selection, preparation and presentation ofsalads; and clean up. It includes information on typesof salads, preparation and presentation techniques.

CK1800 MerchandisingThis course in merchandising requires the use ofbaking utensils and equipment, and baking supplies.

It involves selecting ingredients, storage and han-dling, piping, coordinating colours, mounting, portion-ing and patting baked products; and cleaning up. Itincludes information on types of ingredients andbasic merchandising techniques.

CK1810 Basic CakesThis course requires the use of baking utensils andequipment, and baking supplies. It involves identifi-cation and selection of ingredients, storage and han-dling, portioning, scaling, panning, baking, racking,decorating and plating; and cleaning up. It includesinformation on types of cakes and basic preparationtechniques.

CK1820 Basic PastriesThis course in pastries requires the use of bakingutensils and equipment, and supplies. It involvesidentification and selection, storage and handling,portioning, scaling, panning, baking, preparing filling,cooling, decorating and plating basic pastries, andcleaning up. It includes information on types of basicpastries and fillings and preparation techniques.

CK1830 Basic Cookies, Squares and Quick BreadsThis course requires the use of baking utensils andbaking supplies. It involves identification and selec-tion of ingredients; storage and handling, decoratingand scaling, making up, baking (if required), racking,portioning, decorating and plating basic cookies,squares and quick breads; and cleaning up. Itincludes information on types of basic cookies,squares and quick breads, and preparation tech-niques.

CK1840 Basic Yeast Raised ProductsThis course in yeast breads requires the use of bak-ing utensils and baking supplies. It involves identifi-cation and selection of ingredients; storage andhandling, proofing, panning, baking, docking, glazing,racking and serving basic yeast-raised products. Itincludes information on temperature guides, types ofbasic yeast-raised breads and preparation tech-niques.

CK1870 Speciality CakesThis course requires the use of baking utensils andequipment, and baking supplies. It involves preparingspecialty cakes. It includes information on types ofsponges and cakes, and preparation techniques.

CK1880 Speciality Pastries and FillingsThis course in pastries requires the use of bakingutensils and equipment, and baking supplies. Itinvolves identification and selection, storage andhandling, portioning, scaling, panning, baking,preparing filling, cooling, decorating and platingbasic pastries, and cleaning up. It includes informa-tion on types of specialty pastries and fillings andpreparation techniques.

CK1890 Speciality Cookies, Squares & Quick BreadsThis course requires the use of baking utensils andequipment and baking supplies. It involves the prepa-ration of specialty cookies, squares and quickbreads. It includes information on types of specialtycookies, squares and quick breads, and preparationtechniques.

CK1900 Speciality Yeast Raised ProductsThis course in yeast breads requires the use of bak-ing utensils and equipment, and supplies. It involvesthe preparation of specialty yeast raised products. Itincludes information on temperature guides, types ofspecialty yeast-raised breads and preparation tech-niques.

CK1910 Speciality Cold DessertsThis course in desserts requires the use of bakingutensils and equipment, and baking supplies. Itinvolves the preparation of specialty cold desserts. Itincludes information on types of specialty colddesserts and cooking methods.

CK1920 Speciality Hot DessertsThis course in desserts requires the use of bakingutensils and equipment, and baking supplies. Itinvolves the preparation of specialty hot desserts. Itincludes information on types of specialty hotdesserts and cooking methods.

CK2300 Meat and Poultry Presentation Methods This course in meats and poultry requires the use ofkitchen tools and equipment and supplies. It involvesidentification and selection of cuts, cutting and trim-ming, storing, preparing, cooking and presentingmeat and poultry dishes; and cleaning up. It includesinformation on specialty cuisine and presentationtechniques for meats and poultry.

CK2400 Stock, Soup & Sauce Presentation Methods This course in stocks, soups and sauces requires theuse of kitchen tools and equipment and supplies. Itinvolves identification and selection, storage andhandling, preparation, cooking and presentation ofstock, soup and sauces. It includes information onsecondary sauces, non-derivative sauces and pres-entation methods.

CM1100 Communications-Writing Fundamentals ●Writing Fundamentals is an introductory coursedesigned to review writing fundamentals. It includesan introduction to reference tools and a review ofgrammar, punctuation, spelling, and usage. Studentswill apply principles of writing in sentence and para-graph construction.

CM1120 EnglishAn exploration of literary texts, which will includesuch forms as poetry, short fiction, drama and theessay. Emphasis is placed on critical reading andwriting: analyzing texts, framing and using questions,constructing essays, organizing paragraphs, quotingand documenting, revising and editing. Prerequisite(s): Minimum of 60% in Language 3101and a minimum of 60% in either Thematic Literature3201 or Literary Heritage 3202.Transferable to MUN English 1080

CM1135 EnglishTransferable to MUN English 1101.This course is an introduction to such prose narra-tive forms as the novel, the novella, the storysequence and the autobiography. This course contin-ues the emphasis on critical reading and writingbegun in CM1120. It also introduces the student tolonger prose narrative, particularly the novel formand to the practices of conducting research.Prerequisite(s): CM1120 or MUN English 1080.

152 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

CM1145 EnglishTransferable to MUN English 1110.This course is an introduction to the writing andanalysis of prose. Students will analyze prose writingand practice a number of writing strategies that con-sider a variety of audiences and purposes. Thecourse furthers the development of writing and ana-lytical skills acquired in CM1120 English and intro-duces the student to writing intended to critique,persuade, and analyze. Prerequisite(s): CM1120 or MUN English 1080.

CM1155 EnglishTransferable to MUN English 1102.This course is an introduction to the study of plays,primarily as written texts. Elements of theatre historyand dramatic theory and of live performance produc-tion processes may be introduced to enhance stu-dents’ understanding of this uniquely hybridliterature. This course continues to develop the criti-cal reading and writing skills introduced in CM1120.Prerequisite(s): CM1120 or MUN English 1080.

CM1165 EnglishTransferable to MUN English 1103.English CM1165 introduces the writing and analysisof poetry. This course continues to develop criticalreading and writing skills introduced in CM1120.Students will also learn to develop library/researchskills.Prerequisite(s): CM1120 or MUN English 1080.

CM1200 Oral CommunicationsThis is a seminar course in public speaking whichattempts to blend theory and practical skills. In addi-tion to considering how oral communications affectgroup and interpersonal relationships, the studentwill analyse techniques in the preparation and deliv-ery of oral communications and will practice thesetechniques in prepared and impromptu speeches.

CM1230 Communications for RehabilitationAssistants ●

This course is designed to teach students the funda-mentals of communication in both oral and writtenforms. Emphasis is on strategies for writing,researching techniques and organizational skills.Topics include: characteristics of report writing,introduction to oral reporting, use of abstracts andcorrespondence.

CM1240 Business Communications IBusiness Communications I is designed to introducestudents to the writing requirements of businessenvironments. The course is intended to provideample in-class opportunities to review writing funda-mentals and improve writing skills using commonbusiness applications.

CM1241 Business Communications IIBusiness Communications II is designed to furtherstudents’ knowledge and competence in preparingbusiness documents for the workplace. The course isintended to provide opportunities to improve writingskills using various business applications.Prerequisite(s): CM1240 or equivalent

CM1320 Communication SkillsThis course is designed to introduce students to writ-ten communication in the workplace and provide

considerable practice in constructing and editingeffective sentences and paragraphs.

CM1400 Communications Skills-Technical Reporting I ●

This course is designed to teach technology studentsthe fundamentals of technical reporting in oral andwritten forms. Emphasis is on strategies of technicalreporting, research techniques and organizationalskills.

CM1401 Communication Skills-Technical Reporting IIThis course is designed to help students formulatecriteria for structuring informal and semi-formalreports. Various report formats will be examined withemphasis on statistical data analysis, documentationand illustration methods. Oral reporting techniqueswill be enhanced through problem-solving reportsand the technical sales presentation.Prerequisite(s): CM1400

CM1450 Writing Fundamentals for the WorkplaceThis course is designed to introduce students to writ-ten communications in the workplace and provideconsiderable practice in constructing and editingeffective sentences and paragraphs and writingclear, concise summaries that are properly docu-mented.

CM1500 Essay Writing This course is designed to teach the student funda-mental writing skills. Emphasis is on acquiring strate-gies and techniques for developing effective essays.Students write essays to demonstrate their masteryof the various strategies and techniques.

CM1520 Writing for the ArtsThis course will introduce students to the writing ofartistic critiques, appreciations, and proposals.Emphasis will be placed on applied writing exercisesthat require philosophical reflection and that willextend students’ vocabulary and increase theireffectiveness as communicators in their field.

CM1550 Creative WritingThis course provides an opportunity for students whoare interested in writing poetry, short fiction, ordrama to share ideas and innovations. Students willexamine a variety of themes, styles, and techniqueswhich can broaden their own creative explorations.The course encourages students to discover anddevelop styles appropriate to their own literary aspi-rations.

CM1560 Creative Writing-Writing from OriginalSources

Students in this course develop multimedia contentfrom original sources such as recall, interviews,research, conversation and imagination. Studentskeep a personal journal, develop creative writingskills through various writing exercises and developwritten content for multimedia applicationsPrerequisite(s): CM1400

CM2100 Workplace Correspondence ●Communications 2100 gives students the opportunityto study the principles of effective writing.Applications include letters, memos, and short reportwriting. This course also allows students to explorejob search techniques.

CM2150 Workplace CorrespondenceThis course gives students the opportunity to studythe principles of effective writing. Applicationsinclude letters, memos, and shortreport writing. This course also allows students toexplore job search techniques.

CM2200 Communications ●This course is designed to assist students in develop-ing confidence and skill when making individual oralpresentations, communicating in group situations,and interacting in the workplace.

CM2300 Communications-Report Writing ●This process will stress skill development in plan-ning, researching and documenting, preparinggraphic aids, proofreading and editing, and complet-ing formal reports.Prerequisite(s): CM1401 & CM2100

CP1120 Introduction to Programming I ●This course is designed to give students the logicinvolved in the computing process and the ability todevelop an algorithm to describe the solution to agiven problem, with implementation using a programlanguage.

CP1130 Computer ProgrammingTo develop the ability to reduce an algorithm into lin-ear components for solution by computer. The use ofa computer programming language is explored tofacilitate the solution of the algorithm.Prerequisite(s): CT1150, SU1310

CP1150 Visual Basic ●This course introduces students to WINDOWS pro-gramming using Visual Basic. Relational databaseconcepts will be employed as attractive and usefulapplications are developed taking advantage of theGraphical User Interface.

CP1160 Intro to the Internet ●The Internet is today's most powerful communicationand information resource - providing to millions ofpeople all over the world access to informationarchives and to each other via a variety of protocols.The Global Area Network (GAN) - Internet course isintended to teach students how to access theInternet as well as to understand the underlying con-cepts and strategies for finding and using resources.An assortment of tools and protocols will be exploredincluding E-Mail, Listserv, Usenet, Gopher, Telnet,FTP, WAIS and Web Browsers - providing a solidfoundation in Internet access to the student, invalu-able in navigating the shifting landscape of theInternet

CP1280 Windows ClientThis course is intended for support personnel andadvanced end users Windows 3.1, WFW 3.11 andWindows 95 operating systems. This course presentsthe features and capabilities of Microsoft WindowsOperating System Version 3.1, Microsoft Windowsfor Workgroups, Operating Systems with integratednetworking version 3.11 and Microsoft’s Windows 95.Prerequisite(s): CP3110 & CR1100

CP1310 Windows Server AdministrationThis course provides students with the knowledgeand skills to perform post-installation and day-to-day

153⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

administration in Windows domain.Prerequisite(s): CR1100

CP1320 Computer TroubleshootingThis course is designed to introduce students toservice and maintenance of computer peripheralequipment as well as advanced servicing procedures.Prerequisite(s): CP2600

CP1400 Website Analysis and Design ●This course introduces students to the concepts ofwebsite analysis and design. Emphasis is placed ondesigning an effective website. Other componentsinvolve optimization of a website.

CP1450 Operating Systems ●This course is an introduction to the fundamentalconcepts of the Windows Operating System.Students will apply these concepts through practicalapplications.

CP1500 Business Applications for MediaThe purpose of this course is to provide studentswith an overview of electronic commerce on theInternet. The objective is to provide students with asound understanding of electronic commerce tech-nology and with the ability to define technologystrategies.

CP1510 Windows Operating Systems ●This course exposes the student to the Windowsoperating system. It is anticipated that the studentwill have access to the most recent version ofWindows. This course may include a CD-basedlearning tool. Important operating system conceptsand capabilities will be included in the course.Emphasis is on understanding and utilizing theWindows operating system through a hands-onapproach. An introduction to DOS will be introducedthrough the Windows environment. Emphasis in thiscourse will be on file management in a Windowsenvironment.

CP1610 Introduction to Computer ComponentsThis course is designed to expose students to thebasic components of a computer system. The focuswill be towards having the students identify anddescribe computer components. Students will not berequired to configure or install computer compo-nents. It will also introduce the topics of PC manage-ment such as Disk Fragmentation, Disk Compression,Virus Protection, Data Recovery, Disk Caching,Memory Management and the use of RAM Drives.

CP1800 Designing Programming AlgorithmsThis course is intended to illustrate how to developlogic for computer programs. Its purpose is to aug-ment any introduction to programming course. Thecourse aims are: to illustrate general problem-solvingconcepts, illustrate programming concepts, intro-duce program structure, illustrate problem-solvingwith the sequential logic structure, illustrate prob-lem-solving with decisions, illustrate problem-solvingwith loops, illustrate problem-solving with case logicstructure, introduce array processing, introducesequential file concepts and introduce the conceptsof object-oriented programming.

CP1830 Programming IThis course is designed to give the student the logicinvolved in the computing process and the ability to

develop an algorithm to describe the solution to agiven problem, with implementation using a program-ming language. This course uses object orientedtechnologies using the programming framework toaid the student in developing solutions to businessproblems. The intent of this course is for the studentto become familiar with object oriented techniquesand common programming logic and to practice thatlogic using an object oriented programming lan-guage. The student should also be able to develop asolution to a programming problem.

CP1831 Programming IIThis course is designed to give the student interme-diate skills in the computing process and the abilityto develop an algorithm to describe the solution to agiven problem, with implementation using a program-ming language. This course uses object orientedtechnologies using the .NET framework to aid thestudent in developing a windows GUI solution tobusiness problems.Prerequisite(s): CP1830

CP1910 Internet FundamentalsThe Internet is today’s most powerful communicationand information resource-providing to millions ofpeople all over the world, access to informationarchives and to each other via a variety of protocols.The introduction to the Internet course is intended toteach students how to access the Internet as well tounderstand the underlying concepts and strategiesfor finding and using resources. An assortment oftools and protocols will be explored including E-mail,FTP, Web Browsers, and simple Web Page designproviding a solid foundation in Internet access to thestudent, invaluable in navigating the shifting land-scape of the Internet.

CP1920 Computer Hardware and Troubleshooting IThis course is designed to expose the students to thebasic components of a computer system and meth-ods of troubleshooting those components. It willteach the student how to evaluate, install, configure,troubleshoot and specify all basic components suchas CPU, Memory, Hard and Floppy Drives. It will alsocover such topics as disk defragmentation, bussesand expansion slots, disk caching, memory manage-ment and removable drives.

CP1930 Introduction to Systems Analysis and DesignThis course is intended to introduce students to theconcepts of systems analysis and design using boththe traditional and object-oriented methodology. Itsemphasis is on the methods and products of eachphase of the SDLC rather than on a formalizedmethodology. Discussion of structured and ObjectOriented methods in interwoven. All phases of thelife cycle are dealt with emphasis on an object-ori-ented approach using UML.Prerequisite(s): CP1830

CP1940 Website and Web Server DevelopmentThis course is designed to provide students with theskills required to develop, establish, configure, andmaintain a website. The student will develop andpublish web pages using HTML and XML. They willconfigure a web server so that they will have anoverview o this process only, and produce dynamicweb pages.Prerequisite(s): CP1100, CP1830

CP1950 Systems II-Object Oriented Developmentwith UML

This course is a continuation of the Introduction toSystems Analysis and Design concepts course withthe introduction of more extensive object-orientedconcepts. The focus of this is to provide the studentwith a practical, hands-on skill set of the latestobject-oriented design method using UnifiedModelling Language (UML) and the Unified Process.The course is laboratory oriented allowing the stu-dent to develop real design for use with ObjectOriented and traditional programming languages.Prerequisite(s): CP1930

CP1951 Systems Project IIIThis course presents advanced topics in ensuringhigh quality testing and quality assurance. All levelsof testing, standards and QA are explained and pre-sented based on current industry standards. Variousreporting methods are introduced to describe testingand quality assurance methods used to ensure thatthe application system produced meets standards.Students will be required to produce a system fromstart to finish as a part of a team.Prerequisite(s): CP1930, CP1950

CP1960 Microcomputer Database ProgrammingThis course will introduce the student to applicationdevelopment in an integrated development environ-ment. The development environment is supported byrelational database technology, is essentially objectoriented, and involves visual programming using theappropriate code. The student will learn to developtypical commercial and production oriented applica-tions.Prerequisite(s): CP1150, MC1801

CP1970 Java IThis course is designed to give the student an intro-ductory course in object oriented Java. The outline isdeveloped based on the objectives for the Sun Java2Certification objectives. The Java II course wouldhave to be completed in order to cover all objectivesfor the certification exam. This is not a graphical userinterface curse. It is intended to give the student agood introduction to working with Java and Object-Oriented concepts.Prerequisite(s): CP1831

CP1971 Java IIThis course is designed to give the student anadvanced course in object oriented Java. The outlineis developed based on the objectives for the SunJava2 Certification objectives. This course isintended to give the student knowledge of theadvanced concepts in Java Programming. The stu-dent will be able to produce multi-threaded programswhich function as a stand alone Java application orsecure, browser based applet.Prerequisite(s): CP1970

CP1980 Website ScriptingThis course is designed to provide students with theskills required to Build Web Pages using Scripting.The student will develop and publish web pagesusing HTML and SML. The web pages will access adatabase. They will develop web pages using server-side and client-side scripts.Prerequisite(s): CP1940, CP1830

154 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

CP2050 Using Windows 95/NTThis course is an introduction to the fundamentalconcepts of the Windows '95 operating environmentand the Windows NT Workstation. The student willapply Windows '95 and Windows NT conceptsthroughout practical applications.

CP2120 Introduction to Programming IIThis course is meant to take the students further inthe problem solving, logic, and programming tech-niques introduced in the first programming course.This course must use the same programming lan-guage as the first programming course so thatadvanced concepts can be developed. The studentwill design and create interactive commercial andproduction-oriented applications.Prerequisite(s): CP1120

CP2170 Windows Server ●This course provides students with the knowledgeand skills to install, configure, integrate, optimize,troubleshoot, and support Microsoft Windows NTWorkstation and Server operating systems version4.0 in local and wide area network (WAN) environ-ments.Prerequisite(s): CR1100

CP2190 Unix ●This course is an introduction to the fundamentalconcepts of the Unix operating system. Students willapply these concepts through practical applications.

CP2260 Legacy SystemsThis computer programming course will teach thestudents how to design COBOL programs. Theemphasis of the course will be on how structuredprograms are best designed and organized as wellas the rules for programming in COBOL.Prerequisite(s): CP1120

CP2270 Java Programming ●This course is designed to give students a thoroughgrounding on the principles of object-oriented designand structured error handling in the Java program-ming environment. Students will be able to producemultithreaded programs which function as standalone Java applications or secure, browser-basedapplets. The student will also be able to create appli-cations which can obtain or serve data through theInternet.Prerequisite(s): CT1125 or CP2280

CP2280 Introduction to Object-OrientedProgramming in Java ●

This is an introductory course in object-oriented pro-gramming for students with no experience with C++or Java. Examples and assignments typify standardbusiness applications. The course stresses keyobject-oriented design concepts and their implemen-tation rather than exhaustive coverage of the Javalanguage itself.Prerequisite(s): CP1120

CP2310 Electronic Spreadsheet Applications ●Introduces students to the concepts and applicationsof electronic spreadsheets.Prerequisite(s): CP1450

CP2320 Micro Database Applications ●This course introduces the student to the conceptsand applications of database.Prerequisite(s): CP1450

CP2340 Micro DataBase ApplicationUsing desktop publishing software, students will pre-pare newsletters, flyers, and other publicationswhich require professional design elements such ascolumns, boxes, various type fonts and styles, rules,and graphic pictures.Prerequisite(s): Word Processing or equivalent.

CP2370 Multi-User Database ●Programming

This course is intended to illustrate how to developand program in a multi-user database environment.This course also illustrates how to create, populate,and query databases in a relational database envi-ronment using SQL and SQL*PLUS. In addition to this,it shows how to design interactive applications usinga GUI-based form and report generator.Prerequisite(s): CP3410

CP2440 Web Server I ●This course provides students with the knowledgeand skills to install, configure and manage MicrosoftInternet Information Server.Prerequisite(s): CP2150

CP2450 Web Server II ●This course introduces students to the ApacheServer. Emphasis is placed on maintaining and allow-ing interactions on an Apache Server. Other compo-nents involve the configuration and installation of theApache Server.Prerequisite(s): CP2510

CP2460 CGI Programming ●This course introduces students to the concepts ofCommon Gateway Interface applications. Emphasisis placed on designing useful CGI applications. Othercomponents involve dynamic content and its uses.Prerequisite(s): CP1120

CP2480 Microcomputer DatabaseProgramming ●This course will introduce the student to applicationdevelopment in an integrated development environ-ment. The development environment is supported byrelational database technology, is essentially objectoriented, and involves visual programming using theappropriate code. The student will learn to developtypical commercial and production oriented applica-tions.Prerequisite(s): CP1120

CP2510 Unix Management ●This course will teach students how to install andconfigure a Linix PC based Unix system. It shouldalso teach students the basics of the Unix operatingenvironment. Topics to be covered include files anddirectory manipulation, configuring the user environ-ment, multitasking, communications tools, via editor,batch programming, pipelining, and the Unix shellprogramming language.Prerequisite(s): CP2190

CP2560 Advanced Java ProgrammingThis is a second course in Java for students whohave already completed a one-semester course in

object-oriented programming in Java. The coursestresses using object-oriented design concepts todevelop relatively sophisticated graphical applica-tions and applets in Java. The course will enable stu-dents to develop graphical, event-driven,multithreaded and network applications and applets.Prerequisite(s): One object-orientedprogramming course in Java

CP2570 Multimedia Java Programming IIThis course is designed to provide the student withthe opportunity to use the Java programming lan-guage to create Java Applets.Prerequisite(s): CP2280

CP2600 Computer Hardware FundamentalsThis course is designed to expose the student to thebasic components of a computer system. It will teachthe student how to evaluate, install, configure, andspecify all basic computer components such as CPU,Memory, Hard & Floppy Drives, Power Supplies,Network Cards, Video Cards, Sound Cards, andModems. It will also cover topics in PC managementsuch as Disk Defragmentation, Disk Compression,Virus Protection, Data Recovery, Disk Caching,Memory Management, and the use of RAM Drives.Prerequisite(s): CT1150: ET1101

CP2610 Scripting Languages ●This course is designed to introduce students to thefundamentals of client-side scripting languages.

CP2640 Desktop Publishing Using desktop publishing software, students will pre-pare newsletters, flyers, and other publicationswhich require professional design elements such ascolumns, boxes, tables, various font faces and styles,rules, and graphic pictures.Prerequisite(s): DM1100 or equivalent, CP1450 orequivalent

CP2810 Object-Oriented Analysis & DesignThis course introduces students to the basic tech-niques of object-oriented analysis and design andtheir application to typical business problemdomains. Lab assignments and projects will be devel-oped using Unified Modified Language (UML).Practice will be provided in the use of an O-O devel-opment tool. Designs will be implemented and testedusing the Java and/or C++ languages. Emphasis is onunderstanding key object-oriented concepts andtheir application.Co-requisite(s): An object-oriented programmingcourse (Java or C++)

CP2830 Programming IIIThis course is designed to give the student advancedskill sin the computer programming process. Thiscourse uses object oriented technologies using the.net framework to aid the student in developing solu-tions to business problems. It incorporates advancedskills required in the programming field such asmulti-tier computing, multi-threading, and dataaccess using ADO.net.Prerequisite(s): CP1831

CP2831 Programming IVThis course is designed to give the student advancedskills in the computer programming process. It usesASP.net for crating high-performance, high produc-tivity web-based applications using server-side

155⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

Visual Basic, C#, or JavaScript. The students willlearn to use the Visual Studio.NET to create ASP.NETapplications. They will create applications, usingweb forms that access server-side databases.Prerequisite(s): CP2830, CP1940

CP3110 MS-DOSThis course is intended to provide the student with afundamental knowledge of personal computer (IBMcompatible) hardware, operation and configuration.The MS-DOS operating system will be explored indetail and students will learn by hands-on applicationof concepts and procedures covered. The course willalso involve setup and operation of MS-Windows.

CP3200 Object-Oriented Programming ●This course introduces students to the principles ofobject-oriented programming using the C++ lan-guage. Emphasis is placed on understanding keyobject-oriented concepts and how they are imple-mented in the C++ language.Prerequisite(s): CP1120 or CT1120

CP3410 Fundamentals of Database Design ●This course is constructed as an introduction to thefundamental database design and theory. It providesthe basic tools necessary for an effective databasemanagement systems design and evaluation. Thecourse deals with the physical, logical, and manage-rial aspects of database design. Additionally, currenttheoretical concepts are put into practice using cur-rent database architectures and technology.

CP3420 Systems Analysis & Design I ●This course presents an overview of the systemdevelopment life cycle. Its primary emphasis is onthe methods and products of systems analysisgeared towards system documentation rather thantowards the formal strategies and techniques of sys-tems analysis and system design. Analysis tools areemployed to document an existing system from aphysical and logical perspective. Discussion of clas-sical and structured methodologies are interwovenas a foundation for advanced study of analysis anddesign. The analysis phase will be stressed mostheavily but the concerns and products of the designphase are introduced. Considerable emphasis isplaced on learning to use the tools of structuredanalysis. This course will also expose the students tothe use of CASE tools for system analysis and design.

CP3600 Computer PeripheralsThis course is designed to provide students withhands-on skills required to install, configure, and useperipheral devices such as CD-ROM Banks, SoundCards, Video Capture Boards, Scanners, Printers,Video Conferencing Systems, Data AcquisitionBoards, MO-Drives, PCMCIA Cards and Tape BackupSystems.Prerequisite(s): CP2600

CP4420 Systems Analysis & Design IIThis course is an advanced study of systems devel-opment. It is a course of problem solving, whereinthe students apply strategies and techniques fordealing with complex systems. This course shouldemploy major project(s) that concentrate on thestructured analysis process, the transition fromanalysis to design, the characteristics of gooddesign, and the techniques of structured design. Thiscourse will also expose the students to the use of

CASE tools for systems analysis and design.Prerequisite(s): CP3420

CP4460 Client-Server Database SystemsThis is a course in theory and application of client-server database concepts using current, industry-leading software. This course enables the student todevelop simple, robust, efficient Client-Server data-base systems. Students learn about Client-Servertheory and put it to practice using current industry-leading products to create and link the front-end(client) and back-end (server) components of aClient-Server system. Students learn about designissues and deal with them in practice, and examinecurrent product offerings.Prerequisite(s): CP1120 & CP3410

CP4470 Emerging TrendsThis course covers a selected area(s) of computingwith a unifying theme to be explored in-depth. Thetopics are selected from an information technologyarea that has not been fully explored in the student’sprogram to date. The aim of this course is to comple-ment or supplement previous training or to augmenttraining in response to current trends or an unseendeficiency in student knowledge of specific topics.Prerequisite(s): Depends on topics chosen

CQ1100 Quality Management Strategies This course will introduce students to the philoso-phies of Deming, Juran, Crosby, Ishikawa, and otherexperts that have shaped the quality effort through-out the world. The course will also trace the historyof the quality movement and examine the need forquality improvement in organizations. Models andstrategies will be examined and utilized to bringabout quality improvement. Current trends within the quality movement will also beexamined.

CQ1200 Quality Standards This course will introduce students to the certifica-tion procedures and design of internal and externalquality standards that apply to organizations.Supplier certification and evolving standards in theinternational arena are explored as well as ISO9000standard documentation in its various levels. Writingstandards and procedures will be stressed. ThirdParty Registration and Auditing will also be examined.

CQ1300 Scientific Methods I This course is designed to introduce students to thetechniques and practices necessary to facilitate theinteraction of team activities. The utilization of scien-tific methodologies for collecting, analyzing, andmaking decisions regarding continuous qualityimprovement is also introduced in this unit.

CQ1301 Scientific Methods II This course utilizes the techniques of statisticalprocess control to effectively measure the perform-ance of a quality process. The course builds uponthe techniques and methodologies of the ScientificMethods I course designed to produce continuousimprovement.Prerequisite(s): CQ1300

CQ1400 Quality & Organizational Behaviour This course analysis organizational behaviour in thecontext of systems theory. Students explore con-cepts of changing paradigms, the need for under-

standing and supporting the change process and therole of culture and climate assessments.

CQ1410 Customer Role in Quality This course is designed to introduce students to thetechniques and strategies of focusing the organiza-tion on the needs of the customer. Assessing cus-tomer needs, enhancing customer relations,evaluating customer satisfaction, and incorporatingcustomer requirements into the design of the prod-ucts and services are key concepts.

CQ1500 Process Improvement This course is designed to provide students withtools and techniques of process improvement. Theexamination of productivity through the use of pre-vention systems, innovation, reduction of complexity, and mechanisms for ensuring consistency are keyconcepts.

CQ1510 Process Improvement This course will provide students with an opportunityto apply quality improvement tools and processes inorganizations. Students will identify an organizationalprocess and chart the current situation and developstrategies to improve its efficiency and effectiveness.Prerequisite(s): Organizations, Paradigms, andChange; Quality as an Organizational Strategy;CQ1610; Customer Focus; CQ1300; CQ1301, EmployeeTraining and Development; CQ1500; CQ1600;Internal/External Quality Standards.

CQ1600 Project Management Students use quality tools and techniques to organ-ize, plan, implement, manage, and evaluate long andshort term projects. Students identify developingindices and trends and learn how to apply them in anorganizational setting.

CQ1610 Leadership for Quality This course will examine leadership and manage-ment skills that are consistent with total qualityimprovement. Students will develop leadership skillsto encourage teamwork, delegate authority, useresponsibilities to facilitate project implementation,and foster continuous improvement.Prerequisite(s): Organizations, Paradigms, andChange; Quality as an Organizational Strategy;Customer Focus; CQ1300/1301; CQ1500; CQ1600;Internal/External Quality Standards.

CR1100 Networking Fundamentals ●This course introduces students to networking.Students will learn about the OSI model and exploredevices technologies, and protocols that operate ateach layer. In this course students will focus onLocal Area Networks.

CR1200 Computer Security ●Not many years ago, most computers were carefullyguarded mainframes, held tightly in the hands ofskilled professionals. Today's computer world hasadopted an entirely different paradigm whichempowers users through distributed networks andstand-alone computers. The openness of wide areanetworks, such as the internet, has brought com-puter security to the top of many corporate' agendas.This course offers the student an insight into thecomplete computer security picture and aids the indi-vidual in setting up a secure computing environment.

156 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

CR1310 Network TroubleshootingThis course is designed to teach students how totroubleshoot, identify, isolate and cure LAN faults, byaddressing problems related to cables, NICs, proto-cols and network operating systems.Prerequisite(s): CP2600 or CP1610

CR1340 Computer Networking OperationsThis course is intended to give ManufacturingOperations Technology students an overview of com-puter networking, data communications, and operat-ing system applications found in processingindustries. The student will be exposed to data com-munications standards and systems, network topolo-gies, Communication Media, CommunicationHardware, LAN Protocols, and Microsoft OperatingSystems.Prerequisite(s): CT1150

CR1450 TCP/IP ●This course is an in-dept introduction to the architec-ture of the TCP/IP protocol suite. It contains detaileddescriptions of the main protocols and principlesunderlying their operation. It provides students withthe knowledge and skills required to set up, config-ure, use and support Transmission ControlProtocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP).Prerequisite(s): CR1100

CR1500 Website Development ●This course is designed to provide students with theskills required to develop a comprehensive website.The course is targeted at a non-technical end-userwho will not be involved in installing and configuringnetwork applications. As such, this course empha-sizes the creative use of the technologies

CR1520 Website DesignThis course is designed to provide advanced graphicdesign students with the skills necessary to designand develop a website. The course emphasizesdesign issues over programming skills. Students willbe introduced to basic programming in HTML andwill learn how to develop sophisticated page layoutsand images for websites.Prerequisite(s): All first year graphic design coursesand all semester 3 graphic design courses.

CR1521 Advanced Website DesignThis course is designed to provide students with theskills required to develop visually rich and interactivewebsites. Creating vector-based animations andinteractive multimedia content will be an emphasis ofthis course. Students should already be familiar withhow to design and program a website.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of all coreGraphic Design courses in semesters 1 through 4,and the first Intersession.

CR1550 Website Trends ●This course includes selected areas of computingwith a unifying theme (instructor’s choice) to beexplored in depth. The topics may be selected from:Data Communications, WebSite Administration,WebSite Management, WebSite Design, WebSiteServer, E-commerce, and/or other related areas.Course material will be selected in the semesterprior to the semester in which the course will bedelivered.

CR2100 Website Management This course is designed to give the students anunderstanding of the Web technologies. The Webtechnologies will be used as the basis for building awebsite.Prerequisite(s): CR1100

CR2110 NovellThe purpose of this course is to introduce students tothe NetWare 5.X network operating system, its majorfeatures, the installation and configuration process,the principals and tools for effective network man-agement, and troubleshooting techniques to keep thenetwork running smoothly.Prerequisite(s): CR1100

CR2120 Network Management SMS-SNMPThe focus of this course is on network management.It covers network management principles such asvirus protection, security, software management, dis-aster prevention, and hardware management.Software management is performed by providing thestudent with the knowledge and skills required toinstall, configure, administer, and troubleshootMicrosoft Systems Management Server (SMS). Thisincludes collecting hardware and software inventory,distributing software to client computers, managingshared applications, querying the SMS database,and using remote control functions to diagnose andsolve common problems. This course also teachesstudents how to manage and troubleshoot networkhardware through the use of SNMP.Prerequisite(s): CP2170 and CR1100

CR2220 GroupwareThis class provides the student with the knowledgeand skills required to plan, install, configure, and sup-port enterprise mail systems.Prerequisite(s): CR1100

CR2310 Network Analysis & DesignThis course is designed to teach the fundamentalknowledge needed to design, configure, and imple-ment local area networks. The course emphasizesthe integration of available software and hardwareelements, and provides a solid understanding of net-work architectures and protocols.

CR2400 InternetworkingInternetworking is the interconnecting of varioustypes of networks with different types of devices.The purpose of this course is to explain and whereapplicable, demonstrate the devices, protocols andtechnologies associated with connecting networksboth LANs and WANs.Prerequisite(s): CR1100

CS1110 Leadership SkillsThis course introduces the concepts of groupdynamics, team development, goals, group structuresand communication. Conflict resolution and contro-versy skills are practiced, and formal theories ofleadership are studied and applied. Through exer-cises and simulations, students integrate theoreticaland practical aspects of leadership.

CS1300 Wilderness MedicineThis course will provide participants with a solidfoundation in wilderness first aid, trip health careand expedition long term care. Topics are coveredwith an emphasis on leadership, practical skills,

decision-making and dealing with environmentalconditions. The program is designed to accommo-date the specific needs of guides and group leaderswho work in remote regions. Participants will receivewilderness medicine certification recognized acrossCanada, and which has become a standard of train-ing for wilderness leaders and guides. The course isconducted in a one-week intensive format requiringsome evening commitments as well as a number ofoutdoor simulations. Students who choose to betested for certification will be charged a certificationfee.Prerequisite(s): CS1600

CS1600 Leadership 1 - Wilderness Travel TheoryTopics in this course will involve the theory andpractical aspects of wilderness travel: basic humanneeds; clothing and insulation; basic equipmentneeds; and nutrition, food planning and preparation.Skills in map and compass use and route finding willalso be introduced.

CS1601 Leadership II Guiding PrinciplesThis course will study outdoor leadership. Topicsinclude an overview of outdoor leadership, groupdynamics, conflict resolution, leadership theories,judgement and decision making, guiding approaches,and instructional techniques.Prerequisite(s): CS1600

CS2100 Leadership Skills IIThis course is the second of three leadershipcourses designed to help people work with groups.The course has a human relations focus. Decisionmaking, conflict resolution, controversy, recruitment,meeting management, motivation, planning andfundraising are the major topics. Case studies, gam-ing, simulations, role play and form exams are part ofthe evaluation process.Prerequisite(s): CS1100

CS2101 Leadership Skills IIIThis course helps students practice and developtheir leadership skills by determining a communityneed, setting specific goals, planning a program,implementing the plan and evaluating the learningprocess.Prerequisite(s): CS2100

CS2200 Interviewing Skills This course is designed to develop the basic skillsand knowledge necessary to conduct effective inter-views in helping relationships. Using the micro skillstraining model, students will examine a frameworkwithin which interviewing takes place, identify prac-tical interviewing and counselling strategies, andapply interviewing skills in a variety of situationsthrough the extensive use of role-playing, case stud-ies, and report writing.Prerequisite(s): HR1100, CS1100

CS2300 Research Methods This course deals with the various methodologies ofsocial research. It aims not only to present a conciseunderstanding of research but also to provide theskills and techniques to conduct it.

CS2320 Information Retrieval & ManagementThe Internet is today’s most powerful communicationand information resource. The World Wide Web isbecoming an indispensable source of information

157⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

that tourism businesses must use to provide informa-tion services to customers. This course is intended toteach students how to access the Internet, as wellas to understand the underlying concepts and strate-gies for finding and using resources. The intent ofthis course is to conduct applied usage of the Webwith refined searching skills as opposed to a techni-cal approach.

CS2410 Crisis Intervention Skills This course provides students with the knowledgeand skills to identify and assess crisis development inhuman service agencies and to implement appropri-ate strategies for prevention and intervention.Students will also receive a St. John AmbulanceCertificate in Standard First Aid and Level C-CPR.

CS2500 Project Management This course focuses on planning projects and onacquiring and utilizing the resources necessary tocomplete these projects. Students use project man-agement and budgeting software to apply planningand management principles to a particular project.

CS2510 Software Project PlanningThis course will provide students with the method-ologies for defining and planning the operatingparameters of a multimedia software project.Development of time lines and project milestones arediscussed as well as cost estimation for the overallproject.

CS2600 Leadership III Wilderness SurvivalThis course is an advanced wilderness emergencyresponse course which incorporates the St. JohnAmbulance Standard First Aid, Basic Rescuer CPR,and Wilderness First Aid courses. A leader'sresponse to an accident, casualty assessment, andcaring for the casualty in a wilderness setting will bestudied. Common wilderness injuries and the recog-nition of common illnesses will be identified andappropriate care will be discussed. Guides will betrained in hazard identification, avoidance, manage-ment, and emergency response techniques. Theguide's role in search and rescue management willalso be discussed. Practice sessions in a wildernesssetting will provide opportunities for students topractice first aid techniques, lead groups, and coor-dinate rescue procedures in simulated emergencysituations.Prerequisite(s): CS1600, CS1601

CS2620 Wilderness SurvivalThis course is designed to teach the student the nec-essary skills required to travel and survive in awilderness setting. It includes practical and theoreti-cal information on search and rescue techniques,and emergency survival skills. It includes informationon trip preparation, maps, compasses, factors thataffect survival, survival techniques, search and res-cue procedures and rope handling.Prerequisite(s): Standard First Aid

CS2700 Self Directed Learning ProjectThis course is normally taken in the fourth semesterof a student’s program. It is designed to help stu-dents integrate and build upon previous courses intheir program of studies. Based upon independentstudy, and structured around a learning contractbetween the student and the instructor, the course

consists of students focussing on a specific issuewithin their field of specialization.

CT1100 COBOL LanguageThis course is designed to introduce students to theprinciples of business programming in COBOLLanguage.Prerequisite(s): CP1120, CT1120, ET2100, AE2300 orDP1100

CT1120 Procedural Programming in C++This is an introductory course which will introducethe students to the basic problem-solving and struc-tured-programming techniques used to design com-puter solutions to problems.

CT1125 Object Orient Programming in C++Object-oriented programming, (OOP) techniques arebecoming increasingly popular with industry. OOPprograms tend to be easier to understand and easierto maintain then their procedural counterparts. OOPcode can reduce the amount of coding by the reuseof existing software and hence reduce the cost ofthe development and adaptation of existing softwareto meet new requirements. This course attempts tofamiliarize the student with the philosophy of OOPtechniques by introducing a popular OOP language:C++.Prerequisite(s): CT2300

CT1150 Introduction to Computers in TechnologyThis course is designed to provide technology stu-dents with a working knowledge of computers, filemanagement, file design, productivity tools, databaselogic, and basic programming concepts. You will useselected productivity software for Databases, WordProcessors, Spreadsheets, and Web Browsers.

CT2300 Applied ProgrammingA course designed to introduce the technology stu-dent to the concepts of problem solving using com-puter programming. The course will be taught usinga high level language such as C or C++. Students willwrite programs to solve problems within their relateddisciplines and will learn the concepts of trou-bleshooting and problem solving. Structured pro-gramming concepts using C++; Data Types; DecisionStatements; Loop and Interation Procedures; Inputand Output Procedures; Pointers; Structures andFiles.Prerequisite(s): AE1200, ET2100

CT2330 Applied ProgrammingThis is an introductory programming course designedto introduce the student to the basic problem-solvingand structured-programming techniques used todesign computer solutions for real world Engineeringproblems. Topics include: structured design tech-niques, stepwise refinement, constants, types, vari-ables, arithmetic logical and bitwise operators,decision structures, looping structures, functions,multi-dimensional arrays, structures, stream I/Q, andgraphical I/Q.Prerequisite(s): CP1150

CT2400 Systems Analysis & Design IThis course introduces students to the tools used toanalyze systems, and to create graphical models ofthe system. Emphasis is placed on the tools andmethodologies of Process-Oriented Analysis and

DesignPrerequisite(s): CT1125 or equivalent

CT2500 Operating SystemsThis is an introductory course intended to give thestudents a basic understanding of operating systems.The course will survey techniques used by the vari-ous subsystems of a modern operating system.Examples will be taken from Unix and MS-DOS.Prerequisite(s): CE3400, CT1125

CT3110 Windows Programming in C++Windows 3.0 and 3.1 by MicroSoft have become thedominant Graphical User Interface for the IBM andIBM clone personal computer. This is an advancedprogramming course which deals with the increasedcomplexity of working with a GUI in a multitaskingenvironment by training the student to use improvedsoftware tools based on C++. C++ is an object-orientedprogramming language which tends to reduce theamount of coding by the reuse of existing software.Prerequisite(s): CT1125 (or equivalent)

CT3120 PC ConfigurationThis course is designed to expose the students to thebasic components of a computer system. It willenable the student to evaluate, install, configure, andspecify all basic computer components. This coursewill also give the students an overview of variousnetwork operating systems and network manage-ment techniques.

CT3130 Java ProgrammingThis course is designed to give the students a thor-ough grounding on the principles of object-orientedand Graphical User Interface (GUI) design usingstructured error handling in the Java programmingenvironment.Prerequisite(s): CT1125, CT2400

CT3510 Microcomputer Database Pgm.This course covers database concepts, methods, andterminology. It provides the basic tools necessary foran effective database management systems designand evaluation. The course deals with the physical,logical, and managerial aspects of database designand administration. Additionally, current theoreticalconcepts are put into practice using current data-base architectures and technology.Prerequisite(s): CE3400, CT2400

DB2100 Introduction to DisabilitiesThis course is designed to provide students with anoverview of the history of disability, as well as anunderstanding of current human rights legislationwhich provides a context and a value base for stu-dents to explore the field and refine a personal valuesystem. The course also provides a general under-standing of various types of disabilities, and allowsstudents to explore the types of support that may beneeded by individuals and families, as well as thevarious roles they may choose to take in order tofacilitate inclusion and citizenship of persons withdisabilities.

DB2110 Issues in DisabilitiesThis course explores many of the issues and chal-lenges which are faced by persons with disabilitiesand their families as they attempt to participate intheir communities as equal citizens. Students willanalyze the issues, explore alternatives, and develop

158 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

a vision of the changes needed for full participation.Furthermore, students will examine strategies whichcan be used in building inclusive communities.Prerequisite(s): DB2100

DB2300 Program Planning This course familiarizes students with processeswhich can be useful in supporting individuals andfamilies to plan for their future. Students gain theskills required to coordinate and evaluate an individ-ualized and value-based approach to planning withpersons who have disabilities.Prerequisite(s): DB2100

DE1110 Applied ResearchThe course is designed to provide a good under-standing of a model for definition, analysis, and solu-tion of technical problems; and to develop thestudent’s ability to (i) apply diverse methods andstrategies in project analysis, (ii) prepare and delivereffective oral technical presentations, and (iii) defineand plan a major applied research project.Prerequisite(s): CM1400, CM1401

DE1200 Operations ResearchThis introductory course is designed to provide basicunderstanding of certain concepts of operationsresearch and the role that these analysis play indecision-making. It complements the courseEngineering Management CG3400.Prerequisite(s): MA1101

DE3300 Information Systems DesignThis course covers the application of computer infor-mation systems to industrial engineering problems,with particular emphasis on computer networkresource management, database management andapplication software.Prerequisite(s): CT1150

DE3410 Computer Integrated ManufacturingThis is an advanced course for students having somebackground in technology. Graduating students willpossess a good understanding of computer hard-ware integration, automation, and PLC (programma-ble logic control) as well as the necessary technicalexpertise to be able to meet the current needs of theindustry.Prerequisite(s): EG1101; SP1700; FM3100

DM1100 Document Production Fundamentals ●This course provides mastery of the keyboard by thetouch method at a minimum rate of twenty (20) networds per minute for three minutes. As well, basicword processing applications are introduced andreinforced through the production and revision ofshort business documents.

DM1200 Document Production I ●This course includes keyboarding and basic docu-ment formatting. Keyboarding speed on straight copymaterial is developed to 30 to 40 net words perminute for three minutes. The following documentsare produced using word processing software:notices and announcements, basic correspondence,basic tables, and basic reports.

DM1201 Document Production II ●This course further develops keyboarding speed andaccuracy and increases proficiency in documentproduction using intermediate word processing

applications. Keyboarding speed on straight copymaterial is developed to 40 to 50 net words perminute for five minutes. Topics covered include filemanagement, advanced print functions, and furtherreinforcement of skills in the production of businesscorrespondence, tables, reports, and forms.Prerequisite(s): DM1200

DM1300 Transcription ●This course develops skill in machine transcription.Emphasis is placed on improving language skills:grammar, punctuation, and spelling. Decision-makingskills are introduced through the transcription ofbasic business documents.Prerequisite(s): DM1200

DM1301 Transcription IIThis course is designed to further develop skills inmachine transcription. Emphasis is being placed onaccuracy and speed of transcription as well asgrammar, punctuation, and spelling competency.Documents will be transcribed from various businessenvironments such as tourism, legal and small busi-ness enterprise. Decision-making skills are improvedin the transcription of complex unarranged material.Prerequisite(s): DM1300

DM1310 Legal TranscriptionThis course increases competency in machine tran-scription. Emphasis is placed on accuracy and speedof transcription as well as on grammar, punctuation,and word usage competency. Decision-making skillsare honed through the transcription of legal docu-ments for general legal procedure, civil litigation andincorporation.Prerequisite(s): DM1300

DM1400 Medical Transcription I ●This course introduces the student to a basic under-standing of medical transcription. Emphasis is placedupon the operation of the transcription equipment,the guidelines and rules of medical transcription, andthe development of the student’s skills to transcribemedical correspondence and reports.Prerequisite(s): DM1301, DM1201Co-requisite(s): TM1100

DM1401 Medical Transcription II ●This course further develops the ability of students totranscribe with accuracy and speed medical corre-spondence and more specialized reports for variousmedical specialties. Medical typing drills will be usedto enhance proficiency in transcribing the medicalcassettes with speed and accuracy.Prerequisite(s): DM1400, DM2200, TM1100Co-requisite(s): TM2100

DM2200 Document Production III ●This course combines keyboarding development,document processing, and word processing toimprove proficiency in document production using anew word processing software program.Keyboarding speed on straight copy material isdeveloped to a minimum of 45 nwpm for five minutes.Topics covered include transfer of word processingskills to a new software, file management, efficientuse of fonts and attributes, editing documents, usingspecial features of the word processing software,and further reinforcement of skills in the productionof business correspondence, tables, and specialized

business documents.Prerequisite(s): DM1201

DM2201 Document Production IV ●This course combines keyboarding development anddocument formatting using a project/simulationapproach. Keyboarding speed is developed to a mini-mum of 50 nwpm for five minutes. Students will beexpected to develop and use decision-making skillsto process and produce documents at an advancedlevel. Using MS Word 97, students will format docu-ments such as letters, memos, reports, tables, pro-grams, and newsletters; composition and criticalthinking skills will also be developed. Students willuse the Internet to complete research assignmentsand PowerPoint software to prepare presentations.They will perform tasks that will require the integra-tion of various software packages, i.e; word process-ing, database, and spreadsheet.Prerequisite(s): DM2200

DM2210 Legal Document Production IThis course combines keyboarding development,word processing concepts, and legal document pro-cessing. Keyboarding skills will be reviewed anddeveloped in the range of 45 to 55 net words perminute for five minutes with an emphasis on accu-racy. This advanced course is designed to teach stu-dents the setup and function of various legal andnon-legal documents including correspondence,reports, memoranda, accounts, contracts, court doc-uments and corporate papers. These documents willbe produced with speed and efficiency using state-of-the-art equipment and software to create a prece-dent file from which students will merge text from thekeyboard. In addition, word processing conceptsintroduced in Document Production II will be furtherenhanced. Prerequisite(s): DM1201

DM2410 Legal TranscriptionThis course continues to increase competency intranscription. Emphasis is placed on accuracy andspeed of transcription of business correspondenceand legal documents presented in an unarranged,office-style manner. Decision-making skills are fur-ther honed through transcription of legal documentsfor real estate, wills and estates, and family law.Prerequisite(s): DM1310

DM3210 Legal Document Production IIThis course further develops keyboarding, word pro-cessing, and legal document processing skills.Through further emphasis on accuracy and speeddevelopment students are given the opportunity todevelop straight-copy keyboarding speed in a rangeof 50 to 60 net words per minute for five minutes. Thiscourse is a continuation of Legal DocumentProduction I and incorporates many of the basiclegal formats learned. Students will be trained to pro-duce, with speed and efficiency, legal documentsrequired in wills and estates, real estate, and familylaw using appropriate precedents. Students will fur-ther develop a precedent file on disk using state-of-the-art equipment and software. More advancedword processing concepts will be reinforced throughpractical applications.Prerequisite(s): DM2210

159⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

DP1100 Digital ElectronicsThis course introduces students to the field of digitalelectronics. They will be taught design and diagnosistechniques applicable to digital electronics.Prerequisite(s): ET1101

DP1300 Digital FundamentalsIntroduction to Programmable Logic Controllers withDigital Fundamentals introduces the student to thefundamental building blocks and design techniquesassociated with digital components and circuits. Thestudent will also gain construction and troubleshoot-ing skills through practical laboratory sessions. Thiswill lead into a comprehensive coverage of generalprogrammable logic controller concepts. In additionthe student will have the opportunity to apply theirdigital abilities and programmable logic controllerknowledge to develop and program basic control cir-cuits on a particular PLC.Prerequisite(s): ET2100

DP1700 ElectronicsThis course introduces the principles and applica-tions of analog electronic devices such as junctiondiodes and transistors function. Introduction topower supplies, covering rectification, filtering, andregulation. Troubleshooting techniques will be cov-ered in the lab using oscilloscope, multimeters andother electronics equipment. In this course the stu-dent will be able to apply all the basic electronic the-ory from previous basic electronics.

DP1701 ElectronicsIn this course the student will learn about amplifiers,Oscillators, different types of audio and RF filters, dif-ferential amplifier, mixers and modulations circuits.The student will cover all basic theory and some ofthe circuits used in radio receivers. In labs the stu-dent will identify symptoms in malfunctioning equip-ment and perform preliminary checks and eliminateobvious problems.Prerequisite(s): DP1700

DP1710 Digital ElectronicsThis is an introductory course designed to give thestudent a basic introduction to digital electronics,numbering systems used in digital electronics, and adescription of digital as well as the basic logic gates.Other group of circuits as sequential logic circuits,counters and shift registers will be explored.

DP1800 Motors Generators and Starting SystemsThe purpose of this course is to give the student anoverview of all AC and DC motors. The student willbe able to differentiate between AC/DC motors. Alsocover all aspects of AC/DC generators and alterna-tors theory, including construction and maintenanceof engine starters, electrical starters. The inspectionand servicing procedures for starting systems will becovered in this course.

DP2150 Interfacing & MicrocontrollersThis course provides students with an understandingof microcontroller circuits through hands-on experi-ence with the Intel 8051 family of microcontrollers.The microcontroller, its use as a control device inembedded systems, and the hardware requirementsassociated with interfacing with the environment willbe covered. Students will further develop the skillsrequired to troubleshoot, analyze and design com-

plex, automated digital circuits and systems.Prerequisite(s): DP1100; DP2400; CT1120

DP2340 Robotics & Computer-Aided ManufacturingThis course introduces students to robotics funda-mentals; operations; programming; interfacing toother components and systems; and application ofrobotic technology to computer numerical control(CNC) and computer integrated manufacturing (CIM).Course activities will be concentrated on both pneu-matic and electronic robots, CNC’s theory andmachine tool control practice and the integrations ofengineering manufacturing by using computers andmicro-controllers.Prerequisite(s): DM2201; FM3100, DP2400, XD2500,EG1120Co-requisite(s)s: XD2900, DP2150

DP2400 Digital Microprocess.This course introduces the student to the Intel micro-processor programming techniques using assem-blers and debuggers and provides training in theMS-DOS operating system.Prerequisite(s): DP1100

DP2500 Programmable ControllersAdvanced programmable controllers with communi-cation concepts introduce the student to advancedPLC programming with communications between PLCusing industrial Ethernet. This will lead into Network-wide and worldwide data communication based onTCP/IP, field and cell level communications withprofibus DP/FMS and ASI.Prerequisite(s): DP1300

DP2710 Digital ElectronicsThe basic digital techniques learned in the prerequi-site course will be adapted to more sophisticated cir-cuitry. In this course, the student will learn aboutvariety of logic families and interfacing betweenthem. Other topics are electronic translators,encoder and decoder. The central processing unit(CPU), arithmetic-logic unit (ALU) of a computer, willbe covered by the student. The total microprocessorswill be examined fully in this course.Prerequisite(s): DP1710

DP3100 Programmable Logic ControllersThis course introduces the student to the generalconcepts and programming techniques for digital,analog and peer to peer communications associatedwith programmable logic controllers used in theinstrumentation applications.Prerequisite(s): MP3130, CT2300

DP3200 Embedded Controller ApplicationsThe course will reveal why microcontrollers exist inso many products today. It explains the basics inmicrocontroller design through actual applicationsand will describe the differences between microcon-trollers and microprocessors. Instruction is given indifferent techniques for making the best us of themicrocontroller’s limited resources. Hands-on experi-ence is provided for the Motorola 6811 Series ofmicrocontrollers.Prerequisite(s): CT2300, DP2400

DP3300 Microprocessorsthis course provides the student with a knowledge ofthe hardware associated with a microprocessor sys-tem and the interface requirements for communica-

tion with the environment.Prerequisite(s): CT2300, DP2400

DP3400 Digital CommunicationsThis is an advanced electronics communicationscourse designed to provide the fundamental con-cepts of the modern digital communications systemsand the data communications.Prerequisite(s): CE2250, DP1100

DP3430 Data CommunicationsThis is an intermediate level data communicationscourse that introduces the fundamental conceptssuch as transmission media, analog and digital sig-nals, data transmission and multiplexing.Prerequisite(s): ET2100Co-Requisite: CT2330

DR1110 Basic Drawing and SketchingThis trade specific drafting course requires the useof basic drawings, specifications, bills of materials,drawing instruments and facilities, and CAD softwareand hardware. It involves reading basic drawingsand diagrams, sketching, interpretation of specifica-tions, and operating the CAD system. It includesinformation on sketching techniques, types of draw-ings, and CAD commands.

DR1120 Blueprint Reading for WeldersThis course requires the use of drawings, views, jointconfiguration, abbreviations, and weld symbols. Itincludes information on joint and welding symbols forweld fabrication.

DR1210 CADD DrawingsThis course is designed to be presented in the firstsix week technical session, of the first year of thethree year Civil Engineering Technology program. Itsprimary purpose is to complement and enhancecourse material already covered in this subject area.Computer Aided Drawing is a continuation ofEngineering Graphics presented in the second tern ofthe Civil Engineering Technology program. Coursematerial will consist of a combination of Engineeringdrawing practice and Autocad procedures. Thecourse will be presented as a thirty nine hour, hands-on approach, to the acquisition of drawing skills singautocad.Prerequisite(s): Engineering Graphics will be a pre-requisite for this course.Co-requisite(s): Engineering Drawing DR1211

DR1211 Engineering DrawingThis course will be presented during the first inters-ession of the Civil Technology program. Its purposeis to impart to the student a working knowledge ofthe requirements of Engineering drawings as appliedto buildings so as to meet the requirements of thenational building code.Prerequisite(s): EG1100Co-requisite(s)s: DR1210, SU1200

DR1600 Forestry GraphicsThis course addresses the basic tools and tech-niques for drawing in both manual and computerizeddrafting environments. While working on specificforestry related technical drawings, maps, graphsand other pictorials the student is exposed to prac-tices that will produce professional quality, neat,accurate and complete drafting products. Manualdrafting topics include instrument selection and use,

160 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

manual and mechanical lettering, the use of scales,symbols, dimensioning, linework and projections. Thecomputerized portion of the course introduces CADand provides skills in: drawing and editing entities,using display commands, working with text, layering,dimensioning, mapping and block filling.Reproductive media and methods for plotting andprinting are included.Prerequisite(s): MC1050 Computer Applications

DR1700 Basic Drawing and SketchingThis trade specific drafting course requires the useof basic drawings, specifications, bills of materials,drawing instruments and facilities, and CAD softwareand hardware. It involves reading basic drawingsand diagrams, sketching, interpretation of specifica-tions, and operating the CAD system. It includesinformation on sketching techniques, types of draw-ings, and CAD commands.

DR1710 Basic Drawing and SketchingThis course provides training in blueprint reading andsketching.

DR1720 DraftingThis drafting course requires the use of basic draw-ings, specifications, bills of materials, drawing instru-ments and facilities, and CAD software andhardware. It involves reading basic drawings anddiagrams, sketching, interpretation of specifications,and operating the CAD system. It includes informa-tion on sketching techniques, types of drawings, andCAD commands.

DR1740 DraftingThis drafting course requires the use of basic draw-ings, specifications, bills of materials, drawing instru-ments and facilities, and CAD software andhardware. It involves reading basic drawings anddiagrams, sketching, interpretation of specifications,and operating the CAD system. It includes informa-tion on sketching techniques, types of drawings, andCAD commands.Prerequisite(s):

DR1750 DraftingThis drafting course requires the use of basic draw-ings, specifications, bills of materials, drawing instru-ments and facilities, and CAD software andhardware. It involves reading basic drawings anddiagrams, sketching, interpretation of specifications,and operating the CAD system. It includes informa-tion on sketching techniques, types of drawings, andCAD commands.Prerequisite(s):

DR1760 Basic Drawing and SketchingThis drafting course requires the use of basic draw-ings, specifications, bills of materials, drawing instru-ments and facilities, and CAD software andhardware. It involves reading basic drawings anddiagrams, sketching, interpretation of specifications,and operating the CAD system. It includes informa-tion on sketching techniques, types of drawings, andCAD commands.Prerequisite(s): MC1050

DR2100 Architectural DrawingsAn introduction to Architectural Drawing withemphasis on applying architectural drawing conven-

tions to actual architectural drawings.Prerequisite(s): EG1100

DR2300 CADD (Advanced AutoCAD)This course follows the engineering graphics coursecompleted in primary year. It covers the moreadvanced commands used in the AutoCAD draftingpackage. The use of AutoCAD with electrical designsoftware will be investigated.Prerequisite(s): EG1100

DR2410 Electronic CADD IThis course is designed to give the student a basicknowledge of the technical graphics techniquesrequired in the electronics industry through the useof industry standard ELECTRONIC CAD software; itintroduces the student to specific types of drawingsrequired in the electronics industry. This course uti-lizes extensively Computer Aided Design (CAD) soft-ware. The packaging and component drawings willbe done using AUTOCAD. The Electronic Specificdrawings will be done using ORCAD or equivalentSchematic Capture software with built in errorchecking, parts list generation and parts annotation.Prerequisite(s): EG1101, ET2100

DR2411 Electronic CADD IIThis course utilizes the latest in computer-aideddesign software to provide the student with skillsnecessary to completely analyze any analog or digi-tal circuit prior to construction or implementation. Itprovides the student with a working knowledge ofthe latest in computerized design tools used forDigital Simulation, Analog Simulation, and PLA/PALConstruction and Programming. This course makesextensive use of three Computer Aided DesignPackages: and the techniques used in this coursewill be used extensively in future electronic courses.Prerequisite(s): AE2301, DP1100, DR2410

DR2520 Mechanical DraftingThis course is a continuation of Engineering Graphics1100 (EG1100). It is designed to provide students withthe ability to interpret and to prepare MechanicalDrawings related to Petroleum Technology and tobroaden their knowledge, understanding and profi-ciency in the use of CADD and engineering graphics.Prerequisite(s): EG1100

DR3100 Architectural Working Drawings IThis course is an introduction to building construc-tion techniques, architectural working drawings anddetailing. It is designed to enable the student tobecome involved in the creation and proper use ofworking drawings. Course material takes the form oflectures, group projects, and analysis of such projects.Prerequisite(s): EG1200, DR2100Co-requisite(s)s: BU2300, BU2400, CF2600

DR3101 Architectural Working Drawings IIThis is a course dealing with larger buildings ofmasonry construction. It is designed to enable thestudent to become a functional part of a groupinvolved in the creation and proper use of workingdrawings. Course material takes the form of lectures,group projects, and group analysis of such projects.Prerequisite(s): DR3100, BU2300, BU2400, CF2600Co-requisite(s)s; BU2301, BU2401, CF2601, EG2200

DR3200 Advanced CADThis course is designed to give the student an expo-sure to programming logic and data linking betweengraphics information and text/numerical data. After ageneral introduction to basic programming and LISP,the students are expected to make extensive use ofCAD customization concepts. Data linking throughattributes and SQL is used in the development of datatracking with emphasis on Facilities Management.Also included are the concepts and procedures inthe presentation of animated drawing and virtualimages, which are used in the preparation of themajor technical project.Prerequisite(s): CT1150, EG2200, PR2300Co-requisite(s)s: DR4101, PR2210

DR3300 Manufacturing TechnologyThis is introductory course in manufacturing technol-ogy. In this course, students are introduced to funda-mentals of computer-aided drafting, design andmanufacturing (CADD/CAM). Emphasis is placed ontheory and practice in the metal fabrication industrythrough computerized numerical control (CNC) shapecutting.Prerequisite(s): MC1100

DR3710 Tool DesignThis course is an introduction to Tool Design and toolmaking practices. It will provide the students withthe basic knowledge to understand and design sim-ple types of tooling required within the manufactur-ing industry.

DR3810 Advanced ProcessesThis is an advanced course using equipment avail-able at the manufacturing Technology Centre. Thecourse is designed to be a CAD/CAM approach to ahands-on project based delivery using the CNC mill,lathe, WireEDM and Laser machines. Completion ofthe project will require a team approach from allmembers of the class creating a working environ-ment similar to industry.Prerequisite(s): SP1701

DR4100 Architectural Working Drawings IIIThis is the third in a series of working drawingscourses. The course uses the same building that wasdeveloped during the second technical intersession.The focus is on larger structures with a variety ofbuilding envelopes including glass and metal curtainwalls and composite metal panel systems. Studentsare required to solve technical problems based ontheory and knowledge gained in other courses. Moreemphasis is placed on details than in other courses.Prerequisite(s): PR2300

DR4101 Architectural Working Drawings IVThis is the fourth in a series of working drawingcourses. The course uses the same building as inArchitectural Working Drawings III, but changes thestructure to steel. Students are required to solvetechnical problems based on theory and knowledgegained in other courses. Details include modifica-tions required by changes to the structural system inexisting details as well as details of problems notincorporated in other working drawing courses.Prerequisite(s): DR4100

EC1100 MicroeconomicsThe course objectives are to develop an understand-ing of the economic institutions and environment

161⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

under a market system of exchange and theresponse made to decisions arrived at by individuals,businesses, and governments. Specifically, thecourse examines business organizations and why theattitudes of buyers and sellers determine the prices,quantities, and distribution of the output of goods andservices. The emphasis is on Canadian exampleswhere this is possible.

EC1140 MicroeconomicsTransferable to MUN Economics 2010.This is a course in Microeconomics that is intendedto prepare a student to take additional courses ineconomics which make use of Microeconomic toolsof analysis. In addition, the subject matter of thiscourse will help in understanding some of the con-cepts, problems, and arguments that are presentedin other courses or in the public press. In this coursethe student will develop a set of tools of analysis thatwill provide insight into what is involved in the deci-sion making process, realize implications that maynot be readily apparent to the general public, and besituated in a position to more readily ask relevantquestions concerning diverse initiatives. The coursewill cover the following topics: scarcity and opportu-nity cost, demand and supply, elasticity, householddemand, marginal utility, indifference curves, produc-tion functions, short-run and long-run cost functions,perfect competition in the short-run and in the long-run monopoly.

EC1150 EconomicsTransferable to MUN Economics 2011.This course is designed to introduce students tomacroeconomics. Topics that will be covered includenational income accounting, aggregate incomeanalysis, money, banking and foreign trade. Thecourse examines the physical and monetary aspectsof international trade, money, banking and monetarypolicy, the gross national product, national expendi-ture components, business cycles and fiscal policy.The emphasis is on Canadian examples where possi-ble.

EC1200 MacroeconomicsThis course examines the physical and monetary aspects of international trade, money,banking, and monetary policy; the gross nationalproduct, national expenditure components, businesscycles, and fiscal policy. The emphasis is onCanadian examples where this is possible.

EC1400 Newfoundland & Labrador EconomyThe course objective is to develop an understandingof the structure of the Newfoundland and Labradoreconomy. The course applies economic theory ofexamination of the economic history, the economicsectors, the economic potential, and the budgetaryprocesses associated with the economy ofNewfoundland and Labrador.

EC1700 Engineering Economics ●This course covers the basic principles of engineer-ing economy with application to engineering eco-nomic decision-making. The various methods foreconomic analysis of alternatives are investigated aswell as depreciation methods and income tax conse-quences.Prerequisite(s): MA1101, CT1150

EC1710 Engineering Economics and SupervisionThis course covers the basic principles of engineer-ing economics like time value concepts, rate ofreturn on capital, economic analysis and alterna-tives, depreciations, and impact on taxes all of whichapply to engineering economic decision making.Also, it gives the student an overview of manage-ment principles in the dynamics of supervision thatrelates to individual and group behaviours in anorganizational setting.

EC1720 Construction EconomicsThis course will give the student the knowledge nec-essary to make decisions based on economic alter-natives. It will introduce the student to the field ofmicro and macro economics as well as provide abasic understanding of the requirements needed tostart and succeed in their own business related tothe construction industry.

This course is an introduction to the fundamentalprinciples of engineering economics and entrepre-neurship. The concepts of microeconomics andmacroeconomics are presented along with applica-tions to the engineering field. Entrepreneurship willbe used to introduce fundamentals of business func-tions and procedures.Prerequisite(s): MC1100, MA2100, CM1401

EC2410 Economic GeographyThis is an introductory course in EconomicGeography with an emphasis on the application ofthe principles of locational analysis, community eco-nomic development, and sustainable development tolocal economies.

EC2600 Petroleum Exploration EconomicsThis is a detailed course in Exploration Economicsoutlining the fundamentals of economic analysis asapplied to the evaluation of oil and gas properties.The course provides learners with the necessaryknowledge and skills to utilize economic parametersas one means of evaluating a petroleum prospect.While economic formulae and manual/spreadsheetcalculations are employed, emphasis is placed onunderstanding the economic principles involved suchthat computer generated economic analysis can beproperly interpreted and analysed and recommenda-tions made.Prerequisite(s): MA1101, CT1150 or equivalent

EE1130 Curriculum Foundations ● ⊗This course focuses on the theory and function ofplay. Students will learn to design play space, planspecific learning and interest centres and chooseappropriate equipment and supplies in order to fosterthe development, creativity and learning of youngchildren. Particular emphasis is given to the provi-sion of well-balanced and integrated programs tomeet the needs and interests of the whole child -physical, intellectual, emotional and social. Studentsare introduced to simple activity planning, prepara-tion, implementation, review and follow-up.

EE1140 Child Development I ● ⊗This course will focus primarily on the provision ofchild study methods that will enable a student toobserve record and interpret child behaviour. On-siteobservations will be required. Through application ofsystematic observation students will be familiarizedwith the stages and milestones of development from

infancy to school age. Students will be familiarizedwith observation as assessment in inclusive develop-mentally appropriate settings.

EE1201 Child Development II ● ⊗This is an introductory course that focuses on devel-opment from conception to 36 months with a view tounderstanding typical growth and developmental pat-terns. The influence of the environment, the cultureand the family on development will be integratedthroughout so as to foster awareness, acceptanceand understanding. Infants and toddlers with disabili-ties will be described with a focus on understandingthe effects of exceptionality on development. Infantsand young children who are at risk will be discussedand the significance of prevention and early inter-vention will be highlighted.Prerequisite(s): EE1140

EE1240 Curriculum I ● ⊗This introductory course focuses on the planning anddevelopment of early childhood education curriculumand programs, and provides an overview of the majortheoretical models and approaches currently beingused in early childhood programs. Throughout thiscourse the unique learning styles and the individualdifferences and interests among children will beemphasized and used as a basis for individualizingthe curriculum. The students will also have theopportunity to further develop their planning skills inspecific curriculum areas and apply the principles ofcumulative planning to the construction of curricu-lum themes. An overview of the basic forms of childcare will be presented and related to the needs ofchildren and family requirements.Prerequisite(s): EE1130

EE1241 Curriculum II ⊗This advanced curriculum course provides the stu-dents with the opportunity to further develop curricu-lum themes by creating learning webs through awebbing process. Students will also plan in threespecific curriculum areas - math, science and lan-guage, and will relate this knowledge to the con-struction of learning webs. The use of teacherdirected activities will be explored in the context ofgroup planning. Appropriate practice will be consid-ered in school-age care and students will developcompetencies in planning for the needs of childrenfrom 6 to 12 years of age. This course will emphasizethe inclusion of children with special needs in main-stream child care and highlight the integrationprocess, the role of the early childhood educator inimplementing individualized education programs, andassessment and evaluation.Prerequisite(s): EE1240

EE1250 Foundations of Positive Behaviour Guidance ● ⊗

This course provides a foundation for understandingand guiding children's behaviour. The purpose of thiscourse is to provide an overview of principles andstrategies needed to guide behaviour. The focus willbe on understanding behaviour and implementingtechniques that foster positive relationships, self-esteem and create opportunities for learning.Prerequisite(s): FW1300

EE1260 Infant and Toddler CareThis course focuses on the unique needs of infantsand toddlers and how these needs can be met

162 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

through a comprehensive interpersonal-environmen-tal approach to programming and planning for chil-dren during the first two years of life. This approachtakes into consideration the interrelatedness of thedevelopmental domains - cognitive, social, emotional,physical and language -and individual differencesamong very young children. Particular attention ispaid to the various roles of the caregiver and thespecial vulnerability of infants and toddlers is consid-ered in program design and planning. The impor-tance of open communication between parents andcaregivers will be highlighted throughout the courseas one factor that contributes to quality care forinfants and toddlers.Prerequisite(s): EE1201

EE1300 Family Studies I ● ⊗This course will provide the student with the neces-sary knowledge and skill to develop an awareness ofthe needs and experiences of the present day familyunit. Attention will be paid to the current changes infamily structure, role, definition, and life styles inrelation to the family as a social system. Studentswill be introduced to the diverse needs of families.

EE1301 Family Studies II ⊗This course focuses on partnerships between par-ents and early childhood educators. It stresses thesignificance of positive relationships between par-ents and educators. Students will become familiarwith strategies that promote parent-educator part-nerships that create and maintain family-centeredand culturally sensitive early childhood education.Prerequisite(s): EE1300

EE1400 Creative Activities I - Art ● ⊗This course takes the form of a series of workshopsdesigned to provide students with practical exposureto a variety of art media. This firsthand experience,together with the theory and knowledge in the areaof art for young children will prepare students tooffer art experiences which are developmentallyappropriate. Particular attention will be giventhroughout the course to the sensory and expressivequalities of each medium, the student's individualcreative response to the material and the develop-mental nature of children's art. The role that art playsin the development of children with and without dis-abilities will be highlighted.

EE1401 Creative Activities II - Literature ● ⊗This course will focus on children's literature and itssignificance for emerging literacy. Students willexamine a variety of book types available for youngchildren and learn to choose appropriate quality liter-ature. The use of poetry, puppets and drama will behighlighted to emphasize the various types of activi-ties suitable for young children. Students will learn tochoose materials and apply methods that meet avariety of developmental needs.

EE1510 Current Research and Issues Seminar ⊗This course takes the form of weekly seminars ontopics related to the current research, issues, trendsand challenges in the field of Early ChildhoodEducation. The student will identify an area of inter-est relevant to working with young children and will,under the guidance and direction of the courseinstructor, compile a project which will form part of atotal resource for the whole seminar. Individuals maywork on projects together depending on the nature

of the topics selected. The purpose of the seminar isthreefold: (1) to help the student focus on best prac-tice in the field of Early Childhood Education and tofurther develop informed professional judgement inorder to consolidate the learning which has occurredduring the diploma program; (2) to provide studentswith the opportunity to actively participate in theproject work of other seminar members; and (3) toprovide a forum for presenting projects.

EE1710 Professional DevelopmentThis is an introductory course in Early ChildhoodEducation professional development principles.

EE2200 Child Development III ⊗This is an introductory course that focuses on thedevelopment of young children from three to fiveyears of age with a view to understanding typicalgrowth and developmental patterns. Major researchstudies regarding child development are reviewed.Preschoolers with developmental challenges andthose at risk will be described with a focus on under-standing the effects of exceptionality on development.Prerequisite(s): EE1201

EE2201 Child Development IV ⊗Development through middle childhood, adolescenceand adulthood is studied in this course, with a majorfocus on development during the middle childhoodyears. In addition, students will consider the specialneeds of children with developmental challengesduring the school-age years. Prerequisite(s): EE2200

EE2250 Advanced Behaviour Guidance Strategies ⊗This course offers a more in-depth exploration ofguidance theory and its application to the study ofchildren with emotional and behavioural challenges.An emphasis will be placed on exploring the possiblecauses and resulting challenges for children withspecial needs. Community resources to support chil-dren with emotional and behavioural challenges andthe families will be identified.Prerequisite(s): EE1250

EE2260 Child Care AdministrationThis is an introductory course in Early ChildhoodEducation program administration. The aim of thiscourse is to provide an overview of administrativeprinciples and procedures needed to successfullyrun high quality inclusive Early Childhood Educationprograms. Provincial legislation and regulations, andfactors which contribute to quality will be examinedin detail.Prerequisite(s): EE1241

EE2300 Family Studies III ⊗Sources of crises in the family are examined, forexample, children with special needs, unemployment,divorce, poverty, and death. The impact of suchcrises on the child and family and the implications forday care centre staff are discussed.Prerequisite(s): EE1301

EE2301 Family Studies IV ⊗Sources of family crises due to dysfunctionalresponses to stress are examined, for example, alco-holism, family violence. The course will also studyfamily networks and relationships within the commu-nity. The linkages of independence and assistanceamong families, social agencies and the communitywill be examined. Presentations will be encouraged

from students and representatives of local agencies.Prerequisite(s): EE2300

EE2420 Creative Activities III - Music ⊗An introduction to the role of music in the social,physical, emotional, imaginative and educationaldevelopment of children. Emphasis will be given to alarge repertory of songs and rhymes, basic music lit-eracy, methodology, instruments and resource booksand recordings. Call within the context of singing,beat/rhythm, expressive controls and creative move-ment.

EE2430 Creative Activities IV - Movement ⊗This course will focus on how to plan and provide amovement program for young children. Planningmovement experiences requires an understanding ofthe significance of large muscle development inyoung children and the importance of physical activi-ties in a child's growth. Both indoor and outdoorenvironments are considered in relation to the provi-sion of movement activities. Consideration is given tomodifying activities and materials to include childrenwith special needs.

EG1100 Engineering Graphics ●This is an introductory level course in EngineeringGraphics which uses CAD as a tool to produce engi-neering drawings. Engineering Graphics providesvisually oriented data that is usable by technical,engineering, and manufacturing personnel to assistin the production of goods and services. Topics cov-ered include an introduction to CAD, geometric ter-minology and constructions, orthographic projection,pictorial sketching, dimensioning conventions, andsectional views.

EG1101 Engineering GraphicsThis is an intermediate CAD - Based drafting coursedesigned to provide students with the ability to inter-pret and prepare mechanical drawings which extendon the basic principles presented in EngineeringGraphics EG1100.Prerequisite(s): EG1100

EG1200 Engineering GraphicsThis course is a continuation of Engineering Graphics1100. It is designed to provide students with a greaterknowledge of fundamentals of both engineeringgraphics and CADD. Drawing projects will utilizeCADD techniques.

This course focuses on basic graphics principles andCADD. Topics include auxiliary views, geometricapplications, developments, intersections, advanceddimensioning techniques, data organization andmanipulation, advanced drawing, editing and displaytechniques, isometric drawing using CAD, advancedplotting and Pline and Pedit commands.Prerequisite(s): EG1100

EG1300 Engineering GraphicsThis is an intermediate CAD-based drafting coursedesigned to provide students with the ability to inter-pret and prepare mechanical and structural draw-ings which extend the principles presented inEngineering Graphics 1100. Also, prepares the stu-dent hands-on practice in reading and interpretingblueprints.Prerequisite(s): EG1100

163⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

EG2110 Engineering GraphicsThis is an advanced course in computer aided draft-ing and design for students enrolled in Mechanical(Manufacturing) Engineering Technology. Emphasisis placed on using CAD as a tool for both develop-ment of working drawings and virtual prototyping ofmechanical systems. Manufacturing related 3D solidmodelling tools available within both AutoCAD 2000and AutoCAD Mechanical Desktop are introduced,and alternative software tools including Solidworks,Pro Engineer, IDEAS, and Unigraphics areoverviewed.Prerequisite(s): EG1101

EG2200 Engineering GraphicsThis course is taken concurrently with ArchitecturalWorking Drawings II and Building Services II and isdesigned to develop student’s presentation skillsthrough the use of 3D CAD techniques. Students areexposed to building drawings using the interactivemodel format, with various 2D and 3D drawingsextracted from a building database. Students areexpected to produce photo-realistic colour imagesincorporating shadowing, diffusion, and reflection.A course designed to develop student’s presentationskills by using 3D CAD software. Projects are devel-oped in an interactive format with the various draw-ings extracted from a 3D database. A variety oftechniques including shadowing, light diffusion, andreflection are used to produce photo-realistic images.Prerequisite(s): DR3100Co-requisite(s)s: DR3101, BU2201

EH1100 Earth SciencesTransferable to MUN Earth Sciences 1000.A survey of major earth systems, including the inte-rior of the earth, lithosphere, hydrosphere, atmos-phere, and biosphere – their structure, compositionand interaction.

EH1101 Earth SciencesTransferable to MUN Earth Sciences 1001.The evolution of the Earth’s structure and environ-ment through geological time are explored from therock and fossil record. Particular emphasis is givento the geological history of North America, especiallyNewfoundland and Labrador.Prerequisite(s): EH1100 or MUN Earth Sciences 1000.

EH1200 Earth ScienceThis course is included in the Civil EngineeringTechnology program to provide the student withknowledge of the principles of geology, landformassessment, map and photo interpretation and GISsystems. These principles will be applied extensivelyin further courses such as Soil Mechanics,Hydrology, Urban Planning, and Highways Design.Students completing this course will have the abilityto read and interpret aerial photos and maps todetermine the acceptability of an area for uses suchas an aggregate source, reservoir site, highwayroute, etc.

EL1120 Folklore This course is an introduction to folklore. It dealswith the role that tradition plays in society. The stu-dent is given an opportunity to investigate his/herown culture by partaking in field work in the differentgenres of folklore.

EL1270 International IssuesThis course introduces students to many of the con-cepts, issues, and organizations related to interna-tional development. It explores some of the politics ofinternational development and encourages studentsto examine their own role in Canada and the world.The course is intended for students who wish toimprove their knowledge of international develop-ment issues and politics, develop their internationalperspectives, and consider their role in the strugglefor world development. Some students may wish totake the course prior to traveling internationally forfurther study, work, or leisure.

The course begins by introducing students to inter-net-based research, and then uses that mediumtogether with class discussions, presentations,round-table discussions and a research project, toexplore a variety of current major internationalissues. The course concludes with an exploration ofhow students can prepare for international travel forwork, study or leisure. Some flexibility is built into thecourse as students may choose the focus of theirresearch papers and presentations.

EL1420 FrenchTransferable to MUN French 1500.This is an introductory course for students with littleor no previous knowledge of French and for thosewho wish to review the basic vocabulary and struc-ture. The course uses only the present tense and a500-word vocabulary, and covers the most commonsituations of daily life.

EL1430 FrenchTransferable to MUN French 1501.This is a course which teaches the use of pasttenses and more advanced structures. Studentsbegin to read short texts which are faithful to theoriginal, to write longer compositions and to exploremore complex situations.

EL1440 FrenchTransferable to MUN French 1502.This course introduces ways of dealing with futureand hypothetical “What if…?” situations, and caseswhere emotion and personal feelings color the issue.The work of composition and intensive vocabularybuilding continues, and students are expected toengage in more advanced oral practice.Prerequisite(s): EL1430 or MUN French 1501.

EN1100 Environmental ScienceThis is an introductory course in environmental sci-ence for Geomatics Engineering Technology. SinceEnvironmental Science is the study of the interac-tions between humans, other living organisms, andthe environment, this course gives the studentknowledge of how humans can live, develop, andproperly use the earth’s resources while understand-ing the many environmental issues. The solving ofvarious environmental problems, as well as improv-ing and conserving our natural and urban environ-ments, will form the basis for further studies in thescience of Geomatics. The topics covered in thiscourse are: introduction to environmental science,the inter-relationships of animals with the environ-ment, air and water pollution, environmental man-agement, toxins and the environment, and the role ofthe people within the environment.

EN1300 Environmental TechnologyThis course presents an overview of environmentalconcerns in the oil and gas industry. Both the effectof the industry on the environment and vice versa.This is a seminar course. All students will beexpected to complete a minimum of five seminars.Prerequisite(s): CM2200, CM2300

EN1520 Environmental Sampling TechniquesThis course provides the student with the fundamen-tals of environmental sampling techniques pertainingto procedures, protocol, equipment, and standardizedprocedures. “Fate and Effects” monitoring will beused as a practical approach to determine theeffects of pollution impacts on our environment.

EN1530 Water QualityThis course will introduce students to aspects ofwater quality as it is related to the local scene andan in-depth review of the Canadian Water QualityGuidelines. Students will study the processesinvolved in the treatment of water by various endusers. The course also covers the issue of watersupply for various users and the ways and means tomeet those demands.Prerequisite(s): EN1520

EN1540 Air Pollution: Interpretation, Analysis andControl

This course enables the student to make practicalassessments of air pollution problems. Meteorologyand its importance with respect to the formation,transportation, and dispersal of air pollutants areexamined. Examination of the techniques and equip-ment necessary for the collection and analysis of air-borne pollutants are discussed and reviewed.Prerequisite(s): EN1530

EN1600 Environmental Site Assessment IThis course, oriented to the needs of the environ-ment industry, introduces the student to the local,provincial and federal environmental legislation, reg-ulations, guidelines and policies that apply to envi-ronmental site assessment. The site assessmentprocess is introduced with emphasis on case studiesinvolving a range of projects. It will focus on theCSA/CCME phased approach with projects includinga Phase I assessment of a local facility.

EN1601 Environmental Site Assessment IIThis course will introduce students to the concepts,principles, methods and techniques involved in recla-mation of a site that has been abandoned, acciden-tally contaminated or required to clean up to conformto environmental standards. This comprehensivecourse will allow students to make use of coursework previously completed in other courses to exe-cute a site remediation plan and supervise contrac-tors performing work, ensuring they complete theproject according to the specifications in the contract.Prerequisite(s): EN1600, EN2300, EN2700, GE1300

EN2120 Environmental CitizenshipThis course is designed to foster environmentalethics and sustainable development. It provides anopportunity for students to discuss, debate, analyseand study current controversial issues related t theuse and management of natural resources. Studentswill be encouraged to consider various perspectives,and offer potential solutions to local, national andglobal environmental challenges.

164 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

EN2220 Solid Waste ManagementThis course in the waste management field will intro-duce the issues of solid non-hazardous waste mate-rial. Students will be introduced to major topicsincluding: sources, transportation, processing, anddisposal of non-hazardous and hazardous wastematerial. The course will also introduce the studentto the topic of solid waste disposal sites. Studentswill focus on the design, maintenance and operationof waste disposal sites. Hazardous wastes willinclude sewage sledges, drilling fluids, medical,industrial, and radioactive wastes.

EN2300 Environmental LawThis course, oriented to the needs of the environ-ment industry, introduces the students to the local,provincial, and federal environmental legislation, reg-ulations, guidelines and policies. The Canadian sys-tem of law and justice is introduced with emphasison case studies involving environmental law. Thelegislative framework, court process, role of theprosecutor will be reviewed. An appreciation of theneed for environmental protection, due diligence,personal and corporate liability, and liability will beaddressed.

EN2320 Occupational Health & SafetyThis course enables students to demonstrate knowl-edge of basic environmental principles and legisla-tion and/or regulations governing the protection ofthe environment and workplace, together with under-standing hazardous materials, how to control them,and learning the necessary skills to work safety.Prerequisite(s): CM1401

EN2420 Environmental ManagementThis course is designed to prepare the student toanalyze potential environmental difficulties associ-ated primarily, but not restricted to the constructionindustry. In addition, the student will be prepared torecommend, design and implement solutions to elimi-nate or minimize the effects of construction or asso-ciated activities.

EN2500 Water Resources: Hydrology andHydrogeology

This course provides the fundamental conceptsrequired to understand hydrology. This course willaddress hydrologic principles, flood analysis, urbanhydrology, and groundwater hydrology. The coursealso gives the student an overview of well construc-tion, maintenance, rehabilitation, and monitoringtechniques.Prerequisite(s): EN1520

EN2540 Wastewater Management and TreatmentThis second course in the water resources field willcover the issue of wastewater. Students will beintroduced to the topic of wastewater by coveringthe following areas: flow, characteristics, collectionsystems, processing, operation of systems and treat-ment. This course will also consider storm watermanagement.Prerequisite(s): EN1520, BL1130

EN2600 Environmental Abatement IThis course is designed to provide the student withbasic knowledge of the nature of air pollution in gen-eral, and specific technical knowledge and skills inthe management and abatement of gaseous wastestreams arising from manufacturing industries such

as pulp and paper. The course begins with overviewsof the impact of air pollution on human health, a dis-cussion of global air quality trends, and a brief lookat indoor air pollution. Students are then introducedto concepts of criteria and hazardous air pollutants,especially particulates, gases and odours. Currentand innovative air pollution abatement processes arestudied in detail. Special attention is focused onprovincial and federal Environmental Acts, in particu-lar how these relate to employer and employeeresponsibilities.Co-requisite(s): CH3720

EN2601 Environmental Abatement IIThis is a combined theory/laboratory course dealingwith water quality and wastewater treatment. Thefirst part of the course focuses briefly on water qual-ity: acidity, alkalinity, Ph, dissolved oxygen, biologicaloxygen demand, chemical oxygen demand, and hard-ness. Other parameters are explored; such as physi-cal characteristics, dissolved gases, metals, organicsand radionuclides. The second emphasis of thecourse is an introduction to knowledge and prac-tices, theories and applications relevant to in-plantabatements, followed by the treatment of waste-water flowing from industrial settings. The character-istics of primary and secondary treatment processes,and plant operations will be studied. Sampling tech-niques, monitoring procedures and instrumentalmethods of analysis are covered in theory and labo-ratory sessions. The lab work includes testing fortotal solids, BOD, suspended solids, settling, and oxy-gen uptake. Current and innovative waste treatmentprocesses are covered. Special attention is focusedon provincial and federal Environmental Acts, in par-ticular how these relate to economics and toemployer and employee responsibilities.Prerequisite(s): CH33720, FM2600

EN2700 Environmental Project ManagementThis course will enable the technician to effectivelyplan and implement a project based on environmen-tal engineering principles. Practical applications willassist this goal through techniques and methodsstudied in this course.

EN3100 Environmental EngineeringThis course is designed to acquaint the student withthe major areas of pollution and control and mitiga-tion. Students will gain an appreciation of the issuesconcerning sustainable development and acquireskills in the analysis and design of waste treatmentsystems. Basic issues in Environmental Engineeringare examined. Pollution control, sustainable develop-ment and mitigation of the effects of pollution in air,on land and in the water.

EN3200 Environmental Impact AssessmentThis course, oriented to the needs of the environ-ment industry, teaches the students the basics of theenvironmental assessment procedure. The coursecarries on from the Environmental Law course wherea broad overview of the legislation is presented. Wereview the assessment legislation in detail anddevelop the tools needed to perform an environmen-tal impact assessment. We conclude the course byperforming a case study to assess a small local proj-ect.Prerequisite(s): EN1600, EN2300, EN2700Co-requisite(s)s: EN3300

EN3300 Environmental AuditingThis course will enable the student to assure compli-ance with relevant Federal, Provincial, and Municipalrequirements; identify, evaluate and reduce environ-mental risks and liabilities; and conduct an environ-mental audit of a local industrial operation.Prerequisite(s): EN1600, EN2300, EN2700

EP1100 Entrepreneurial Studies I ●This course is designed to develop an appreciationof small business, particularly as it relates to under-standing the entrepreneurial process. The studentwill acquire the necessary skills and techniques todevelop a sound business plan. Areas covered willinclude: market assessment, financing alternatives,organizational structuring, and planning techniques.In addition, a feasibility study will be required toestablish the demand for a particular growth sectorin the economy.

EP1110 Introduction to Business ●This course is an introduction to Canadian Business.The areas covered include: Canada's business sys-tem, forms of business ownership, production, mar-keting, finance, personnel and labour relations,international business and small business ownership.

EP1160 Introduction to Business FunctionsThis is an introductory course to identify anddescribe the basic line functions of business, andintroduce students to small business ownership andentrepreneurship. It will emphasize a basic knowl-edge of common business functions. Students will beintroduced to the functional areas of business andthe processes within each function. Emphasis will beplaced upon awareness and literacy of each func-tional area. Students will also be introduced to theimportance of the small business sector of the econ-omy and the issues involved in owning your ownbusiness.

EP1170 Business Information FundamentalsThis is an introductory course in business informa-tion. It will build upon a basic knowledge of commonbusiness practices, processes and systems withemphasis placed upon the data and informationneeds of each functional area and how data is inter-related across business functions. This discussionwill be extended to include electronic commerce.Prerequisite(s): EP1160

EP1180 Business ManagementThis is an introductory course that presents a funda-mental approach to planning and operating a smallfirm. It incorporates basic steps in planning andoperating a small business and explains how eachstep can best be accomplished.

EP2200 Business Planning ●In this course students will complete a comprehen-sive business plan. This includes choosing a hypo-thetical business, determining its product or service,preparing a market survey, finding a source of fund-ing, and deciding a marketing strategy. The studentswill apply knowledge from previous terms in a practi-cal manner.Prerequisite(s): EP1100 and MR2100

165⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

EP2250 Small Business DevelopmentTo prepare the student to own and operate a small business. This course deals with secondaryand primary research techniques and analysis.Students will be required to produce a researchreport establishing the demand feasibility for a par-ticular growth sector in the economy. Topics for thisreport will be based on personal selection or on amentoring process with a potential or present busi-ness owner. This plan is developed based on twoprior years of Business Administration/Managementeducation and is not an introductory level course.Prerequisite(s): BusinessAdministration/Management Year 1 courses,CM2300, EC1100, EC1200, MA1670

ER1100 RiggingUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be familiar with rigging equipment,the safe operation of this equipment, and therequired inspection procedures needed to ensuresafe operation.

ER1110 Hand ToolsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be familiar with the safe use and careof various hand tools associated with the electricalindustry.

ER1120 Power ToolsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be familiar with the safe use and careof the various power tools associated with the elec-trical industry.

ER1130 FastenersUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be familiar with the safe use andproper installation methods of the various fasteningdevices associated with the electrical industry.

ER1140 DC TheoryUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be familiar with the direct current cir-cuit theory foundation.

ER1150 Series and Parallel CircuitsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to determine the absolute val-ues of devices connected in series, parallel or anycombination of these two.

ER1160 Introduction to Building CodesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to understand the legalities,layout, and how to use various codes involved withthe construction industry.

ER1170 Voltage Drop & Power LossUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will acquire the knowledge necessary toreadily calculate voltage drop and power losses inconductors.

ER1180 Single-phase TheoryUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be familiar with the alternating cur-rent theory foundation needed to progress in theelectrical industry.

ER1190 Three-phase TheoryUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be familiar with the theoretical baserequired to work with electrical apparatus anddevices which utilize a three-phase power source.

ER1200 Generic BlueprintUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to extract the required infor-mation from basic blueprints, specifications, anddetail drawings.

ER1210 Electrical BlueprintsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to extract the required infor-mation from electrical blueprints, specifications, anddetail drawings in order to complete an effectivewiring system.

ER1220 Conduit, Tubing, and FittingsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be acquainted with the methods ofinstalling rigid conduit, PVC conduit and EMT alongwith the associated fittings used in these racewaysystems.

ER1225 Conduit, Tubing and FittingsMajor Topics: Describe the various types of conduitsand fittings and their applications and procedures forinstallation; Describe the terms associated with thebending of conduits and tubing; Describe the proce-dures for cutting, coupling, and termination methodsused with rigid conduits; Describe sources of corrosion.Prerequisite(s): ER1130, ER1160

ER1230 Conductors and CablesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to determine the installationprocedures, termination devices, and applications ofthe various types of conductors and metal-sheathedcables.

ER1240 Residential WiringUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to install an effective and effi-cient wiring system in dwelling units.

ER1250 Protective DevicesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to describe the operatingcharacteristics and installation procedures for pro-tective devices rated at 750 volts or less.

ER1260 Principles of Operation of TransformersUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to describe the operatingcharacteristics and installation procedures for trans-formers.

ER1270 Single-phase Service EntranceUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to install an overhead orunderground single-phase service entrance.

ER1280 Three-phase Service EntranceUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will have acquired the skills needed toefficiently install a three-phase service entrance.

ER1290 Distribution EquipmentUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will have acquired the skills needed toefficiently install distribution equipment.

ER1300 DC Motors and ControlsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to describe the operatingcharacteristics and installation procedures for vari-ous types of DC motors and their associated controls.

ER1310 Electric Heating SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to properly install electricheaters and related wiring.

ER1320 Low-voltage Temperature ControlUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to select and install low volt-age thermostats and relays.

ER1340 Conventional Fire AlarmsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to understand the basic partsof a fire alarm system, how these parts worktogether, and how to troubleshoot the system.

ER1400 Safety Measures in ConstructionUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will understand the requirements andrights of Regulation 91-191 under the OccupationalHealth and Safety Act as applicable to the construc-tion trades.

ER1710 Signal TransmissionMajor Topics: Describe types of signal cable;Describe the installation and testing procedures forsignal cable; Describe methods of wiring, calibrationand maintenance of signal transducers; Describe theapplication and installation of intrinsic safety barri-ers; Describe the application and installation of surgesuppressors; Describe the application and installa-tion of mutiplexers; Describe the application andinstallation of radio telemetry systems.Prerequisite(s): ER2155

ER1730 ElectronicsMajor Topics: Describe the basic fundamental char-acteristics of semiconductor materials; describe thecharacteristics of PN junction diode; describe theoperation of single-phase rectifier circuits; describethe procedures used to calculate and measurepower, current and voltage values in rectifier cir-cuits; describe filter circuits for single-phase recti-fiers; describe the operation of the zener diode;describe the operation of three-phase rectifiers;describe other diode applications; describe the fea-tures of the bi-polar junction transistor; describe thebasic action of the transistor as a switch; identifyspecial types of bi-polar junction transistors;describe the features of the silicon controlled recti-fier (SCR); describe the action of the SCR in a DC cir-cuit; describe the action of the SCR in an AC circuit;describe the characteristics of the bi-directional tri-ode thyristor (triac); describe the features of theoperational amplifier; describe the number systemused in digital systems; identify the common binarycodes; describe the operation of common logic gates.Prerequisite(s): ER1190

166 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

ER1740 On-Off ControlMajor Topics: Describe the construction and opera-tion of pushbuttons; describe the construction andoperation of selector switches; describe the con-struction and operation of centrifugal switches;describe the construction and operation of limitswitches; describe the operation/limitations andinstallation procedures of proximity switches;describe the operation and installation procedures ofphoto sensors and switches; describe the operationof temperature-operated switches; describe themethods of determining liquid levels; describe themethods used to determine the movement of air orliquids; describe the basic operation of general pur-pose relays; interpret wiring and schematic dia-grams; describe the purpose and operation ofcommon magnetic starters and controllers; describethe construction and operation of overload devices;describe control circuits used with starters; describethe installation and troubleshooting procedures forannunciator panels.Prerequisite(s): ER1760

ER1760 MotorsMajor Topics: Describe the construction of directcurrent motors; explain the basic differencesbetween shunt, series and compound motors; explainthe operating characteristics of various types ofdirect-current motors; describe the components of atypical single phase motor; describe the operatingprinciples of single phase motors; describe the oper-ating principles of a universal (series) motor;describe the operating principles of three-phasesquirrel cage induction motors; describe motor test-ing devices.Prerequisite(s): ER1190

ER1770 Process AnalyzersMajor Topics: Describe pH system operations andtheir maintenance; describe ORP systems and theiroperation and maintenance; describe specific ionmeasurement systems and their operations andmaintenance; describe conductivity measurementsystems and their operations and maintenance;describe dissolved oxygen (D.O.) Analysis systemsand their operations and maintenance; describe gaschromatography systems and their operations andmaintenance; describe the operation and uses of X-ray analyzers; describe the ultraviolet absorptionprocess analyzer; describe infrared process analyz-ers; describe oxygen analyzers; describe thermalconductivity gas analyzers; describe density analyz-ers; describe viscosity measuring system; describeconsistency measuring system; describe nuclearradiation analytical instrumentation; describe refrac-tive index analyzers; describe moisture/dew pointanalyzers; describe the sample conditioning systemsfor process analyzers; describe the installation pro-cedures for process analyzers.Prerequisite(s): ER2155

ER1780 Distributed Control System (DCS) ProcessApplications

Major Topics: Describe the procedures used to inter-pret DCS programs; describe the procedures used toconfigure a DCS system; describe the proceduresused to employ advanced programming features;describe the procedures used to interpret boiler con-trol application drawings; describe the features offibre optic cables; describe the components andoperation of a fibre optic communication system;

describe the procedures for troubleshooting DCSnetwork.Prerequisite(s): ER2180

ER1790 PLC Process ApplicationsMajor Topics: Describe procedures used to calculateinput/output relationships; describe the proceduresused to configure analog modules; describe proce-dures for troubleshooting analog modules; describethe procedure for troubleshooting PID control loops;describe the procedure for interfacing a PLC with anHMI system; describe the procedures for trou-bleshooting PLC networks.Prerequisite(s): ER2180

ER2000 Raceways, Wireways, and BuswaysUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will acquire the skills required to install“accessible after installation” means of conductorsupport or to install systems which provide a flexiblepower distribution system.

ER2010 Lighting and ControlsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to install various types oflighting systems, maintain them and troubleshootproblems associated with these systems.

ER2020 Single-phase MotorsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to discuss the operatingcharacteristics and install various types of single-phase motors as well as install the control devicesfor these motors.

ER2030 Three-Phase MotorsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to select and install three-phase motors.

ER2040 Control DevicesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to select and install the vari-ous discrete control devices.

ER2050 Motor Starters and ControllersUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to select and install motorstarters/controllers and their associated overloaddevices according to design criteria.

ER2060 Central Heating UnitsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to properly wire and trou-bleshoot duct heaters and central heating units.

ER2070 Power Supply and RectifiersUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to install, connect and trou-bleshoot power supplies and rectifiers.

ER2080 Power Electronic Control CircuitsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to troubleshoot problems withpower electronic control circuits.

ER2090 Integrated CircuitsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to understand and trou-bleshoot problems with the logic functions providedby integrated circuits.

ER2100 AmplifiersUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to troubleshoot problems withamplifier circuits.

ER2110 Troubleshooting TechniquesApply personal and equipment safety practices,apply conventional troubleshooting methods.

ER2115 Troubleshooting TechniquesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to use conventional trou-bleshooting methods.

ER2120 Application of Troubleshooting TechniquesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to use meters, devices andequipment to assist in troubleshooting.

ER2130 Communications & Data SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to understand the basics ofcommunication systems, installation and trou-bleshooting.

ER2140 SecurityUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to understand the basics ofsecurity systems, installation and troubleshooting.

ER2150 Analog DevicesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to understand the terminol-ogy, units of measurement, and operating principlesof measuring devices and instruments commonlyfound in processing plants.

ER2155 Process MeasurementMajor Topics: Define terminology associated withpressure measurement; describe procedures used toperform calculations that relate to pressure meas-urement and the properties of fluids; explain the prin-ciples involved in pressure measurement equipment;identify and compare common applications and per-form calculations using various differential pressuremethods; describe pressure measurement proce-dures to verify proper operation within an acceptabletolerance of error; describe the mounting details ofpressure and differential pressure instruments;explain the accepted terminology and concepts oftheory for the measurement of temperature; describethe measuring of temperature in an industrialprocess; describe the considerations and limitationswhen installing temperature measuring elements anddevices in an industrial process; explain the basicconcepts and terminology used in industrial flowmeasurement; determine the considerations, limita-tions and procedures when installing flow measuringdevices in a process; describe procedures used tocalculate calibration points (curves) for flow measur-ing instruments; explain the theory for the measure-ment of level; describe the various methods ofmeasuring levels in an industrial process; describethe configuration of smart transmitters and theirapplications; describe the maintenance and calibra-tion of recorders and indicators; describe calibrationstandards; describe the importance of record keep-ing procedures.Prerequisite(s): ER1150

167⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

ER2160 Solid State DrivesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to properly install and main-tain solid state controls for motors.

ER2170 PLC FundamentalsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to understand what a PLC is,what it can do, where it is used, and how it is installedas well as how to troubleshoot basic problems.

ER2180 Programming PLC’sUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to enter a set of operatinginstructions in a programmable controller.

ER2190 Process ControlDescribe the basic control concepts; Describe thefunctional structure of feedback control; Describesensors and transmission systems; Describe the con-trollers used with process control; Describe processdynamics; Describe tuning control systems; Describecascade, ratio, and dead time control; Describe digi-tal control; Describe the characteristics of radioac-tivity and radioactive devices used in the processindustries; Describe the procedures involved inhumidity measurement and how it affects controlprocess.Prerequisite(s): ER2150

ER2195 Process ControlUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to apply the basic theoreticalconcepts of automatic process control.

ER2200 Distributed Control SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to operate, install, maintain,and understand the applications of distributed con-trol systems.

ER2210 Pneumatic Control SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to install, maintain, andunderstand the applications of instrument air supplysystems and equipment.

ER2215 Pneumatic Systems (Instrument Air Supply)Major Topics: Identify and interpret pneumatic draw-ings and sketches; describe the parts and character-istics of various types of compressors andassociated equipment; describe the procedures usedto install conditioning devices in instrument air sup-ply systems; describe the procedures used to selectand install tubing and fittings; describe the procedureused to install pressure instruments; describe theprocedure used to install special applications;describe the procedures used to detect leaks in tub-ing runs.

ER2220 ServomechanismUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to select and install final con-trol elements in a loop operation.

ER2225 Control ValvesMajor Topics: Define control element terminology;describe the different types and application/functionof final control elements found in an industrialprocess; describe the accessories used with controlvalves; describe the procedures for installing and

maintaining control valves; describe the calibrationof smart valves and positioners; describe AmericanNational Standards Institute (ANSI) and AmericanSociety for Testing and Materials (ASTM) standardsas they apply to control valves.Prerequisite(s): ER2155

ER2230 Hydraulic Circuits and ControlUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to troubleshoot hydraulic sys-tem problems.

ER2235 Hydraulic SystemsMajor Topics: Use hydraulic formulas to solve prob-lems; identify the components needed to make up abasic hydraulic system; describe the operation ofvarious plumbing components used in hydraulic sys-tems; describe the operation and purpose of variousvalves used in hydraulic systems; describe the use ofschematic diagrams in troubleshooting systems;describe preventative maintenance procedures;describe fluid maintenance procedures.

ER2240 DC Generators & MotorsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will become familiar with the operatingcharacteristics and installation procedures of varioustypes of DC generators.

ER2250 AC GeneratorsUpon successful completion of this unit of instruc-tion, the apprentice will become familiar with theoperating characteristics and installation proceduresof various types of AC generators.

ER2260 Emergency Stand-By UnitsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be familiar with the equipment anddevices used in the installation of an emergencystand-by system.

ER2270 Emergency Lighting SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be familiar with the operating charac-teristics and installation procedures of various typesof emergency lighting units.

ER2280 High-Voltage Breakers & StartersUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to describe the constructionand manufacture of high voltage breakers as well asinstall and maintain them.

ER2290 High Voltage Splices and TerminationsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to describe the constructionand manufacture of high voltage cables as well asapply the proper methods and materials used whensplicing and terminating such cables.

ER2300 Distributed System ConditioningUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to describe the operatingcharacteristics of electric power that affect the per-formance of electrical equipment.

ER2310 Furnace ControlUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to install safety controls,comfort controls, and wiring to fossil-fuel residentialcentral heating units.

ER2320 Boiler ControlUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to install and troubleshootcontrols on boilers.

ER2325 Boiler ControlMajor Topics: Describe boiler basics and the steam-ing process; describe combustion of fuels, excess airand products of combustion; describe the steam sup-ply system; describe the firing rate demand for utilityand industrial boilers; describe main steam andreheat steam temperature control; describe boilerinterlocks; describe feedwater supply and boilerwater circulation systems; describe feedwater con-trol systems; describe boiler draft systems; describethe measurement and control of boiler draft; describethe measurement and control of combustion air flow;describe flue gas analysis trimming of combustioncontrol systems; describe fluid and solid fuel burners;describe burner management and flame safety inter-locks; describe combustion control systems.Prerequisite(s): ER2190

ER2330 Heat PumpsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to select and install heatpumps.

ER2340 Energy ManagementUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to understand what anenergy management system is, what it can do, whereit is used, and how it is installed as well as how totroubleshoot basic problems.

ER2350 Electric Surface Heating UnitsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to select and install electricsurface heating units.

ER2360 Refrigeration and AC ControlsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to install and troubleshootcontrol circuits on refrigeration and air conditioningsystems.

ER2370 Precipitator and Dust Collection SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to troubleshoot problem pre-cipitators and dust collection systems as well as pro-vide regular maintenance to these devices.

ER2380 Vibration AnalysisUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to analyse and correct vibra-tion problems with rotating machinery.

ER2390 Fibre OpticsUpon successful completion of this unit of instruc-tion, the apprentice will be able to understand thebasics of fibre optics and how to install and termi-nate cables.

ER2400 HVAC SystemsUpon successful completion of this unit of instruc-tion, the apprentice will be able to understand theoperation of a Heating, Ventilating and AirConditioning system installed in buildings.

168 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

ES1300 Manufacturing Processes IThis course is designed to give the beginning studenta broad understanding of the scope of industrialmanufacturing processes, with an emphasis on pulpand paper, mineral processing, petroleum produc-tion, and petroleum refining. The size, socioeconomicvalue and product range of each industry specificterminology, manufacturing methods, and the tech-nologies used in product manufacture. Attention isgiven to the economics of each industry, challengesfacing each industry, and future direction. Finally,students discuss the environmental abatement initia-tives associated with the different industries andprocesses.

ES1301 Manufacturing Processes IIIn this course students are introduced to the seriesof processes that convert wood to pulp. Before goinginto the details of preparing wood for pulping, a briefstudy is made of the storage of pulpwood, wood han-dling, cleaning and debarking procedures, chip qual-ity, chipping, and bard/wood waste disposal. After anintroduction to the physical and chemical propertiesof wood, the processes associated with high-yieldpulping methodologies are studied. Topics includegroundwood techniques, chemical pulping methodsand thermomechanical pulping. Additional processescovered are pulp cleaning and washing, screening,bleaching, and pulp testing procedures.

ES2300 Manufacturing Processes IIIThe purpose of this course is to present the studentswith an opportunity to follow the logical progressionin the paper making process, starting with the wet-end processes and progressing to the finished prod-uct. Wet-end topics include pulp selection, stockpreparation, stock proportioning, use of additives,approach systems, forming fabrics, sheet formation,stock dewatering, and wet-end chemical processes.Press section topics include press configurations,press roll designs and materials, and press feltdesign. Aspects of dryer operation encompass con-densate removal, steam control, dryer ventilation,heat economy, hood designs and breaker stacks.After the dryer section, the student investigates unitprocesses and product qualities related to calender-ing, super-calendering, winding, coating, sheeting,wrapping and storage. This course also deals withthe recovery and recycling of secondary fibres suchas waste corrugated containers, newsprint and highquality papers. Finally, sampling and testing methodsare covered. Measurements include basis weight,burst, tensile and tearing strengths, smoothness,porosity, stiffness, brightness, opacity, and colourmeasurements.Prerequisite(s): ES1301

ES2301 Manufacturing Processes IVIn this course, the students are introduced to petro-leum refining. The course begins with a history andoverview of the oil and gas industry, including oil andgas production, petroleum refining, and the petro-chemical industry. The focus of the course is onpetroleum refining processes. Topics include identi-fying the products produced, types of feed stock,physical and chemical properties of the petroleumproduces, distillation, conversion, enhancement andblending. Distillation process topics cover fractiona-tion principles as it applies to atmospheric and vac-uum distillation. Conversion processes include fluidcatalytic cracking, visbreaking and hydrocracking.

Enhancement processes focus on catalytic reform-ing, isomerization, sweetening (Merox system), andalkylation. Students also investigate the blendingprocesses required to produce finished products (i.e.unleaded gasoline). All processes explored willinclude basic concepts, an overview of the applica-ble process chemistry, equipment, process andinstrumentation diagram, process flow diagram, feedand product characteristics, and emergency proce-dures.

ES3300 Manufacturing Processes VThe purpose of this course is to introduce the stu-dent t specialized equipment, supporting refineryprocesses, and utilities found in a typical petroleumrefining plant. Specialized equipment includes cool-ing towers, pressure vessels, fired heaters, heatexchangers, and storage tang and tank farms.Supporting processes include flare and relief system,effluent treatment, and sulphur removal/recovery.Utilities discussed consist of steam, nitrogen, instru-ment air, and refinery fuel systems. All processesand equipment explored will include operating princi-ples, type, and application. The student must also befamiliar with refinery safety issues, including expo-sure to toxic materials, special handling and safetyprocedures, fire hazards, fire prevention, and safework procedures.Prerequisite(s): ES2301

ET1100 ElectrotechnologyThis is an introductory course in electrical theorycovering the basic concepts of electricity, circuitanalysis and magnetism. The laboratory work isdesigned to develop skills in the construction of elec-trical circuits, and the use of electrical measuringinstruments to reinforce theoretical concepts.

ET1101 ElectrotechnologyThis is a continuation of the Electrotechnologycourse taken in the first semester. It covers thebasics of A.C. theory and the application of this tosolve circuits containing resistance, capacitance andinductance. An introduction to transformers andpolyphase A.C. circuits is also includedPrerequisite(s): ET1100

ET2100 ElectrotechnologyThis course covers advanced topics in A.C. and D.C.circuit analysis as well as an introduction to D.C.motors and generators. It will provide the necessarybackground for students to enter second yearElectrical and Electronics programs.Prerequisite(s): ET1101, MA1101

EY1200 Ecosystem EcologyThis course investigates the ecological relationshipof a variety of ecosystems that occur inNewfoundland and Labrador. This course will exam-ine the ecological components and focus on identifi-cation of these components and the structure,function and adaptations of specific organisms.Prerequisite(s): BL1400

EY1420 Northern Ecosystems EcologyThis course deals with the analysis of northernecosystems.

EY1440 Traditional Ecological KnowledgeThis course will provide students with an under-standing of traditional environmental / ecological

knowledge and the differences between scientificbiophysical knowledge and TEK. It will identify com-mon nomenclature for flora, fauna and land forms inLabrador and provide an overview of their culturalsignificance and help develop an understanding ofthe cultural significance and uses of TEK and its rela-tionship to environmental assessment.

EY2110 Basic EcologyThis course focuses on basic ecological principlesand concepts, ecological sampling techniques andfield and laboratory exercises carried out in an appro-priate environment. It involves significant and rele-vant field work, as well as the preparation of a reporton terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems, populations,species interactions and ecological communities.

EY2210 Silvics/Dendrology IThis is an introductory course to trees and shrubsboth native and introduced to Newfoundland andLabrador. Species identification, classification anddistribution are studied in detail. The influence of theenvironment upon the growth and reproduction oftrees, stands, and forests are explored. Forest siteanalysis and classification are introduced and stud-ied in detail.Prerequisite(s): BL1120

EY2211 Silvics/Dendrology IIThis is an advanced course of study in ForestEcology. Forest site analysis and classification arestudied in detail. The influence of forest genetics, thephysical and biotic environment, upon the forestecosystem are covered. Native and exotic tree/shrubidentification is a key component within the course.Prerequisite(s): EY2210, FR1330Co-requisite(s): FR2360, FT1401

EY2510 Population EcologyConcepts of population dynamics and modelling andapplications in fish and wildlife management.Prerequisite(s): BL1400, RM1401, RM1500

FH1100 Nutrition ●This is an introductory course in basic nutrition. Thecourse encompasses a study of the macronutrients(carbohydrates, proteins, fats) and micronutrients(vitamins and minerals) as well as their sources,functions, requirements and deficiencies. Digestionand absorption of macronutrients are also included.Dietary Guidelines for Healthy Canadians,Recommended Nutrient Intakes, and Canada's FoodGuide are presented.

FH1101 Basic Nutrition II ⊗This course explores the general nutrition needs dur-ing pregnancy, lactation, childhood, adolescence,adulthood, and old age. General physiological needsfor each life stage are discussed, and resourceswhich describe the specific nutrition needs are iden-tified. Skills required to plan menus for each lifestage are introduced. Prerequisite(s): FH1100

FH1110 Nutrition I ⊗This introductory course addresses the fundamentalconcepts of nutrition. An overview of the functionsand requirements of the recommended nutrientintake is presented followed by an introduction intothe general principles of menu planning for infantsand toddlers.

169⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

FH1111 Nutrition II - Childhood Nutrition ⊗This course examines the nutritional needs of grow-

ing children. The importance of establishing futureeating habits is emphasized as well as a discussionof the influences of the nutritional choices for chil-dren. Students will also be involved in hands-on expe-rience in the kitchen, learning food preparation andhandling, menu planning and budgeting procedures.Perquisites: FH1110

FH1200 Principles of Physical ActivityThis course provides an introduction to principles ofphysical activity. Students will study the humananatomy with particular reference to skeletal andmuscular systems of the human body, principles oftraining, exercise and weight control, fitness theoryand active living. The course is designed for potentialfitness leaders and active living programmers.

FH1230 Physical Activity Programming for OlderAdults

This course provides an introduction to physicalactivity programming for the older adult. It isdesigned to enable students to plan and evaluate avariety of programs, based on current knowledgeand trends.

FH1310 Health, Safety, Wellness ● ⊗This course will address the attitudes and knowledgea caregiver must have in order to administer tohealth and safety needs of young children. Also,wellness will be addressed from a caregiver per-spective.

FH2100 Therapeutic Nutrition IThis course consists of a study of diet as it pertainsto modification of normal nutrition according to par-ticular disease conditions. Practice in diet writingand marking menus for specific diets is emphasizedas it relates to the treatment of illness.Prerequisite(s): FH1101

FH2101 Therapeutic Nutrition IIThis course is a continuation of Therapeutic NutritionI. The student, through diet therapy, will study dis-ease conditions and the treatment of illness. An intro-duction to diabetes and the treatment of diabetes inregard to nutrition counselling will be covered.Prerequisite(s): FH2100

FM2100 Fluid Mechanics IThis is an introductory fluid mechanics coursedesigned to develop both the knowledge of the lawsand principles governing fluid mechanics and theability to apply this knowledge in analyzing relatedengineering applications. The course also provides abase for advanced courses in piping design, ductingdesign, and fluid power systems.Prerequisite(s): PH1100

FM2200 MechanicsThis is a foundation course that provides the funda-mental concepts required for the understanding anddevelopment of basic engineering sciences, andbuilds on the principles developed in Physics PH1100.This first course in mechanics concentrates on theall important concepts of statics.Prerequisite(s): MA1100, PH1100

FM2201 Mechanics (Dynamics)This course in mechanics introduces the fundamen-tal concepts of dynamics and builds on the basicprinciples of statics presented in Mechanics ofSolids. This course is a basic requirement for theanalysis of engineering problems, and for under-standing the design principles of various machinesand mechanisms. The topics studied include kine-matics and kinetics of particles, impulse and momen-tum, kinematics of rigid bodies, forces andacceleration, work and energy, mechanical vibrations.Prerequisite(s): CF2540

FM2300 Fluid MechanicsThis course is designed to develop knowledge of thelaws and principles governing fluid mechanics andthe ability to apply this knowledge in analyzing petro-leum engineering applications in areas such asdrilling technology, production engineering and facili-ties engineering, which require an in-depth under-standing of pipe flow.Prerequisite(s): MA1101, PH1101

FM2320 Fluid MechanicsThe student will learn the theory and solve problemspertaining to hydrostatic pressure, manometers, theBernoulli Equation, fluid flow, and head loss. The stu-dent will apply this knowledge in the laboratory andin the selection of pipes, piping systems, and pumps.After obtaining an understanding of fluid mechanicsfundamentals, the student uses this knowledge toinvestigate closed hydraulic systems and pneumat-ics. The associated hydraulic equipment and indus-trial applications are explored. Pneumatic principles,and pneumatic systems, as used in an industrialplant are introduced.Prerequisite(s): MA1101, PH1101

FM3100 Fluids (Hyd./Pneu.)This is an intermediate level course designed prima-rily for students in the Electromechanical TechnicianProgram.Prerequisite(s): PH1101

FM3200 Machine DesignThis course is an introduction to the primary consid-erations in the design of machines as they relate toeach other, to their operators and to the environ-ment. Machines will be seen as converters of energyand as the extension of human power. The composi-tion and characteristics of machines will be pre-sented and the underlying principles of mechanics ofmachines and strength of materials demonstrated,thus enabling the student to pursue the goal of thedesign of machinery supplemented by practical man-ufacturing exposure and experience.Prerequisite(s): CF2540

FM3220 Machine DesignThis course extends generic machine design con-cepts presented in FM3200 by introducing students totypical industrial application components used formachine design. Emphasis is placed on studentsbeing able to follow accepted industry practice in thedesign, specification and selection of standardmachine design components.Prerequisite(s): FM3200

FN1100 Personal FinanceThis course is an introduction to the basic principlesand concepts of personal finance. The course is

organized into three parts; financial planning, finan-cial security, and credit. In Part 1, financial planning,the student learns how to make financial plans forsaving and spending; the functions of wills; and thebasics of the taxation system. In Part 2, financialsecurity, the student examines economic risks andways to minimize them. In Part 3, credit, the studentexplores the complexities of consumer credit.

FN2110 Business FinanceThis course is an introduction to the complexities ofbusiness financial management. Specific topics willinclude financial analysis and planning, working cap-ital management, capital budgeting, and long-termfinancing. Financial considerations will be both shortterm and long term and will integrate concepts fromAccounting, Statistics, and Economics.Prerequisite(s): AC2240

FR1230 Forest Fire ManagementThis course is an introductory course and will pro-vide the student with basic information on activitiesconcerned with the protection of forests from fire. Co-requisite(s)s: FT1400

FR1330 Natural Resource Measurements IThis course is designed to introduce basic principles,skills and techniques in the sampling and measure-ment of natural resources with emphasis on forestsand wildlife. Students will become competent in theuse of the various tools and equipment used in themeasurement and evaluation of natural resources.The application of map and compass, GPS, and aerialphotographs through field exercises, in the evalua-tion of natural resources, is a key component of thecourse.Prerequisite(s): SU1150 , MA1100 Co-requisite(s): SU1550

FR1331 Natural Resources Measurements IIThis advanced level course in the principles of natu-ral resources measurements places emphasis on thedesign, conduct and application of a variety of sur-vey methods to access forest characteristics. Theapplication of statistical analysis to timber cruises,forest inventories, growth prediction and site classifi-cation is the central focus. The measurement of for-est products is addressed, as is the assessment ofnon-timber values of the forest ecosystem.Prerequisite(s): FR1330, MA1670, FT1400Co-requisite(s)s: FR1560

FR1400 Wood ProductsThis course deals with the importance of the woodproducts industry in our society. The identificationcharacteristics and uses of Canadian woods arestudied. As well, the fundamental wood propertiesand the technical requirements for various woodproducts are studies.

FR1550 Environmental Impacts of Forest PracticesTo analyse principles and practices of a forest indus-try in terms of sustainable development.

FR1560 Timber Harvesting I - RoadsThis second year course uses skills learned in ForestSurveying for the collection of field notes for variouslabs, especially road location. Students are intro-duced to forest road construction terms, environ-mental guidelines, and planning and operatingpractices. Students plan, do reconnaissance, and

170 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

layout a forest road.Prerequisite(s): SU1710, FT1400Co-requisite(s)s: FR1331, FT1401

FR1561 Timber Harvesting IIThis course is a follow-up to Timber Harvesting I thatcovers road construction in the woods. This coursedeals mostly with harvesting and trucking forestproducts. Emphasis is on environmental managementof woodlands operations as well as logging systemproductivities and costs.Prerequisite(s): FR1560

FR2340 HydrologyThis course has been designed to provide studentswith principles and application methods related towater resources. The content extends from a reviewof hydrogical processes and principles in general,through detail analysis of the water cycle in particu-lar, and finally to linking of theory to practical appli-cations. The applied aspects of this course center onfield and office methodology use to assess waterresources from the perspective of input, storage andoutput at the watershed level. The relationshipbetween water, forests and humans is a centraltheme.Prerequisite(s): FR1330

FR2350 Forest Entomology - PathologyThe study of the major forest enemies (excluding fire)of North America. Emphasis will be placed on insectswhich damage or benefit the forest and on biotic andbiotic causes of forest disease. Prevention and pro-tection measures of the above are covered. Field col-lection and diagnosis are emphasized, stressing theimportance of signs leading to early detection.Prerequisite(s): EY2210 , FR1330

FR2360 SilvicultureA study of a wide range of silvicultural practices asapplied to the establishment and tending of foreststands. This includes the design; conduct and moni-toring of operational programs in planting, seeding,site preparation, tree seed procurement andimprovement and nursery production as well asstand manipulation (i.e. thinning, pruning, and chemi-cal tools). The identification of problem sites, budgetpreparation etc., are prepared.Prerequisite(s): FR1330Co-requisite(s)s: EY2211, FT1401

FR2430 Wildlife ManagementAn introduction to the basic Wildlife Managementprinciples, concepts and techniques as they relate tobig game, fur bearers, small game, waterfowl, inlandfishing, non-game and endangered species. Lecturesconcentrate on principles and concepts while labsare designed to apply techniques and learn identifi-cation and life history.Prerequisite(s): FR1330

FT1240 Surveying Field CampThis is a one week field camp to immerse the studentin the field applications of Geomatics data gathering,mensuration and presentation. The work is done in agroup setting where team play is essential for suc-cessful completion of assigned projects. The plan-ning, execution, checking and successful completionof the group projects is emphasized.Prerequisite(s): SU1310, SU1500

FT1250 Hydrographic CampThis camp is a hands-on session where the datagathering skills learned in Hydrographic Surveyingare reinforced by practical field work. AHydrographic survey is undertaken for a projectarea. The project is designed, the data gathered andthe final project compiled to Canadian HydrographicService standards.Prerequisite(s): SU1500; SU1311; SU1540; SU2320Co-requisite(s): SU1541; SU3300; SU3500

FT1320 Surveying Camp (Interim)This course has been designed to provide the stu-dent enrolled in the Civil Technology program withthe opportunity to further their skills in constructionsurveying. Since surveying is an important job entryskill, students who have a high degree of compe-tency in this area will have a greater chance ofobtaining that all important first job.This course will be a further application of the previ-ous two courses in surveying. Actual work in thefield will give the student greater experience in thearea of construction surveying. The student will beexposed to the skills required to become competentin the area of building and highway layout. They willwork in the area of building grades, location and lay-out; road grades, super-elevations, and horizontaland vertical curves.Prerequisite(s): SU1210

FT1330 Construction CampThis course has been included in the second techni-cal intersession of the Civil Technology program tointroduce the student, in a hands-on environment tovarious construction processes. In addition thecourse will provide the student with an insight intoon-site supervision of construction.

FT1400 Forestry Field CampA two week field camp is conducted at the end of theintersession semester. This camp is designed toenable students to take part in major practical exer-cises using standard practices of measurement anddata collection in an operational setting. Throughoutthe two week period, the proper care of equipment,safety practices, and basic skills such as map inter-pretation, compassing, vegetation identification,ecosystem analysis, etc. are emphasized. Major top-ics reinforce prior learning from the second semesterand intersession.Prerequisite(s): FR1330, SU1550 I, SU1710Co-requisite(s): FR1230

FT1401 Forestry Camp/TourThis five day field tour is designed to insure that stu-dents have an opportunity to visit and investigate anumber of special forestry facilities and operationsacross the Province. Visits include such unique oper-ations as the Provincial Nursery at Wooddale,Newfoundland's largest sawmill in Glenwood, andthe Fire Center and Thomas Howe DemonstrationForest in Gander.Co-requisite(s)s: EY2211, FR2360 , FR1560

FT1410 Fish and Wildlife Field CampA two-week field camp conducted at the end of theintersession semester. This camp is designed toenable students to take part in major practical exer-cises using standard practices of measurement anddata collection in an operational setting. Throughoutthe two-week period the proper care of equipment,

safety practices, and basic skills such as map inter-pretation, compassing, vegetation identification, trap-ping, and other wildlife techniques are emphasized.Major topics reinforce prior learning from the secondsemester and intersession.Prerequisite(s): FR1330, SU1550Co-requisite(s)s: RM1400, RM1500

FT1430 Fish & Wildlife Camp IIA one-week camp conducted during the third semes-ter. This camp is designed to enable students to par-ticipate in research/project being undertaken by amajor external agency (National parks, CanadianForest Service, Provincial Wildlife and DFO).Students are involved in the accumulation of fielddata for these projects.Co-requisite(s)s: RM2200

FT1600 Drilling CampA “Hands on Course” for Petroleum Drilling locatedat Seal Cove Campus. The students work on a landrig learning the actual drilling operation, equipmentand safety procedures.

FV1100 History of CinemaAn examination of the history of cinema from itsbeginnings to the present. Through lecture, observa-tion, and critical examinations, students will beexposed to the evolution of styles, cinematic tech-niques, and the institutional culture of film. This willprovide the student with a background in the generalhistory and development of the medium.

FV1200 Film Production BasicsThis course will expose the student to the innerworkings of the world of making motion pictures. Thefundamental processes, personnel, job descriptions,and role responsibilities will be covered in depth.

FV1220 Short Film ProductionThis inter-sessional workshop will constitute anadvanced practicum in the course work covered inthe first semester. Students will apply acquired tech-nical skills and theoretical knowledge to plan andshoot a short silent film.Prerequisite(s): semester one

FV1240 Rigging and GripRigging and Grip will provide instruction in the practi-cal skills associated with hardware rigging, scaf-folds, and the maintenance, placement andmovement of lighting stands and equipment associ-ated with motion picture production.Prerequisite(s): FV1200Co-requisite(s): FV1250

FV1250 Lighting and ElectricsLighting and Electrics will cover the practical skillsassociated with light operation in the motion pictureenvironment. Topics include: the function and main-tenance of lights, cables electrical connections.Reading layouts, schematics, testing, troubleshoot-ing, and practical set ups and light “gags”.Prerequisite(s): FV1200Co-requisite(s): FV1240

FV1300 Language of CinemaThis course will introduce students to the Grammarof cinematic language. Through lecture, discussion,historical survey and practical analysis students willgain an understanding of the way films are planned

171⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

and assembled to present a coherent narrative.Prerequisite(s): FV1100Co-requisite(s): CM1550

FV1320 Advanced Digital VideoIn Advanced Digital Video students will becomefamiliar with professional standard video camerasand camera accessories associated with cinematicproduction techniques. Through practical exercisesstudents will gain a working knowledge of the capa-bilities, limitations and technical issues of moderndigital video production.Prerequisite(s): MM2300Co-requisite(s): FV1300

FV1400 Avid EditingThis course will introduce students to the practicalexploration of editing options and theoretical knowl-edge required when using an avid suite to edit rawfootage.

FV1500 CertificationsCertifications will be a collection of short formcourses that will supply a battery of sanctioned cer-tificates required for film production union referralstatus.

FV2200 Documentary Film ProductionThis “project oriented” course will introduce stu-dents to the demands of development, funding, distri-bution and small unit / field crew film makingnormally associated with Documentary film produc-tion.Prerequisite(s): FV1320Co-requisite(s): FV1400

FV2220 Final Film ProductionIn Final Film Production students will finalize a showreel illustrating their acquired skills.Prerequisite(s): FV1220

FV2300 CinematographyThis course will cover the Theoretical issues andpractical application of the craft of cinematic photog-raphy and lighting.Prerequisite(s): FV1300Co-requisite(s): VA1400

FW1300 Field Work I ● ⊗Students have the opportunity to experience alicensed early childhood education program in actionwhich allows them to begin to link theory to practice.In this first supervised placement, the focus will beon students initially shadowing specific members ofthe centre’s staff in order to become familiar with therole of the early childhood educator and the programitself. Students will practice observing, interactingand responding in positive ways to children.Gradually they will be expected to determine individ-ual children’s interests and begin to plan develop-mentally appropriate activities that relate to specificcourses. In addition to the weekly and block place-ment, students will participate in a weekly fieldworkseminar.

FW1301 Fieldwork IIDuring the second supervised placement in alicensed early childhood centre, the focus is on stu-dents participating fully and assisting with allaspects of the program as it relates to children andfamilies. The focus throughout is making connections

between theory and practice. It is expected that con-fidence in interacting with and guiding children’sbehaviour will increase. Students will begin to planand implement a variety of developmentally appropri-ate activities and materials for individual childrenwith the guidance of faculty and centre staff.Prerequisite(s): EE1140 and FW1300

FW1440 Field Placement IThis course consists of a four-week placement witha community agency in a voluntary capacity. Theinstructor will assist each student in securing aplacement with an agency which can meet student’spersonal interests and goals. In conjunction with afield supervisor (who is normally an employee in theplacement agency) the instructor supervises andevaluates the student’s progress.Prerequisite(s): One Communication Skills course,SD1130, four of the seven courses in semester 2including CS1110, and in clear academic standing

FW1441 Field Placement IIThis course consists of a seven-week placementwith a community-based agency in a voluntarycapacity. The instructor will assist each student insecuring a placement with an agency which canmeet student’s personal interests and goals. In con-junction with a field supervisor (who is normally anemployee in the placement agency) the instructorsupervises and evaluates the student’s progress.Prerequisite(s): FW1440

FW1700 Supervised Fieldwork Experience ISupervised fieldwork experience is an integral partof the total curriculum and constitutes a basic prepa-ration for a wide range of professional practice.

FW1701 Supervised Fieldwork Experience IISupervised fieldwork experience is an integral partof the total curriculum and constitutes a basic prepa-ration for a wide range of professional practice. Anextension of Supervised Fieldwork Experience I butagency will vary.Prerequisite(s): FW1700

FW2300 Fieldwork IIIDuring the third supervised placement in a licensedcentre, the focus is on students working in teamsalong with the centre staff to implement the centre’sprogram. Students will continue to link theory topractice as they plan activities for children in smallgroups and based on the interests of the individualchild. With the guidance and assistance of the cen-tre’s staff, students will modify and adapt materialsso as to include children with special needs in activi-ties and routines. It is also expected that studentswill collaborate with the staff of the centre to imple-ment the centre staff’s specific plans for individualchildren, including those with challenging behaviours.Prerequisite(s): FW1301

FW2301 Fieldwork IVDuring the fourth supervised placement in a licensedcentre the focus is on students working in teams totake responsibility for all aspects of the day to dayoperation of the Early Childhood Education program.Students will continue to link theory to practice asthey plan and implement the routines, schedule, pro-gram, and interactions with parents. They will collab-orate with staff of the centre to prepare and

implement plans that meet the needs of all children,including those with special needs.Prerequisite(s): FW2300

FW2700 Supervised Fieldwork Experience IIIThe purpose of this supervised fieldwork experienceis to provide experience in administration practicesand procedures through placement in communitybased agencies/organizations. The course isdesigned to provide the student with an opportunityto gain specific experience in the many aspects ofrecreation management and administration.Prerequisite(s): FW1701

FW2701 Supervised Fieldwork Experience IVThe purpose of this supervised fieldwork experienceis to provide experience in administration practicesand procedures through placement in communitybased agencies/organizations. The course isdesigned to provide the student with an opportunityto gain specific experience in the following: financialmanagement, staff and public relations, programdevelopment, organizational and government struc-tures and functions, and facility operations.Prerequisite(s): FW2700

GA1110 Graphic Arts History/TypographyThis introductory course provides a clear under-standing of the history of the Graphic Arts industry.The historical evolution of typography is studied fromits beginning to its application in today’s industry.Co-requisite(s): MC1180

GA1160 Graphic Arts Problem SolvingA practical relevant mathematics course for GraphicArts Technology, with direct application of relevantmathematics concepts. Topics emphasize problemsolving skills with practical application to printingand design.

GA1200 Post Press Operations IThis is an introductory course that provides the stu-dent with an understanding of the background andmethods used for finishing and related activities thatapply to graphic arts.

GA1201 Post Press Operations IIThis course provides the student with an understand-ing to the background and methods used for relatedactivities that apply to graphic arts.Prerequisite(s): GA1200

GA1340 Film Imposition IThis is a basic film assembly course that will intro-duce the student to methods and procedures usedplus the use of the required tools.

GA1410 Page Layout IThis is an assembly course that provides the studentwith the basic technique of assembling visual ele-ments. It is primarily a manual course that provides afoundation for electronic page layout techniques.Co-requisite(s)s: GA1110; MC1180

GA1411 Page Layout IIThis is an electronic page assembly course that pro-vides the student with the techniques of page layoutsoftware on the computer. The emphasis is on theflexibility of the page layout software as it applies todesign and production for graphic arts.Prerequisite(s): GA1400; MC1180

172 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

GA1510 Digital Imaging IThis is a preparatory course in digital imaging thatwill give the student the foundational skills requiredto use equipment and software to record, store andmanipulate digital images. The emphasis will beplaced on an applied knowledge and understandingof both hardware and skills required for graphic arts.Prerequisite(s): MC1180; GA1160; GA1110

GA1511 Digital Imaging IIThis course is designed to teach the student funda-mentals of scanning and image manipulation. Astrong emphasis is placed on both the scannerimage manipulation software as it is used onMacIntosh and PC/Windows Computers.Prerequisite(s): GA1510; GA1820

GA1560 Publication DesignThis advanced course is designed to further developstudents’ abilities in publication design. Students willlearn how to use industry standard illustration, digitalimaging and page layout software to develop long,full colour publications. Emphasis will be placed ondeveloping industry standard skills in design, layout,illustration and typography, as well as developingefficient production skills, students may elect todesign and produce a publication on one of severaltopics.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of all first-year graphic design courses, as well as VA2240Graphic Design III.

GA1600 Lithography IThis is an introductory course in the basic operationof small offset duplicators.

GA1611 Lithography IIThis is an intermediate course in the application ofthe principles and practices of the offset press.Prerequisite(s): GA1600

GA1630 Illustration IThis course is designed to introduce students to thebasics of illustration as it is used in the Graphic Artsindustry, and to help student s develop their tradi-tional and digital illustration skills. Observation andexperimentation with current traditional and digitalgraphic arts drawing materials, and an emphasis ongraphic arts projects are the focus of this course.Prerequisite(s): MC1180

GA1631 Illustration IIThis course will further develop students’ illustrationskills using vector-based drawing software current inthe Graphic Arts industry. An emphasis will beplaced on complex projects that incorporate illustra-tion, typographic and layout skills.Prerequisite(s): GA1160; VA1230; GA1110; GA1410;MC1180; GA1630

GA1800 MultimediaThis course is designed to develop students under-standing of and ability in developing multimedia pre-sentations at an introductory level. Students willdevelop an interactive multimedia presentation incor-porating visuals, audio and text elements usingimage editing and multimedia presentation software.Students may elect to develop a multimedia presen-tation for a number of possible clients, includingthose that specialize in the marketing of products,services or ideas.

Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of first-yearGraphic Design courses.

GA1820 Colour Theory for Graphic ArtsThis introductory course provides students with theskills necessary to effectively manage and usecolour in a digital graphic arts environment. It intro-duces students to effective colour management prin-ciples on both Apple MacIntosh and PC platforms,and covers colour systems and translations betweencolour gamuts in detail. The course also provides thestudent with a clear understanding of the elementsand principles of colour theory, and how colour canbe used to create more effective images in graphicarts projects.Prerequisite(s): MC1180

GA1840 Digital Output & CalibrationThis course teaches the skills necessary for the stu-dent to output files to various digital devices such as:computer to film recorder, computer to polyesterplate, and various digital printers. For optimum outputconditions, each device requires maintenance andcalibration.Prerequisite(s): GA1510; GA1611 and completion ofyear one.

GA1870 Business Practices for Graphic DesignThis course is designed to develop students’ under-standing of common business practices in theGraphic Design industry. A specific focus of thecourse is to introduce students to the businessrequirements of freelance graphic design work,including pricing, estimating, specification-writing,subcontracting, contract and copyright law, timemanagement, taxation and self-promotion.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of all firstyear Graphic Design courses.

GA1875 Business Practices for Graphic ProductionThis course is designed to introduce the students tocommon business used in Graphic Production.Students will be introduced to all aspects of competi-tive job pricing as it applies to a variety of differenttypes of work.Prerequisite(s): Completion of all first year courses.

GA1930 Introduction to DarkroomThis course will introduce the student to basic princi-ples and procedures of the darkroom.

GA2230 Digital PrintingThis course will give the student hands on skills inprinting to digital devices. The demand for short run,full colour documents and on-demand printingrequires the student to be proficient in these skillareas.Prerequisite(s): Completion of semesters 1 through 4.

GA2360 Production for Graphic DesignersThis course is designed to provide students with theskills necessary to prepare digital files for graphicdesign projects for production. Students will learnhow to prepare electronic files for delivery to print-ers or service bureaus. An emphasis of the course isteaching students how to design work to avoid prob-lems in the production process.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of all coreGraphic Design courses in semesters 1 through 4,and the first Intersession.

GA2410 Page Layout IIIThis is an advanced electronic page assemblycourse that provides the student with the techniquesof page layout software on the computer. Theemphasis will be on advanced features of the soft-ware plus the exploration of different types of soft-ware for page layout.Prerequisite(s): GA1410; GA1411; MC1180 and com-pletion of year one.

GA2460 Pre-Press Production PracticumThis is an advanced practical course that will helpthe student gain experience by combining all of theirskills and applying them to practical jobs. An empha-sis will be placed on production speed quality. It isintended that this course will bridge the gap betweenthe work term and entry to the job market.Prerequisite(s): Completion of year one; GA1511;GA1611; GA2410; GA1840; GA2610; GA1201; WT1300

GA2470 Offset Press Production PracticumThis is an advanced practical course that will helpthe student gain experience by combining all of theirskills and applying them to practical jobs. An empha-sis will be placed on production speed quality. It isintended that this course will bridge the gap betweenthe work term and entry to the job market.Prerequisite(s): Completion of year one; GA1511;GA1611; GA2410; GA1840; GA2610; GA1201; WT1300

GA2560 Production Workflow & Quality ControlThis is an advanced course that delivers the skillsrequired to develop workflow methods while main-taining quality control. These methods will beachieved with the help of computer software andworkflow devices developed by the student. Studentswill develop estimate sheets, quotation sheets, jobdockets, and tracking system.Prerequisite(s): GA1611; GA2610; GA1840

GA2610 Lithography IIIThis is an advanced course in the application of prin-ciples and practices of the offset press.Prerequisite(s): GA1611

GE1120 GeologyThis is an introductory geology course designed togive the student a solid foundation on which to pur-sue the fundamentals of the science of geology.Topics covered include mineralogy, mineral identifi-cation, rock classification, and the economics of min-eral resources. Class lectures are supplemented byextensive lab work where students study and exam-ine minerals; and igneous, metamorphic, and sedi-mentary rocks.

GE1200 GeologyThis is an introductory course in physical geologydesigned for students in the Geomatics program. Itcovers origin, distribution and deformation ofigneous, metamorphic, and sedimentary rocks; platetectonics; structure; weathering and erosion.Laboratory work includes the study of minerals androcks with emphasis on identification and classifica-tion, topographic maps and profiles.

GE1300 Soil FundamentalsThis course is designed to expose students to thebasic concepts of soil science, soil sampling andanalysis, and soil classification.

173⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

GE1420 Physical EnvironmentsThis is an introductory course designed to providestudents with basic knowledge in both terrestrial andaquatic environments.

GE1500 Petroleum Geology IThis is an introductory course in physical geologydesigned for students in the Petroleum program. Itcovers origin, distribution and deformation ofigneous, metamorphic, and sedimentary rocks.Laboratory work includes the study of minerals androcks with emphasis on identification and classifica-tion.

GE1501 Petroleum Geology IIContinuation of Geology I. Geologic processes occur-ring in and on the earth; structural geology, plate tec-tonics. Laboratory work; topographic maps andprofiles; introduction to construction of sub-surfacegeology maps and sections. Field trips to places ofgeologic interest on the Avalon Peninsula.Prerequisite(s): GE1500

GE2400 Physical Geology (Geomorphology)This course emphasizes the external and internalprocesses of the earth. The external processes ofgeomorphology involve erosion and landscape devel-opment. The internal processes involve: earthquakes,the earth’s interior, plate tectonics, and mountainbuilding. The lab work involves detailed analysis oftopographic maps and is supplemented with fieldtrips. Local geology will be emphasized throughoutthe course.Prerequisite(s): GE1100

GE2500 Petroleum Geology IIIThis course is concerned with the formation, move-ment and accumulation of oil and gas. Geologicexploration for and world distribution of oil and gaswill be covered.Prerequisite(s): CH2330, GE1501Co-requisite(s): PM2100

GI1100 Historical GeographyThis course begins with an overview of the geo-graphic location, climatic conditions of the island ofNewfoundland and the mainland Labrador, since thelast glaciation. A study of the indigenous peoples ofour province beginning with the 7,500 year oldMaritime Archaic tradition, followed by the Paleo-Eskimo tradition, the Beothucks, the Naskapi-Montagnais, the Thule Eskimos, the LabradorEskimos, and the Micmac tradition. The lifestyle, theenvironmental factors affecting settlements patternsand location of settlement, the food sources, and thereligious beliefs of each culture will be discussed.

GM1100 Basic Maintenance PracticesThe purpose of this course is to enable the student towork safely and efficiently in an aviation mainte-nance environment. This is to enable students toposition aircraft, select materials and instructionsthat will provide for the safe completion of a mainte-nance task.

GM1150 Basic Maintenance PracticesThe purpose of this course is to enable the studentsto work safely and efficiently in a structural repairenvironment. This is to enable students to selectmaterials and instructions that will provide for thesafe completion of a maintenance task.

GM1200 Standard Workshop PracticesThis is a course designed for students entering theAircraft Maintenance Engineering program. Thiscourse enables the student to obtain the knowledgeand skills required to select and use hand tools, pre-cision measuring instruments, shop equipment, andthe knowledge to be able to identify different types ofaircraft hardware.

GM1310 Aircraft Weight and Balance, and Non-Destructive Testing

This course is designed to provide a student with anin depth knowledge of Aircraft Weight and Balance.Non-destructive testing techniques, materials, andequipment will be discussed.Prerequisite(s): GM1100

GM1500 Maintenance RegulationsThis course will provide the student with the regula-tory guidelines to be followed while performing main-tenance on aircraft or aeronautical products as arequirement of the Canadian Aviation Regulations(CARs).

GM1510 Corrosion ControlThis course will provide the students with the knowl-edge and skill to identify various types of corrosion,the causes of corrosion and the susceptible loca-tions of corrosion on aircraft structures. This courseis also designed to provide the knowledge anddevelop the skills needed to inspect aircraft struc-tures for corrosion, assessment of damage, removalof corrosion, treatment of corroded areas and pro-tection methods used to prevent or retard furtherdeterioration of aircraft structural components.

GM1520 Sheet Metal FabricationThis is an advanced course in aircraft structural fab-rication where the students will utilize the knowledgeand skills learned in previous aircraft structuralrepair courses to produce aircraft technical draw-ings, follow guidelines and specifications to fabricateaircraft structural components and produce the cer-tification as required by the Canadian AviationRegulations.Prerequisite(s): AF1160

GM1600 Structural Damages/Repair & AssemblyThis is an advanced course in aircraft sheet metalrepair that will develop the student’s knowledge andskill to assess damaged structures, procure andrepair scheme them embody a certified repair thatmeets airworthiness requirements.Prerequisite(s): AF1160

HE1100 Equipment Operation SafetyThis course in heavy equipment operation fundamen-tals requires environment, equipment, operator, edu-cation, engineering and enforcement. It involvesfollowing safety regulations, assessing variable con-ditions (road, vehicle, driver, light weather and traf-fic), planning strategies, operating equipment, andpreventing emergencies. It includes information onpassing and being passed, power line hazards, andtypes of collisions (head on, behind and intersection).Prerequisite(s): AF1160

HE1200 Equipment MaintenanceThis course in heavy equipment operation fundamen-tals requires the use of tools and equipment, andmaterials and supplies. It involves following manu-

facturers recommendations for the maintenance ofequipment and adjustment of components. Itincludes information on types and operation of equip-ment and component parts.

HE1300 Regulations and Emergency ProceduresThis course in heavy equipment operation fundamen-tals requires the use of an appropriate environmentand equipment. It involves becoming aware of,accessing, interpreting, integrating and gaining expe-rience with the implementation of regulations andemergency procedures. It includes information onregulations and emergency procedures, nationalsafety code and fuel conservation (pro trucker).

HE1500 BulldozersThis course in off-road equipment requires the use ofan appropriate environment and equipment. Itinvolves inspection, start up, manoeuvring, planningstrategies, cutting and spreading, winching, ripping,pushing, sloping and benching, excavating and strip-ping and shut down. It includes information on bull-dozer operation and maintenance.

HE1510 GradersThis course in off-road equipment requires the use ofheavy equipment and an appropriate environment. Itinvolves inspecting, start-up/shut-down, manoeu-vring, planning strategies, grading scarifying, spread-ing, ditching, shouldering, finishing and removingsnow. It includes information on operations, tech-niques, attachments road systems and constructiondrawings.

HE1520 Backhoes/ExcavatorThis course in off-road equipment requires the use ofmachinery and a suitable environment. It involvesinspection, start-up/shut-down, manoeuvring, set-ting-up, planning strategies, ditching, excavating,loading trucks, lifting, sloping and benching, andstripping. It includes information on operations, tech-niques, attachments, road systems and constructiondrawings.

HE1530 Front End LoadersThis course in off-road equipment requires the use ofmachinery and a suitable environment. It involvesinspection, start-up/shut-down, manoeuvring, plan-ning strategies, digging and dumping, excavating,loading trucks, dozing, lifting, sloping and benching,stockpiling and removing snow. It includes informa-tion on operations, techniques, attachments, roadsystems and construction drawings.

HE1540 Tandem TrucksThis course in tandem equipment requires the use ofmachinery and a suitable environment. It involvesinspection, start-up/shut-down, changing gears,manoeuvring, positioning, hauling and dumping, anddriving. It includes information on operations andtechniques.

HE1550 Off-Highway TrucksThis course in off-highway equipment requires theuse of machinery and a suitable environment. Itinvolves inspection, start-up/shut-down, changinggears, manoeuvring, positioning, hauling and dump-ing, and driving. It includes information on operationsand techniques.

174 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

HE1560 ExcavatorsThis course in off-road equipment requires the use ofmachinery and a suitable environment. It involvesinspection, start-up/shut-down, manoeuvring, set-ting-up, planning strategies, ditching, excavating,loading trucks, lifting, sloping and benching, andstripping. It includes information on operations, tech-niques, attachments, road systems and constructiondrawings.

HM1500 Quality Management in Food ServiceThis course involves an introduction to quality man-agement principles and supervision in the food serv-ice industry. Establishment of standards andapplication of quality assurance, risk managementand waste utilization principles are practiced.Strategic planning, disasters plans and managementinformation systems as they apply to health care andhospitality will be covered.

HM2100 Cost Controls I This is an introductory course in the concepts of costcontrols. The course deals specifically with the foodcontrol skills and techniques that are practiced in thehospitality industry.Prerequisite(s): MA1110

HM2101 Cost Controls II This is the second course in the concepts of costcontrols. The course deals specifically with the skillsand techniques of beverage cost management,labour cost controls, and staff scheduling as they arepracticed in the hospitality industry.Prerequisite(s): HM2100

HM2110 Hospitality Menu Management I ●This course addresses a full spectrum of food serv-ice menus including: breakfast, ethnic, airline andhealth and fitness. Students are introduced to thefundamentals of menu planning, layout and design.

HM2111 Management of Institutional Menus IIThis course is a continuation of Menu Management Iwith the major emphasis on menu planning for healthcare. Students will cover procurement practices forthe food service industry, principles of food purchas-ing, receiving and correct storage. Waiter/Waitresstraining is also introduced in this course.Prerequisite(s) HM2110.

HM2120 Convention and Banquet ManagementThis course instructs the student in the theory andskills required to manage conventions and banquets.It will expose the student to the design and responsi-bilities of a banquet department and will cover thetechniques used in the industry to develop a functionwhich meets the standards and expectations of itsclientele. Topics covered include type of function,customer relations, banquet service styles and con-ference planning.Prerequisite(s): HS1130 Dining Room Operations

HM2140 Food & Beverage ManagementThis course introduces the student to the manage-ment functions necessary to successfully operate afood and/or beverage facility in the hospitality indus-try.

HM2170 Food and Beverage Cost ControlsThis is an introductory course in the concepts of costcontrols. The course deals specifically with the skills

and techniques of food and beverage cost manage-ment and labour cost controls.

HM2210 Hospitality MarketingThis course is an introduction to the concepts andtechniques of hospitality advertising and marketing.Students study the history of marketing and advertis-ing in the hospitality industry, government regula-tions, segmentation of the industry, marketing andadvertising methodologies, travel marketing, salesgoals, packaging, pricing, successful promotions andpublic relations.

HM2240 Supervision ●This course explores practical and effective manage-ment skills for the hospitality workplace.Emphasis isplaced on the technical and human relations skillsconsidered essential for today's managers.Prerequisite(s): HS1100

HM3110 Restaurant Menu Management IIIThis course lends itself more towards the hospitalityindustry. Students will cover the basics of doingroom design and layout as well as the design princi-ples for institutional kitchens. Students will study thedesign of banquets and buffets with a major empha-sis on the planning aspects. An introduction to bev-erage and bar service in reference to beers/winesand spirits is also included in this course.Prerequisite(s): HM2111.

HN1100 Introduction to Industrial RelationsThis is an introductory course in the theory and prac-tice of industrial relations in Canada. Practical exam-ples will be explored to reinforce the theoreticalconcepts and to highlight important industrial rela-tions issues. The course will examine the collectivebargaining process, the grievance procedure, therelated laws and regulations, and the administrationof collective agreements.

HN1200 Human Resource Management ●This is an introductory course in the theory and prac-tice of human resource management. The followingtopics will be explored in this course: humanresource planning, recruitment, selection, orienta-tion, training and development, performanceappraisals, compensation, employee rights andlabour relations. Specific attention will be directed toNewfoundland Labour Legislation, particularly as itrelates to industry.

HN1230 Human Resource Management IThis is an introductory course in some major func-tions with the area of human resource management.The following topics will be explored in this course:Strategic Human Resource Management, The Lawand Human Resource Management, HumanResource Planning, Job Analysis and Job Design,Recruitment, Selection, Socialization and Orientation,Training, Development and Career Planning.

HN1240 Human Resource Management IIThis is an introductory course in some major func-tions with the area of human resource management.The following topics will be explored in this course:performance appraisals, compensation, indirectcompensation/employee benefits, communicationand motivation, workplace safety and health, indus-trial relations framework, collective bargaining and

collective agreements, international human resourcemanagement, and human resource auditing/evaluation.

HN2100 Collective Agreement AdministrationThis course will examine the issues and processinvolved in both negotiating and administering a col-lective agreement. Students will be introduced to theprocess of collective bargaining as well as the vari-ous issues involved in understanding, interpretingand administering a collective agreement. Practicalsimulations will be used to reinforce the theoreticalmaterial.Prerequisite(s): HN1100

HN2110 Dispute SettlementThis course will explore the various types of third-party assistance available to both management and union in resolving disputes. A vari-ety of dispute resolution procedures commonly usedin Canada will be examined including conciliation,mediation, fact-finding, and arbitration. Practical sim-ulations will be used to reinforce the theoreticalmaterial.Prerequisite(s): HN1100

HN2130 Recruitment/SelectionThe primary objective of this course is to provide anunderstanding of process, issues and techniquesinvolved in training and development functions.Attention is given to the importance of each of theseareas within the Human Resource Management fieldPrerequisite(s): HN1240

HN2140 Attendance and Disability ManagementThe primary objective of this course is to provide anunderstanding of the functional areas of attendanceand disability management within the field of HumanResource Management, giving due consideration toareas in the field that are affected by Federal andNewfoundland and Labrador Provincial law and reg-ulations.Prerequisite(s): HN1240

HN2150 Training and DevelopmentThe primary objective of this course is to provide anunderstanding of process, issues and techniquesinvolved in training and development functions.Attention is given to the importance of each of theseareas within the Human Resource Management fieldPrerequisite(s): HN1240

HN2200 Compensation and BenefitsThe objective of this course is to provide an under-standing of the process, issues and techniquesinvolved in developing and administering a compen-sation system. Attention is given to a compensationsystem that rewards employees fairly while motivat-ing them to perform and permitting the organizationto operate properly. In addition, key issues relating toemployee benefits planning, design, and administra-tion will be reviewed. Practical simulations will beused to reinforce the concepts and techniques.Prerequisite(s): HN1200

HN2210 Human Resource PlanningThe primary objective of this course is to provide anunderstanding of the essential elements of thehuman resource planning process. Quantitative aswell as qualitative concepts, approaches, and tech-niques are emphasized.Prerequisite(s): HN1200

175⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

HN3110 Current Topics in Human ResourceManagement

This course will examine issues, topics and trends inthe areas of human resource Management andIndustrial Relations that are of recent and currentconcern to professionals in the field.Prerequisite(s): HN1200; HN1100

HR1100 Human Relations This course is designed to create an awareness ofthe importance of effective interpersonal skills in anemployment environment and to provide an opportu-nity for the student to learn and practice these skills.The student will examine the basic elements of inter-personal communication and practice effective com-munication skills in personal and professionalrelationships. The course emphasizes interpersonalskill development through the process of experientiallearning.

HR1200 Introduction to Human ServicesThis course introduces the human service field as aprofession. The principles which underlie the deliv-ery of human services will be examined; and theknowledge, skills, and values relevant to human serv-ice work will be identified and analysed. A systemstheory approach will be used to explore the environ-ment in which human services are delivered.

HR1300 Communications and Human Relations IThe study of communication as it relates to effectivehuman relations involving staff, children and parents.This course will include effective listening, oral andwritten skills as well as non-verbal communication.

HR2120 Public Relations This course concentrates on the skills necessary todevelop public relations for business purposes. Acombination of theories/concepts and practical illus-trations are used to explain the application of publicrelations.

HR2130 Industrial RelationsThis course is designed to provide the student withan introduction to the complexities of human interac-tion with respect to the work place. It is also theintent that the course material will contribute to abetter understanding of subject matter studied inother courses such as, construction law and con-struction management.

A basic course in Human/Labour relations withemphasis on the role of the individual within anorganization. Topics to be covered include but arenot limited to; self analysis, including attitudes, self-concept, communication style, motivations and orga-nizational values; improving Human Relations,constructive self-disclosure, emotional control, posi-tive reinforcement and first impressions; leadershipand supervision, considering conflict management,prejudice, discrimination, and sexism. Students willbe required to submit a term paper on a suitabletopic as partial fulfillment of requirements of thecourse.

HR2200 Human RelationsThis course is a study of the basic principles ofhuman relations, and the behaviour of the people inorganizations as they strive to achieve both personaland organizational goals.

HR2400 Professional DevelopmentThis course is designed to prepare the students forthe workplace. The focus is on acquiring the skills ofa successful professional employee. The studentswill learn how to assess and refine their own skillsand to match these skills with employment opportuni-ties.

HS1120 Introduction to Food Preparation I ●This course is an introduction to the basic principlesand techniques of food preparations as they relate tothe food industry. The theory taught in the classroomis followed up by actual food preparation in a labora-tory facsimile of a commercial operation.

HS1121 Food Preparation IIThis course is a continuation of Basic Foods I. Thestudents will be able to understand, recognize andhave a knowledge of food preparation and produc-tion with reference to yeast breads, dairy products,meats, poultry, seafood, appetizers, soups, cookiesand cakes.Prerequisite(s): HS1120.

HS1130 Dining Room OperationsThis course provides the student with a basic pro-gram in Dining Room Operations. It stresses thepractical application of food and beverage serviceskills. The student receives training of a practicalnature in the College’s training dining room.

HS1260 Front DeskThis course introduces the student to the operationsand procedures of a front office within the accom-modation sector, combining theory and practicalcomponents. This course has been designed toinclude the National Occupational Standards for theCanadian Tourism Industry.

HS1340 Bar and Beverage OperationsThis course introduces the student to the basic prin-cipals and techniques of bartending. Theory is com-bined with practical labs to ensure the student isgiven the opportunity to practice the skills learned.Responsible service of alcohol and guest contacttechniques are stressed.

HS1420 HousekeepingThis course is designed to introduce the student tothe responsibilities of a room attendant and alsothose of the executive housekeeper in a lodgingproperty in the hospitality industry. The studentacquires the skills and knowledge that will enablethem to effectively work in the housekeeping depart-ment.

HS1520 Hospitality SalesThis course is designed to emphasize the skills andtechniques necessary to sell products and servicesin the competitive environment of the hospitalityindustry. Students will study the selling process,meeting the client’s needs, developing customertrust and rapport, sales closing and follow-up tech-niques.

HS2120 Food Preparation IIIThis course is designed to give practical experienceon how to plan, produce and serve in quantity, nutri-tional meals suitable for institutional operations with-out deterioration in quality and with minimum waste.Students will learn how to purchase foods; evaluate,

test and standardize recipes; develop and use por-tion control and calculate portion costs. Each studentwill be placed in a supervisory role in order to prac-tice the skills of planning, organizing, directing andcontrolling staff and equipment during quantity foodproduction. Throughout the course, through assign-ments, students will also receive practical experi-ence in preparing and serving high quality mealssuitable for restaurant meal service in a dining roomsetting.Prerequisite(s): HS1121

HS2121 Food Preparation IVThis course is designed to give advanced practicalexperience in the operation of a cafeteria. Thecourse builds upon fundamental concepts from pre-vious courses and provides the student with supervi-sory experience of cafeteria management and smallcafé service.Prerequisite(s): HS2120

HT1110 Salon FundamentalsThis course in salon management requires the use ofbasic tools and equipment, and materials and sup-plies. It involves sanitizing tools and equipment,doing laundry, receiving clients, interpersonal com-munication, preparing clients for services, keepingrecord cards, adhering to work schedules and prac-ticing safety. It includes information on salon man-agement techniques and requirements, interpersonalrelations, and equipment quality.

HT1210 Styling IThis course in styling requires the use of curlingirons and hot rollers, brushes and combs, blow dry-ers and applicators. It involves personal consultation,client preparation, hair analysis, shampooing, treat-ing and styling hair. It includes information on typesof shampoos and rinses, and scalp and hair analysisand treatment.

HT1211 Styling IIThis course in styling requires the use of basic imple-ments and rollers. It involves personal consultation,client preparation, hair analysis, shampooing, treat-ing and styling. It includes information on hair stylesand types of hair pieces.

HT1300 Cutting IThis course in cutting requires the use of a straightrazor, a clipper/edger, a shaper/razor, scissors andshears, and applications. It involves personal consul-tation, client preparation, determining type of haircut,cutting and finishing. It includes information on cut-ting techniques for various types of haircuts.

HT1301 Cutting II (Barbering)This course in cutting requires the use of lather,straight razors, clipper/edgers, shaper/razors, scis-sors, shears and mannequins. It involves client con-sultation and preparation; determining haircut, beardtrim and shave; cutting, trimming and shaving; andfinishing. It includes information on cutting, trimmingand shaving techniques.

HT1400 Basic PermingThis course in basic perming techniques requires theuse of basic perms, perm rods, applicators and mate-rials and supplies. It involves client consultation andpreparation, hair analysis, perm and perm rod selec-tion, winding, processing, neutralizing, rinsing and

176 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

finishing. It includes information on hair analysis,types of perm rods, processing techniques, and neu-tralization.

HT1410 Chemical Relaxing/StraighteningThis course in specialty perming techniques requiresthe use of specialty perms, perm rods, applicatorsand materials and supplies. It involves client consul-tation and preparation, hair analysis, perm and permrod selection, winding techniques, processing, neu-tralizing, rinsing and finishing. It includes informationon hair analysis, types of perm rods, processingtechniques, neutralization and chemical relaxing.

HT1510 Colour FundamentalsThis course in hair colouring requires the use ofapplicators, implements and supplies. It involvesclient consultation and preparation; patch testing,strand testing and removal of residue. It includesinformation on hair analysis, types of colors, mixing,developing and semi-permanent and temporarycolouring.

HT1511 Hair ColourThis course in hair colouring requires the use ofapplicators, implements and supplies. It involvesclient consultation and preparation, application ofcolour solutions and removal of residue. It includesinformation on hair analysis, types of colors, mixing,developing and permanent colouring.

HT1600 Introduction to AestheticsThis course in aesthetics requires the use of applica-tors, implements and supplies. It involves client con-sultation and preparation for the aesthetic serviceand performing the required procedures. It includesinformation on types of aesthetics products and theiruses.

HT2300 Advanced CuttingThis course in advanced cutting requires the use of avariety of tools necessary for current hair styles. Thecourse is specifically aimed at those who haveachieved proficiency in the rudimentary aspects ofhair cutting with emphasis on the creation of individ-ualistic hair styles. It includes information on commu-nication skills necessary for client consultations, hairanalysis, hair cut adjustment and finishing tech-niques necessary to enhance the design lines of thehair shaping.

HT2400 Advanced Perming TechniquesThis course in advanced perming techniquesrequires the use of a variety of implements, materialsand manufacturer products necessary for wavingand straightening of hair. The course is specificallyaimed at those who have achieved proficiency in therudimentary techniques of all aspects of hairperming. It involves client consultation, hair analysisto determine desired effects, use of appropriate toolsand equipment, wrapping and winding hair, applica-tion of processing solution, rinsing and neutralizing,performing finishing techniques and advising clienton home maintenance.

HT2500 Lightening and ToningThis course in hair colouring requires the use ofapplicators, implements and supplies. It involvesclient consultation and preparation, patch testing,strand testing, applying bleaching solutions and

removal of residue. It includes information on hairanalysis and effects of bleaching and toning.

HT2501 Advanced ColoringThis course in advanced coloring requires the use ofa variety of implement and supplies required for theapplication of hair coloring. The course is specificallyaimed at those who have achieved proficiency in therudimentary techniques of all aspects of hair color-ing. It includes information on communication skillsnecessary for client consultations, hair analysis,color options, corrective coloring, mixing and theapplication of colors and advising on home caremaintenance.

HY1100 Art History IThis is a survey course covering Western Art Historyto the twentieth century. The course is designed tointroduce students to the basic art-historical con-cepts. This introduction includes major art move-ments and artists, the cultural and social meaningsand relevance of art, and discussion of crucial termi-nology such as "quality" and "beauty".

HY1101 Art History IIThis is a survey course covering Western Art Historyof the twentieth century. The course is designed tointroduce students to the basic art-historical con-cepts. This introduction includes major art move-ments and artists, the cultural and social meaningsand relevance of art, and discussion of crucial termi-nology such as "quality" and "beauty".Prerequisite(s): HY1100

HY1300 Newfoundland History This course is a general survey of the history ofNewfoundland and Labrador. It begins with a brieflook at how geographical factors influence history,and then focuses on early native people andEuropean settlers. The course then concentrates onmajor events and developments, including thoserelated to the founding and emergence of majorpolitical and social movements and institutions.

HY1320 Newfoundland History This course is a general survey of Newfoundland andLabrador in the twentieth century. The course beginswith an examination of the major economic and polit-ical issues around the turn of the century, includingconstruction of the railway, the First World War,political corruption and economic deprivation. It thenfocuses on major issues such as the Commission ofGovernment, Confederation, and on the policies ofsubsequent governments. The course also examinesthe history of major industries and the emergence ofmajor political and social movements and institu-tions.

HY1400 Architectural HistoryA brief architectural history course covering theperiod from ancient Egypt to modern day. Emphasisis placed on the factors which shape and influencearchitectural styles. The course discusses the impactof political, religious, climatic, economic, line of pro-gression, and other factors on the thinking of design-ers. The relationship of design in related fields is alsodiscussed. Students are expected to analyze presentday buildings and identify the factors which influencetheir design.

HY2100 Art History IIIThis survey examines the roots of modern art and theartists who broke new ground in visual explorationsof the work around them. This survey will emphasizeseveral significant landmark periods such as theRenaissance, the Rococo, Neo-Classicism,Romanticism and Impressionism.Prerequisite(s): HY1101

HY2101 Art History IVThis fourth semester art history course examineswell-known movements associated with the 60's,70's and early 80's. The course is designed to intro-duce students to the basic art historical concepts.This course includes major art movements andartists, the cultural and social meanings and rele-vance of art, and helps clarify the theoretical basisfor these major developments. Prerequisite(s): HY2100

IN2100 Introduction to Research Online ●Introduction to Research On-line’s primary goal is tolearn how to effectively plan, construct and imple-ment a search strategy. Students, after completingthis course, will gain a deeper understanding andappreciation for the complexity and scope ofresearching online.

JL1110 Reporting & News Writing IThis course is an introduction to the theory and prac-tices of professional journalism. Its main purpose isto give students a solid foundation in reporting andnews writing skills. These skills include the basics ofresearch, interviewing, writing leads, story develop-ment and style. Accuracy and deadlines are essen-tial. Students learn how to conceive newsworthystory ideas and develop them. The role of journalismin society is examined through lectures, group dis-cussions and written assignments.

JL1111 Reporting & News Writing IIThis course is designed to help journalism studentsbuild upon the fundamentals learned in Reportingand News Writing I. Particular attention is paid toresearching, interviewing and writing skills. Generalassignment reporting introduces students to many ofthe kinds of stories they will encounter early in theircareersPrerequisite(s): JL1110

JL1240 Beat ReportingThis course familiarizes journalism students withmajor news beats. As well, each student is requiredto become proficient in covering one beat of his/herchoice.Prerequisite(s): JL1111, JL2240

JL1330 Electronic Layout & Design IThis course is designed to help students becomefunctional in electronic layout and design. It intro-duces students to QuarkXPress for Windows and tothe basic principles of newspaper layout and design.

JL1331 Electronic Layout & Design IIThis course introduces students to the principles andtechniques of newspaper layout and design. Itteaches students how to lay out newspaper and out-line pages using desktop publishing skills acquired inElectronic Layout and Design I.Prerequisite(s): JL1330

177⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

JL1410 Journalism, Ethics and The Law This course serves as an introduction for Journalismstudents to the Canadian legal system. Emphasis isplaced on areas of the law encountered in journalism.

JL1530 Intro. to Radio JournalismThis course introduces students to broadcast radiojournalism. The course emphasizes professionalradio news formatting and presentation. Studentswill be introduced to the technical operation of taperecorders and microphones, the broadcast studioconsole and Sound Forge, an audio editing softwarepackage. Students will be required to tape inter-views, and actualities in the studio and in the com-munity, assemble news packages for grading andbroadcast on the College’s radio station CHUG 740AM. Students are taught line-up and logging format,the use of continuity, stings, and station identificationproduction.

JL1550 Intro. To Television JournalismThis course is designed to familiarize students withportable video equipment, microphones and videoediting suites. Students are weaned from simple micand camera “fright” by repeated practice in ad-lib-ing, and interviews. This course emphasizes profes-sional television news formatting and presentationStudents tape interviews, and produce news clips inthe studio and in the community, assembling newspackages for grading and broadcast on Troubadour12. The course includes video projects directed andfilmed by student-teams.

JL1800 Newsroom INewsroom I is primarily a lab course in which stu-dents apply the journalistic principles they havelearned in theory. The course seeks to mirror asclosely as possible a newsroom setting, completewith story meetings, assignments and deadlines. Thestudents produce a weekly on-line newspaper.Emphasis is placed on establishing good journalistichabits early in their learning career, such as meetingdeadlines and meeting editors’ expectations.Students are expected to apply the principles theyare learning in Reporting and News WritingFundamentals, Electronic Layout and Design I, andPhotography. The students learn about working inthe journalism industry and in the newsroom in par-ticular.

JL1801 Newsroom IIThis course will give the students the opportunity toapply skills learned in other courses in the produc-tion of an online paper. It will also include some radiowork, but the bulk of the course will be devoted toprint and online journalism. Issues related to thenewsroom workplace will also be discussed.Prerequisite(s): JL1800

JL2240 Feature Writing & Investigative ReportingThis course provides students with advanced newswriting and reporting skills. Emphasis is placed bothon the basics and the finer points of writing as wellas basic and advanced investigative skills.Prerequisite(s): JL1240, JL1110

JL2720 Special Project(s)Students will produce a major piece of public servicejournalism in either print or broadcast. The resultingproduct must be suitable for publication or broad-cast. The print feature stories will be published in a

special newspaper highlighting the best stories pro-duced over the past year and/or they could be free-lanced to other publications. Radio features will bebroadcast on the College’s student radio stationand/or free-lanced. The television documentariescould be broadcast on cable.Prerequisite(s): JL1111, JL1811, JL1240, JL1530,JL2800 (Radio Placement) JL1550 (TV Placement).

JL2800 Newsroom IIIThis course facilitates the practical application ofprinciples and skills learned throughout the journal-ism program. Students become acquainted with theprinciples and practices of a newsroom environment.Students learn about freelancing and are encour-aged to write for publications outside the college.The course devotes some time to writing and presen-tation skills for television, however the bulk of the labtime will be devoted to developing skills that arecommon to all journalism.Prerequisite(s): JL1801

JL2801 Newsroom IVNewsroom IV is primarily a practical lab where thestudents will learn by doing. The course seeks to mir-ror as closely as possible a newsroom setting, com-plete with story meetings, assignments anddeadlines. The students are expected to apply theprinciples and skills they have learned throughoutthe journalism program. This course helps the stu-dents develop their skills by giving them as muchpractical experience as possible. Also, the instruc-tors teach the students about working in the journal-ism industry and in the newsroom in particular.Prerequisite(s): JL2800

LW1100 Business Law ●This course is an introduction to the legal system; theCanadian and provincial judicial system; civil law,tort law; and introduction to contract law (types ofcontracts, offer and acceptance, breach of contract,discharge of contract, and capacity to contract).

LW1130 Tourism LawThis course explores the legal responsibilities, obli-gations, and liabilities which may be encountered inthe tourism industry. Students will gain valuable andpractical insights into the nature of the relationshipsbetween innkeeper and guest, restauranteur anddiner, travel agent and traveller, and private host andguest. Pertinent legislative acts relevant to the hospi-tality industry on Federal and Provincial levels will beexamined. The focus of this course is preventive innature as emphasis is placed on building the stu-dents awareness of the legal issues in the tourismindustry.

LW1200 Business Law This course is an introduction to the legal system,criminal and civil law, the Canadian and provincialjudicial system; tort law, contract law, legislationaffecting contracts, law of agency; and currentissues.

LW1210 Labour and Employment LawThis course is designed to give students an under-standing of the Canadian system of labour law.Students will examine the law governing the collec-tive bargaining relationship and the common law andstatute law regulating the relationship between theemployee and the employer. The Labour Relations

Act (NF), The Labour Standards Act (NF), and The NFHuman Rights Code will be examined in detail.Prerequisite(s): HN1100, HN1200

LW1300 Legal Liability and Risk ManagementThis course will discuss the various forms of busi-ness and the legal issues concerning adventuretourism operators and guides (owner liability/guideliability). The Canadian legal system will be dis-cussed. Risk management techniques will be exam-ined. Insurance coverage, training and certificationissues, and legal releases will be discussed. Studiesof Canadian and United States litigation cases involv-ing outdoor recreation pursuits will be discussed. Apractical component of this program will involvecompleting a risk management plan for an adventuretourism operation.

LW1500 Law & EthicsThis course comprises various aspects of law andethics as they apply in an industrial/business setting.The intent is to develop in the student an understand-ing of fundamental concepts and a frame of refer-ence guiding the application of these principles.

LW1600 Construction LawThis course has been designed to provide the stu-dent with a background in the tort law and contractlaws of Canada. Its purpose is to familiarize the stu-dent with the responsibilities required of them underthe law. Also, to relate to students how the lawapplied to the construction industry. Students will begiven the opportunity to analyze the various docu-mentation required for the legal operations of a con-struction project.

An introductory course dealing with the applicationof tort and contract law as applied to the construc-tion environment. Topics to be covered include butare not limited to a study of various acts, provincial,federal and municipal that affect the constructionphase of project development; the law of contract,insurance and bonding, the law of torts, constructionclaims, CCDC documents, ethics, etc. Lecture mate-rial will, as far as possible illustrate the application ofthe law using selected Newfoundland and Canadiancourt decisions.Prerequisite(s): CM1401, CT1150

LW1610 Management Construction LawThis is a course dealing with management principlesand various laws applicable to the design and con-struction industry. It is designed to enable the stu-dent to become familiar with a number of genericmanagement systems and the specific laws andcodes of ethics which govern this industry.

LW2100 Business Law II ●This course is designed to familiarize students withthe criminal law system and criminal offences,employment law (employer-employee relations, col-lective bargaining, provincial labour legislation, prin-cipal and agent), real property (buying, building, andleasing), and contract law (Sale of Goods Act, con-sumer protection, and negotiable instruments). Prerequisite(s): LW1100

LW2210 Natural Resources Policy and LawThis course is designed to address the principles andprocesses related to the establishment and imple-mentation of policies and laws for the management

178 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

and protection of natural resources. Topics critical tothe understanding of Canadian law, including theCharter of Rights and Freedoms, the criminal code,resource policies, regulations and relevant acts willbe addressed.

LW2211 Law EnforcementThis course requires the use of legal documentationand enforcement equipment. It involves the role of apeace officer and the proper investigation, recordingand reporting of natural resource infractions. Itincludes information patrolling, covert operations,use of decoys, powers of arrest, search and seizure,and interviewing techniques, as well as preparationfor court proceedings and sentencing.Prerequisite(s): LW2210

LW2400 E-Business Law & Regulations This course will focus on the legal, security and pri-vacy issues pertaining to doing business on theInternet. Students will gain knowledge of variouslegal and regulatory issues including: copyright,intellectual property, trademarks, confidential infor-mation encryption and privacy. Business contractappropriate for the Internet will also be addressed.Guest speakers from the legal community withexpertise in the areas identified will be invited toshare their experience with students.

MA1000 Essential MathematicsThis is a course in basic mathematics designed tohelp alleviate specific weaknesses in student's math-ematical skills. This course is a non-credit prerequi-site for Mathematics 1100 for those studentsidentified by the placement testing procedure.

MA1070 Structural Repair Shop MathematicsThis is an introductory course providing practicalexercises in Mathematics. The course begins with areview of basic mathematics and leads to a solidfoundation of practical and realistic application forAircraft Structural Repair.

MA1100 Mathematics ● ⊗This is a course in pre-calculus mathematicsdesigned to help alleviate specific weaknesses instudents' mathematical skills and thereby increasetheir chances for success in other technical courses.Prerequisite(s): MA3201, MA3203

MA1101 MathematicsThis is a course designed to prepare students for thestudy of calculus as well as to familiarize them withthe concepts of differentiation necessary for a betterunderstanding of a variety of technology courses.Prerequisite(s): MA1100

MA1104 MathematicsTransferable to MUN Math 1090.This pre-calculus course is designed to strengthenthe students’ skills in basic algebra, review anddevelop a deeper understanding of the concept of afunction and make students aware of the importanceof trigonometry. The course also uses technology toenhance the student understanding. After completingthis course students will have the essential prerequi-site elements to complete an introductory calculuscourse. Major topics include: fundamentals of alge-bra, functions and their graphs, exponential and log-arithmic functions, trigonometry, analyticaltrigonometry, polynomials and rational functions.

Prerequisite(s): MA1100; at least 75% in Level IIIAdvanced Mathematics or at least 95% in Level IIIAcademic Math

MA1120 MathematicsTransferable to MUN Mathematics 1050.This course is designed to satisfy part of the firstyear mathematics requirement for prospective teach-ers in primary and elementary education programs.This course is also suitable for students headed intoa non-science area of study.Prerequisite(s): Level III Academic or AdvancedMathematics.

MA1121 Mathematics ●Transferable to MUN Mathematics 1051.This course is designed to satisfy part of the firstyear mathematics requirement for prospective teach-ers in primary and elementary education. This courseis also suitable for students headed into a non-sci-ence area of study.Prerequisite(s): Level III Academic or AdvancedMathematics.

MA1130 MathematicsTransferable to MUN Mathematics 1000.An introduction to differential calculus including log-arithmic, exponential, and trigonometric functionswith applications. A brief introduction to integration.Prerequisite(s): Pass in Level III AdvancedMathematics.

MA1131 MathematicsTransferable to MUN Mathematics 1001.An introduction to integral calculus with applications.Prerequisite(s): MA1130 or MUN Math 1000.

MA1140 Applied MathematicsTo provide students with an understanding of theconcepts of elementary differential and integral cal-culus in preparation for technology courses.Throughout the course, students will have the oppor-tunity to develop their analytical reasoning and prob-lem solving skills.

MA1400 Mathematics of Finance I ●This is an introductory course designed to provide abasic understanding of business mathematics. Itsprimary objective is to increase a student's knowl-edge and skills in the solution of practical financialand mathematical problems encountered in the busi-ness community. It also provides a support base formaterial in more advanced courses in the businessfield.

MA1500 Mathematics for Computer Studies ●A practical mathematical background is provided inthis course as it applies to business data processing.A review of basic algebra and computer-relatedmathematical topics is covered.

MA1670 Statistics ●This course is designed to introduce students to thebasic principles of probability and statistics.

MA1700 MathematicsThis is a course in pre-calculus mathematicsdesigned to help alleviate specific weaknesses instudent’s mathematical skills and thereby increasetheir chances for success in other technical courses.

MA1900 Problem Solving for Information TechnologyThe course is intended to illustrate how to developlogic for computer programs. To aid in the develop-ment of the students use of problem solving tech-niques necessary for Information Technology, apractical mathematical background is provided inthis course as it applies to business data processing.A review of basic algebra and computer-relatedmathematical topics is covered.

MA1910 Introduction to Numerical Problem SolvingA practical mathematical background is provided inthis course ass it applies to business data process-ing. This course deals with various approaches toproblem solving and decision-making using manage-ment science techniques (quantitative analysis). Thestudent will investigate the following business ori-ented problem and decision making topics: optimiza-tion, transportation schedules, assignment problems,waiting line (Queuing) model analysis, and determin-istic inventory models.Prerequisite(s): MC1800, MA1900

MA2100 MathematicsIn this course students will extend their study of top-ics in differential calculus and will also be introducedto integral calculus. Topics covered will assist stu-dents to better understand concepts encountered inother courses.Prerequisite(s): MA1101

MA2101 Applied Electrical / ElectronicsMathematics

This is an advanced calculus course designed tomeet specific requirements of theElectrical/Electronics Engineering Programs.Prerequisite(s): MA2100

MA2110 Applied Petroleum MathematicsThis is a course in advanced calculus and statistics.After a brief introduction to some selected topics inmultivariate calculus, students are introduced tosolution techniques in first order ordinary differentialequations (with specific applications) and partial dif-ferential equations. The course then deals with intro-ductory concepts in probability and statistics, leadingto some standard results in both discrete and contin-uous distribution theory.Prerequisite(s): MA2100

MA2120 Applied Geomatics Mathematics This course consists of introduction to probabilityand statistics, partial differentiation, theory of errors,complex functions, conformal mapping and generaltransformation, complex differentiation and integra-tion.Prerequisite(s): MA2100

MA2130 Applied Mathematics This is primarily an applied calculus course designedto meet the specific requirements of the followingtechnology programs: Mechanical EngineeringTechnology (HVAC, Power and Manufacturing),Industrial Engineering Technology.Prerequisite(s): MA2100

MA2400 Mathematics of Finance II ●This is an advanced course designed to provide amore in-depth study of the mathematics of finance insuch areas as interest, annuities, amortization, sink-

179⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

ing funds and bonds.Prerequisite(s): MA1400

MA2610 Introduction to ManagementScienceThis course deals with various approaches to prob-lem-solving and decision-making using managementscience techniques (quantitative analysis). The stu-dent will investigate the following business orientedproblem and decision making topics: optimization,transportation schedules, assignment problems,waiting line (queuing) model analysis, and determin-istic inventory models. Applications of computers inquantitative techniques will also be emphasized.

MA3120 Advanced Geomatics MathematicsReview of differentiation including partial differentia-tion and integration. Topics included in the courseare spherical trigonometry, matrix algebra, least-squares method and complex integration.Prerequisite(s): MA2120

MB1100 Equipment Operation SafetyThis course in heavy equipment operation fundamen-tals requires environment, equipment, operator, edu-cation, engineering and enforcement. It involvesfollowing safety regulations, assessing variable con-ditions (road, vehicle, driver, light weather and traf-fic), planning strategies, operating equipment, andpreventing emergencies... It includes information onpassing and being passed, power line hazards, andtypes of collisions (head on, ahead, behind and inter-section).

MB1110 Equipment MaintenanceThis course in heavy equipment operation fundamen-tals requires the use of tools and equipment, andmaterials and supplies. It involves following manu-facturers recommendations for the maintenance ofequipment and adjustment of components. Itincludes information on types and operation of equip-ment and component parts.

MB1120 Regulations and Emergency ProceduresThis course in heavy equipment operation fundamen-tals requires the use of an appropriate environmentand equipment. It involves becoming aware of,accessing, interpreting, integrating and gaining expe-rience with the implementation of regulations andemergency procedures. It includes information onregulations and emergency procedures, nationalsafety code and fuel conservation (pro trucker).

MB1130 Crane Operation FundamentalsThis course in hoisting equipment requires the use ofa crane, equipment, a suitable environment, a loadand a load chart. It involves inspecting the machine,moving the crane, considering the variables, makingcalculations, setting-up, rigging the load, confirmingthe LMI, signalling and moving the load. It includesinformation on load moment indicators, operations,techniques, and safety requirements.

MB1140 Mobile Lattice Boom CranesThis course in hoisting equipment requires the use ofmobile lattice boom cranes and a suitable environ-ment. It involves inspection, start-up/shut-down,manoeuvring, assembly, setting-up, planning strate-gies, hoisting and dismantling. It includes informationon operations, techniques and attachments.

MB1150 Mobile Hydraulic Boom CranesThis course in hoisting equipment requires the use ofa hydraulic boom crane and a suitable environment.It involves inspection, start-up/shut-down, manoeu-vring, assembly, setting-up, planning strategies,hoisting and dismantling mobile hydraulic boomcranes. It includes information on operations, tech-niques and attachments.

MC1000 Windows & Productivity Tools SeminarThis seminar is designed to provide students withsufficient working knowledge in the areas ofWindows operating systems, word processing, elec-tronic spreadsheets, presentation software, elec-tronic mail and the Internet. This will enable studentsto quickly adapt to the courses in the first semester,thus eliminating the significant learning curve that isnormally attributed to startup in a program such asApplied Business Information Technology.

MC1050 Intro to Computers ●This course is designed to give the student an intro-duction to computer systems. Particular emphasis isgiven to word processing, spreadsheet, e-mail andthe internet.

MC1150 Productivity Tools ●This course is designed to give the student a workingknowledge of a software suite. Particular emphasisis given to the word processing, spreadsheet, data-base or presentation components of the suite, e-mailand internet.

MC1151 Advanced Productivity Tools ●This course is designed to teach students theadvanced features of common office software pack-ages applicable to the information industry.Prerequisite(s): MC1150

MC1180 Computer Systems for Graphic ArtsThe introduction to basic computer operating sys-tems and its various versions, and Apple/MacIntoshwith its icon operating system of graphical interface.A comparison will include the PC operating withWindows as compared to the MacIntosh operatingsystem. Students receive exposure to a cross plat-form networked environment with a variety of print-ers and peripherals.

MC1220 Productivity Tools IThis course is designed to teach students the funda-mental concepts of the Windows operating environ-ment, keyboarding by the touch method, basic wordprocessing procedures, the use of e-mail and theinternet. Students will apply concepts through practi-cal application.

MC1221 Productivity Tools IIThis course is designed to teach students moreadvanced word processing features building on thefundamentals of Word Processing I, to introduce stu-dents to the basic concepts and applications of elec-tronic spreadsheets, and to introduce students to thebasic components of presentation software. Studentswill apply concepts through practical application.Prerequisite(s): MC1220

MC1240 Computer Applications for ArtsManagement

This course exposes students to a selection of com-puter applications and functions of particular use in

an arts administration environment. These includeadvanced database and spreadsheet functions, basicHTML editing and accounting software.Prerequisite(s): MC1150

MC1450 Music Computer ApplicationsThis course is designed to enable students to usecomputers to enhance musical creativity and per-formance. A range of contemporary applications,which may vary from semester to semester, will beused and evaluated by students.

MC1800 Software Applications IThis course is designed to give the student a workingknowledge of a windows operating system, andoffice automation tools. Particular attention is givento the operating system, word processing, spread-sheet, and presentation.

MC1801 Software Applications IIThis course is designed as a continuation ofSoftware Applications I. It will explore such topics asDatabase Software, Diagramming Software, andProject Management Software. Students will be pro-ficient in the fundamental competencies necessaryto use a database package. Students will be able tocreate diagrams with diagramming software forexporting to other applications and planning applica-tions. Project management software features will beexplored to prepare students for the use of this soft-ware when planning projects.Prerequisite(s): MC1800

MC2220 Productivity Tools IIIThis course introduces students to the concepts andapplications of database , teaches studentsadvanced features of electronic spreadsheets build-ing on the concepts presented in Spreadsheets I,and provides practice in integrating the features ofword processing, database and spreadsheet soft-ware programs.Prerequisite(s): MC1220, MC1221

ME1110 Media and Applications & Public Relations ⊗

This is an applied media and public relations coursefor students intending to work in the human servicefield. It gives students a basic knowledge of themajor forms of media and how they may be used inpublic relations. It will also help students acquirepractical skills in using media to assist communityorganizations for fostering positive community rela-tions.

MH1110 Mechanical SystemsThis course is designed to assist students in becom-ing fully familiar with the principles of design, opera-tion and maintenance of small high pressure boilerssuch as those found in fish plants, heating plants andoffice buildings and H.V.A.C.

MH2310 Power Plant ComponentsThis is a course designed to develop the basic skillsneeded to operate and maintain power plant sys-tems.Prerequisite(s): MH1110

MH2800 Process SystemsThis is a course designed to develop the basic skillsto operate and maintain process systems.Prerequisite(s): MH2310

180 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

MH2801 HVAC SystemsThis course will introduce the fundamentals ofH.V.A.C. It will provide students with an understand-ing of the methods of recognition and evaluation ofvarious aspects related to H.V.A.C.Prerequisite(s): MH1110

MH3310 Power Plant SystemsThis is a course designed to develop the basic skillsneeded to operate and maintain power plant sys-tems.Prerequisite(s): MH1110

MH3320 Building SystemsThis course will introduce the student with theunderstanding and application of various codes andstandards related to HVAC. It will provide the studentwith the knowledge of industrial ventilation andapplications of industrial ventilation for specific oper-ations. It will provide the student with the knowledgeand understanding of various components associ-ated with the various systems in HVAC.Prerequisite(s): MH2801

MH4400 Refrigeration SystemsThis is a course designed to develop the basic skillsneeded to operate and maintain a power plant sys-tem within the scope of a third class classification.Prerequisite(s): MH3310

MH4500 Prime MoversThis is a course designed to develop the basic skillsneeded to operate and maintain a power plant system.Prerequisite(s): MH1110

MH4600 Plant System DesignThis course will provide the student with the under-standing and knowledge of acoustic, automatic con-trol, adjustment and balancing of ventilation air,energy audit equipment and ancillary schedule andcost estimation.Prerequisite(s): MH2801

ML1200 HematologyThis course will provide students with a fundamentalknowledge of the erythrocytes and leukocytes,including: origin, characteristics, functions, routinelaboratory procedures, normal and abnormal mor-phology, and abnormal conditions with emphasis onthe anemias and leukemias.Prerequisite(s): Completion of all third semestercourses.

ML1211 HematologyThis course introduces the student to the theory ofblood coagulation including the functions ofplatelets, blood vessels and plasma factors and thelaboratory investigation of abnormal bleeding andthrombosis.Prerequisite(s): ML1200

ML1300 Introduction to Histological TechniquesThis course will introduce the student to the theoreti-cal and practical aspects of histology as follows:methods of collection, fixation, processing and block-ing of tissues; decalcification of bone; use and careof microtomes and section cutting.Prerequisite(s): Completion of all third semestercourses.

ML1310 Introduction to Biological StainingThis course is provided to instruct the student in thetheoretical and practical aspects of histology as fol-lows: principles of staining, uses of various stainingtechniques and the identification of pigments andartifacts, and the microscopic identification of tissuesections.Prerequisite(s): ML1300

ML1500 Introduction to Transfusion ScienceThis course will provide the student with a funda-mental knowledge of both the theoretical and tech-nological aspects of blood transfusion, hemolyticdisease of the newborn and autoimmune hemolyticdisease.Prerequisite(s): ML2400

ML2210 HematologyThis course allows students to develop technicalcompetence while reviewing theoretical materialgiven in ML1200 and ML1211.Prerequisite(s): ML1211

ML2211 HematologyThis course is a working theory of special hematol-ogy stains and blood cell morphology.Prerequisite(s): Pass 6th semester

ML2310 HistologyUpon successful completion of this course, the stu-dent will be able to carry out the routine techniquesperformed in a histopathology laboratory.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 5th semes-ter

ML2311 HistologyUpon successful completion of this course, the stu-dent will be able to carry out the routine techniquesperformed in a histopathology laboratory.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 6th semes-ter

ML2400 Introduction to Blood Group SystemsThe course of study will provide students with a fun-damental knowledge of both the theoretical and tech-nological aspects of the human blood group systems.Prerequisite(s): Completion of all 3rd semestercourses.

ML2510 Transfusion ScienceThis course will provide the student with an interme-diate understanding of both the theoretical aspectsof the blood group systems and related technologicalaspects.Prerequisite(s): ML1500

ML2511 Transfusion ScienceThis course will provide the student with anadvanced understanding of both the theoreticalaspects of the blood group systems and related tech-nological aspects. Following completion of thiscourse the student will have sufficient skills andknowledge to enter the hospital clinical phase of theprogram.Prerequisite(s): Pass 6th semester

ML3210 HematologyThis course allows the student to develop technicalcompetence while reviewing theoretical materialfrom previous semesters. The three week hospitalrotation will emphasize clinical procedures and

acquaint the student with the hospital operation andadministration.Prerequisite(s): Pass 7th semester

ML3310 HistologyThis course allows the student to develop technicalcompetence while reviewing theoretical materialfrom previous semesters. The three week hospitalrotation will emphasize clinical procedures andacquaint the student with the hospital operation andadministration.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 7th semes-ter

ML3510 Transfusion ScienceThis course allows the student to develop technicalcompetence while reviewing theoretical materialfrom previous semesters. The three week hospitalrotation will emphasize clinical procedures andacquaint the student with the hospital operation andadministration.Prerequisite(s): Pass 7th semester

MM1100 Authoring SystemsThis course is designed to introduce students to thevarious authoring tools available for creating multi-media applications. Icon based systems, scriptingand screen design utilities will be among the topicsdiscussed.Prerequisite(s): MC1050

MM1200 Instructional Design IThis course will provide students with the method-ologies associated with the design of instructionalmaterial. Procedures for the identification of con-cepts in instructional material will be covered.Analysis of tasks and related competencies anddevelopment of learning units and learning objec-tives are also among the topics discussed.

MM1201 Instructional Design IIThis course will show students how to apply the prin-ciples covered in Instructional Design I to produce amultimedia instructional package. Topics to be cov-ered include creative development, content design,technical design, and visual design.Prerequisite(s): MM1200

MM1300 Media Acquisition, Digitizing, and EditingThis course will give the student practical exposureto the various equipment used in the acquisition ofmedia for a multimedia production. Topics to be cov-ered include sound, video, still photograph, text andgraphics acquisition and editing.

MM1710 Multimedia Design ProjectThe multimedia project course is offered during inter-session. During this course the students willresearch and design a multimedia CBT course for askill set that meets the approval of the instructor. Thestudents will be expected to carry this designthrough to production in the following semester.Prerequisite(s): MM1201

MM1730 Multimedia Web Design ProjectThe multimedia project course is offered during inter-session. During this course the students willresearch and design a multimedia CBT course for askill set that meets the approval of the instructor. Thestudents will be expected to carry this designthrough to production in the following semester.

181⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

MM1800 Story Telling and Animatic DesignStory Telling and Animatic Design is an introductionto the process of developing a project scenario andthe skills required to realize and present a story in avisual format.Co-requisite(s): VA1100

MM1950 Workplace ProfessionalismThis course is designed to provide students with theskills and knowledge necessary to effectively work ina team environment.

MM2100 Multimedia Authoring IThis is an introductory course to courseware designand authoring which will introduce students to thebasic concepts and methodologies of applyingdesign principles and authoring a multimedia appli-cation.Prerequisite(s): MC1050

MM2101 Multimedia Authoring IIThis is an intermediate course in courseware author-ing designed to provide students with concepts andmethodologies for authoring a multimedia applica-tion. Topics to be covered include animation, sound,video, setting up user interactions, functions andvariables, and reusing content and logic.Prerequisite(s): MM2100

MM2300 Digital Audio TechniquesThis course will provide students with an in-depthlook at digital audio techniques. Topics to be coveredinclude MIDI audio files, digital audio files, audio fileformats, Red Book standards and audio recording.Prerequisite(s): MM1300

MM2310 Digital Video TechniquesThis course will provide students with an in-depthknowledge of digital video techniques. Topics to becovered include how video works, broadcast videostandards, integrating computer and television,shooting and editing video, recording formats, videotips, and video compression.Prerequisite(s): MM1300

MM2350 Multimedia ProductionThis course will expose the student to the actualpreparation of a project for delivery, packaging,physical production, and follow-up of a multimediaproduct. Students will have the opportunity to actu-ally master a CD-ROM, prepare applications for deliv-ery on diskette, and explore the delivery of anapplication on the net.Prerequisite(s): MM2101

MM2500 Computer Graphics I (2D) ●This course provides students with an introduction totwo-dimensional graphics. Experience in the genera-tion of 2D graphics will be explored through the useof several commercial 2D drawing programs. Topicsto be covered include 2D primitives, transformations,fonts, colour balancing and palette matching,bitmaps and scanned image editing.Prerequisite(s): MC1050

MM2501 Computer Graphics IIThis course provides students with an introduction tothree dimensional graphics. Experience in the gener-ation of 3D graphics will be explored through the useof several commercial 3D drawing programs. Topicsto be covered include 3D primitives, transformations,

surfaces, and rendering.Prerequisite(s): MM2500

MM2550 3D Texture and Digital PaintUsing standard image processing programs, 3DTexture and Digital Paint will introduce students tothe artistic approach and technical aspects of cus-tom texture generation, digital painting and applica-tion techniques for 3D.Prerequisite(s): MM2500Co-requisite(s): MM2660

MM2600 Computer Animation IComputer Animation I introduces students to theconcepts and methodologies of two-dimensionalcomputer animation. Concepts such as sprite anima-tion, frame animation, and incorporating 2D anima-tion into a multimedia presentation will be discussed.Prerequisite(s): MM2500

MM2601 Computer Animation IIComputer Animation II introduces students to theconcepts and methodologies of three dimensionalcomputer animation. 3D animation techniques andvirtual reality will be among the topics discussed.Co-requisite(s): MM2500

MM2610 Introduction to 3D AnimationIntroduction to 3D Animation will introduce studentsto the fundamentals of 3D animation. The course willinclude a general knowledge of the history, andpotential applications of the medium, the basics ofworkflow organization and specific tool use.

MM2660 3D Character Modeling3D Character Modeling will expand on the fundamen-tals of digital modelling presented in Introduction to3D Animation and will introduce the concepts andpractical applications of model optimization, anima-tion rigging and weighting.Prerequisite(s): MM2610Co-requisite(s): MM2550

MM2680 3D Character Animation3D Character Animation will expand on the funda-mentals of digital character animation covered inIntroduction to 3D Animation. Practical exercises in avariety of animation scenarios, and essential editingand control features will be explored.Prerequisite(s): MM2550

MM2700 Multimedia Lab IThis lab course will provide students with the oppor-tunity to work on their multimedia applications withformal lab assistance and supervision. In this coursestudents will apply principles and practices coveredin the program to practical applications.Prerequisite(s): MM2100

MM2701 Multimedia Lab IIThis lab course will provide students with the oppor-tunity to work on their multimedia applications withformal lab assistance and supervision. In this course,students will apply principles and practices coveredin the program to practical applications.Prerequisite(s): MM2101

MM2710 Multimedia Lab IIThis lab course will provide students with the oppor-tunity to work on their multimedia applications withformal lab assistance and supervision. In this course,

students will apply principles and practices coveredin the program to practical applications.Prerequisite(s): MM2101

MM2750 Special Topics The Digital Animation field is characterized by fre-quent changes in software and hardware applica-tions. The pace of progress is accelerating and newapplications offer exciting potential for students inthis field. This course was designed to enable stu-dents to select a contemporary leading edge soft-ware application and to refine their animation skillswithin the context of that application.Co-requisite(s)s: MM2601; MM2501

MM2760 Animation Design ProjectAnimation Design Project is offered during the inters-ession. This course will expose students to the rigorsof the 3D production design environment. Throughresearch and design assignments the students willbe expected to produce a fully developed dossier ofproduction documentation, subject to the instructor’sapproval.Prerequisite(s): MM1800

MM2780 Work Term(Under Development)

MM2800 Multimedia TrendsThis course includes selected areas of computingwith a unifying theme (instructor’s choice) to beexplored in depth. The topics may be selected from:Data Communications, Website Administration,Website Management, Website Design, WebsiteServer, E-Commerce, and/or other related areas.Course materials will be selected in the semesterprior to the semester in which the course will bedelivered. Course material will be selected by theInformation Technology Faculty in consultation withthe Advisory Committee for the Multi Media Program.

MM2830 3D Post-Production and Visual FXUsing an industry standard animation package 3DPost-Production and Visual FX will explore the con-cepts and techniques used to digitally create realis-tic simulations of various environmental conditionsand natural phenomenon.Prerequisite(s): MM2660

MM2850 Digital CompositingIn Digital Compositing students will learn the con-cepts, language and fundamental skill sets requiredfor advanced digital image processing and assem-bling visual effects for film and video.

MM2900 Portfolio DevelopmentPortfolio Development will establish the skills ofobjective, critical self assessment, required to select,collate, and present a body of work that best repre-sents core strengths with a view to identifying andachieving career objectives.

MM3100 Multimedia Design and Authoring IIIThis is an advanced course in courseware authoringdesigned to provide students with advanced con-cepts and methodologies for authoring a multimediaapplication. Topics to be covered include more onanimation, sound, video, functions and variables,using external functions and application distribution.Prerequisite(s): MM2101

182 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

MN1410 Special Events ManagementThis course is designed to give students an under-standing of the purposes of holding special events aswell as the details involved in planning, implementingand following up of special event activities. Topicscovered will include event selection, planning,organizing, marketing, budgeting, as well as overallmanagement. Terminology will be defined and theeconomic impact of events will be discussed.Examples of actual “special events” will be studiedto ensure students develop a realistic appreciation ofthis subject.

MN1420 Tour ManagementThis course is an introduction to the world of tourmanagement. A good tour conductor has the self-assurance and tact of a diplomat, the knowledge of ascholar, the performance skills of an entertainer, andthe organizational abilities of a time managementexpert. Don’t be misled, leading a tour is no easy job.Throughout this course, strategies for dealing withmany challenges of the job will be examined in detail.Prerequisite(s): TR1700 Local Tour Guide

MN1800 Integrated Resource ManagementThis course is designed to provide a working knowl-edge of sustainable forest management principles,procedures and concepts. Technical, esthetical,environmental, hydrological, wildlife, and financialconsiderations of management practices arereviewed. Emphasis is placed on owner’s objectiveswhile employing a sound, practical, forest technicalapproach to resource management. Students areexpected to apply knowledge from all forestrycourses throughout the program to construct astrategic sustainable forest ecosystem managementplan for an assigned forest.Prerequisite(s): FR1331, LW2210

MN1810 Integrated Resource ManagementThis course investigates the comprehensive manage-ment of our natural resources, which integrates theinformation of forest, fish, wildlife, recreation andother forest values. It includes information on theproblems and solutions to integrated resource man-agement, the use of consensus, conflict resolutionstyles and the role of public involvement.

MN2400 Technology Project Management ●This course is designed to introduce students to proj-ect management concepts as they apply to technol-ogy applications. Students will gain a knowledge ofwhat is required to develop and implement a projectplan for launching an online product for a new orexisting product/service from inception to evaluation.

MN2500 Customer Relations Management ●This course provides an overview of the variousissues relating to the management of customer rela-tions in the context of changing technology and cus-tomer demands.

MN2600 Strategic ManagementThis course will enable students to be exposed to theinter-relationship of the functional areas of business.The focus will be on strategy development for busi-ness management, enabling students to apply orga-nizational, financial, human resource, and marketingdecisions to business applications.Prerequisite(s): Completion of all First Year courses.

MP1310 AC/DC FundamentalsThis course in electrical fundamentals requires theuse of electrical tools, circuit components, andmeasuring instruments. It involves constructing cir-cuits, taking measurements, reading scales and mak-ing calculations. It includes information on Ohm'sLaw and Kirchhoff's Laws; DC voltage, current andresistance; conductor sizes and resistivity, line volt-age drop, open circuit voltage, electric power andenergy, power loss, static electricity, electron theory,units and symbols; meter operations and utilizationtechniques, operational circuits, characteristics ofconductors and insulators and system grounding; DCseries and parallel circuits; magnetic fields, electro-magnetism and electromagnetic induction; AC cur-rent and voltage, capacitance and inductance, ACcircuits, AC power, power factor and vector analysis.

MP1320 Single Phase TransformersThis course in electrical fundamentals requires theuse of electrical tools and supplies, test equipmentand safety equipment. It involves installing, connect-ing and troubleshooting single phase transformers. Itincludes information on electromagnetic induction,types of transformers, cooling methods, pad mountedtransformers, protective devices, electrical code,polarity, current transformers, potential transformers,paralleling transformers, voltage ratings, protectivegrounding and bonding, impedance and V-A ratings.

MP1430 AC Motors and StartersCourse provides the training to install and maintainAC motors and starters.

MP2100 Electrical Machines and DevicesThis is an intermediate level electrotechnologycourse designed for industrial instrumentation tech-nology students. It is intended to familiarize the stu-dent with the construction, connection, operationand maintenance of rotating electric machines.Additionally, this course should expand the student’sunderstanding of electro-mechanical conversionprinciples. The laboratory work is included to rein-force theoretical concepts and enhance skills in theuse of measuring instruments.Prerequisite(s): ET2100

MP2300 AC CircuitsThis course is designed to be a continuation of theelectrotechnology courses. It is designed tostrengthen the student’s ability to analyze single andthree phase AC circuits as well as reinforce the stu-dent’s understanding of magnetic circuits. The labo-ratory work is included as an application of thetheoretical concepts and to enhance skills in the useof AC measuring instruments.Prerequisite(s): ET2100, MA1101

MP2330 Power Control CircuitsThis control circuit course requires the use of elec-trical tools and components, wiring diagrams, databooks, and test equipment. It involves the installation,operation and maintenance of control circuits anddevices. It includes information on AC motor starters,synchronous motor starters, types of control devicesand sending units, electrical code, types of controlcircuits, types of wiring, LEDs, phototransistors, fibreoptics, tunnel diodes, markings and lockout proce-dures.

MP2340 Three Phase SystemsThis course in electrical fundamentals requires theuse of electrical tools and equipment and test equip-ment. It involves constructing three phase circuits,taking measurements and making calculations; andinstalling, connecting and troubleshooting threephase transformers. It includes information on Wyeand Delta type circuits, high leg characteristics,phase rotation, power factor, three phase power,types of three phase transformers, types of hookups,construction of three phase transformers, balanceand neutral, lightning arrestors, surge suppressors,protective devices, and electrical code.

MP2350 TransformersThis course is designed to be a continuation of theelectrotechnology courses. It is designed to expandthe student's knowledge of transformers and theassociated applications, standards and loadingguides. Additionally it will enhance the student's abil-ity to analyse single-and three-phase AC circuits aswell as provide an application for advanced mathe-matical analysis techniques.Prerequisite(s): MA2100, MP2300

MP2400 Network AnalysisThis is applied mathematics course designed to pro-vide the student with a knowledge of the advancedmathematical methods used in electrical/electroniccircuit analysis and design.Prerequisite(s): MA2101, AE2301

MP2700 Electrical Power SourcesA hands-on approach to welding power sources andequipment. Laboratory work deals on checking instal-lation, maintenance, and fundamental troubleshoot-ing techniques on power sources and equipment.Prerequisite(s): ET1101

MP2900 EMD 1 (DC Machines)This course is an introductory course in electricalmachine theory. It covers the basics of DC machinetheory and provides the necessary background forsubsequent courses in electrical machines. It willgive the student an appreciation of rotating machin-ery and through labs, an idea of the type and operat-ing characteristics of the various DC machinesPrerequisite(s): ET2100

MP2901 EMD 2 (AC Machines)This course follows Electrical Machines MP2900 andcovers topics in AC machines. AC generators arestudied as well as three-phase and single-phasemotors. The theory learned in this course will beapplied in future courses in Power Systems andMotor Controls.Prerequisite(s): MP2300, MP2900

MP3100 Motor Control SystemsThis control system course requires the use of basictools and test instruments, circuit components, com-puter software and documentation. It involvesinstalling, testing and maintaining computerized con-trol systems, and keeping records. It includes infor-mation on types of computerized control systems andspecifications.Prerequisite(s): MP2350

MP3130 Industrial Electronic & Power SystemsThis course is a study of motor controls starting fromrelay logic to PLC control and electronic variable

183⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

speed motor drives. Power electronic device theoryis covered as background for drive electronics. A.C.and D.C. drives, with application in the instrumenta-tion field.Prerequisite(s): ET2100, MP2100

MP3150 Power Devices & Motor DrivesThis course is a study of electronic variable speedmotor drives. Power electronic device theory is cov-ered as background for drive electronics. A.C andD.C. drives are studied as well as installation, com-missioning and troubleshooting.Prerequisite(s): AE2250, MP3100

MP3201 Power Transmission & DistributionThis is the follow-up course to AC Circuits MP3100(Power Transmission and Distribution) and coversfurther topics in power system analysis. Short circuitcalculations for symmetrical and unsymmetricalfaults are covered. Students will get hands on usageof a commercial power system analysis computersimulation program (Electrocon 2000). Students willbe introduced to the principles of protection and co-ordination.Prerequisite(s): MP3210

MP3210 Power Transmission & DistributionThis course covers the basics of electrical utilitypower transmission and distribution. The theory oftransmission lines is covered. Distribution networksand their place in the transmission network is dis-cussed. The different types of conductors andmechanical aspects of transmission lines are cov-ered as well as tension calculations.Prerequisite(s): MP2100, MP2350

MR1100 Marketing I ●This course is an introduction to the concept of mar-keting. Students will learn the origins, evolution, andprinciples of modern marketing management includ-ing marketing information services, marketing research,consumer behaviour, and marketing strategies. Inaddition, international marketing will be studied.

MR1150 Tourism Marketing IMarketing is one of the most important business func-tions of the hospitality and travel industry and mustbe strongly customer focused. This course will exploremarketing in detail from a customer perspective.

MR1151 Tourism Marketing IIThis course was designed to complement TourismMarketing I, with a focus on tourism products. Thestudent will study product design and management,pricing, distribution, promotions, public relations, pro-fessional sales and the total marketing plan.Prerequisite(s): MR1150

MR1210 Customer Service ●This course focuses on the role of the employee inproviding quality customer service. It is importantthat employees have a positive attitude and the nec-essary skills to effectively listen and interpret cus-tomers concerns about a product, resolvecustomers' problems, and determine customers'wants and needs. Students will be able to use theskills and knowledge gained in this course to effec-tively provide a consistently high level of service tothe customer.

MR1220 Customer ServiceThis course focuses on the role of the telemarketerin providing quality customer service. It is importantthat the telemarketer have a positive attitude and thenecessary skills to effectively listen and interpretcustomer concerns about a product, resolve cus-tomer problems, and determine customer wants andneeds. Students will be able to use the skills andknowledge gained in this course to effectively pro-vide a consistently high level of service to the cus-tomer.

MR1230 Customer Service in the Food ServiceIndustry

This course focuses on the role of quality customerservice in the hospitality industry. It stresses theimportance of a positive attitude; skills for effectivelistening and interpreting; skills for problem solving;and skills for determining customer wants, needs andconcerns. Students will be able to use the skills andknowledge gained in this course to effectively pro-vide a consistent high level of service to customersin the hospitality industry.

MR1340 Marketing for Graphic DesignThis course is designed to develop students’ under-standing of the relationship between marketing andgraphic design. A specific focus of the course is tointroduce students to the process of applying mar-keting principles when translating clients’ needs tospecific target audiences.Prerequisite(s): Core graphic design courses insemesters 1 and 2.

MR1500 Consumer BehaviourThis course is designed as an introduction to theconcepts, theories and techniques of consumerbehaviour. It illustrates how models of consumerbehaviour are developed and used in marketingstrategies. Discussion will take place on such topicsas environmental influences, individual differences,and psychological processes.Prerequisite(s): MR1100

MR1600 Professional SellingThis course outlines the basic concepts of profes-sional selling. It provides an overview of the sellingenvironment and sales career paths. The course willassist in the preparation and making of a successfulsales presentation and show techniques for closing asale. Also, the functions of the sales manager will bediscussed.Prerequisite(s): CM2200, CM2100 and MR2100

MR2100 Marketing II ●This course builds on the concepts and techniquesintroduced in Marketing I. Students will examine indetail the elements of the marketing mix. Studentswill focus on planning, implementation and evalua-tion of the marketing management process.International marketing and service marketing arealso studied.Prerequisite(s): MR1100

MR2110 Marketing Methods & Promotional MediaThis course introduces the concepts and techniquesof marketing. Students will learn the principles ofmodern marketing management and the resourcesrequired to successfully promote and market a prod-uct. A major aspect of the course is the development

of a marketing plan related to the student’s programof studies.

MR2120 Internet Marketing ●This course will focus on marketing products andservices on the World Wide Web. Students will gainknowledge of the tools, techniques and strategiesthat can be used to market on the Internet. Thiscourse will build on previous knowledge of marketingstrategies and principles.

MR2200 RetailingThis course is an introduction to modern retailingmanagement techniques with a comprehensive viewof principles and practices.Prerequisite(s): MR2100

MR2300 Marketing ResearchThis course will bring together all the various tech-niques and principles, skills and activities that arerequired to conduct an effective survey project. Itwill familiarize students with the many ways thatmarketing information can be obtained or producedand how it is used.Prerequisite(s): MR2100

MR2350 Introduction to Electronic Commerce ●This course is designed to introduce students to themanagerial and technical aspects of electronic com-merce. Students will gain a knowledge of the com-petitive electronic commerce field and will beequipped to help businesses assess possible busi-ness opportunities through this rapidly evolving tech-nology.

MR2360 E-Customer Service Now more than ever, customer service is critical tobusiness success. New emerging business modelsinvolving the internet are demanding a new level ofcustomer service from companies if they want toremain successful. These new demands and refinedrelationships are challenging most traditional market-ing principles. This course will assist students under-stand this new business reality and provide skills andstrategies which can be applied to business situa-tions to help them understand their existing customerrelationships. Students will also gain knowledge ofhow to implement new methods of customer supportfor both small and large businesses.

MR2400 Marketing CommunicationsThis course in an introduction to marketing communi-cations, the development of advertising, the advertis-ing business, marketing and advertising planning,communications media characteristics, planning,management, the development of creativity in copy-writing and art direction; production concepts forprint and electronic media; local advertising and pro-motion practices; strategies for effective manage-ment of public relations and non-commercialcommunications, and other topics of interest.Prerequisite(s): MR2100, CM1100 and CM2100

MR2450 Services MarketingThis course is designed to enable students to applythe concepts of marketing to the services sector. Thecourse will enable students to apply marketing con-cepts and strategies relevant to services organiza-tions.Prerequisite(s): MR2100

184 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

MR2600 Advanced Professional SellingThis course will examine the impact of the key ele-ments of the sales call and explore the practical real-ities of the professional sales career. The studentwill have a greater appreciation of the demands of asales career and understand the concept of sales inthe global market environment.Prerequisite(s): MR1600

MR2630 E-Commerce TrendsThis course includes selected areas of emerging e-commerce trends to be explored in depth. The topicsmay be selected from: emerging technology applica-tions, government e-commerce policies, e-commercegrowth trends, changing shape of e-commerce mar-ket sector, on-line auctions, wireless e-commercetools, emerging security threats and strategies, glob-alization impacts, and/or other related areas. Guestspeakers from industry will be featured throughoutthe course. Topics will be determined in the semes-ter prior to the semester in which the course will bedelivered.

MR2640 E-Commerce Transactions This course will cover all issues relating to businessas well as business to customer sales. Students willgain knowledge of what is required to implement var-ious payment systems, and how to manage sales anddistribution systems. The course has a non-technicalfocus and is intended to introduce students to con-cepts and language transaction technology applica-tions.

MR2670 Online Business Development This course is designed to provide students with anunderstanding of all the issues relating to starting anonline business (product or service). Students willhave to generate an online business idea, completebusiness planning process including all the steps tostarting a business. Students will be required toselect, develop, plan, design including selectingappropriate technologies, conduct market research,develop a customer service plan, seek funding alter-natives, determine business feasibility and all otherbusiness plan requirements.

MR2700 International MarketingThis course is designed to enable students to applythe concepts of marketing in an international context.The course will enable students to research andunderstand foreign markets, and to apply marketingconcepts relevant to strategy development in foreignmarkets identified by exporting and transnationalorganizations.Prerequisite(s): MR2100

MR2800 Business-to-Business MarketingThis course is designed to enable students to applythe concepts of marketing in a business customercontext. The course will enable students to researchand understand business markets, and to apply mar-keting concepts relevant to strategy development inmanufacturing, trade, institutional, and not-for-profitorganizations.Prerequisite(s): MR2100

MT2400 Mineral Processing IThis course is designed to train the student to func-tion efficiently in an ore concentration facility. Thesubject matter consists of sampling methods andprocedures, flow-sheeting, screens and screen

analysis, pulp density, calculations, grinding-crush-ing equipment and size reduction calculations, clas-sification, concentration and tailings disposal.Prerequisite(s): PH1100, JA1100, CH1100

MT2401 Mineral Processing II(Under Development)Prerequisite(s): MT2400

MU1100 Introduction to Music This is an introductory course which explores basictheory and terminology of music. The intent is to pro-vide students with the skills to read music and towrite a simple composition while learning the vocab-ulary of the industry.

MU1110 Music and Culture ●This course is designed to trace the history of musicand to explore the reciprocal relationship betweenmusic and culture. The course traces the develop-ment of distinct musical genres and illustrates thatthese genres serve as mirrors of their respectivesocieties.Prerequisite(s): MU1100

MU1120 Musical Theatre This course explores the role of music in theatre arts.The primary focus is upon the role of music, and themusical director, within theatre.

MU1200 SongwritingThis course provides an overview of effective song-writing principles. Students will review these princi-ples and will listen critically to a wide range ofselections from a variety of genres. By the end of thecourse, students will be composing their own pieces.

MU1400 PerformanceThis course combines in-class sessions on stagepresence and performance with live performances inlocal venues as either lead or back-up performer.

MU2110 InstrumentsThis introductory course explores the families ofinstruments used in all civilizations. Students will usea classification system to categorize instruments andto identify common operating principles.Prerequisite(s): MU1110

MU2120 Music Genres: TraditionalThis course provides a more detailed analysis ofmusical genres introduced in the Music and Culturecourse. Specifically, this course will address tradi-tional genres that have greatly influenced the devel-opment of the traditional Newfoundland genre.Prerequisite(s): MU1110

MU2130 Music Genres: PopularThis course explores the origins of popular music,the evolution of media and mass distribution, andtraces the impact of popular music upon society

MV1100 Engine OperationsThis course in engines requires the use of basictools, shop equipment and test equipment. It involvescompression testing and valve timing. It includesinformation on the operation of different types ofengines and component parts.

MV1110 Lubrication SystemsThis course in lubrication systems requires the use ofbasic tools, shop equipment and test equipment. Itinvolves disassembling and reassembling lubricationsystems; and inspecting, testing andrepairing/replacing component parts and makingadjustments. It includes information on the operationof different types of lubrication systems and compo-nent parts.

MV1160 Light Duty EnginesThis course in engines requires the use of basictools, shop equipment and test equipment. It involvesdisassembling and reassembling light duty engines;and inspecting, testing, adjusting andrepairing/replacing component parts. It includesinformation on the operation of different types of lightduty engines and component parts.Prerequisite(s): MV1100

MV1240 Medium Duty Steering and SuspensionThis course in steering and suspensions requires theuse of basic tools, equipment, and test instruments. Itinvolves disassembling and reassembling mediumduty steering and suspension systems; and inspect-ing, testing, and repairing/replacing components. Itincludes information on the types of components andsystems, and their operation.

MV1310 Gas Engine Air & Fuel Delivery SystemsThis course in fuel systems requires the use of basictools, shop equipment and test equipment. It involvesdisassembling and reassembling gasoline air andfuel delivery systems; and inspecting, testing andrepairing/replacing component parts and makingadjustments. It includes information on the operationof different types of gasoline air and fuel deliverysystems and component parts.

MV1400 Body Electrical CircuitsThis electromechanical course requires the use ofbasic tools, shop equipment and test equipment. Itinvolves disassembling and reassembling body elec-trical circuits; and inspecting, testing andrepairing/replacing component parts and makingadjustments. It includes information on the operationof different types of body electrical circuits and com-ponent parts.

MV1420 Ignition SystemsThis course in ignition systems and emissionsrequires the use of basic tools, shop equipment andtest equipment. It involves disassembling andreassembling ignition systems; and inspecting, test-ing and repairing/replacing component parts andmaking adjustments. It includes information on theoperation of different types of ignition systems andcomponent parts.Prerequisite(s): MP1310

MV1430 Light and Medium Duty Starting andCharging Systems

This electromechanical course requires the use ofbasic tools, shop equipment and test equipment. Itinvolves disassembling and reassembling light dutystarting and charging systems; and inspecting, test-ing and repairing/replacing component parts andmaking adjustments. It includes information on theoperation of different types of light duty starting andcharging systems and component parts.Prerequisite(s): MP1310

185⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

MV1550 Small Equipment TransmissionsThis course in small equipment transmissionsinvolves servicing lawn and garden equipment trans-missions and differentials, chainsaws and drive sys-tems, hydrostatic drives, snowmobile chain cases,motorcycle transmissions and crankshafts, motorcy-cle clutches, and marine equipment transmissionsand velvet drives. It includes information on thedesign and function of transmissions, types of snow-mobile chain cases, motorcycle transmission opera-tions, motorcycle gear shifting mechanisms,motorcycle kickstarting operations, and motorcycleprimary drives and clutch operations.

MV1620 Light & Medium Duty Cooling SystemsThis course in cooling systems requires the use ofbasic tools, shop equipment and test equipment. Itinvolves disassembling and reassembling light andmedium duty cooling systems; and inspecting, testingand repairing/replacing component parts and makingadjustments. It includes information on the operationof different types of light and medium duty coolingsystems and component parts.

MV2310 Gasoline Injection SystemsThis course in fuel systems requires the use of basictools, shop equipment and test equipment. It involvesdisassembling and reassembling gasoline injectionsystems; and inspecting, testing andrepairing/replacing component parts and makingadjustments. It includes information on the operationof different types of gasoline injection systems andcomponent parts.Prerequisite(s): MP1310

MW1130 Power TransmissionsThis course in industrial mechanics requires the useof tools and equipment, and materials and supplies. Itinvolves disassembling and reassembling, installing,aligning and maintaining power transmissions. Itincludes information on the operation of power trans-missions and components parts.

MW1140 Conveyor SystemsThis course in industrial mechanics requires the useof tools and equipment, and materials and supplies. Itinvolves disassembling and reassembling, installing,aligning and maintaining conveyor systems. Itincludes information on the operation of conveyorsystems and component parts.

MW1150 Vibration AnalysisThis course in industrial mechanics requires the useof tools and equipment, and materials and supplies. Itinvolves analyzing vibration and balancing and align-ing machinery. It includes information on the opera-tion of balancing and alignment equipment.

MW1160 AlignmentThis course in industrial mechanics requires the useof tools and equipment, and materials and supplies. Itinvolves maintaining and replacing motors and align-ing shafts using optical levelling and optical laseralignment equipment. It includes information on vari-able speed reduction units, optical levelling, opticallaser alignment and shaft alignment techniques.

MW1210 Introduction to CNC MachiningThis machining course requires the use of tools andaccessories, and materials and supplies. It involvesthe basic operation and maintenance of computer-

ized numerical controlled milling machines andlathes. It includes basic information on types andoperation of CNC milling machines, component parts,and CNC lathes.

MW1220 Introduction to MillingThis machining course in milling requires the use oftools and equipment, and materials and supplies. Itinvolves operating and maintaining milling equip-ment. It includes information on the operation ofmilling machines and component parts.

MW1310 MillingThis machining course in milling requires the use oftools and equipment, and materials and supplies. Itinvolves operating and maintaining milling equip-ment. It includes information on the operation ofmilling machines and component parts.

MW1320 Advanced Machining (Lathes)This machining course in advanced lathe workrequires the use of tools and equipment, and materi-als and supplies. It involves precision machining onlathes. It includes information on the operation oflathes and accessories.

MW1330 Precision GrindingThis machining course requires the use of tools andaccessories, and materials and supplies. It involvesoperating and maintaining grinders. It includes infor-mation on types and operation of grinders and com-ponent parts.

MW1340 Computerized Numerical ControlledMachining

This machining course requires the use of tools andaccessories, and materials and supplies. It involvesthe operation and maintenance of computerizednumerical controlled milling machines and lathes. Itincludes information on types and operation of CNCmilling machines, component parts, and CNC lathes.

MW1350 Planers and ShapersThis course in planers and shapers requires the useof tools and accessories, and materials and supplies.It involves operation and maintenance of planers andshapers. It includes information on types and opera-tion of planers and shapers and component parts.

MW1400 Precision LayoutThis machining course requires the use of tools andequipment, and materials and supplies. It involvesprecision layout of bench work. It includes informa-tion on the operation of computerized numerical con-trolled machining mills and component parts.

MW1410 Basic LathesThis machining course requires the use of tools andequipment, and materials and supplies. It involvesusing and maintaining lathes. It includes informationon the operation of lathes and component parts.

MW1420 Emergency Power SystemsThis course in power engineering requires the use oftools and equipment, instruments and material andsupplies. It involves operation and preventive mainte-nance of emergency power systems. It includesinformation on types and operation of emergencypower systems.

MW1430 Engine OperationsThis course in engines requires the use of basictools, shop equipment and test equipment. It involvescompression testing and valve timing. It includesinformation on the operation of different types ofengines and component parts.

MW1440 Seals and BearingsThis course in industrial mechanics requires the useof basic tools and equipment and materials and sup-plies. It involves removing, selecting, installing andmaintaining seals and bearings and lubricants.

MW1500 Stationary Power ToolsThis machining course requires the use of tools andequipment, and materials and supplies. It involvesusing and maintaining specialized machining tools. Itincludes information on the operation of specializedmachining tools and component parts.

MX2100 Radiographic AnatomyIn order for a technologist to competently performany diagnostic radiographic examination, a completeand thorough knowledge of human anatomy isrequired. It is also essential that students be able toidentify anatomical structures on the radiograph; dif-ferentiate between the normal and abnormal radi-ographic images; use knowledge of tissue densities,either normal or pathological, be able to accuratelylocate hidden structures by relating to surface land-marks. In addition, the pathologies relevant to theskeletal and cardiovascular system and their radio-logical significance will be discussed.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 3rd semes-ter.

MX2101 Radiographic AnatomyThis course is designed to thoroughly familiarize stu-dents with the structure, function, location, pathologyand radiographic appearance of structures in theskull, as well as anatomical systems: Axial Skeleton(Skull), Digestive, Respiratory, Urinary, Reproductive,Nervous and Endocrine Systems. Included will be adiscussion of the special sense organs of the eyeand ear. Pathology especially that which may bedemonstrated radiographically is also discussed.Prerequisite(s): MX2100

MX2110 Radiographic TechniqueThis course is designed to introduce the student tothe fundamental practices involved in the perform-ance of radiographic imaging. Instructional areasinclude: terminology, film identification, patient/tech-nologist relationship, examination protocol, radiationprotection and technologist responsibility. Emphasiswill be placed on basic, alternate, and specializedimaging of the appendicular and axial skeleton,angiography, and lymphangiography.Prerequisite(s): BL2100

MX2120 Radiographic TechniqueThis course will consist of instruction in the basic,alternate and special positioning required to radi-ographically demonstrate the skull and facial bones,as well as body organs and structures of the follow-ing systems: Respiratory, Digestive, Urinary,Reproductive, Endocrine and Skeletal and NervousSystems. Discussion, demonstration and clinicalapplication will include such areas as foreign bodylocalization, mobile, operating room, accident radiog-

186 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

raphy, and CT imaging.Prerequisite(s): MX2100

MX2200 Image RecordingThis course is designed to give students a compre-hensive knowledge of the photographic processinvolved in the formation of the latent image as thesensitive emulsion of film is acted upon by radiantenergy. It will allow the student to be knowledgeableabout the construction of film material, as well as themany factors that affect the quality of the radi-ographic image so that the maximum amount ofinformation becomes visible to assist in the diagnosisof any pathological or other causes of abnormal con-ditions that might be present.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 3rd semes-ter.

MX2201 Image RecordingThis course is a continuation of MX2200. It isdesigned to provide students with a comprehensiveknowledge of the physical design, function and main-tenance of the processor. Performance of specificquality assurance procedures necessary to maintaina high standard of image quality will be emphasized.Prerequisite(s): MX2200, MX2300Co-requisite(s): MX2301

MX2301 Apparatus and AccessoriesThis course is developed to allow the student to gaina comprehensive knowledge of the major compo-nents of x-ray generating units. They will acquire theskills necessary to operate basic and present daysophisticated equipment effectively and efficiently.The student will be taught the physics of operation ofadvanced imaging modalities such as computerizedaxial tomography and digital radiography.Prerequisite(s): MX2200, MX2300

MX2310 Apparatus and AccessoriesThis course has been developed so that the studentwill have a comprehensive knowledge of the produc-tion of x-radiation that will be useful for medical pur-poses. The student will understand the use of thex-ray tube, its components, and characteristics thatwill allow the proper control of the x-ray beam. Thestudent will have a basic knowledge of the electricalcircuits that are essential for the production of thetype of x-radiation that will result in high quality radi-ographic imaging. The student will have knowledgeof methods employed to facilitate heat dissipationduring the production of x-radiation, as well as prac-tical skills employed to conserve tube life. The stu-dent will be able to identify signs of tube failure.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 3rd semes-ter.

MX2400 Patient CareThis course is designed to provide the student radi-ographer with the necessary knowledge to providegood patient care in a variety of situations whichmight be encountered in the hospital environment.This course emphasizes basic concepts in generalpatient care, body mechanics, basic nursing skills,use of common drugs, as well as caring for patientswith special needs. During this semester studentswill also receive instruction in the fundamentals offirst aid and basic life support.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 3rd semes-ter.

MX2500 Radiation Protection andRadiobiologyCombined with their knowledge of radiobiology, stu-dents will learn how to utilize radiation to providemaximum diagnostic information with minimal biolog-ical damage to the patient. Students will becomefamiliar with international, national and provincialstandards. They will learn how to maintain thesestandards by the correct use of equipment, acces-sories and other relevant factors. They will learn howto provide maximum protection from ionizing radia-tion to the patient, general public, co-workers andthemselves.Prerequisite(s): BL2100, PH2200, MX2100, MX2310

MX3200 Clinical Radiography IThis course is designed to expand on the clinicalexperience of students. Applied knowledge ofanatomy and physiology, radiographic technique,pathology, radiation protection and patient care willbe reinforced. Emphasis will be placed on intensiveclinical demonstrations and application of skills nec-essary for students to become competent in perform-ing radiographic examinations in the following areas:vertebral column, thoracic cage, pelvic girdle / upperfemora, shoulder girdle and operating room / mobileradiography. Students will also acquire clinical expe-rience in Mammography and Arthrography.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 5th semes-ter

MX3210 Clinical Radiography IIThis course is designed to expand on the clinicalexperience of students. Applied knowledge ofanatomy and physiology, radiographic technique,pathology, radiation protection and patient care willbe reinforced. Emphasis will be placed on intensiveclinical demonstrations and application of skills nec-essary for the student to become competent in per-forming radiographic examinations in the followingareas: digestive system, accessory organs, urinarysystem, skull and operating room / mobile radiogra-phy. Students will acquire clinical experience inMyelography, Tomography, /Cardiovascular Imaging.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 5th semes-ter

MX3220 Clinical Radiography IIIThis course is designed to expand on the clinicalexperience of students. Applied knowledge ofanatomy and physiology, radiographic technique,pathology, radiation protection and patient care willbe reinforced. Emphasis will be placed on intensiveclinical demonstrations and application of skills nec-essary for students to become competent in perform-ing all radiographic examinations on a pediatricpatient, including urinary system (cystourethrogra-phy), upper extremity, lower extremity, pediatricchest and operating room / mobile radiography.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 5th semes-ter

OF1100 Office Management I ●This course is designed to acquaint students with thesignificant role of the office employee in business,the importance of effective communication and thevarious communications methods used, and toenhance desirable personality traits and attitudes.Topics covered: office careers, interpersonal com-munications, electronic communications, telephone

technology and techniques, and written informationdistribution (mail).

OF1101 Office Management II ●This course examines filing systems and proceduresused by office workers, manual and electronic meth-ods of information storage and retrieval, types ofmicroforms, and the need for records retention. Also,managing time, planning and organizing businesstravel, researching information, and planning meet-ings and conferences are explored.

OF1300 Professional Office ProceduresThis course is designed to acquaint the student withthe basic skills necessary to function in today’s mod-ern office.

OF2100 Office Management IIIThis course is designed to further prepare the stu-dent for the workplace. The focus is on topics suchas personal development, planning meetings andconference and job search skills to refine the skillsneeded to become a successful and professionalemployee.

OF2101 Office Management IVStudents will complete an office simulation whichwill require them to perform research, make deci-sions, and apply time management skills.Prerequisite(s): DM2200

OF2300 MCP Billing ●This course is designed to emphasize the preparationof MCP claims forms relating to various medical pro-cedures in accordance with the guidelines estab-lished by the Newfoundland Medical CareCommission.

OF2400 Medical Office Management I ●This course is designed to acquaint the student withthe role of the secretary in a hospital or in the officeof a physician or other health care professional. Itprovides opportunities for the student to acquireknowledge on such topics as interpersonal relation-ships, reception and client management, healthinsurance, and general issues relating to prescrip-tions. There is a strong emphasis on the need forconfidentiality in a medical environment throughoutthe course.Prerequisite(s): OF1101

OF2401 Medical Office Management II ●This course further develops the student’s ability tofunction efficiently in a medical environment. Topicsinclude medical ethics and medical law, currentmedical issues, records management, and planningand organizing meetings and conferences. As well, atime-limited medical office practice simulation pro-gram is utilized to acquaint the student with typicalmedical cases and to assist in the development oforganizational, time management, and decision-mak-ing skills. Students are also given an opportunity toacquire job-search skills in the preparation of lettersof application and resumes and in simulated inter-views.Prerequisite(s): OF2400

OF2500 Legal Office Procedures IThis course acquaints students with the role of thelegal secretary and in particular educates the stu-dent in such areas as sources of law, memoranda of

187⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

law, diaries and client records, the Newfoundlandcourt system, civil litigation, and incorporation proce-dures for Newfoundland. In addition, emphasis isplaced on personal development of the students insuch areas as tact, confidentiality, personality devel-opment, human relations, and personal appearance. Prerequisite(s): OF1101Co-requisite(s): DM2210

OF2501 Legal Office Procedures IIStudents are informed of the basic legal procedures in Newfoundland regarding wills, theprobate and administration of estates, the purchaseand sale of real property, and family law. Emphasis isalso placed on office management skills and furtherpersonal development in areas such as human rela-tions, job awareness, and poise. This course closelyparallels Legal Document Production II to ensure thatstudents may again apply the theory learned. Thestudents are also exposed to a legal or quasi-legalwork environment through a four-week work expo-sure program.Prerequisite(s): OF2500Co-requisite(s): DM3210

OJ1100 Work Exposure (required for Certificatelevel)

Students gain an appreciation of the real work envi-ronment in a business or industry directly related tothe area of training. This two-week period will berequired in addition to academic content coveredthus requiring students to attend intersession.

OJ1240 Work ExposureStudents gain an appreciation of the real work envi-ronment in a business or industry directly related to the area of training. This four-week periodwill be required in addition to academic content cov-ered thus requiring students to attend intersession.

OJ1300 On-The-Job TrainingThis three-week unpaid workplace exposure pro-gram is designed to insure that a graduating studenthas an opportunity of functioning with a real worldemployment setting. Students are placed with theforest industry or a forestry related agency.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of all courseswithin the Forestry program (must be eligible to grad-uate).

OJ1301 On-The-Job-TrainingThis three-week unpaid workplace exposure pro-gram is designed to insure that a graduating studenthas an opportunity of functioning with a real worldemployment setting. Students are placed with a Fishand Wildlife related agency.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of all courseswithin the Fish and Wildlife program (must be eligibleto graduate).

OJ1440 Work Term IThis is the first of two field related courses designedto assist students in obtaining occupational experi-ence. This course is a two week workplace experi-ence for students pursuing a Tourism StudiesDiploma. The purpose is to provide students theopportunity to apply the knowledge and skillsacquired in class to a position in the tourism industry.This course will be completed during the last twoweeks of the scheduled intersession.

Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of all coursesin semesters one and two.

OJ1441 Work Term IIThis is the second of two field related coursesdesigned to assist students in obtaining occupationalexperience. This course is a three week workplaceexperience for students pursuing a Tourism StudiesDiploma. The purpose is to provide students theopportunity to apply the knowledge and skillsacquired in class to a position in the tourism industry.This course will be completed during the last threeweeks of the third semester.Prerequisite(s): OJ1440 and satisfactory completionof all courses in semester three.

OJ1520 Work ExposureStudents are expected to complete four weeks ofwork exposure for completion of the diploma require-ments.

OJ1530 Work ExposureStudents are expected to complete four weeks ofwork exposure for completion of the diploma require-ments.

OJ1540 Work ExposureStudents are expected to complete four weeks ofwork exposure for completion of the diploma require-ments.

OL1220 Motorized EquipmentThis fundamental course requires the use ofmechanical equipment and maintenance tools. Itinvolves the operation and maintenance of motorizedequipment. It includes information on specializedvehicles, hydraulic equipment and vehicle grounding.

OL1230 Power Tools and Utility EquipmentThis fundamental course requires the use of mainte-nance tools and equipment. It involves operating andmaintaining utility equipment and electric and gaspower tools. It includes information on climbingequipment, dead-ending equipment, ladders andwork platforms, small gasoline engines, power saws,gas and electric drills, hydraulic tools and rock drills.

OL1360 Power Lines Structures IThis transmission line installation course requires theuse of tools, equipment and accessories. It involveshandling, transporting and storing poles; diggingholes; erecting, setting and moving poles; installinganchors. It includes information on rights of way, lineconstruction (Helicopter), pole and anchor locations,submarine cables, transportation of poles, and poleline hardware.

OL1400 Primary Control DevicesThis transmission line installation course requires theuse of basic tools and equipment and test equipment.It involves installing, maintaining, and troubleshoot-ing primary control devices. It includes informationon high voltage switching, air break switching,metering, voltage regulation, isolation and protection,reclosing and sectionalizing, and supervisory control.

OL1500 Workplace ManagementThis fundamentals course requires the use of motor-ized patrol equipment, rescue equipment, and worksite barriers and traffic cones. It involves patrolling,inspecting and reporting on transmission line prob-

lems; bucket rescue, pole top rescue, and rescuefrom confined spaces; installing and maintainingwork site barriers; and controlling pedestrian traffic.It includes information on pole numbering, environ-mental regulations and transmission line problemssuch as broken conductors, cracked insulators,loose guy wires, and trees on the line; rigging andrescue harnesses; and warning devices and trafficregulations.

OL2110 Safety GroundingThis course in transmission line installation requiresthe use of basic tools and equipment. It involves de-energizing transmission lines and installing safetygrounding. It includes information on safety regula-tions, power outage and tagging procedures, shortsand grounds, grounding theory and equipotentialgrounding.

OL2120 Quantity Cost Line EstimateThis transmission line maintenance course requiresthe use of transmission line specifications and cost-ing information. It involves designing a line and esti-mating quantities and cost. It includes information online components and types of transmission line sys-tems.

OL2340 Primary ConductorsThis transmission line installation course requires theuse of tools, equipment and accessories. It involvesinstallation and maintenance of primary conductors.It includes information on armour rods, connectors,conductor ties, lightning arrestors, types of conduc-tors, stringing, sagging, tensioning and splicing.

OL2350 Secondary ConductorsThis transmission line installation course requires theuse of tools and equipment, and secondary conduc-tor components. It involves installation and mainte-nance of secondary conductors. It includesinformation on types of armour rods, conductor ties,conductors, stringing, sag, tension, splicing and con-nectors.

OL2360 Power Line Structures IIThis transmission line installation course requires theuse of tools, equipment and accessories. It involveshandling, transporting and storing poles; diggingholes; erecting, setting and moving poles; installinganchors; and straightening and replacing poles. Itincludes information on rights on way, line construc-tion (Helicopter), pole and anchor locations, trans-mission towers, submarine cable, transportation ofpoles, and poleline hardware.

OL2400 Underground Residential DistributionThis transmission line installation course requires theuse of basic tools and equipment and test equipment.It involves installing, maintaining and troubleshootingunderground residential distribution systems. Itincludes information on safety codes, primary andsecondary bus underground, isolating and protectivedevices, and pad mounting transformers.

OL2410 Live Maintenance (Rubber Gloves)This transmission line maintenance course requiresthe use of protective equipment, basic tools and testequipment. Live maintenance usually requires suit-able weather conditions. It involves maintenance andinstallation of transmission line components on livelines. It includes information on safety requirements,

188 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

overhead isolating and protecting devices, and hotstick equipment.

OL2420 Hot Stick Live Line Maintenance <35 kVThis transmission line maintenance course requiresthe use of protective equipment, <35 kV hot stick equipment, block and tackle, and liveline jack. Live line maintenance usually requires suit-able weather conditions. It involves troubleshooting,maintenance and repair of <35 kV live transmissionlines. It includes information on hot line tools, testingequipment, and tagging and permits.

OL2430 Hot Stick Live Line Maintenance 35 kV - 69 kV

This transmission line maintenance course requiresthe use of basic tools and equipment, protectiveequipment, 35 kV - 69 kV equipment, and tensionpullers. Live maintenance usually requires suitableweather conditions. It involves troubleshooting,maintaining and repairing live transmission lines from35 kV to 69 kV. It includes information on safetyrequirements, hot line tools, and bare hand mainte-nance.

OL2440 Hot Stick Live Line Maintenance > 69 kVThis transmission line maintenance course requiresthe use of basic tools and equipment, protectiveequipment, > 69 Kv equipment and strain carriers.Live maintenance usually requires suitable weatherconditions. It involves troubleshooting, maintainingand repairing live transmission lines > 69 kV. Itincludes information on > 69 kV tools and equipment,tagging and permits.

OM1100 Basic Oil BurnersThis course in heat generation systems requires theuse of basic tools and equipment and materials andsupplies. It involves sizing, installing, maintaining,testing and troubleshooting oil burner system compo-nents. It includes information on oil burner opera-tions, types of oil burners, atomization andvaporization of fuels, fuel supply systems, principlesof combustion, purpose of cleaning, advantages anddisadvantages of oil burning units and componentparts.

OM1110 Oil Burner Shop Fundamentals This general studies course requires the use ofsafety equipment, tools, fasteners, shop equipmentand facilities and manuals. It involves the develop-ment of safety practices in the operation and mainte-nance of shop tools, equipment and facilities. Itincludes information on general safety regulations,occupational health and safety, and fire preventionand suppression.

OM1200 Fuel Delivery Systems This course in heat generation systems requires theuse of tools and equipment, and materials and sup-plies. It involves design, installation and maintenanceof fuel delivery systems. It includes information onoperation and types of fuel delivery systems andcomponent parts.

OM1220 Oil Burner Electrical Systems This course is designed to give the Oil BurnerMechanic a knowledge of the principles of electric-ity. The course requires the use of electrical tools,various circuit components, and measuring instru-ments. It will involve constructing basic circuits, tak-

ing and reading various measurements, and perform-ing basic calculations using Ohm’s Law. It will coversuch topics as DC voltage, AC voltage, current andresistance, electric power, line voltage drop, opencircuit voltage, electron theory, low voltage trans-former theory, magnetism, static electricity, motors,units of measure, and symbols. It will also cover con-ductors and insulators, grounding, series and parallelcircuits, as well as series/parallel circuits and elec-tromagnetism.

OM1310 Control Systems Course provides training for the installation, opera-tion and maintenance of piping and heating controlsystems.

OM1400 Warm Air Systems This course in warm air systems requires the use oftools and equipment, test equipment and materialsand supplies. It involves installation, testing andmaintenance of warm air systems. It includes infor-mation on warm air systems and component parts.

OM1420 Alternate Wood Heating Generators This course in heat generation systems requires theuse of tools and equipment, and materials and sup-plies. It involves sizing, installing, maintaining, testingand troubleshooting alternative heat generators. Itincludes information on operation and types of alter-nate heat generators and component parts.

OM1430 Hot Water Systems Course provides training for installing and maintain-ing hot water heating systems.

OM1510 Residential Mechanical Ventilation This course in residential mechanical ventilationinstallation requires the use of tools and equipment,test equipment, material and supplies. It involves theinstallation, selection of equipment, system designand the balancing of residential mechanical ventila-tion systems in accordance with the NationalBuilding Code and Canadian Standard AssociationB326-M91.

OM1520 Combustion Venting Systems This course in combustion chambers and venting ofcombustion gases requires the use of basic tools,equipment materials, and supplies. It involves the siz-ing, designing, selecting, installing, testing, and trou-bleshooting of combustion chambers and ventingsystems.

OM1530 Low Pressure Steam Heating Systems Course provides training for the installation, opera-tion and maintenance of low pressure hot water andsteam boilers

PC1100 Political Science An introductory course in political science withemphasis on Canadian, Provincial and Municipalinstitutions. Topics included are: The House ofCommons, The Cabinet, The Judiciary, TheBureaucracy, Elections and Political Parties.

PE1500 Electrical MachinesThis course introduces the student to electricalmachines and transformers. It covers theory, typicalconfigurations and operating parameters for bothrotating machines and transformers. The studentsgain an appreciation of the machine types, circuit

arrangements, and operating characteristics throughlab exercises.Prerequisite(s): ET2100

PE1610 Aircraft ElectricalThe purpose of this course is to give the student anoverview of aircraft power systems. Batteries, gener-ators, alternators and ground power sources will beexamined. Basic wiring practices as well as an intro-duction to wiring schematics and ignition systemswill be completed. The practical portion of thiscourse will include all aspects of wire routing, secur-ing, tying, splicing and attaching.

PE2120 Electrical PracticesThis course introduces the student to the plant elec-trical distribution system. It provides a foundation inthe principles applied to the distribution, protectionand control of plant power.Prerequisite(s): PE1500

PE2430 Plant Electrical SystemsThis course introduces the student to the plant elec-trical systems needed to support a modern produc-tion process, one that focuses on distributing,converting and controlling electrical energy in aneffort to improve product quality and reduce operat-ing costs. Topics include energy sources, power dis-tribution in an industrial plant, energy conversionusing motors, motor protection and control require-ments, and digital controllers used for energy man-agement (demand controller) and motor control (PLC).Prerequisite(s): ET1101

PE2500 Electrical Practice (Main. & Des.)This course covers the care and use of hand tools,safety, types of electrical protection, installation ofmotor starters and relays, drawing electricalschematics, troubleshooting motor control circuits,installation of circuits using sections of the CSAelectrical code.Prerequisite(s): CI1300, ET1101

PE2501 Electrical Practice (Main. & Des.)This is an intermediate level course that covers thetesting and repair of DC and AC motors, as well as anintroduction to motors for use in hazardous areas,and ship safety electrical systems.Prerequisite(s): PE2500, MP2900

PE2700 Industrial Instrumentation PracticesThis course covers the care and use o f hand tools,safety, types of electrical protection.

PE2800 Industrial Mechanical SystemsThe purpose of this course is to introduce the stu-dents to industrial mechanical systems. The studentsare expected to use this knowledge to assist withimproving the efficiency of common mechanicalprocesses, in an effort to improve product quality.Topics covered include the operation, applicationand maintenance of pumps, power transmissionequipment, conveyors, seals and bearings; conditionmonitoring and preventive measures, including align-ment issues, vibration analysis, and fluid sampling,and preventive and predictive maintenance tech-niques.Prerequisite(s): PH1101, FM2320

189⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

PE3100 Electrical PracticeThis course covers the installation of heating andlighting controls, transformer protection, short circuitanalysis, commercial and industrial demand loads.Prerequisite(s): PE2501

PE3101 Electrical Practice (Bldg. Elect.)This is an advanced level course designed for elec-trical engineering technology students. It is intendedto provide them with necessary information aboutelectrical power systems. It is also to train them inthe area of electrical system design. A project isincluded to reinforce theoretical concepts andenable students to apply them in the design process.Prerequisite(s): PE3100

PE3110 Electrical Power SystemsThis course is designed to upgrade the basic knowl-edge and skill learned to date. As in depth study ofAC/DC power generation will take place. Externalpower systems and electrical load distribution willalso be addressed in greater detail.Prerequisite(s): PE1610

PE4100 Electrical Practice (Bldg. Elect.)This course is a continuation to Electrical PracticePE3101 (Building Electrical Design). It is designed foradvanced electrical engineering technology studentsto provide them with the necessary information forcompleting electrical system design. The projectstarted in the first term is continued and to be com-pleted as a part of this course.Prerequisite(s): PE3101

PF1100 Pipe FabricationThis course in piping fundamentals requires the useof tools and equipment, and materials and supplies. Itinvolves using handbooks to perform pipe layout onthe pipe, joint preparation, cutting, fitting and tackwelding. It includes information and tables on cut-backs, cutlines, angles, angle of cuts, factors andconstants.

PF1110 Pipe Fabrication (Template Development)This course in piping fundamentals requires the useof tools and equipment, and materials and supplies. Itinvolves lay outs and template development. Itincludes information on various types of layouts,structural shapes, design and layout of pipe turns,laterals, end caps and special connections non-stocktype welded joints.

PF1120 Ferrous Pipe AssemblyThis course in ferrous piping fundamentals requiresthe use of tools and equipment, and materials andsupplies. It involves selecting, measuring, cutting, fit-ting and tack welding. It includes information on theassembly of different types of pipes and componentparts.

PF1130 Non-Ferrous Pipe AssemblyThis course in non-ferrous piping fundamentalsrequires the use of tools and equipment, materialsand supplies. It involves selecting, measuring, bend-ing, threading, flaring, swaging and compressionjoints. It includes information on the assembly of dif-ferent types of pipes and component parts.

PF1140 Plumbing FundamentalsThis course in piping fundamentals requires the useof tools and equipment, and materials and supplies. It

involves selecting, measuring, bending, threading,flaring, swaging and compression joints. It includesinformation on the assembly of different types ofpipes and component parts.

PF1150 Introduction to Piping and Heating ControlSystems

This course in piping fundamentals requires the useof tools and equipment, and materials and supplies. Itinvolves selecting, measuring, bending, threading,flaring, swaging and compression joints. It includesinformation on the assembly of different types ofpipes and component parts.

PF1160 Piping Shop FundamentalsThis general studies course requires the use ofsafety equipment, tools, fasteners, shop equipmentand facilities and manuals. It involves the develop-ment of safety practices in the operation and mainte-nance of shop tools, equipment and facilities. Itincludes information on general safety regulations,occupational health and safety, and fire preventionand suppression.

PF1170 Pipe Blueprint ReadingThis drafting course requires the use of pipe draw-ings, specifications, bills of materials, drawing instru-ments and facilities. It involves reading industrialpipe drawings, sketches, flow sheets, spool sheets,plot plans, orthographic pipe projection, isometrics,isometric dimensioning, interpretation of pipe specifi-cations. It includes information on locating specificpoints using Cartesian coordinates and the compasspoints and elevations.

PF1210 Piping and Heating Control SystemsThis course in piping systems requires the use oftools and equipment, and materials and supplies. Itinvolves installation, operation, testing and mainte-nance of piping and heating control systems. Itincludes information on types and operation of con-trol systems and component parts.

PF1220 Pump InstallationThis course in piping fundamentals requires the useof tools and equipment, and materials and supplies. Itinvolves selecting, installing, testing and adjustingpumps. It includes information on various types ofpumps and component parts.

PF1240 Pump MaintenanceThis course in piping fundamentals requires the useof tools and equipment, materials and supplies. Itinvolves operating, maintaining, testing and adjustingpumps. It includes information on various types ofpumps and component parts.

PF1300 Low Pressure Steam Boiler SystemsThis course in low pressure steam boiler systemsrequires the use of tools and equipment, test equip-ment and materials and supplies. It involves sizing,installing, operating, testing and maintaining lowpressure steam boiler systems. It includes informa-tion on operating parameters and types of steamboilers and component parts.

PF1330 Alternative Heat GeneratorsThis course in heat generation systems requires theuse of tools and equipment, and materials and sup-plies. It involves sizing, installing, maintaining, testingand troubleshooting alternative heat generators. It

includes information on operation and types of alter-nate heat generators and component parts.

PF1510 Plumbing Venting SystemsThis course in piping systems requires the use oftools and equipment, and materials and supplies. Itinvolves sizing, selecting and installing plumbingventing systems. It includes information on operationand types of venting systems and component parts.

PF1520 Plumbing AppliancesThis course in piping systems requires the use oftools and equipment, and materials and supplies. Itinvolves installation and maintenance of plumbingappliances. It includes information on types andoperation of appliances and component parts.

PF1530 Drainage and Sewage Disposal SystemsThis course in piping systems requires the use oftools and equipment, and materials and supplies. Itinvolves design, installation, testing and maintenanceof drainage and sewage disposal systems. It includesinformation on drainage and sewage disposal sys-tems and component parts.

PF2210 ValvesThis course in piping fundamentals requires the useof tools and equipment, and materials and supplies. Itinvolves selecting installing, operating, maintaining,testing and adjusting valves. It includes informationon types of valves and component parts.

PF2230 Steam SystemsThis course in piping requires the use of tools andequipment, test instruments and materials and sup-plies. It involves installing, operating, testing andmaintaining steam systems. It includes informationon types and operation of steam systems and com-ponent parts.

PF2240 Hot Water Heating SystemsThis course in piping systems requires the use oftools and equipment, test equipment and materialsand supplies. It involves installing, operating, testingand maintaining hot water heating systems. Itincludes information on types and operation of hotwater heating systems and component parts.

PF2300 Industrial BurnersThis course in heat generation systems requires theuse of tools and equipment, test equipment andmaterials and supplies. It involves sizing, installing,operating, maintaining, testing and troubleshootingindustrial burners. It includes information on types ofindustrial burner systems and component parts.

PF2410 Specialized Piping SystemsThis course in piping systems requires the use oftools and equipment, test instruments and materialsand supplies. It involves installation, testing andmaintenance of specialized piping systems. Itincludes information on types and operation of spe-cialized piping systems and component parts.

PF2440 Specialty PipingThis course in piping fundamentals requires the useof tools and equipment, and materials and supplies. Itinvolves selecting, measuring, cutting, threading, andjoint preparation and installation procedures forstainless steel, chromyl and heavy wall pipe.

190 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

PF2500 Cross Connection ControlThis course involves selecting, testing, and trou-bleshooting various types of back-flow preventiondevices. It includes information on code require-ments, industry standards and manufacturer’s speci-fications.

PH1100 Physics ●This is an introductory physics course designed toextend students knowledge and understanding ofbasic physics principles, concepts and applicationsrelating to mechanics. This course also extends abili-ties in data handling, problem solving and experimen-tation.Prerequisite(s):

PH1101 PhysicsThis is a second semester course designed to extendthe student’s knowledge and understanding of basicPhysics principles, concepts and applications relat-ing to kinetic theory, heat, vibrations, sound and light.It also extends abilities in data handling, problemsolving and experimentation.Prerequisite(s): MA1100, PH1100

PH1120 PhysicsThis is an introductory course designed to extendstudents knowledge and understanding of the basicconcepts, principles and applications of mechanics.Topics covered include: kinematics in one and twodimensions, vectors, dynamics, equilibrium, work andenergy, and linear momentum.Prerequisite(s): Level III Academic Mathematics witha minimum mark of 70%, or a pass in AdvancedMathematics; or successful completion of PH1010.Transferable to MUN Physics 1020.

PH1121 PhysicsTransferable to MUN Physics 1021.This introductory course is a continuation of PH1120.Topics covered are fluids, vibrations and waves,sound, electric charge and electric field, electricpotential and potential energy, electric current, D.C.circuits and instruments, magnetism and geometricaloptics.Prerequisite(s): PH1100 or MUN Physics 1020.

PH1200 PhysicsThis is a second semester course designed to extendstudents knowledge and understanding of basicphysics principles, concepts and applications relat-ing to waves, sound, light, heat and electricity.Prerequisite(s): PH1100 or PH1120

PH1201 PhysicsThis is an intersession course designed to extendstudents knowledge and understanding of physicsprinciples, concepts and applications relating toelectricity and magnetism.Prerequisite(s): PH1200 or PH1121

PH2200 Radiation PhysicsThis is a radiation course designed for medical radi-ography students. It will give them an understandingof:1. X-ray physics; the nature of x-rays, the productionof x-rays with matter.2. Radiation dosimetry; radiation exposure, absorbeddose, dose equivalent, effective dose equivalent,detection of radiation and dosimeters.Prerequisite(s): PH1201

PH2400 Analytical MechanicsThis course is intended to provide the student withthe solid base in the concepts of mechanics andtheir application to structures and electric machinery. Prerequisite(s): MA1101, PH1100

PH3100 GeophysicsGeophysics involves the study of the earth throughthe application of physics. Geophysics is a broad dis-cipline with applications in mineral exploration, oiland gas exploration, industry and academicresearch. This course is a basic introduction to geo-physical exploration in the oil and gas industry.Topics will center around the major exploration tools-- Seismic, magnetics and gravity.Prerequisite(s): GE2500

PM2100 Drilling Technology IThis is the first of three courses in drilling technol-ogy. This course covers all aspects of rig construc-tion and operation and fundamental operationsassociated with drilling a well for petroleum explo-ration and production in both onshore and offshoreenvironments.Prerequisite(s): CF2520, FM2300, GE1501

PM2101 Drilling Technology IIThis is the second of three courses in drilling tech-nology. Students apply and build on the skills andknowledge developed in “Introduction to DrillingTechnology” to carry out drilling engineering analy-sis and optimization and well planning.Prerequisite(s): PM2100

PM2200 Petroleum Production IAn introductory course in Petroleum Productionoperations introducing the major processes andequipment involved in initiating and maintaining pro-duction from a wellbore. The course stresses aninterdisciplinary approach to well completion andwork over planning by introducing concepts of totalquality management. Topics include well completiondesign for both conventional and horizontal wells,tubular selection including interactions with packers,subsurface control equipment, formation damage,completion and work over fluids, perforating oil andgas wells, scale deposition, prevention and removaltreatments, surfactants, acidizing, hydraulic fractur-ing and work over and completion systems.Prerequisite(s): PM2500, PM2100

PM2201 Petroleum Production IIA second course in Petroleum Production focusingon the engineering aspects of well production designand operation. This course stresses an interdiscipli-nary approach to solving production problems byintroducing concepts of total quality management. Prerequisite(s): MA2110, PM2200

PM2300 Reservoir IA first of two courses designed to provide an intro-duction to the principles and practices of petroleumreservoir engineering. The first course serves as anintroduction allowing the student to master the con-cepts of basic reservoir engineering theory andapplication, providing him/her with the knowledgeand skills to effectively study more complex problemsolving techniques covered in the second course.Prerequisite(s): MA2110, TD2110

PM2301 Reservoir IIThe second course in this subject area builds uponthe basic presented in the first offering. The mechan-ics of fluid flow in a porous media are covered indetail enabling the student to analyse flow problemsfor a variety of reservoir boundary conditions. Thecourse also deals in significant detail with the analy-sis of oil and gas well test data, utilizing the methodsof pressure build-up testing and type curve matching.The course concludes with the presentation of theunsteady state water influx theories to enable pre-diction of the amount of water influx into a reservoir.Prerequisite(s): MA2110, PM2300

PM2400 Logging & Formation EvaluationThis course explains the requirements and purposesof production logging and relates this activity tooverall successful development. The student willdevelop an understanding of the purpose and opera-tion of the various production logging tools, includingspecific tools used for measuring flow rate, fluid den-sity and temperature. The presentation aims at devel-oping a full understanding of the operation of themany logging tools, and the ability to read, under-stand and interpret the production logging data gath-ered by the various tools.Prerequisite(s): CH2310, GE2500, PH3100

PM2401 Production Logging & ApplicationsThis is a course in interpretation. It will cover pro-duction logging tools and the interpretation of thedata obtained from those tools.Prerequisite(s): PM2400

PM2500 Facilities EngineeringThis course presents the basic concepts and tech-niques necessary to design, specify and manage oilfield processing equipment. The course has a projectcomponent where course work is related to thedevelopment of an oil field.Prerequisite(s): CF2520, FM2300, MA2100

PM2501 Facilities EngineeringA course which presents the basic concepts andtechniques necessary to design, specify and managegas processing equipment. Major topics include:heat transfer theory, heat exchangers, hydrates LTXand indirect fired heaters, condensate stabilization,acid gas treating, gas dehydration, gas processing,compressors, mechanical design of pressure ves-sels, pressure relief, safety systems and electricalsystems overview.Prerequisite(s): PM2500, TD2110

PM3100 Drilling Technology IIIThis is an advanced course in drilling engineeringwhich uses simulation software to perform engineer-ing analysis and optimization, well planning and datamanagement. Students build on and apply the skillsand knowledge developed in two previous drillingengineering courses by using simulation software tocarry out well planning and drilling engineeringanalysis and optimization. As a complement to thecourse labs, students are required to prepare adetailed drilling program and Application forExpenditure (AFE).Prerequisite(s): PM2101

PM3200 Petroleum Production IIIA third course in Petroleum Production concentrat-ing on artificial lift methods to enable depleting

191⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

reservoirs to sustain viable production rates.Prerequisite(s): PM2201

PR2110 Project ●This Website Administrator project course is offeredduring the fourth semester. During this course stu-dents will research and develop website concepts.Students will design and create customized home-pages specific for e-commerce clients. Students willmaintain and administer websites in a theoreticalframework (classroom). The Website Administratorstudent will research the client’s concept, refine theconcept, design and develop the web page that willarticulate that concept.

PR2200 Technological ThesisThe technological thesis enables the student com-pleting a Diploma Program to demonstrate the appli-cation of knowledge and skills developed throughoutthe program. Students taking this course will workindependently on a project, under the supervision ofa faculty supervisor. They will carry out an in-depthstudy of a problem, design or technological applica-tion, and fully document and present their findings.This will be STAGE 1 of the technical project whichwill include: Problem Solving and the EngineeringDesign Process; Project Identification; ProjectAnalysis; Project Research; Report Preparation;Report Presentation.Prerequisite(s): All required courses prior to semes-ter 7.

PR2201Technological ThesisThe technological thesis enables the student com-pleting a Diploma Program to demonstrate the appli-cation of knowledge and skills developed throughoutthe program. Students taking this course will workindependently on a project, under the supervision ofa faculty supervisor. They will carry out an in-depthstudy of a problem, design or technological applica-tion, and fully document and present their findings.This will be STAGE 1 of the technical project whichwill include: Problem Solving and the EngineeringDesign Process; Project Identification; ProjectAnalysis; Project Research; Report Preparation;Report Presentation.Prerequisite(s): All required courses prior to semester7

PR2211 Major Technical PresentationThis course is intended to prepare the student for afinal presentation of the Major Technical Projectbegun in the second Technical Intersession. Thepresentation will consist of both an oral/multi-mediacomponent as well as submission of a graphic andwritten portfolio. The purpose of the course is toenable the student to develop the necessary skillsrequired to prepare a professional product of theirwork.

This course enables the student in their final semes-ter to synthesize the components of the MajorTechnical Project begun in the second TechnicalIntersession. Students will be required to define thescope of their presentation/portfolio and to develop atime line ending in a final oral/multi-media presenta-tion of their project. Students will also be required topursue an area of individual interest that will be high-lighted in their final presentation.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of all coursesprior to the commencement of semester 8

PR2230 Technical Thesis (Seminar)The investigation of subjects of interest for the selec-tion of a topic for the students Technical Thesis. Theperiod will be used for individual investigation andevaluation of geomatics subjects in consultation withan academic instructor.Prerequisite(s): All courses in previous academicsemesters.

PR2231 Technical ThesisThe technical thesis will allow for the integration ofthe academic, laboratory and workplace knowledgegained during the course of study in the GeomaticsEngineering technology program. The TechnicalThesis will allow the student to demonstrate theknowledge and skills developed during their courseof study. The thesis will allow the student to do amore in-depth study and experimentation and analy-sis in a particular area and on a topic of interest.Prerequisite(s): All courses in previous academicsemesters.

PR2300 Major Technical ProjectThis course exposes students to a major technicalproject that will be continued and developed in sub-sequent semesters. It is also designed to provide stu-dents with the opportunity to apply knowledge andskills gained in previous semesters to this project.Topics covered are broken down into the followingareas: Architectural Working Drawings, BuildingServices, and CAD. It is intended that studentsdevelop a preliminary data base of their projects andto extensively address site development problems.Individual student presentations will be made.Prerequisite(s): DR3101, BU2401, CF2601, BU2301,BU2201, BU2200, EG2200

PR2450 Systems Project ProposalThe Systems Project Proposal enables students touse the time during the semester prior to PR2451 toprepare for their project. Groups will be assignedduring this semester and the project will be distrib-uted to the groups. Because of the diverse work termlocations of the students, communication will bedone using e-mail. The proposal will be due for pres-entation during the first two weeks of the next term.Students taking this course will work in teams offour, or five on a project, under the supervision of afaculty supervisor, and will perform a preliminaryanalysis of a problem.Prerequisite(s): CM2200, CP3420, CP4420 or equiva-lent.

PR2451 Systems ProjectThe systems project enables students to demon-strate the application of knowledge and skills devel-oped through their program. Students taking thiscourse will work in teams of four on a project, underthe supervision of a faculty supervisor, and will per-form the following: (1) an in-depth analysis of a prob-lem; (2) a design and implementation of the problem;(3) full documentation and a presentation of theirsolution.Prerequisite(s): CM2200, CP3420, CP4420 or equiva-lent, PR2450

PR2500, PR2510, PR2511, PR2601, PR2610, PR2611,PR2620, PR2630, PR2631, PR2632 TechnicalThesis (Seminar)

The technological thesis enables the student com-pleting a Diploma Program to demonstrate the appli-

cation of knowledge and skills developed throughoutthe entire program. Students taking this course willwork independently on a project, under the supervi-sion of a faculty supervisor. They will carry out an in-depth study of a problem, design or technologicalapplications, and fully document and present theirfindings.Prerequisite(s): All courses in previous academicsemesters.

PR2550 Technical Thesis IThis course is designed to instruct students in theproper methods of research techniques and reportwriting. Data collection strategies will be explored;and the planning, organizing, and presenting of infor-mation will be emphasized. Students will be requiredto submit a research proposal that, upon approval,will lead to the development of a technical report.Prerequisite(s): CM1400, CM1401

PR2551 Technical Thesis IIThis technical thesis project enables the student todemonstrate the application of knowledge and skillsdeveloped through the program. Students will learnto plan and execute a series of experiments or inves-tigations in one of the three subject areas of biology,chemical, or environmental engineering. The studentwill carry out an in depth study of a problem, designor technological application, and fully document andpresent their findings. Emphasis is on long-term plan-ning, organization of information and equipment,record keeping, and presentation of findings. Thecommunication of results, formally and informally, inwriting and orally, is stressed throughout. Studentstaking this course will work independently on a proj-ect under the supervision of a faculty advisor.Prerequisite(s): PR2550

PR2600 Technical ThesisThe technological thesis enables the student com-pleting a Diploma Program to demonstrate the appli-cation of knowledge and skills developed throughoutthe program. Students taking this course will workindependently on a project, under the supervision ofa faculty supervisor. They will carry out an in-depthstudy of a problem, design or technological applica-tion, and fully document and present their findings.Prerequisite(s): semester 6 Complete & GPA of 2.00

PR2650 & PR2651 Technological ThesisThe technological thesis enables the student com-pleting a Diploma Program to demonstrate the appli-cation of knowledge and skills developed throughoutthe program. Students taking this course will workindependently on a project, under the supervision ofa faculty supervisor. They will carry out an in-depthstudy of a problem, design or technological applica-tion, and fully document and present their findings.Prerequisite(s): CM1401

PR2660 Technical Project and Presentation This technical thesis project enables the student todemonstrate the application of knowledge and skillsdeveloped throughout the program. Students willlearn to plan and execute a series of experiments orinvestigations in a subject area related to the field ofstudy. The student will carry out an in-depth study ofa problem, design, or technological application, andfully document and present his/her findings.Emphasis is on long-term planning, organization ofinformation and equipment, record keeping, and

192 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

presentation of findings. The communication ofresults, formally and informally, in writing and orally,is stressed throughout. Students taking this coursewill work independently on a project under thesupervision of a faculty supervisor.Prerequisite(s): CM1401

PR2680/PR2681 Technological ThesisThe technological thesis enables the student com-pleting a Diploma Program to demonstrate the appli-cation of knowledge and skills developed throughoutthe program. Students taking this course will workindependently on a project, under the supervision ofa faculty supervisor. Students will select project top-ics, in consultation with instructors and industry con-tacts. Students will carry out an in-depth study of aproblem, design, or technological application, andfully document and present their findings. The techni-cal thesis development process includes problemsolving and the engineering design process, projectidentification, project analysis, project research,report preparation and report presentation.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of all coursesscheduled before the last term.

PR2721 Technological ThesisThe technological thesis enables the student com-pleting a Diploma Program to demonstrate the appli-cation of knowledge and skills developed throughoutthe program. Students taking this course will workindependently on a project, under the supervision ofa faculty supervisor. They will carry out an in-depthstudy of a problem, design or technological applica-tions, and fully document and present their findings.Prerequisite(s): CM1401

PR2800 Technological Thesis (Seminar)The technological thesis enables the student com-pleting a Diploma Program to demonstrate the appli-cation of knowledge and skills developed throughoutthe program. Students taking this course will workindependently on a project, under the supervision ofa faculty supervisor. They will carry out an in-depthstudy of a problem, design a technological applica-tion, and fully document and present their findings.Prerequisite(s): CM1401

PR2801 Technological Thesis (Project Analysis)The technological thesis enables the student com-pleting a diploma program to demonstrate the appli-cation of knowledge and skills developed throughoutthe program. Students taking this course will workindependently on a project, under the supervision ofa faculty supervisor. They will carry out an in-depthstudy of a problem, design or technological applica-tion, and fully document and present their findings.Prerequisite(s): CM1401

PR3711 Technological ThesisThe technological thesis enables the student com-pleting a Diploma Program to demonstrate the appli-cation of knowledge and skills developed throughoutthe program. Students taking this course will workindependently on a project, under the supervision ofa faculty supervisor. They will carry out an in-depthstudy of a problem, design a technological applica-tion, and fully document and then orally present theirfindings. Projects must address the social, economic,financial, environmental, legal and ethical considera-tions where relevant.Prerequisite(s): CM1401

PR3800 Technological ThesisThe technological thesis enables the student com-pleting a Diploma Program to demonstrate the appli-cation of knowledge and skills developed throughoutthe program. Students taking this course will workindependently on a project, under the supervision ofa faculty supervisor. They will carry out an in-depthstudy of a problem, design a technological applica-tion, and fully document and present their findings.Prerequisite(s): CM1401

PS1100 Psychology ● ⊗This is an introductory psychology course. Currentexperimentation and the various methods of psycho-logical research are emphasized throughout thecourse. The topics to be covered include: psychologyas a science, learning, perception, sensation, per-sonality and human development.

PS1101 Psychology II ● ⊗This is an introductory psychology course. Currentexperimentation and the various methods of psycho-logical research are emphasized throughout thecourse. The topics to be covered include: (i) stressand adjustment, (ii) language and thought, (iii) intelli-gence and psychological testing, (iv) motivation andemotion, (v) social psychology, (vi) and psy-chopathology.

PS1150 Psychology ●Transferable to MUN Psychology 1000.This course introduces students to psychologicaltheory and research in the areas of neuroscience,human development, learning and memory, sensationand perception of stimuli, and different states of con-sciousness.

PS1151 Psychology ●Transferable to MUN Psychology 1001.An introduction to psychological theory and researchin the areas of human cognition and emotion, motiva-tion, personality, psychological disorders and treat-ment, social psychology, health and stress, andsexuality.Prerequisite(s): PS1150 or MUN Psychology 1000.

PS1230 Understanding AddictionsThis course takes a detailed look at how alcoholand/or drug addiction affects an individual. (1) Itexamines the nature of dependency on a physical,psychological, and emotional level. (2) This informa-tion will then be utilized to teach students basicassessment, intervention, and counseling tech-niques. (3) Students will receive a detailed under-standing of the process of change, relapseprevention, and stages of recovery in addiction. (4)They will also learn how addiction impacts upon afamily, and utilize this information to conduct a com-prehensive assessment. (5) Students will alsoacquire more knowledge on how addiction affectsspecific populations, (youth, women, seniors, natives,and adult children of alcohol/drug users). (6) Finally,they will develop an understanding of gamblingaddiction, individuals with FAS/ARBD, and addictionand violence.Prerequisite(s): PS1100; PS1101; PS1200, CS2200

PS1330 Organizational BehaviourThis course is designed to provide an understandingof the basic principles underlying workplace behav-

iour with particular emphasis on the applications foreffective supervision in the contemporary workplace.

PS1360 Behaviour ManagementThis course covers the principles and practice ofbehaviour modification and introduces the student toprinciples of Gentle Teaching. These principles areviewed as tools to facilitate teaching persons withdevelopment disabilities as well as methods ofunderstanding behaviour.

PS2200 Developmental PsychologyThis course covers the basic concepts, principles,and theories and examines each stage of develop-ment from conception to adolescence.Prerequisite(s): PS1100 or PS1101

PS2220 Developmental Psychology ● ⊗This course will explore human development at dif-ferent periods of the lifespan, including physical andpsychological growth. It will provide a perspective onthe many changes that occur during a person’s life,and examine reasons for developmental change ordisturbance.

PS2340 Organizational Behaviour ●This course is an introduction to the study and prac-tical application of organizational behaviour. It con-cerns itself with the behaviour of people withinorganizations to achieve personal and organizationalgoals. Topics to be covered include: introduction toorganizational behaviour, motivation, stress manage-ment, individual differences, attitudes and ethics,interpersonal communications. It covers the princi-ples and processes of socialization, communications,decision making, and adapting to change in today'sworkplace.

PT1100 Power Plant FundamentalsThis course will provide students with the basicknowledge of the design construction and theory ofoperation of aircraft reciprocating engines. Studentswill perform engine ground-runs and basic servicing.Prerequisite(s): GM1100, GM1200

PT2100 Reciprocating Engine SystemsThis course will provide knowledge of reciprocatingengine internal systems, their design, construction,operation and maintenance.Prerequisite(s): PT1100, AS2500

PT2101 Reciprocating Engine OverhaulThis course will provide the student with the knowl-edge of reciprocating engine inspection removal,installation, overhaul and maintenance procedures,so that he/she can develop sound maintenance prac-tices.Prerequisite(s): PT2100

PT2200 Turbine Engine MaintenanceThis course is designed to provide the student with acomprehensive knowledge of turbine engine designand operation.Prerequisite(s): GM1100, GM1200

PT2201 Turbine Engine SystemsA detailed description of turbine engine systems andinstallations. Particular attention is paid to the lubri-cant systems and fuel controls of the PT6 and Allison250 engines. Helicopter application of turbine

193⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

engines is discussed in detail.Prerequisite(s): PT2200

PY1100 Basic Photography This course introduces students to basic photo-graphic techniques, teaching the use of the 35 mmcamera as a tool for expression. It also teaches thefundamentals of black and white film processing andprintmaking. It lays the ground work for further use ofthe camera in creative photography and photojour-nalism. Students will learn to expose a composed,focussed image on film and print the image on paperwith the tonal qualities of the existing scene.

PY1101 Photography In this course Visual Arts students continue toimprove and refine the skills and concepts acquiredin PY1100 Photography. Emphasis is on print quality,photo composition and using the camera for effectivepersonal expression.Prerequisite(s): PY1100

PY1310 Photojournalism This course introduces students to basic photo-graphic principles and techniques, teaching the useof 35 mm and digital cameras as a tool for expres-sion. It teaches the fundamentals of black and whitefilm processing and printmaking. Students learn todigitize their negatives and prints and are introducedto imaging software.

PY1311 Photojournalism IIThis is an advanced course in photography for jour-nalism students. Students apply basic camera, dark-room and digital processing skills to the task ofproducing photographs for print and online publica-tions.Prerequisite(s): PY1300

RF1100 Refrigeration FundamentalsThis course in refrigeration systems requires the useof tools and equipment, test instruments and materi-als and supplies. It involves testing refrigeration sys-tems for temperature and pressure. It includesinformation on refrigeration principles, refrigerants,testing, heat loss and gain, insulation and types ofsystems.

RF1120 Refrigeration Shop FundamentalsThis general studies course requires the use ofsafety equipment, tools, fasteners, shop equipmentand facilities and manuals. It involves the develop-ment of safety practices in the operation and mainte-nance of shop tools, equipment and facilities. Itincludes information on general safety regulations,occupational health and safety, and fire preventionand suppression.

RF1130 Refrigeration Systems & ComponentsThis course in refrigeration systems requires the useof tools and equipment, test instruments and materi-als and supplies. It involves selecting components,testing components, sizing metering devices, plan-ning system, mounting components, building system,testing pressure, evacuating the system, chargingthe system, operating the system and recoveringrefrigerant. It includes information on types andoperation of refrigeration systems and componentparts.

RF1140 Refrigeration PipingThis course in piping fundamentals requires the useof tools and equipment, and materials and supplies. Itinvolves selecting, measuring, bending, threading,flaring, swaging and compression joints. It includesinformation on the assembly of different types ofpipes and component parts.

RF1200 Packaged and Split Air Conditioning SystemsThis course in air conditioning requires the use oftools and equipment, test instruments and materialsand supplies. It involves designing, installing, trou-bleshooting and servicing packaged and split condi-tioning systems. It includes information on types andoperation of packaged and split air conditioning sys-tems and component parts.

RF2110 Domestic Refrigeration SystemsThis course in refrigeration systems requires the useof tools and equipment, test instruments and materi-als and supplies. It involves installation, trou-bleshooting and repair of domestic refrigerationsystems. It includes information on types of domesticrefrigeration systems and component parts.

RF2130 Refrigeration Control SystemsThis course in refrigeration systems requires the useof tools and equipment, test instruments and materi-als and supplies. It involves moving, inspecting, test-ing, rebuilding and replacing refrigeration controldevices. It includes information on types and opera-tion of control devices and component parts.

RF2140 Commercial Refrigeration SystemsThis course in refrigeration systems requires the useof tools and equipment, test instruments and materi-als and supplies. It involves sizing, installation, trou-bleshooting and repair of commercial refrigerationsystems. It includes information on types and opera-tion of commercial refrigeration systems and compo-nent parts.

RF2150 Industrial Refrigeration SystemsThis course in refrigeration systems requires the useof tools and equipment, measuring instruments andmaterials and supplies. It involves sizing, installing,troubleshooting and repairing industrial refrigerationsystems. It includes information on types and opera-tion of industrial refrigeration systems and compo-nent parts.

RF2160 CompressorsThis course in refrigeration systems requires the useof tools and equipment, test instruments and materi-als and supplies. It involves removal, inspection, test-ing, rebuilding and replacing compressors. Itincludes information on types and operation of com-pressors and component parts.

RF2210 Central Air ConditioningThis course in air conditioning requires the use oftools and equipment, test instruments and materialsand supplies. It involves designing, installing, trou-bleshooting and servicing central air conditioningsystems. It includes information on types of centralconditioning systems and component parts.

RF2300 Heat PumpsThis course in refrigeration systems requires the useof tools and equipment, test instruments and materi-als and supplies. It involves sizing, installing, trou-

bleshooting, and repairing heat pumps. It includesinformation on types and operation of heat pumpsand component parts.

RM1400 Wildlife Techniques IThis course will expose students to the various tech-niques used in wildlife research and management.This course provides theoretical and practical train-ing of mammal and bird capture techniques, handlingand tagging, chemical immobilization and radio /biotelemetry techniques.Prerequisite(s): BL1400

RM1401 Wildlife Techniques IIThis course investigates methods to determine sex,age, size and maturity of mammals and birds. Currenttechniques used to inventory and monitor mammaland bird populations will be studied.Prerequisite(s): BL1400

RM1500 Fisheries Techniques IThis course will expose students to the various tech-niques used in fisheries research and management.This course provides theoretical and practical train-ing of fish capture techniques, handling and tagging,chemical immobilization and radio / biotelemetrytechniques.Prerequisite(s): BL1400

RM1501 Fisheries Techniques IIThis course investigates methods to determine sex,age, size and maturity of fish. Current techniquesused to inventory and monitor fish populations will bestudied.Prerequisite(s): BL1400

RM2200 Habitat AssessmentThis course will enable students to identify and clas-sify fish and wildlife habitats.Prerequisite(s): FR1330

RM2410 Wildlife Techniques IIIThis course is designed to train individuals in fieldand laboratory techniques used in wildlife researchand management. It involves determining the causeof death of mammals and birds, the collection andpreservation of biological samples, analysis of dietand the identification of parasites and diseases. Itincludes information on anatomy, necropsy tech-niques, parasites, diseases, preservatives, collectingmethods, species identification and safety precau-tions.Prerequisite(s): BL1400

RM2420 Habitat ManagementThis course involves management including habitatenhancement, reclamation, and protection tech-niques.Prerequisite(s): RM2200

RM2500 Fisheries Techniques IIIThis course is designed to train individuals in fieldand laboratory techniques used in fisheries researchand management. It involves determining the causeof death of fish, the collection and preservation ofbiological samples, analysis of diet and the identifi-cation of parasites and diseases. It includes informa-tion on anatomy, necropsy techniques, parasites,diseases, preservatives, collecting methods, speciesidentification and safety precautions.Prerequisite(s): BL1400

194 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

RP1100 Introduction to Records ManagementThis course is designed to introduce students to therecords and information management discipline. Thetopics covered will make students aware of the his-tory and role of records management, career oppor-tunities, and professional associations. Students willstudy the life cycle of records, records inventory pro-cedures, records appraisal, records retention princi-ples, the use/function of records manuals, andcurrent trends in the discipline.

RP1101 Management and Control of RecordsThis course is designed to further explore therecords and information management discipline. Thetopics covered will further develop the student’s abil-ity to manage all types of documents. Students willalso be introduced to records control, quality controland improvement, and special media.Prerequisite(s): RP1100

RP1200 Archives PrinciplesThis course introduces students to the study ofarchival storage. Archives will be examined fromtheir evolution to their current role/function. Studentswill examine archival principles and procedures andcareer opportunities in the discipline.

RP1300 Active and Semi-Active RecordsThis course involves a detailed examination of activeand semi-active records. Students examine eachgroup of records in terms of storage, maintenance,and retrieval procedures; supplies and equipmentare examined in terms of suitability and cost.Records destruction policies and procedures areexamined.

RP1400 Information Security and ProceduresThis course is designed to teach students the funda-mentals of information security and procedures. Thetopics covered will make the students aware of thelegislation and litigation procedures involved withinformation security. Students will study retentionrequirements, the need for security, and the classifi-cation of vital records, as well as disaster preventionand recovery and the use/function of manuals.

RP2200 Classification SystemsThis course is designed to teach students the funda-mentals of classification systems. The topics coveredwill make students aware of the different types ofclassification systems and show them how to selectone that is appropriate for a particular group ofrecords; they will be given an opportunity to work onprojects involving these various systems.Prerequisite(s): RP1300

RS1100 Community Recreation LeadershipThis course is an introduction to the communityrecreation delivery system. The importance ofdynamic leadership in the recreation deliveryprocess will be emphasized. Students will completethe certified Play Leadership Program of theNewfoundland and Labrador Parks and RecreationAssociation (NLPRA) and will be involved in practicalhands-on leadership techniques.

RS1230 Creative Activities in RecreationThis course is an introduction to basic materials,supplies and methods necessary to present activityprograms with emphasis upon quick crafts. Thesecrafts may be used in a variety of leisure and recre-

ation programs such as: guiding/scouting groups,boys and girls clubs, senior citizen homes and com-munity recreation centres.

RS1240 Recreation Activities/Racquet SportsThis course is designed to expose the student to avariety of recreational related activities creating abetter understanding of their role in recreation serv-ice programming and as a regular component ofactive living. Students will participate, plan, lead andevaluate recreation activities such as walking, hik-ing, gardening and indoor games. Students will beprovided with the opportunity to attain certification inthe 3M National Coaching Certification Program.

RS1250 Introduction to Recreation ActivitiesThis course is designed to provide exposure as wellas develop leadership skills in a variety of recreationactivities. It is designed to provide theory on suchtopics as; the place of sport in society, in particularthe role of all levels of government in administeringsport, leadership techniques, safety in recreationactivities, history of indoor/outdoor recreation activi-ties. Students will be introduced to the methods ofscheduling teams and individual sports competitions.Students will be directly involved in the planning andconducting of a provincial sport governing bodysanctioned tournament. Students will, as well, beprovided with the opportunity to create an aware-ness of the potential for meaningful recreational pur-suits available in our community.

RS1280 Program PlanningThis course is an introduction to the six steps of theprogramming process required to produce qualityrecreation programs. In addition, participants willapply planning principles to college activities.

RS1320 Recreational AdministrationThis course is a study of the administrative and orga-nizational procedures used in the management sys-tems of community and voluntary recreationagencies. Topics included are: history of recreationmanagement, roles of recreational departments,advisory boards, and commissions, legal aspects ofrecreation, risk management and insurance, basicbudgeting principles, examination of grant programs,and basic office management procedures.

RS1370 Recreation Activities IIThis course is a study of the principles of effectiveoutdoor leadership and the application of these prin-ciples to selected outdoor experiences. Outdoorrecreation, tourism, ecotourism, and the organizedrecreation program potential in Newfoundland willbe examined with a focus on leadership skills andgroup dynamics.

RS1400 Community AgenciesThis course is a study of local organizations involvedin providing community and recreation services inNewfoundland, with emphasis upon those organiza-tions concerned with youth and special interestgroups.

RS1440 Recreation FacilitiesThis course introduces the student to the theory andpractice of the planning, design, operation, and man-agement of recreational facilities. As well, the stu-dent will become aware of the general trends in

recreation which influence the design and manage-ment of selected facilities.

RS1450 Introduction to Therapeutic RecreationThe purpose of this course is to introduce the stu-dent to the field of therapeutic recreation. Thecourse addresses the provision of recreational serv-ices to and meeting the recreation needs of the spe-cial clients in our society. Some of the special clientsinclude: the hearing impaired, the mentally chal-lenged, the visually impaired, the physically chal-lenged, and the aging.

RS1460 Gerontology & Recreation ProgrammingThis course examines the physical, cognitive andemotional changes that occur as an individual ages.Characteristics of aging and disorders associatedwith aging will be examined. The course will providethe student with the framework necessary to designrecreation programs for older adults. It prepares stu-dents who will assist older adults to continue tomaintain a sense of self-worth, dignity and fulfillment.

RS1520 Risk Management in RecreationThis course will discuss the various forms of busi-ness and legal issues concerning recreation admin-istration and operation of organizations and facilitiesoperated by recreation practitioners. The Canadianlegal system will be addressed. Risk managementtechniques will be examined. Insurance coverage,overview of legal process, areas of concern to thesport/recreation educator/administrator as well aslegal authority and risk management.

RS1530 Therapeutic Recreation Program DesignThe students will be introduced to a number of keyprinciples and procedures that are paramount in thedevelopment and delivery of comprehensive thera-peutic recreation services and programs. The coursematerial will focus on the importance of therapeuticrecreation programming and various other theoreti-cal and philosophical foundations for therapeuticrecreation services.Prerequisite(s): RS1450

RT2200 Gas Supply and ControlA study of the administration of medical gas thera-pies with the primary emphasis on the principles ofoperation of the various types of equipment utilizedin the delivery of respiratory therapy.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 3rd semes-ter.

RT2220 Mechanical VentilationThis course focuses on the physiological implicationsof instituting, maintaining, and discontinuing mechan-ical ventilatory support. Emphasis is placed onpatient monitoring and evaluation of mechanical ven-tilatory techniques.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 4th semes-ter

RT2230 Mechanical VentilatorsThis course is a detailed technical analysis ofmechanical ventilators. Major topics include systemsof classification, functional analysis, the internal andexternal circuit, ventilator modes and controls, andquality control. Specific mechanical ventilators areanalyzed in detail.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 4th semes-ter

195⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

RT2300 PharmacologyThis is an introductory course in pharmacology asapplied to Respiratory Therapy. General principlesrelating to drug administration are studied. Emphasisis placed on drugs affecting the cardiovascular, res-piratory and central nervous systems.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 3rd semes-ter

RT2310 AnesthesiaThis is an introductory course in the principles andpractices of anesthesia pertinent to the respiratorytherapist. Major course topics include anesthesiamachines, vaporizers, breathing circuits, anestheticventilators, preoperative procedures, monitoring andanesthetized patient and complications of anesthesia.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 4th semes-ter

RT2440 Neonatal/Pediatric Respiratory CareThis course introduces students to the impact ofanatomical and physiological difference betweeninfants, children, and adults on the clinical manage-ment of these patients. Major areas of study are ges-tational lung development; fetal-neonatal transition;newborn assessment; thermoregulation; neonataland pediatric cardiopulmonary pathophysiology.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 4th semes-ter

RT2450 Respiratory Therapy ProceduresThis course introduces students to the theory andapplication of clinical assessment and managementskills requisite to the practice of respiratory therapy. Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 3rd semes-ter

RT2500 Cardiopulmonary DiagnosticsThis is a detailed course in the principles of pul-monary function testing and the significance of thevarious test data to the respiratory therapist. Basicelectrocardiography with respect to recognition ofstandard arrhythmias from 3-lead ECG strips, clinicalsignificance, and basic treatment of arrhythmias isalso studied.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 4th semes-ter

RT2600 Advanced Life SupportA study of the American Heart Association/CanadianHeart Foundation guidelines for Advanced CardiacLife Support, Pediatric Advanced Life Support, andNeonatal Resuscitation. Formal certification is notgranted at the end of this course.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 5th semes-ter

RT2800 Adult Care IThis clinical rotation allows the Respiratory Therapystudent to acquire clinical skills in many differentareas of adult respiratory care. Students will acquirecompetencies and clinical proficiency through thecare of patients’ in the: Emergency Room, IntensiveCare Unit, Medical and Surgical Wards, PulmonaryFunction Laboratory, Sleep Study Laboratory andAnesthesia environment.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of second year

RT2801 Adult Care IIThis clinical rotation is designed to develop the stu-dent’s clinical proficiency in Adult Respiratory Care

in Critical Care, General Therapeutic and Anesthesiasettings.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of second year

RT2900 Pediatric Neonatal CareThis clinical rotation allows the Respiratory TherapyStudent to acquire clinical skills in many differentareas of adult respiratory care. Students will acquirecompetencies and clinical proficiency through thecare of patients’ in the Pediatric, and NeonatalIntensive Care Units, Medical & Surgical Wards,Pulmonary Function Laboratory, Anesthesia environ-ment, and Home Care.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of second year

RT3100 Clinical Elective/ReviewDuring the last four weeks of the program, the stu-dents may select or be assigned to an elective area.Review of the didactic and clinical training will beconducted to prepare the students to sit the CSRTexaminations.Prerequisite(s): RT2800, RT2801, RT2900

RT3400 Comprehensive Respiratory CareThis course is designed to assist students with inte-gration of knowledge and skills necessary for clinicalcare of all patients requiring respiratory treatment.Through problem-based learning and supervisedclinical experience, students will focus on the thera-peutic management of all categories of patients.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 5th semes-ter

RW3100 Rotary Wind AircraftThe purpose of this course is to introduce the stu-dent to the helicopter and the helicopter industry inCanada. To provide students with a knowledge ofhelicopter fundamentals, theory of flight and mainrotor systems. This is to enable students to performmaintenance functions on a helicopter main rotorand associated systems.Prerequisite(s): GM1100, GM1200

RW3101 Rotary Wind Aircraft SystemsThe purpose of this course is to provide studentswith a knowledge of the basic systems found on ahelicopter. This will enable the student to performinspection maintenance and repair functions on theaircraft as a whole.Prerequisite(s): RW3100

SC1100 Sociology This course examines the rapidly growing field ofsociology in its relation to the pressing social issuesof contemporary society. Its intent is to introducestudents to the fundamental concepts of sociologyand provide data and discussion of sociologicalanalysis from a Canadian perspective.

SC1120 Sociology IThis is an introductory sociology course. Studentsare introduced to the methods and perspectives ofsociology, and then apply these approaches to thestudy of contemporary Canadian society.

SC1121 Sociology IIA critical look at Newfoundland and Labrador societyand culture. By developing a sociological perspec-tive, students gain a better understanding of theirown society and culture.

SC1150 Sociology ●Transferable to MUN Sociology 1000.This course introduces the concepts, principles andtopics of sociology. The theoretical foundations ofmodern sociology are examined. The works of suchsocial theorists as Karl Marx, Emile Dukheim andMax Weber are studied in conjunction with contem-porary theoretical perspectives of functionalism,feminism, conflict theory and symbolic interaction-ism. The course also examines a range of sociologi-cal topics and concepts including research methods,culture, socialization, collective behaviour, groupsand organizations, social stratification, deviance andcrime, race and ethnicity, sex and gender, and workand the economy.

SC1160 Sociology ●Transferable to MUN Sociology 2270.Topics covered include: defining the family, sociolog-ical perspectives on the family, family diversity,dynamics of intimate relationships, marriage, chil-dren and parenting, lone parent families, separation,divorce and remarriage, the family and work, thefamily and poverty, midlife and beyond, social prob-lems in the family, trends in Canadian family life.

SC1240 Healthy Aging-The Older AdultThis is an introductory course. Using a multidiscipli-nary approach, students will gain knowledge andunderstanding of the aging process and older adultswhich is the foundation of further study of the agingfield.

SC1300 Women’s Studies IThe course overviews events leading to theWomen's Movement in a Canadian andNewfoundland context. It examines many of the con-tributions and achievements made by women, whilealso analyzing many of the persistent barriers to fullequality for women.

SC1301 Women’s Studies IIThis course examines and analyzes issues and con-cerns facing women in contemporary society from afeminist framework. Topics for examination andanalysis include women and violence, women andpower, women and the media, women and addic-tions, and women's health issues.Prerequisite(s): SC1300

SD1130 Field Work PreparationThis course is the first in a series of field-relatedcourses designed to assist students in obtainingoccupational experience. It is designed to preparestudents for placement with human service agencies.

SD1400 Work Term PreparationThis is a pass/fail course that is to be completed byall co-op students in the School of InformationTechnology two semesters prior to the first co-opwork term. This course will allow the student toobtain an information technology industry overviewand to experience a self and career assessmentprocess. An Experiential Education Model will beintroduced as part of the co-operative educationprocess.

SD1401 Work Term PreparationThe goals of this course are to introduce job searchtechniques and identify hidden job sources, assisteach student in preparing for interviews and under-

196 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

standing guidelines to follow prior to, during andafter the interview.

SD1420 Workplace SkillsThis course develops sound customer service skillsin the student and assists the students in preparingfor job search and the office environment. Practicalexercise cases and behavioural modelling are con-ducted to assist the student’s skill development andknowledge of customer service and expected workethic, attitude and skills.

SD1450 E-Business Career Development ●This course is designed to assist students acquireskills in job search preparation and techniques.Emphasis will be placed on achieving a professionalapproach. Students will learn how to assess andrefine their own skills and to match those skills withemployment opportunities in an e-business environ-ment. Techniques for effectively using electronic jobbanks and other online job search tools will beexplored.

SD1520 The Technologist and the WorkplaceThis is an introduction to the conduct that isexpected of a Geomatics Engineering Technologist inhis career. This conduct is expected of the studentsboth in their work and personal life. The responsibili-ties and liabilities of professionals and para-profes-sional will be investigated. The regulationsconcerning workplace safety and the role of thetechnologist in assisting in workplace safety will bediscussed.

SD1610 Clinical OrientationThe clinical orientation gives students an opportunityto perform basic respiratory therapy proceduresunder direct supervision and enhance their knowl-edge of the role of the respiratory therapist.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 3rd semes-ter.

SD1611 Clinical OrientationThe clinical orientation gives students an opportunityto perform basic respiratory therapy proceduresunder direct supervision and enhance their knowl-edge of the role of the respiratory therapist.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 4th semes-ter

SD1620 Clinical OrientationThe clinical orientation of the student during thefourth and fifth semesters is designed to reinforce ina practical manner, the theoretical knowledgehe/she is acquiring during the didactic segment oftheir graining program. For several hours each week,under the direction and supervision of a clinicalinstructor, students participate in a variety of basicroutine radiographic procedures that present inaccordance with their level of training. Students arealso afforded the opportunity to enhance their knowl-edge of various basic and specialized radiographicequipment used in today’s modern diagnostic imag-ing departments. During their clinical orientation, stu-dents are also able to apply their understanding ofthe concepts used in providing quality patient careand radiation protection in a “real life” setting.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of semester 3

SD1621 Clinical OrientationThe clinical orientation of the student during thefourth and fifth semesters is designed to reinforce ina practical manner, the theoretical knowledgehe/she is acquiring during the didactic segment oftheir graining program. For several hours each week,under the direction and supervision of a clinicalinstructor, students participate in a variety of basicroutine radiographic procedures that present inaccordance with their level of training. Students arealso afforded the opportunity to enhance their knowl-edge of various basic and specialized radiographicequipment used in today’s modern diagnostic imag-ing departments. During their clinical orientation, stu-dents are also able to apply their understanding ofthe concepts used in providing quality patient careand radiation protection in a “real life” setting.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of semester 4

SD1630 Working in Health Care ●This is an introductory course in health care ethicsand workplace issues. Through course content, lec-tures, selected readings and student discussionsethical theories will be examined and applied to cur-rent issues that arise in healthcare.

SD1700 Workplace Skills This course involves participating in meetings, doingsafety inspections, completing employment insur-ance forms, writing letters of employment insuranceappeal, and filing a human rights complaint. Includesinformation on formal meetings, unions, workers'compensation, employment insurance regulations,workers rights and human rights.

SD1710 Job Search Techniques Seminar (10-12 Hours).

SD1720 Entrepreneurial Awareness Seminar (10-12 Hours).

SD1800 Communications Co-op EducationThis two hour a week co-operative education com-ponent of the communications course will familiarizestudents with the concept and operations of co-oper-ative education. Students focus on preparing for aco-op work term that includes eligibility, placementprocesses, realistic learning objectives, resume writ-ing as it relates to co-operative education, and inter-view skills. The course introduces student, employer,and institute responsibilities and how each of theseconstituents work together to benefit from co-opera-tive education. Other topics include: technical work-term reports, report outlines, daily work diaries, workethics, occupational safety, monitoring, and evalua-tion and debriefing sessions.

SD1860 Portfolio DevelopmentThis course is designed to provide students with theskills necessary to develop a professional portfolioand resume for employment in the Graphic Designindustry. Students will learn how to assemble a pro-fessional looking portfolio, how to edit their work fora portfolio, how to design and prepare a resume,how to act in a job interview and job search tech-niques. It is expected that students in this course willalready have developed a substantial body of theirown work.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of GraphicDesign core courses in semesters 1 through 4; allGraphic Design core courses in Intersession 1.

SD2610 Interdisciplinary Studies ⊗This course concentrates on the integration ofknowledge gained in all courses in the program.Students will challenge five comprehensive examina-tions over the course of the semester one (1) exami-nation per week. Students will concentrate onanalyzing and solving problems involving all disci-plines.Prerequisite(s): Pass 8th semester

SD3400 Graduation PreparationThis is a course that is to be completed by studentsduring the academic semester preceding graduation.It is designed to allow the students to share the tech-nical aspects of their work term and to give themsupport in gaining graduate placement opportunities.Prerequisite(s): Enrollment in the final semester ofprogram.

SE1060 Workplace Safety Legislation This is an introductory course that explores thenature and dimension of health and safety in theworkplace and the role of government agencies inthe process. This course will provide students with abrief overview of the field of occupational health andsafety. Legislation governing occupational health andsafety and the Workers' Compensation Act will beexamined.

SE1070 Human Factors EngineeringThis course is designed to provide students machineinterface from a design perspective as it relates tooccupational health and safety in the workplace.

SE2200 Fire Arm Education/Hunter SafetyUnder Development by the Department of NaturalResources (Wildlife Division)

SF1100 Metal Preparation and Shop FlowThis structural fitting course requires the use ofbasic tools and equipment, and materials and sup-plies. It involves determining material requirements;selecting and inspecting materials, surface prepara-tion, cutting and edge preparation. It includes infor-mation on shop flow and metal preparationtechniques, corrosion, and paints and primers.

SF1120 Blue Print Reading for FabricatorsThis course requires the use of drawings, views, jointconfigurations, abbreviations and weld symbols. Itincludes information on joints and welding symbolsfor weldment fabrication and the interpretation ofstructural drawings.

SF1130 Introduction to Sub Assembly and AssemblyFabrication

This metal fabrication course will introduce studentsto the basic tools and metal forming equipment. Itinvolves reading blueprints, selecting the correctmaterials, using fabrication aides and following out-lined quality control procedures to fabricate sub-assemblies and assemblies.

SF1200 Introduction to Template DevelopmentThis structural fitting course requires the use ofbasic fitting tools, and materials and supplies. Itinvolves determining specifications and preparingtemplates. It includes information on geometry andtrigonometry, measuring systems and Pythagoras’Theorem.

197⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

SF1220 Introduction to Plate DevelopmentThis structural fitting course requires the use ofbasic tools and equipment, and materials and sup-plies. It involves developing templates, plate layout,dimension control, cutting, edge preparation, formingand assembling structures. It includes information ontypes and properties of metals and alloys, and math-ematical calculations.

SF1300 Advanced Template DevelopmentThis structure fitting course is a continuation of fun-damental template development requiring further useof fitting tools, and materials and supplies. It involvesdetermining specifications and preparing templates.It includes information on geometry and trigonome-try, measuring systems and Pythagoras’ Theorem.

SF1310 Advanced Plate DevelopmentThis structural fitting course is a continuation of fun-damental plate development requiring the use oftools and equipment, and materials and supplies. Itconcentrates on forming and assembling structures,and developing advanced plate development skills. Itincludes information on types and properties of met-als and alloys, and mathematical calculations.

SF1320 Sub-AssembliesThis structural fitting course requires the use ofbasic tools and equipment, and materials and sup-plies. It involves plate layout, dimension control, cut-ting and edge preparation, and forming andassembling structures. It includes information onexpansion and contraction, pre-heating, tack weldingtechniques and bridge tacking.

SF1330 Structural AssemblyThis structural fitting course requires the use ofbasic tools and equipment, an overhead crane, rig-ging equipment and sub-assemblies. It involvespreparing the site; documenting dimensions;installing rigging; and laying out, erecting and outfit-ting the structure. It includes information on load bal-ancing and rigging techniques.

SI2300 Materials ScienceThis course will focus on the structure and composi-tion of materials used industrial equipment. Emphasiswill be placed on the properties of these materials inrelation to strength, fatigue and corrosion.Commercial classifications of materials will be exam-ined in relation to engineering specifications.Prerequisite(s): CH1121, PH1101

SN1100 Introduction to SoundThis is an introductory course in sound and music.Students are introduced to the fundamentals ofsound, the mechanics of hearing, and basic musictheory. Musical styles will be discussed in referenceto popular music in videos, film and advertising, aswell as ear training for pitch, tonality and musicaltextures.

SN1140 Physics of SoundThis course provides a theoretical base in the sci-ence of sound for subsequent study of applied soundcontent. The intent of this course is to explore theobjectives at a greater level of detail than in tradi-tional Physics courses and to conduct laboratoryactivities more specifically related to careers insound.

SN1200 The Music BusinessThis course will give students an insight into theMusic Business. It will deal with ContractualAgreements between participants as well asCopyright laws and Performing Rights Organizations.Sound related jobs and other employment opportuni-ties will be discussed as well as the perks and pit-falls of Independent Record Productions.

SN1300 Engineering Graphics for Recording ArtsThis is an introductory course in EngineeringGraphics which uses CAD as a tool to produce vari-ous drawings and diagrams. Engineering Graphicsprovides visually oriented data that is usable by tech-nicians to assist in equipment layout and stagedesign. Topics covered include an introduction toCAD, geometric terminology and constructions,orthographic projection, sketching, dimensioning,and preparation of charts, diagrams and plots.

SN2100 Electro-Acoustic Devices and DesignThis course is designed to give students a compre-hensive look at the various types of microphones andloudspeakers. General purpose and speciality micro-phones will be studied with respect to their uses inrecording and sound reinforcement. Loudspeakertypes and enclosures for sound reinforcement andstudio monitoring will studied with design considera-tions for indoor and outdoor sound systems.Prerequisite(s): SN1100

SN2200 Recording IThis course is an introduction to sound recording.The evolution of the industry is traced through explo-ration of the technologies used since sound was firstcaptured and moves to a comprehensive overview ofcontemporary technologies. A recording session willbe discussed in terms of its participants and theirrespective roles, as well as typical recording proce-dures.Prerequisite(s): SN1100Co-requisite(s)s: SN2100

SN2201 Recording IIThis course will give a comprehensive overview of arecording session. It is intended to give students ahands on experience of a session from the studioset-up through final mix down.Prerequisite(s): SN1100, SN2100, SN2200

SN2300 Broadcast AudioThis course will introduce the student to the latestbroadcast technologies. A brief history of the indus-try will give an insight into the beginnings of radioand TV and trace the technological advances topresent day.

SN2400 Sound Production - Animation FilmThis course explores the unique requirements forsound recording and production in film and videoindustries. Students will review the key technicalrequirements of the industries and, through practicalsessions, will demonstrate required competencies.

SN2410 Sound Production - Live TheatreThis course explores the unique requirements forsound recording and production in live theatre ven-ues. Students will review the key technical require-ments of theatre venues and through practicalsessions, will demonstrate required competencies.

SN3100 Sound ReinforcementThis course is designed to introduce the student tothe components and applications of the SoundReinforcement System. Mixing sound at outdoor andindoor venues with the appropriate equipment will bediscussed in detail.Prerequisite(s): SN1100, SN2100

SN3200 Synthesizers and MIDIThe intent of this course is to give the student aworking knowledge of Music synthesis and theMusic Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI). Hands onexperience will be gained in a MIDI Project Studioenvironment and students will be required to pro-duce music assignments using this technology.Prerequisite(s): SN1100Co-requisite(s)s: SN2100

SP1200 Machine Shop PracticeThis is an introductory course designed to give stu-dents a knowledge and understanding of the funda-mental metal-removal and general machine shopconcepts which will form the basis for further studiesin science and technology.

SP1300 Radiation SafetyThis is an introductory course dealing with the regu-lations pertaining to and the safe practices to be fol-lowed while carrying out radiographic testing. Healtheffects from radiation, monitoring radiation, control-ling dose, standard operating procedure, regulations.

SP1400 Facilities EngineeringThis course is designed for Mechanical, Mechanical(Manufacturing) and Industrial EngineeringTechnology students. Development and applicationof preventive and predictive maintenance programsfor industrial equipment and facilities is emphasized.Condition monitoring of equipment, predictive tech-niques including vibration analysis and fluid samplingare explained with practical applications and relatedexercises. A preventive and predictive maintenanceprogram is developed as a project, using industry-recognized methods.Prerequisite(s): CT1150

SP1700 Computer Numerical Control (CNCMachining I)

This course is designed to be an introductory coursein Computer Numerical Control (CNC) machining.Most of the course will be instructed through hands-on work with both a CNC Lathe and CNC MillingMachine. Lecture will accompany the labs for theory.Prerequisite(s): SP1200 SP1701 Computer Numerical

Control (CNC Machining II)This course is a continuation of SP1700 for ComputerNumerical Control (CNC) using Computer AppliedManufacturing (CAM)) software. This course is deliv-ered using computers to produce CAD/CAM pro-grams that are applied through shop floor exerciseswith CNC Machining Centers. Instruction will bedone through lectures, computer labs and hands-onwork in the shop.Prerequisite(s): SP1700

SP1800 Precision MetrologyThis course is a bridge between Machine ShopPractice and Quality Control dealing with the physi-cal data gathering for quality assessment.Measurement using small hand tools, optical com-

198 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

parator and a Coordinate Measuring Machine (CMM)will introduce students to inspection procedures.Prerequisite(s): SP1200

SP2300 Quality AssuranceThis course is designed to introduce the concepts,philosophy and application of Total QualityManagement, Statistical process Control and theInternational Standards Organization (ISO) 9000 qual-ity standards. Emphasis will be on the integration ofthe total quality management philosophy into the pro-duction process. Development of quality control pro-cedures and documentation will be discussedincluding reference to existing industry quality con-trol specifications. The implementation process forquality assurance manuals and their auditing proce-dures will be outlined.

SP2301 Quality ControlThis course is designed to provide knowledge andskills prerequisite to the development, implementa-tion, maintenance and evaluation of Quality ControlSystems.

SP2310 Quality Control and Inspection ITo develop the student’s ability to work in an organi-zation which is involved in Quality Control andInspection. To properly take measurements and dodimensional checks on materials under control. Toperform basic visual, LPI and MPI tests on weld-ments. An introductory course in Quality Control andNon-Destructive Testing methods. The topics includeintroduction to Quality Control, Metrology, CSA stan-dards Z299.1-85, Visual, LPI and MPI testing.Prerequisite(s): WD1100, PH1100

SP2311 Quality Control and Inspection IIThis course requires that the student develop anunderstanding of the theory and concepts behindboth ultrasonics and liquid penetrant evaluation, itthen provides practical applications of these andrequires that the student use typical industrial codesand standards to evaluate results.Prerequisite(s): CF1100, SP2310

SP2330 Quality AssuranceThis general studies course requires the use of basictools and equipment and materials and supplies. Itrequires controlling drawings and specificationsand/or calibrating measuring devices in applicableoccupations. It involves interpreting standards, con-trolling the acceptance of raw materials, controllingquality variables and documenting the process. Itincludes information on quality concepts, codes andstandards, documentation, communications, humanresources, company structure and policy, teamworkand responsibilities.

SP2400 Safety EngineeringThis course will provide the student with an overviewof the fundamentals of occupational health andsafety in the workplace.

SP2410 Safety Engineering TechnologyThis course will provide the student with an overviewof the fundamentals of occupational health andsafety in the oil and gas drilling and production envi-ronment.

SP2510 Plant and Facility LayoutThe course examines the contribution that a compe-tently performed plant or facility layout plan canmake toward achieving a profitable and efficientcompany or non-profit organization. The course com-bines fundamental principles and practical method-ologies in plant and facility layout and materialhandling. The student will investigate and applythese principles and techniques in a variety of realis-tic situations. Further, since any proposal for innova-tion or change must be analyzed and describedthoroughly, this course also emphasizes developmentof competencies in CADD and communications, withemphasis on the written report.Prerequisite(s): EG1101

SR1100 Lawn and Garden Equipment ServicingFundamentals

This course involves servicing carburetor intake sys-tems; performing routine maintenance and tune-ups;servicing engine auxiliary components, single com-ponent ignition modules and mower decks andattachments; reconditioning carburetor and auxiliarysystems; servicing brake and steering components;and servicing chain saws. It includes information onthe operation of governors and chainsaw chain andbar failures.

SR1110 Lawn and Garden EquipmentTroubleshooting and Repair

This course involves servicing valve trains, enginecomponents, clutches and drives, hydraulic systems,engine driven water pumps, chainsaw engines, lawnand garden equipment cooling systems, AC genera-tors, and remote starters. It includes information onthe causes for piston failure, types of bearing failureand the causes, the importance of maintaining thecorrect quantity and quality of lubrication, the designand function of clutches, hydraulic theory and sys-tems, the operation of water pumps, function ofchainsaw engine components, and the operation ofAC generators.Prerequisite(s): SR1100

SR1200 Snowmobile Servicing FundamentalsThis course in snowmobile maintenance involvesservicing and repairing recoil operations, carburet-tors, oil injection systems, braking systems, coolingsystems, steering components, independent frontsuspensions, frame components, cosmetic damage,and track suspension units. It includes information onthe operation of fuel systems, the venture principle,variable and fixed venture carburettors, starters, oilinjection systems, liquid and air cooling systems,cosmetic repair procedures, drive clutches, bogiewheel suspensions, slide rail suspensions and snow-mobile handling.

SR1210 Snowmobile Troubleshooting and RepairThis course in snowmobile servicing involves trou-bleshooting and repair of electronic ignition systems,lighting and charging systems, fuel systems, gascharged shocks, drive clutches, driven clutches,engines, and exhaust systems. It includes informa-tion on operation of a fuel injection systems, carbu-retted fuel systems, altitude-compensatedcarburettors, clutches, engines and labyrinth seals.Prerequisite(s): SR1200

SR1300 Motorcycles and ATV ServicingFundamentals

This course in motorcycle and ATV maintenanceinvolves servicing and repairing recoil starters,engines, motorcycle air cleaners, wheels and tires,brake systems, front forks, final drives, handlingproblems, clutches, and body damage. It includesinformation on the operation of starters, motorcycleair filters, drum and hydraulic disk brakes, motorcy-cle front forks and clutches.

SR1310 Snowmobile Troubleshooting and RepairThis course in snowmobile servicing involves trou-bleshooting and repair of electronic ignition systems,lighting and charging systems, fuel systems, gascharged shocks, drive clutches, driven clutches,engines, and exhaust systems. It includes informa-tion on operation of a fuel injection systems, carbu-retted fuel systems, altitude-compensatedcarburettors, clutches, engines and labyrinth seals.Prerequisite(s): SR1200

SR1400 Marine Equipment Servicing FundamentalsThis course in marine equipment maintenanceinvolves servicing recoil starters, carburettors, out-board powerheads, remote controls, cooling sys-tems, stern drive engines, electrical systems, sterndrive boat and motor rigging, fibreglass hulls, out-board controls and accessories, marine toilets, bilgepumps, bilge blowers and boat trailers. It includesinformation on carburettor components and circuits,carburettor fundamentals, the operation of a fuelinjection system, corrosion protection systems, main-tenance procedures for stern drive engines, four-stroke engine operating principles, safe boatingpractices, rigging requirements and powerboat fibre-glass hull design.

SR1410 Marine Equipment Troubleshooting andRepair

This course in marine equipment involves the trou-bleshooting and repair of ignition systems, startingand charging systems, fuel systems, tilt and trim sys-tems, propellers, impellers, upper gear housings,lower gear housings and lower units. It includesinformation on carburettor fundamentals and the the-ory of propeller operation.Prerequisite(s): SR1400

ST2100 Fibre Arts IThis art-based course provides the student experi-ence in working with various fibres and practicingbasic dye techniques. It provides the student withinformation and skills relative to fibre through whichthe student can develop creative solutions to assign-ments.

ST2101 Fibre Arts IIThis advanced studio elective course allows for spe-cialized study in one or more fibre arts areas.Projects will be devised in consultation with theinstructor.Prerequisite(s): ST2100

ST2110 Jewellery IThis course is designed to give the Visual Arts stu-dent an experience working with metal as a 3-dimen-sional sculptural material. It will provide the studentwith basic information and skills in jewellery andmetal sculptural areas. Sawing, filing, basic casting,simple soldering, forming and finishing techniques

199⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

will be experienced along with design principles formetal works.Prerequisite(s): VA1301

ST2111 Jewellery IIStudents will gain a greater skill and understandingwhile working with metal. This course emphasizesthe use of metal as a medium for personal expres-sion. Students are expected to expand their use ofskills learned in the previous semester and executemore advanced design ideas.Prerequisite(s): ST2110

ST2120 Painting IThis is an introductory course in painting designed toacquaint students with basic techniques. The courseis experimental in nature, both technically and con-ceptually. A wide variety of subject matter is used.Prerequisite(s): VA1301

ST2121 Painting IIThis is an intermediate course in painting designedto consolidate and refine skills learned in painting I.Careful observation and experimentation with variouspainting media are still major themes.Prerequisite(s): ST2120

ST2130 Ceramics IThis is an introductory course in Ceramics whichcovers a wide range of basic information and tech-niques. The fundamentals of throwing on the potter'swheel as well as hand-building techniques will bepresented. Prerequisite(s): VA1301

ST2131 Ceramics IIThis is an intermediate course in ceramics which willrequire students to specialize in hand building orthrowing on the wheel. Students will be taught toload and fire kilns independently, test and use glazesand design special clay bodies. Students will pro-duce a series of works in a format which they haveselected in consultation with the instructor.Prerequisite(s): ST2130

ST2140 Printmaking IThis is a beginning course in printmaking, designedto acquaint the student with several forms of print-making through demonstrations and assignments.Wood and line-block, intaglio, monotypes, and serig-raphy will be included.Prerequisite(s): VA1301

ST2141 Printmaking IIThis is the final course in printmaking and in manyrespects is an extension of Printmaking 2140. In closeconsultation with the instructor, students will be ableto define problems, directions, and projects for thesemester. Individualized instruction and evaluationare an important component of the course. Studentswill be able to research and develop printmakingskills of particular interest to them.Prerequisite(s): ST2140

ST2160 Photography I This course is designed for the Visual Arts studentwho has a strong interest in the photographicmedium as a means of personal expression. The stu-dent is introduced to various colour processes, aswell as further exploration of black and white tech-

niques.Prerequisite(s): PY1101

ST2161 Photography IIThis course is an extension of ST2160 Photography Iwhere the student continues to explore colour aswell as black and white techniques. The courseinvolves a more individualized approach and the stu-dent is expected to build a large body of photo-graphic work around concepts of interest andexpression.Prerequisite(s): ST2160

ST2170 Knit IThis art-based basic course provides the studentwith experience in working with single element con-struction with concentration in the knit structure. Thestudent will apply creative solutions to assignments.Prerequisite(s): VA1100; VA1200; VA1400Co-requisite(s)s: VA1101; VA1201

ST2171 Knit IIThis art-based intermediate knit course provides thestudent with experience in working with more com-plex machine and supporting hand knit techniques. Itgives the student information and skills relative toknit structure and fabrics ensuring a personal cre-ative approach to assignments.Prerequisite(s): VA1101; VA1201Co-requisite(s)s: VA2100; VA2210

ST2180 Weaving IThis art based introductory weaving course providesthe student with experience in working with woventechniques. It gives the student information and skillsrelative to the loom and the woven fabric, throughwhich the student can develop creative solutions toassignments.Prerequisite(s): ST2100, VA1100; VA1200Co-requisite(s)s: VA1101; VA1201

ST2181 Weaving IIThe intent of this course is to introduce the studentsto more complex woven structures including handcontrolled manipulations on and off the loom. Thepurpose of this course is to further encourage thestudent's creative development in a more controlledenvironment. Students are invited to work in a per-sonal individual manner, employing learned informa-tion and skills.Prerequisite(s): VA1101; VA1201; ST2180Co-requisite(s)s: VA2100; VA2210

ST2500 Design StudioThis course is designed to provide advanced graphicdesign students with the opportunity to investigate adesign project of their choosing, in consultation withthe instructor. Students may choose to partner with aprivate, government or non-profit organization indeveloping a joint project or they may choose to pur-sue a self-directed area of exploration. It is expectedthat students taking this course will be completelyfamiliar with the design process, as well as with thetools of the design industry.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of all coreGraphic Design courses in semesters 1 through 4,and Intersession 1.

ST3170 Knit IIIThis final art based knit course provides the studentwith an opportunity for self-directed study.

Specialized information pertinent to individual projectneeds will be provided. Although this course stressesself-direction and an independent approach to study,the student must fulfill the course requirement out-lined by staff.Prerequisite(s): ST2171, VA2210, VA2100Co-requisite(s)s: VA2101; VA2111

ST3180 Weaving IIIThis final art based weaving course provides the stu-dent with an opportunity for self-directed study.Specialized information pertinent to individual projectneeds will be provided. Although this course stressesself-direction and an independent approach to study,the student must fulfill the course requirement out-lined by staff.Prerequisite(s): ST2181, VA2210, VA2100Co-requisite(s)s: VA2111; VA2211

SU1150 Field NavigationThis course is designed to expose students to con-cepts of field navigation. It is essentially a field ori-ented course in which students will be introduced tonavigational skills using: map and compass aerialphotos, and GPS. Students will also be introduced toviewing and manipulating digital data through desk-top mapping.

SU1200 Plane SurveyingPlane Surveying is an introductory surveying coursefor technologists. Topics studied include, but are notlimited to: measure of angle, direction and distancewith appropriate instruction in the correspondingareas of traverse and coordinate computation.Included also are differential, profile, cross-sectionlevelling. Field labs will emphasize use and care ofsurveying equipment, note taking and interpretationand plotting of field notes.Prerequisite(s): MA1101Co-requisite(s)s: DR1210

SU1210 Construction SurveyingThis course is the second course in surveying beingoffered to students in the Civil Technology program.Its purpose is to strengthen the surveying skills ofstudents enrolled in the third term of the program, toteach them new skills in surveying that are directlyrelated to the construction of buildings, roads andmunicipal services and to provide them with therequired skills to successfully complete the con-struction camp to be offered in the second TechnicalIntersession.Prerequisite(s): SU1200, DR1210

SU1220 SurveyingThis course is an introductory course designed toprovide students with a basic understanding of thevarious types of surveys commonly used in thedesign and construction industry. This course dealsmainly with surveys of relatively small areas such asbuilding construction sites.Prerequisite(s): MA1101, EG1100

SU1310 Plane Surveying (Basic)This is an introductory course in surveying presentedto Geomatics Engineering Technology program. Thetopics to be covered are: introduction to the theory ofsurveying on a plane, the acquisition of linear dis-tances, horizontal angle, vertical angles, the calcula-tion of coordinates and areas, the determination ofelevations using spirit levelling, profiles and cross-

200 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

sections, the graphical presentation of acquireddata. The student will use tapes, theodolites andspirit levels to acquire the required data.Prerequisite(s): EG1100, MA1101, PH1100

SU1311 Plane SurveyingThis is the second course in plane surveying for theGeomatics Engineering Technology program. Thiscourse expands on topics covered in SU1310, verticaland horizontal datums, data transformation, total sta-tion instrumentation, horizontal and vertical curves,and construction surveying.Prerequisite(s): SU1310, SU1500

SU1400 Surveying IThis course will acquaint the student with the basicconcepts of engineering surveying. While theory is avital part of the course, heavy emphasis is placedthroughout on instrumentation and hands-on trainingwith the various types of equipment. The student’sprogress and expertise in handling survey instru-ments will, therefore, be continuously monitored andevaluated and a significant portion of the total markwill be assigned to instrumentation testing.

SU1440 GIS IThis is the first of two GIS courses and has focus onvector structure. The course introduces the GIS andits interlink with the real world. The topologicalstructure and the linking between the graphical data-base and the textual database is explored. The vari-ous types of textual databases are introduced. Theuse of GIS as a facility management tool isaddressed with emphasis on the combining of thevarious themes to answer posed questions.Prerequisite(s): SU1530, SU1310, SU2500

SU1441 GIS IIThis course in GIS focuses on the design and use ofthe raster data structure. Topics included are char-acteristics of raster data, data collection and pro-cessing systems, and GIS software operations onraster data. Spatial analysis will be taught with afocus on single and multiple layer operations, pointpattern, network, and surface analysis. The topic ofspatial statistics will be introduced. Raster GIS appli-cations will be addressed.Prerequisite(s): SU1440

SU1500 CartographyThis course is an introductory course offered toGeomatics Engineering Technology students. Thecourse is divided into two modules. Module one cov-ers topics in cartography while module two expandson the CAD skills acquired by the student inEngineering Graphics EG1100.Prerequisite(s): MA1101, PH1100, EG1100

SU1530 Digital MappingThis course is an introduction to Digital Mapping.The main focus is on the structuring of conventionalhard copy data for entry into an Automated Mappingor Geographics Information System.Prerequisite(s): SU1500, SU1310

SU1540 Hydrography IThis course is an introductory course in hydro-graphic principles and procedures. It is designed toemphasize the theoretical and practical applicationsof hydrography and the marine survey environment.Prerequisite(s): SU1311

SU1541 Hydrography IIThis course is an advanced course in hydrographicprinciples and procedures. It is a continuation ofHydrography I SU-1540 with emphasis on advancedhydrographic systems and their use in marine engi-neering projects.Prerequisite(s): SU1540, SU2570

SU1550 Mapping/Remote SensingThis course is designed to introduce the basic princi-ples and skills associated with remote sensing.Aerial photography interpretation and GPS technol-ogy are addressed through lectures and practicalapplications. Students are exposed to satelliteimagery, processes and products.Prerequisite(s): SU1150Co-requisite(s)s: FR1330

SU1570 Remote SensingThis course introduces the student to the principlesof Remote Sensing. The concept of acquiring dataoutside our visual range and the use of that data toidentify and classify objects and phenomena is inves-tigated. The basic data recording systems in commonuse are addressed.Prerequisite(s): SU2500, SU2570, SU1441

SU1710 Forest SurveyingThis is an introductory course in Surveying includingthe basic fundamentals of plane surveying and theuse and care of equipment. The measurement of dis-tance, direction and elevation is emphasized. Thesteel tape, rope chain, level, hand compass, andtransit are the major pieces of equipment studied.

SU2320 Geodetic SurveyingThis course is the third surveying course for theGeomatics Engineering Technology program andaddresses the acquisition of precise positioning. Thecourse deals with the determination of high precisiondata by using the available instrumentation to itscapacity. The checking and adjusting of equipment islearned and the errors associated with observeddata and the effect of these errors on the accuracyof the calculated parameters. The use of data log-gers and the transfer of the logged data to coordi-nate geometry calculation programs are addressed. Prerequisite(s): MA2100, SU1311, PH1101

SU2500 PhotogrammetryThis course is an introduction to photogrammetry forthe Geomatics Engineering Technology program. Thecourse introduces the student to the use of aerialphotography for the production of maps. The princi-pals of photogrammetry are addressed and the useof stereoplotters for map compilation is explored. Theacquiring of the photography and the aerotriangula-tion process for the tie of the photos to ground isinvestigated. The use of aerial photography for theproduction of rudimentary maps is also addressed.Prerequisite(s): SU1310, SU1500

SU2530 CadastralThis is an intermediate level course designed tofamiliarize the student with legal principles and appli-cable legislation in the area of Cadastral Surveying.The student will also make practical application ofthis knowledge.Prerequisite(s): SU1311

SU2570 GPS and Remote ReferencingThis course introduces the student to the GlobalPositioning System (GPS) as a precise measuringtool. The System, control and user segments of thesystem are investigated as well as the various sig-nals which are emitted by the satellites. The variousreferencing pertinent to space positioning areaddressed. The processing of the observed data andthe various methods and algorithms which can beused and the accuracies of the various methods areinvestigated.Prerequisite(s): MA2120, SU2320

SU3210 Introduction to GISThis course is designed to provide students with anoverview of Geographic Information Systems (GIS)technology and an in depth appreciation of the roleof GIS technology in natural resources applications.Students will gain valuable skills and hands-on expe-rience to support resource-based GIS projects typi-cal in the work force. Using vector-based GIS datamodels, students will create databases, manage spa-tial and attribute data, generate map-based and tab-ular outputs, and perform geographic analysis. Thecourse culminates with a major GIS project designedto reinforce the skills covered in the course.Prerequisite(s): MC1050, SU1150

SU3300 Geodesy & Map ProjectionsThis third year course offered in GeomaticsEngineering Technology expands on map projectionsand develops the higher order corrections to posi-tioning problems. The course introduces geodesyand geodetic concepts to equip students for model-ling and measurement in a 3D global context. Thiscourse expands on map projections and developshigher order corrections to positioning problems.Prerequisite(s): SU2570, MA3120

SU3500 AdjustmentsFurther exploration into the use of the Least Squarestechnique for the adjustment of survey observations.The parametric model is explored with an introduc-tion to the combined model. The statistical analysisof derived parameters is used for quality assurance..Prerequisite(s): MA3120, SU2570, SU1540

SV1100 Safety in the ShopUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to identify procedures for themaintenance of a safe and clean work environmentand proper procedures to extinguish fires.

SV1110 Ozone Depleting SubstancesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to legally handle ozonedepleting substances (refrigerants) used in motorvehicles.

SV1120 Gaskets, Seals and SealersUpon successful completion of this course, the stu-dent will be able to use gaskets, seals and sealingcomponents.

SV1130 Electrical & Electronic Basic PrinciplesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to apply basic electrical andelectronic principles.

201⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

SV1140 Hydraulic Basic PrinciplesUpon successful complete of this course, theapprentice will be able to apply basic hydraulic prin-ciples by using Pascal’s Law to calculate force andfluid pressure as applied to Motive PoweredEquipment.

SV1150 Service Information SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to select and use differenttypes of service manuals found in heavy equipmentand truck and transport.

SV1155 Service Information Systems for MotorizedEquipment

Upon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to identify types of ServiceInformation Systems used and procedures to obtaindata needed to make repairs and adjustments.

SV1160 Hand ToolsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to use and maintain handtools.

SV1165 Hand ToolsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to demonstrate the skills andknowledge needed to properly select, use and main-tain common hand held tools for the repair of motor-ized equipment.

SV1170 Shop Tools and EquipmentUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to use and maintain shoptools and equipment.

SV1175 Shop Tools and EquipmentUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to correctly and safely useshop tools and equipment.

SV1180 Fasteners, Tubings and FittingsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to select and use commonfasteners, tubing and fittings found in heavy equip-ment and truck and transport.

SV1185 Fasteners, Tubing and FittingsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to properly use varioushoses, fasteners, tubing and fittings in every aspectof the occupation.

SV1190 Lubrication and Fluid ServicesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to perform engine oil and fil-ter changes, chassis lubrication and service auto-matic lubrication systems.

SV1195 Lubrication and Fluid ServicesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to perform vehicle lubricationservices.

SV1200 Start, Move, Park, and Prepare a Vehicle tobe Towed

Upon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to start move and park heavyequipment machinery and prepare a vehicle to betowed.

SV1210 Tires, Rims and WheelsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to remove and install tiresfrom a demountable rim flange used on heavy equip-ment machinery.

SV1215 Wheels and TiresUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repair wheelsand tires.

SV1220 Manual Steering SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to disassemble, repair, adjust,and assemble manual steering gear box, steeringlinkage, steering wheel and shafts.

SV1225 Manual SteeringUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repair manualsteering components.

SV1230 Power Steering SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to disassemble, repair, adjustand assemble power steering gear box and compo-nents.

SV1240 Front-End AlignmentUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to perform basic front-endalignment on heavy equipment vehicles.

SV1250 Front and Rear SuspensionUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to remove, inspect, repair andinstall heavy equipment front and rear suspensioncomponents.

SV1255 SuspensionUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repair suspen-sion components.

SV1260 Hydraulic BrakesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to remove, disassemble,repair, assemble and install hydraulic brake systemsand components used in heavy equipment and truckand transport.

SV1270 Air BrakesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to remove, disassemble,repair, assemble and install air brake systems andcomponents used in heavy equipment and truck andtransport.

SV1280 Drive LinesUpon successful completion of this course, the appren-tice will be able to remove, repair and install drivelines on heavy equipment and truck and transport.

SV1285 Drive LinesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to identify the procedures forthe service and repair of drive line components onrear drive automobiles and light trucks.

SV1290 Differential AssembliesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to remove, check, repair,assemble and adjust differential assemblies used onheavy equipment machinery.

SV1300 Engine PrinciplesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be familiar with internal combustionengines and components.

SV1305 Engine PrinciplesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to demonstrate the knowl-edge and skills necessary for the understanding ofthe operation principles of an internal combustionengine.

SV1310 Cooling SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repair enginecooling systems and components.

SV1315 Engine Cooling SystemUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to demonstrate the knowl-edge and skills necessary to inspect, test and servicethe cooling system.

SV1320 Lubrication SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repair enginelubrication system and components.

SV1330 Air Filtration and Exhaust SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to remove service and installengine air cleaners and exhaust system used onheavy equipment and truck and transport.

SV1340 Gasoline Fuel SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to diagnose, service andrepair gasoline fuel supply systems and carburetorsused on gasoline engines.

SV1350 Alternative Fuel SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service, inspect and per-form minor repairs on LPG systems.

SV1360 Diesel Fuel Supply SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service, inspect and repairDiesel fuel supply systems.

SV1370 BatteriesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to remove, service, changeand install batteries used on heavy equipment andtruck and transport.

SV1375 BatteriesUpon successful completion of this course, the appren-tice will be able to service and replace batteries.

SV1380 Starting SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to disassemble, test, repairand assemble starting motors and components.

202 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

SV1385 Starting SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repair startingsystems and components on motor vehicles.

SV1390 Charging System ComponentsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to disassemble, test, repairand assemble charging systems and components.

SV1395 Charging SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will have a working knowledge of theinformation needed for diagnosing, servicing andrepairing charging systems.

SV1400 Lighting, Gauges and Safety System CircuitComponents

Upon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to remove, test and replacelights, gauges and safety components used on heavyequipment machinery.

SV1410 Fire Suppression UnitsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service, inspect and repairfire suppression systems used on heavy equipmentmachinery.

SV1420 Wheels and TiresUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to identify procedures for tireand wheel service, including tire rotation and tube-less and tube type tire repair.

SV1430 Wheel BalancingUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to balance wheels, both onand off the vehicle.

SV1440 Front Axles and SuspensionUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to perform inspection, serviceand repair of truck front axles and suspensions.

SV1450 Steering ComponentsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service steering compo-nents and systems.

SV1460 Rear Suspension SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to perform service and repairon rear suspension systems.

SV1470 Basic Anti-Lock BrakesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service vehicles that areequipped with anti-lock brakes.

SV1480 Dual Air Brake SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service dual air brake sys-tems.

SV1490 Lighting SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service motor vehicle light-ing systems.

SV1495 Lighting SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service motor vehicle light-ing systems.

SV1500 Wiring Harness and AccessoriesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to diagnose and repair wiringharness and vehicle accessories.

SV1600 Ignition SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to repair and service basicignition systems.

SV1610 Steering ColumnsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to inspect and repair steeringcolumns.

SV1620 Front Wheel DrivesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to demonstrate the proce-dures for servicing and repairing front wheel drivecomponents, including drive shafts, joints, bearings,seals and steering knuckles.

SV1630 Brake SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repair brakesystems and components.

SV1640 Power Brake SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and diagnose prob-lems of power brake systems.

SV1650 Fuel DeliveryUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repair gasolinefuel delivery systems.

SV1660 Air Intake SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to demonstrate a thoroughworking knowledge of the design and working appli-cation of air intake systems.

SV1670 Exhaust SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to identify the proceduresused to service and replace automotive exhaust sys-tems and related components.

SV2000 Instruments, Safety DevicesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to demonstrate a workingknowledge of the procedure for diagnosis, repair andreplacement of automotive instruments, safetydevices and power accessories.

SV2010 On-Board Diagnostics IUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to use on-board diagnosticsystems to identify and diagnose problems in vehiclesystems.

SV2011 On-Board Diagnostics IIUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to diagnose and repair OBD-Generation II systems.

SV2020 Power SteeringUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repair powersteering components.

SV2030 Electronic Power SteeringUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service electronic powersteering systems.

SV2040 Wheel AlignmentUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to perform wheel alignments.

SV2050 Engine ClutchesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service, repair and adjustclutch components for front and rear drive automo-biles and light trucks.

SV2060 Manual Transmissions and TransaxlesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repair manualtransmissions and transaxles.

SV2070 Automatic Transmissions and TransaxlesServicing

Upon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service, remove and installautomatic transmissions and transaxles.

SV2080 Automatic Transmissions and TransaxlesOverhauling

Upon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to understand the proceduresfor problem diagnosis and repair of automatic trans-missions and transaxles assemblies.

SV2090 Electronic Transmission ControlUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to diagnose and repair trans-missions with electronic control systems.

SV2100 Transfer Cases and Hub AssembliesUpon successful completion of this course, the appren-tice will be able to identify and perform the proce-dures for the service and repair of transfer casesand hub assemblies on four wheel drive vehicles.

SV2110 Differentials and Axles AssembliesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to identify procedures foraxle shaft removal and replacement and the serviceof bearings and seals in rear wheel drive vehicles.

SV2120 ABS/Traction Control SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to diagnose and repair anti-lock brake systems (ABE) and traction control sys-tems (TCS) on light duty motor vehicles.

SV2130 Introduction to Air Brake SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to demonstrate a workingknowledge of the construction, operating principles,testing and servicing of air brake assemblies.

203⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

SV2140 HVAC SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to diagnose and correct prob-lems with HVAC systems.

SV2150 Power Actuated AccessoriesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service power actuatedaccessories.

SV2160 Air Bag SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service SIR (SupplementalInflatable Restraint) systems. To service these sys-tems the technician will also need current serviceinformation and tools.

SV2170 Engine Diagnosis and TestingUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to diagnose problems whengasoline and diesel engines fail to perform properly.

SV2180 Engine Removal and InstallationUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to demonstrate the knowl-edge and skills necessary to remove and installengines.

SV2190 Cylinder Heads and Valve TrainsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to inspect and repair automo-tive engine cylinder heads and valve trains.

SV2200 Cylinder Block AssembliesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to inspect and overhaul cylin-der block assemblies and components.

SV2210 Diesel Fuel SystemUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repairmechanical diesel fuel system components.

SV2220 Emission Control SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repair vehicleemission control systems while maintaining industryand provincial standards.

SV2230 Fuel Injection Systems (Gasoline)Upon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repair elec-tronic fuel injection systems.

SV2240 Fuel Injection DiagnosisUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to inspect, test, service andmaintain diesel fuel systems.

SV2250 Alternative and Variable FuelsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will have a working knowledge of alter-nate types of fuels that can be used in a combustionengine.

SV2260 Preventive Maintenance InspectionUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to be familiar with the proce-dures involved in preventive maintenance inspection.

SV2270 Government Safety InspectionUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to perform provincial motorvehicle safety inspections.

SV2280 Pre-Delivery InspectionUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to perform pre-deliveryinspection on light duty motor vehicles.

SV2290 Steering Systems (Tracked)Upon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service, repair and adjusttrack type steering systems.

SV2300 Track Type UndercarriageUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to remove, disassemble,repair, assemble and install a track type undercar-riage from a crawler tractor or excavator.

SV2310 Electric BrakesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service, repair and adjustelectric brake systems.

SV2320 Manual Transmission Removal andInstallation

Upon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to remove and install manualtransmission used on heavy equipment machinery.

SV2330 ClutchesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to remove, repair, install andadjust clutches used on heavy equipment machinery.

SV2340 Manual Transmission Service and RepairUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to disassemble, repair andassemble manual transmissions.

SV2350 Torque ConvertersUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to repair, install and testtorque converters.

SV2360 Powershift TransmissionUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to repair and install power-shift transmissions used on heavy equipmentmachinery.

SV2370 Drive Axles and Final DrivesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to remove, disassemble,repair, adjust and assemble drive axles and finaldrives used on wheel and track type vehicles.

SV2380 HydraulicsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to remove, repair and installhydraulic hoses and fittings.

SV2390 Reservoirs and Fluid ConditionersUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service hydraulic reser-voirs, and remove, service and install filters.

SV2400 Hydraulic Pumps and MotorsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to disassemble, inspect,repair and assemble hydraulic pumps and motors.

SV2410 Hydraulic Control ValvesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to disassemble, inspect,repair and assemble various types of hydraulicvalves.

SV2420 Hydraulic CylindersUpon successful completion of this course, the appren-tice will be able to remove, disassemble, inspect,repair, assemble and install hydraulic cylinders.

SV2430 Hydraulic AccumulatorsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service, inspect and repairhydraulic accumulators and oil coolers.

SV2440 Steering Systems (Articulated)Upon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to disassemble, inspect,repair and assemble steering components from artic-ulated vehicles.

SV2450 Hydrostatic TransmissionsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to remove, disassemble,repair, assemble and install hydrostatic transmis-sions.

SV2460 Diagnose and Test Hydraulic SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to diagnose and testhydraulic systems.

SV2470 Winches, Wire Ropes and AccessoriesUpon successful completion of this course, the appren-tice will be able to disassemble, repair and assemblewinches; remove and install wire ropes and acces-sories used on heavy equipment machinery.

SV2480 Cabs and ROPSUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to remove, inspect, repair andinstall cabs and roll over protection structures(ROPS) used on heavy equipment machinery.

SV2490 Portable Air CompressorsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repair portableair compressors.

SV2500 Booms and AttachmentsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to remove, inspect, repair andinstall booms, pins and busings used on heavy equip-ment machinery.

SV2510 Blades, Buckets and Cutting EdgesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to remove, repair and installblades, buckets and cutting edges used on heavyequipment machinery.

SV2520 Aprons, Bowls and TailgatesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repair aprons,bowls and tailgates used on scrapers.

204 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

SV2530 Feller HeadUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repair fellerheads used on forestry machinery.

SV2540 Delimber MechanismUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repair delim-ber mechanisms used on forestry machinery.

SV2550 Service and Repair Circle BearingUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repair circlebearing assemblies used on heavy equipmentmachinery.

SV2560 Preventive Maintenance InspectionsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to perform a complete pre-ventive maintenance inspection, to manufacturer’sspecifications, on heavy equipment machinery.

SV2570 Engine Brakes and RetardersUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service, repair and adjustengine brakes and retarders.

SV2580 Engine Removal and InstallationUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to remove and install enginesaccording to manufacturer’s recommended proce-dures.

SV2590 Turbochargers, Blowers and IntercoolersUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to remove service or repairand install engine turbochargers, blowers and inter-coolers used on Diesel engines.

SV2600 Diesel Engines OverhaulingUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to disassemble, inspect,repair and assemble Diesel engines.

SV2610 Diesel Engine Problems DiagnosisUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to evaluate and diagnoseDiesel engine problems and conditions

SV2620 InjectorsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to remove, test, rebuild, serv-ice and install injectors used on Diesel engines.

SV2630 Injector PumpsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to remove, install, time andadjust low and high idle on Diesel fuel injector pumps.

SV2640 Tune Ups and Diagnosis of Diesel FuelSystems

Upon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to perform a complete tune-up and diagnose problems on Diesel fuel systems.

SV2650 Electronic Fuel Control SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service, inspect and repairelectronic fuel control systems on Diesel engines.

SV2660 Ignition Systems and Tune-UpsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to check and test ignition sys-tem components and perform tune-ups on gasolineengines.

SV2670 Air Conditioning SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service, inspect and repairair conditioning systems used on heavy equipmentand truck and transport.

SV2680 Basic Motive Power ComputersUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to diagnose and/orrepair/reprogram motive power computers.

SV2690 Frames and ChassisUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repair truckframes and chassis.

SV2700 Electronic Components of Anti-Lock BrakesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repair trucksequipped with anti-lock brakes.

SV2710 Engine ClutchesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service, repair and adjustengine clutches in trucks.

SV2720 Manual TransmissionsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repair manualtransmissions in trucks.

SV2730 Automatic TransmissionsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and overhaul auto-matic transmissions in trucks.

SV2740 Transfer CasesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and overhaultransfer cases in trucks.

SV2750 Drive Axle AssembliesUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repair truckdrive axle assemblies.

SV2760 Gasoline Fuel Injection SystemsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service, diagnose opera-tional deficiencies and carry out corrective mainte-nance on gasoline electronic fuel injection systemsused on medium duty trucks.

SV2770 Emission ControlsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repair vehicleemission control systems.

SV2780 Fifth WheelsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to service and repair fifthwheels on trucks.

SV2790 Government Safety InspectionsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to perform a motor vehiclesafety inspection.

SV2800 Preventive Maintenance InspectionsUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to perform a preventive main-tenance inspection on used and fleet vehicles.

SV2810 Wheel AlignmentUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to perform wheel alignments.

TA1110 Orientation to Rehabilitation ●The purpose of this course is to introduce students tothe field of rehabilitation, the role of the OTA andPTA, professional organizations and areas of special-ization. The course will include a one week fieldplacement.

TA1210 Normal Functional Movement ●This course will provide students with an ease inhandling and moving, describing the human body inmotion based on theoretical and practical study offunctional movement. The course will include a twoweek field placement.Prerequisite(s): TA1110, BL1310

TA1310 The Health Care System ●This is an introductory course which focuses on theevolution of the Canadian Health Care system, it’sorigins, and Federal and Provincial jurisdictions. Itwill include determinants of health status, specialinterest groups and a comparison of the Canadiansystem to various other models. The purpose of thecourse is to familiarize students with the organizationof the Canadian Health Care System and the rolesand interrelationships of health professions. Therewill also be opportunities to discuss issues andchanges confronting the system, health personneland the public.

TA1510 Introduction to Gerontology ●This course defines aging and the Canadian popula-tion according to current and forecast age distribu-tions. Implications on the dependency, economic andsocial status of the elderly are analyzed. Health sta-tus and influencing factors are examined with a con-current review of health care and housing systemsavailable in urban and rural communities.

TA2110 Disabling Conditions ●Students will be introduced to a selection of dis-abling conditions based on broad diagnostic cate-gories, encompassing physical and psycho socialconditions specific to pediatric, adult and geriatricpopulations. Emphasis will be placed on the impactthat these conditions present to the individual withinthe framework of the impairment, disability and hand-icap model.Prerequisite(s): BL1320

TA2210 Communication Disorders in Rehabilitation ●

The purpose of this course is to review the communi-cation problems associated with neurological andsensory impairments which inhibit a person’s abilityto effectively communicate with others. The focus ofthe course is to teach the students practical skillswhich will enhance their communication skills with

205⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

people who have speech and language problems. Aswell, the students will learn strategies which theycan use in assisting disabled persons to communi-cate despite their impairments. Some time will bespent on learning the skills to help people with com-munication disorders.Prerequisite(s): BL1320

TA2420 Therapeutic Skills for OTA ●This course will introduce and familiarize studentswith therapeutic use of activities in OccupationalTherapy. The principles of activity selection, gradingand adapting activities and application to specificpopulations will be addressed. Emphasis will beplaced on Activities of Daily Living, assistive devicesand adapted techniques and modification of adaptiveequipment. Skills will be learned for application inthe mental health and physical medicine setting withindividuals and for groups.Prerequisite(s): Completion of all common courses inthe program.

TA2510 Psychiatric Disorders ●This course provides a general overview of commonpsychiatric disorders, their management, theories ofmental illness and psycho social practice. As well,current issues in mental health and social-culturaland developmental perspectives will be explored. Tofacilitate integration of theory and knowledge intopractice consideration will be given to the role of theOTA and PTA in this setting.

TA2620 Therapeutic Skills for PTA ●The purpose of this course is to provide a foundationof exercise principles and techniques and the use oftherapeutic modalities. As well students will learn toadjust and fit ambulatory devices, and apply thetechniques learned to the most common neurologicaland musculo-skeletal conditions.Prerequisite(s): Completion of all common courses inthe program.

TA2720 OTA Practical ExperienceThis nine-week field experience will provide theopportunity for students to continue to develop theirtherapeutic skills and practice entry level compe-tence as an OTA. Prerequisite(s): Completion of all other Programcourses

TA2730 PTA Practical ExperienceThis nine-week field experience will provide theopportunity for students to continue to develop theirtherapeutic skills and practice entry level compe-tence as a PTA. Prerequisite(s): Completion of all other Programcourses

TD2100 ThermodynamicsThis is an introductory course in thermodynamics.The course will provide the student with the basicsof thermodynamics and its application to variousprocesses.Prerequisite(s): PH1100;CH1121

TD2110 ThermodynamicsThis is an introductory course in thermodynamics. Itspurpose is to provide the student with the basics ofthermodynamics and its application to variousprocesses.Prerequisite(s): PH1100, CH1121

TD2120 ThermodynamicsThis course follows from Thermodynamics TD2100and applies the knowledge obtained in that course tospecific mechanical systems. These applications areones which the mechanical engineering technologistis likely to use in his/her future work.Prerequisite(s): TD2100

TD3100: Applied ThermodynamicsThis is both a theory and practical course in the topicof refrigeration and air conditioning. It should drawon knowledge gained in Thermodynamics in the spe-cific application refrigeration.Prerequisite(s): TD2100

TD3110 ThermodynamicsThis course deals with underlying theories and appli-cations of heat transfer. These principles are thenrelated to the unit processes involved in pulp andpaper manufacture. Topics include: heat transfer andmeasurement, conduction, convection and radiation,heat exchangers, combustion and energy conver-sions. Examples of applications include: thermal effi-ciency of biomass and recovery furnaces, steampenetration, heat transfer in digesters and paper dry-ers, conversion of mechanical energy to heat energyin refiners, heat losses and heat conservation in thepulp and paper industry.Prerequisite(s): MA1101, TD2100

TD3200 Petroleum ThermodynamicsThe second of two courses in thermodynamics. Thestudents apply and build on the skills and knowledgedeveloped in the first course by applying thermody-namic principles and equations to design and evalu-ate processing systems in the petroleum industry.Topics include design of heat exchangers, steampower generation, refrigeration and compressordesign.Prerequisite(s): TD3100

TM1100 Medical Terminology I ●This course begins with a programmed text designedto guide the students from the fundamentals of wordbuilding to complete mastery of a medical wordbuilding system. Correct spelling and pronunciationare emphasized.

TM2100 Medical Terminology II ●This course is a continuation of TM1100 with empha-sis on building and interpreting terminology related tothe anatomy, physiology, and pathology of the humanbody.Prerequisite(s): TM1100

TR1400 Travel Sales SkillsThis course is designed to emphasize the skills andtechniques needed to counsel and sell the travelproducts to clients in an ever-changing environment.

TR1510 World Tourism Destinations IThis course is an in-depth study of the United States,Caribbean and Atlantic Islands, Mexico, CentralAmerica and South Americas. Topics studied includemajor tourist attractions, culture, special events, cli-mate and weather, currency, entry requirements,health certification and other aspects of life inselected tourism destinations.

TR1511 World Tourism Destinations IIThis course is an in-depth study of Europe, selectedMiddle East Countries, Africa, Asia, Australia, NewZealand and the Pacific Rim. Topics studied includemajor tourist attractions, culture, special events, cli-mate and weather, currency, entry requirements,health certification and other aspects of life inselected tourism destinations.

TR1600 Newfoundland & Labrador TourismDestinations

This course explores Newfoundland and Labradordestinations through the themes of culture/folklore,history, cultural events, sport attractions, physicalattractions, festivals and special events. Studentswill discover that special charm that isNewfoundland and Labrador.

TR1610 Introduction to TourismThis course is an introductory course designed togive students an overall view of tourism. Studentswill explore the theories of travel motivation beforemoving into the eight sectors of tourism. Issues andchallenges facing tourism will also be covered.

TR1620 Canadian Tourist DestinationsThis course introduces the major elements that makeup Canada’s geography such as natural environmentand population and then looks in-depth at theregional aspects of the geography of Canada. Thiswill help students understand the diversity of thiscountry and provide information on Canada’s vaca-tion lands and tourist attractions.

TR1700 Local Tour GuideA local tour guide is an individual in a front line posi-tion who leads, accompanies or transports passen-gers, individuals or groups on tours, ensuresitineraries are met, provides commentary aboutpoints of interest and creates positive experiencesfor passengers. This course has been designed toinclude the National Occupational Standards for theCanadian Tourism Industry.

TR2220 Tariffs & Ticketing: DomesticThis course involves the study of airline fares, pas-senger rules, taxes and ticketing for all travel withinCanada and the United States.

TR2221 Tariffs & Ticketing: InternationalThis course gives the student a thorough under-standing of passenger rules relative to internationaltravel along with methods used in the determinationof accurate fares and charges for travel from NorthAmerica via the North Atlantic and within theWestern Hemisphere.

TR2230 Travel Computer Reservations IStudents will be introduced to the Apollo ComputerReservation System used in the travel industry.Topics will include making air reservations, fares andticketing, mandatory fields and formats.

TR2231 Travel Computer Reservations IIThis course is a continuation of the Apollo ComputerReservation System studied in Travel ComputerReservations I. Students will examine moreadvanced topics such as roommaster and carmaster,changing PNR’s, and international fares.Prerequisite(s): TR2230

206 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

TR2320 Travel Product Knowledge IThis is an introductory course which is designed toenable students to acquire the product knowledgeassociated with the most common travel requestssuch as air reservations, accommodations, carrentals and insurance.

TR2321 Travel Product Knowledge IIThis course is a continuation of Travel ProductKnowledge I which will enable students to acquirethe product knowledge associated with selecting,pricing and selling tours, rail transportation, cruiseand marine transportation and ground transportation.Prerequisite(s): TR2320

TS1100 General StudiesThis general studies course requires the use ofsafety equipment, tools, fasteners, shop equipmentand facilities and manuals. It involves the develop-ment of safety practices in the operation and mainte-nance of shop tools, equipment and facilities. Itincludes information on general safety regulations,occupational health and safety, and fire preventionand suppression.

TS1110 Operating Lineman Shop FundamentalsThis general studies course requires the use ofsafety equipment, tools, fasteners, shop equipmentand facilities and manuals. It involves the develop-ment of safety practices in the operation and mainte-nance of shop tools, equipment and facilities. Itincludes information on general safety regulations,occupational health and safety, and fire preventionand suppression.

TS1120 Fabricator Shop FundamentalsThis general studies course requires the use ofsafety equipment, tools, fasteners, shop equipmentand facilities and manuals. It involves the develop-ment of safety practices in the operation and mainte-nance of shop tools, equipment and facilities. Itincludes information on general safety regulations,occupational health and safety, and fire preventionand suppression.

TS1150 Mechanical Shop FundamentalsThis general studies course requires the use ofsafety equipment, tools, fasteners, shop equipmentand facilities and manuals. It involves the develop-ment of safety practices in the operation and mainte-nance of shop tools, equipment and facilities. Itincludes information on general safety regulations,occupational health and safety, and fire preventionand suppression.

TS1200 Precision MeasurementThis general studies course requires the use of pre-cision measuring instruments. It involves operating,maintaining and storing precision measuring instru-ments. It includes information on decimals, measur-ing systems, measurement conversion and purposesof precision measurement.

TS1210 Precision MeasurementThis course requires the use of precision measuringinstruments. It involves operating, maintaining andstoring precision measuring instruments. It includesinformation on decimals, measuring systems, meas-urement conversion and purposes of precision meas-urement.

TS1260 Shop FundamentalsThis general studies course requires the use ofsafety equipment, tools, fasteners, shop equipmentand facilities and manuals. It involves the develop-ment of safety practices in the operation and mainte-nance of shop tools, equipment and facilities. Itincludes information on general safety regulations,occupational health and safety, and fire preventionand suppression.

TS1300 RiggingThis general studies course requires the use of rig-ging equipment, ladders, block and tackle, and safetyequipment. It involves installing, testing and main-taining rigging; and tying knots and splicing rope. Itincludes information on safety requirements, types ofropes, types of knots, slings, types of scaffolds, andtypes of ladders.

TS1510 Occupational Health and SafetyUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to prevent accidents and ill-nesses and to improve health and safety conditionsin the workplace.

TS1520 WHMISUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to interpret and apply theWorkplace Hazardous Materials Information System(WHMIS) Regulations.

TS1530 First AidUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to recognize situations requir-ing emergency action and to make appropriate deci-sions concerning first aid.

TS1630 Tourism ServiceThis course focuses on the role of tourism employ-ees in providing quality customer service to alltourists and visitors to their businesses. It is impor-tant that employees have a positive attitude and thenecessary skills to effectively listen and interpretcustomers’ concerns about a product, resolve cus-tomers’ problems and determine customers’ wantsand needs. Students will be able to use the skills andknowledge gained in this course to effectively pro-vide a consistently high level of service and culturalsensitivity to all tourists and visitors to our province.Students will also complete Super Host and SeniorFriendly training as part of this course.

UL4100 Ultrasound PhysicsThis course is designed to instruct students in thetheoretical and practical application of ultrasoundphysics and instrumentation. Selected topics includethe interaction of sound and matter, properties ofultrasound transducers, pulse echo instrumentation,images and artifacts, doppler instrumentation, instru-ment quality assurance, bioeffects and safety.

UL4200 ObstetricsThis course is designed to enable students toacquire a comprehensive knowledge of obstetrics.The didactic phase will include instruction in normalembryo / fetal growth and development from fertiliza-tion to parturition. Emphasis will be placed on cross-sectional anatomy, pathophysiology, examinationprocedures and protocol, and normal /abnormalsonographic appearances.

Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 1st semesterCo-requisite(s)s: UL4220, Ul4301, UL460

UL4220 GynecologyThis course is designed to enable students toacquire a comprehensive knowledge of female pelvicanatomy and physiology. The didactic phase of theprogram will include instruction in pelvic muscula-ture, peritoneal compartments, reproductive organsand vasculature. Emphasis will be placed on cross-sectional anatomy, pathophysiology, examinationprocedures and protocol, and normal / abnormalsonographic appearances.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 1st semesterCo-requisite(s)s: UL4301, UL4200, UL4600

UL4300 Basic Scanning IThis is a comprehensive course designed to providestudents with sufficient practice to acquire the basicskills necessary to produce diagnostic ultrasoundimages. Instruction will be provided in ultrasoundpractice, principles and protocol. Emphasis will beplaced on basic, alternate and specialized imagingtechnique utilized for abdominal and obstetricalexaminations.

UL4301 Basic Scanning IIThis is a comprehensive course designed to providestudents with sufficient practice to acquire the basicskills necessary to produce diagnostic ultrasoundimages. Instruction will be provided in ultrasoundpractice, principles and protocol. Emphasis will beplaced on basic, alternate and specialized imagingtechniques utilized for superficial and gynecologicalexaminations.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 1st semesterCo-requisite(s)s: Ul4200, Ul4220, UL4600

UL4400 AbdomenThis course is designed to enable students toacquire a comprehensive knowledge of abdominalultrasound. The didactic phase of the program willinclude instruction in abdominopelvic organs andvasculature. Emphasis will be placed on cross-sec-tional anatomy, pathophysiology, examination proce-dures and protocol, and normal/abnormalsonographic appearances.

UL4500 Superficial StructuresThis course is designed to enable students toacquire a comprehensive knowledge of superficialorgans and structures. The didactic phase of the pro-gram will include instruction in thyroid, scrotal,testes and prostate anatomy. Emphasis will beplaced on cross-sectional anatomy, pathophysiology,examination procedures and protocol and normal /abnormal sonographic appearances.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 2nd semes-ter

UL4600 and UL4601 Clinical TrainingThis phase of the program is designed to enable stu-dents to acquire, to the fullest extent, the technologi-cal skills necessary to become competent in thepractice of ultrasonography. Emphasis is placed onextensive “hands on” scanning in the clinical setting.Upon completion of training the student will be ableto produce high quality scans in all general and mostspeciality areas in an efficient and effective manner.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 1st semesterCo-requisite(s)s: Ul4200, UL4220, UL4301

207⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

UL4601 Clinical TrainingThis phase of the program is designed to enable thestudent to acquire, to the fullest extent, the techno-logical skills necessary to become competent in thepractice of ultrasonography. Emphasis is placed onextensive “hands on” scanning in the clinical setting.Upon completion of training the student will be ableto produce high quality scans in all general and mostspeciality areas in an efficient and effective manner.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 2nd semes-terCo-requisite(s)s: UL4500

VA1100 Drawing IThis course is designed to introduce students to therudiments of drawing, and of seeing through theactivity of drawing. Observation and experimentationwith drawing materials are a focus of this course.Co-requisite(s)s: VA1200

VA1101 Drawing IIThis course is designed to consolidate and refineskills learned in Drawing I. Careful observation andexperimentation with graphic media are still majorthemes. Particular attention is paid to individualproblems to ensure that basic drawing skills areattained. Prerequisite(s): VA1100

VA 1150 Animation Drawing IThis course builds upon the skills acquired in VA1100by providing the student with a structured series ofstudio experiences which develop competencies insketching the human form and objects. The focus isupon capturing the human form at rest and through-out a range of motion. Animation storyboarding willbe introduced through a simple comic book project.Prerequisite(s): VA1100

VA1200 Design IThis is an introductory course that provides a clearunderstanding of the elements of design and howthey can be used in visual communications.

VA1201 Principles of Design This is an introductory course that provides a clearunderstanding of the principles of design and howthey can be used in visual communications. Prerequisite(s): VA1200

VA1230 Graphic Design I: Design FundamentalsThis introductory course provides a clear introduc-tion to the elements and principles of design, andhow they can be utilized for basic graphic arts tasks.It also introduces students to the role of the GraphicDesigner in the Graphic Arts industry, and exposesstudents to the basic operation of a design studioenvironment.

VA1231 Graphic Design II: Design for BusinessThis course is designed to further develop students’graphic design skills using digital tools. A specificfocus of the course is to introduce students to thedesign requirements of business, including informa-tion graphics, business stationery, signage and dis-play advertising.Prerequisite(s): VA1230; GA1110; GA1410; MC1180

VA1300 Materials & Techniques IThis is the first of two courses in materials and tech-niques. It is the primary introduction to most visual

arts studio areas in the first year of the Visual ArtsProgram. Each studio area is introduced in a fourweek unit during which students are taught the fun-damental techniques of that particular medium.Media covered include painting, printmaking andpottery.

VA1301 Materials & Techniques IIThis is the second of two courses in materials andtechniques. It is the primary introduction to mostvisual arts studio areas in the first year of the VisualArts Program. Each studio area is introduced in athree to four week unit during which students aretaught the fundamental techniques of that particularmedium. Media covered include sculpture, pottery,metallurgy and fibre arts.Prerequisite(s): VA1300

VA1320 Surface Embellishment IThis art/design based course introduces basic sur-face embellishment and manipulation techniques. Itprovides the student with the knowledge and skillsrelative to stitchery, quilting and related techniques.The student will apply creative solutions to assign-ments.Co-requisite(s)s: VA1100; VA1200; VA1400

VA1321 Surface Embellishment/ Manipulation IIThis art/design based course introduces intermediatesurface embellishment and manipulation techniques.It provides the student with the knowledge and skillsrelative to stitchery, quilting and related techniques.The student will apply creative solutions to assign-ments.Prerequisite(s): VA1100, VA1200, VA1320, VA1400Co-requisite(s)s: VA1101, Va1201

VA1330 Chemical Dye IThis art based print and dye course provides the stu-dent with an introduction to working with chemicaldye techniques. It gives the student information andskills relative to the application of dyes to fabric,yarns and other textile materials, and encourages thestudent to develop creative solutions to assignments.Prerequisite(s): ST2100, VA1400, VA1200, VA1100Co-requisite(s)s: VA1101, Va1201

VA1331 Chemical Dye IIThis intermediate art based print/dye course pro-vides the student with experience in working withmore complex dye technology and application meth-ods. It gives the student information and skills rela-tive to textile printing methods, including silk screenensuring a personal, creative approach to assign-ments.Prerequisite(s): VA1330Co-requisite(s)s: VA2100, VA2210

VA1350 3D ModellingThis course provides students with the skills to pro-duce original pieces from clay or plasticine. Thephysical modelling of an object or human formrefines skills in 3D visualization, enabling digitalpieces to attain higher levels of realism. Additionally,physical models can assist in selling a concept.Prerequisite(s): VA1151

VA1400 Colour TheoryThis introductory course provides the student with aclear understanding of the elements and principles of

colour theory, and how colour can be used to createmore effective visual images.

VA1500 Photographic Illustration IAn introduction to the basics of photography asapplied to graphic art and design applications. Thevisual aspects and rendering of graphic informationphotographically reproduced towards enhancementof visual and graphic perception.Prerequisite(s): VA1100

VA1501 Photographic Illustration IA continuation of Photography I. This coursestresses the importance of photographic insight asapplied to the advertising industry. The reproductionof the photographical image as an intrinsic part of anoverall design, and specifically as a design anchorpoint, will be especially emphasized.Prerequisite(s): VA1500

VA1700 Graphics Art and Design This course is designed to introduce students to therudiments of drawing and graphics design. Topicssuch as drawing fundamentals, elements of design,and principles of design will be discussed.

VA2100 Drawing III (Intermediate Level) This course is designed to consolidate and refineskills learned in Drawing II. Careful observation andexperimentation with graphic media are still majorthemes. Particular attention is paid to individualproblems to ensure that basic drawing skills areattained. Prerequisite(s): VA1101

VA2101 Drawing IV (Advanced Level - Visual Arts)This course is designed to consolidate and refineskills learned in Drawing III. Careful observation andexperimentation with graphic media are still majorthemes. Particular attention is paid to individualproblems to ensure that basic drawing skills areattained.Prerequisite(s): VA2100

VA2111 Drawing IV (Advanced Level - TextileStudies)

This course is designed to consolidate and refineskills learned in Drawing III. Careful observation andexperimentation with graphic media are still majorthemes. Particular attention is paid to individualproblems to ensure that basic drawing skills areattained.Prerequisite(s): VA2100

VA2200 Design IIIThis is a required introductory course in three dimen-sional design for students in the visual arts program.The course provides students with a clear under-standing of how line, shape, and volume can be con-trolled to produce interesting objects.Prerequisite(s): VA1201

VA2201 Design IVThis is a required intermediate course in threedimensional design for students in the visual artsprogram. Students will have the opportunity to exer-cise their growing design competency throughassignments and independent study projects. Prerequisite(s): VA2200

208 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

VA2210 Design IIThis course is designed to consolidate and refineskills learned in Design I & II. Experimentation, andacquisition of new skills with specific media andtechniques are major themes in this course.Particular attention is paid to developing an individ-ual working method in design that allows the studentto use design theory in practical applications.Prerequisite(s): VA1201

VA2211 Design IVThis course is designed to consolidate and refineskills learned in Design III. Use of new technology inthe design process will be examined. Particularattention is paid to developing an individual workingmethod in design that allows the student to usedesign theory in practical applications.Prerequisite(s): VA2210

VA2231 Graphic Design IV: Identity Systems DesignThis course is designed to give advanced graphicdesign students an understanding of and experiencewith developing complex identify systems for the pri-vate, governmental and non-profit sectors.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of all firstyear Graphic Design courses; GA1870; VA2240;GA1511; GA1800

VA2240 Graphic Design II: Packaging DesignThis course is designed to introduce students to thetheory and practice of package design. Students willbe exposed to a variety of packaging concepts andoptions, and will apply their knowledge to the devel-opment of several packaging projects that incorpo-rate their own ideas. Students will developpackaging solutions that meet clients’ needs usingindustry standard software on the Apple MacIntoshand PC platforms.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of all first-year Graphic Design courses.

VA2320 Surface Embellishment IIIThis art based advanced surface embellishment andsurface manipulation course provides the studentwith experience in both traditional and contemporaryapproaches and techniques. It gives the studentinformation and skills relative to stitchery, quilt, andother assembly techniques ensuring a personal cre-ative approach to assignments.Prerequisite(s): VA1321, VA1201, VA1101Co-requisite(s)s: VA2100, VA2210

VA2321 Surface Embellishment IVThis final art based surface embellishment/manipula-tion course provides the student with an opportunityfor self-directed study. Specialized information perti-nent to individual project needs will be provided.Although this course stresses self-direction and anindependent approach to study, the student must ful-fill the course requirement outlined by staff.Prerequisite(s): VA2320, VA2210, VA2100Co-requisite(s)s: VA2211

VA2330 Chemical Dye IIIThis final art based chemical, print and dye courseprovides the student with an opportunity to self-directed study. Special technical information perti-nent to individual needs will be provided. Althoughthis course stresses self-direction and an independ-ent approach to study, the student must fulfill thecourse requirements outlined by staff.

Prerequisite(s): VA2100, VA2210, VA1331Co-requisite(s)s: Va2111

VA3100 Life Drawing IThis course emphasizes the development of quicksketch techniques using models in action and videostills to study the motion.

VA3200 Introduction to Classical AnimationTechniques

This course provides students with the skills requiredto complete an animated project. The course con-sists of traditional animation production leading tothe development of a 30 second animation in super-vised labs with regular progress reviews. Studentswill develop a storyboard, design layout and producefinished animation drawings. Individual coaching onportfolio and demo reel preparation and presentationwill be presented.

VA3550 Screening and Peer CritiqueThis course provides students with an opportunity toengage in weekly peer review sessions during whichall students will demonstrate the projects that theyare working on. The intent is to enable each studentto have projects critiqued by peers and the instructorfor the program, while availing of the opportunity tolearn from the creative applications of those samepeers.

WA1100 HydraulicsThis course is included in the Civil EngineeringTechnology program as an engineering science toprovide the student with a knowledge of the princi-ples of fluid mechanics and the application of theseprinciples to practical applied problems. Studentscompleting this course should have the ability todesign and analyze practical fluid flow systems andcontinue learning other applied courses such ashydrology, urban services design, urban planning,etc.Prerequisite(s): MA1101, PH1101

WA1120 Fundamentals of Hydraulics andPneumatics

This course in hydraulics and pneumatics requiresthe use of basic tools, shop equipment and testequipment. It involves disassembling and reassem-bling hydraulic and pneumatic systems; and inspect-ing, testing and repairing/replacing component partsand making adjustments. It includes information onthe operation of different types of hydraulic andpneumatic systems and component parts.

WA1200 HydrologyThis course is designed to serve as an introductorycourse, one that includes the major concepts andprinciples of hydrology.Prerequisite(s): WA1100

WA1810 Water Supply SystemsThis course in piping systems requires the use oftools and equipment, and materials and supplies. Itinvolves designing, installing, testing and maintainingwater supply systems. It includes information ontypes of water supply systems and component parts.

WC1150 Co-op Work Term IThe three work terms are a required portion of theprogram. The work term provides a unique learningexperience in a real work place setting. Work terms

must be program relevant, 12-16 weeks in duration,remunerated (paid), and evaluated. Participation inthe work term is determined through a competitiveprocess and successful completion of all coursesprior to the work term is mandatory for work term eli-gibility.

This work term follows the successful completion ofacademic term 2. For most students, it representstheir first professional work experience in a businessenvironment and, as such, represents their firstopportunity to evaluate their choice of pursuing acareer in information technology. Students areexpected to learn, develop, and demonstrate the highstandards of behaviour and performance normallyexpected in the work environment.

During the on-the-job experience students developtheir employability and technical skills, furtherenhancing their personal growth. Throughout the co-op experience students experience new cultures;both business cultures (i.e. public, private, and notfor profit sector small and large organizations andenvironmental cultures (i.e. Scotland, New York,Hull). They are learning from the new network ofcontacts and widening their perception of life andcareer choices.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of all coursesin academic terms one and two.

WC1300 Work Term I This work term follows the successful completion ofsemester 5 (Academic Term). For most students, itrepresents their first professional work experience ina Surveying environment and, as such, representstheir first opportunity to evaluate their choice of pur-suing a career in Surveying. Students are expectedto learn, develop, and demonstrate the high stan-dards of behaviour and performance normallyexpected in the work environment.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 5 academicsemesters

WC1301 Work Term IIThis work term follows the successful completion ofsemester 7 (Academic Term). Students are expectedto further develop and expand their knowledge andwork-related skills and should be able to acceptincreased responsibility and challenge. In addition,students are expected to demonstrate an ability toundertake increasingly complex surveying tasks.Students should conscientiously assess the variousopportunities relative to their individual interests.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of 7 academicsemesters.

WC1330 Work Term(Under Development)

WC1400 Co-Op Work Term IThis work term follows the successful completion ofacademic semester 4. For most students, it repre-sents their first professional work experience in aservice/production environment and, as such, repre-sents their first opportunity to evaluate their choiceof pursuing a career in Industrial Engineering.Students are expected to learn, develop, and demon-strate the high standards of behaviour and perform-ance normally expected in the work environment.Prerequisite(s): Eligibility according to co-op regula-tions in current College calendar.

209⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

WC1401 Co-Op Work Term IIThis work term follows the successful completion ofacademic semester 6. Students are expected to fur-ther develop and expand their knowledge and work-related skills and should be able to accept increasedresponsibility and challenge. In addition, students areexpected to demonstrate an ability to deal withincreasingly technical industrial engineering princi-ples and analysis techniques. Students should con-scientiously assess the various opportunities relativeto their individual interests.Prerequisite(s): Eligibility according to Co-op regula-tions in current College calendar.

WC1700 Co-op Work Term IFor most students, this work term represents theirfirst experience in an information technology engi-neering environment and therefore presents themwith their first opportunity to evaluate their careerchoice. This work term follows the successful com-pletion of semester 5. Students are expected to learnand develop and demonstrate the high standards ofbehaviour and performance normally expected in thework environment.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of semester 5and GPA of 2.00

WC1701 Co-op Work Term IIThe second work term provides students with a sub-stantial degree of academic achievement with theopportunity to contribute to an employers operation.This work term follows the successful completion ofsemester 7. Students are expected to further developand expand their knowledge and work-related skillsand should be able to accept increased responsibilityand challenge. In addition, students are expected todemonstrate an ability to deal with increasingly com-plex concepts and problems. Students should con-scientiously assess the various opportunities relativeto their individual interests. A substantive workreport is also to be prepared by the student demon-strating competence in both technical content andcommunication skills.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of semester 7with GPA of 2.00.

WC1900 Co-op Work Term IThis work term follows the successful completion ofsemester 5 in the Mechanical (Manufacturing)Engineering Technology program. For most students,it represents their first professional work experiencein a service/production environment and, as such,represents their first opportunity to evaluate theirchoice of pursuing a career in this field. Students areexpected to learn, develop, and demonstrate the highstandards of behaviour and performance normallyexpected in the work environment.Prerequisite(s): Eligibility according to Co-op regula-tions in current College calendar.

WC1901 Co-op Work Term IIThis work term follows the successful completion ofsemester 7 in the Mechanical (Manufacturing)Engineering Technology program. For most students,it represents their first professional work experiencein a service/production environment and, as such,represents their second opportunity to evaluate theirchoice of pursuing a career in this field. Students areexpected to learn, develop, and demonstrate the highstandards of behaviour and performance normallyexpected in the work environment.

Prerequisite(s): Eligibility according to Co-op regula-tions in current College calendar.

WC2150 Co-op Work Term IIThis work term follows the successful completion ofacademic term 3. Students are expected to furtherdevelop and expand their knowledge and work-related skills and should be able to accept increasedresponsibility and challenge. In addition, students areexpected to demonstrate an ability to deal withincreasingly complex technical concepts and prob-lems. Students should conscientiously assess thevarious opportunities relative to their individual inter-ests and career aspirations.

The three work terms are a required portion of theprogram. The work term provides a unique learningexperience in a real work place setting. Work termsmust be program relevant, 12-16 weeks in duration,remunerated (paid), and evaluated. Participation inthe work term is determined through a competitiveprocess and successful completion of all coursesprior to the work term is mandatory for work term eli-gibility. During the on-the-job experience studentsdevelop their employability and technical skills, fur-ther enhancing their personal growth. Throughoutthe co-op experience students experience new cul-tures: both business cultures (i.e. public, private, andnot for profit sector small and large organizations)and environmental cultures (i.e. Scotland, New York,Hull). They are learning from the new network ofcontacts and widening their perception of life andcareer choices.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of all coursesin academic terms one, two & three.

WC2400 Co-Op Work Term IIIThis work term follows the successful completion ofacademic semester 8. Students should have suffi-cient academic grounding and work experience tocontribute in a positive manner to the managementand problem-solving processes needed and prac-ticed in the work environment. Students should havestrong technical ability, good business judgementand superior people skills to improve safety, quality,and productivity in both the production and servicesectors.Prerequisite(s): Eligibility according to Co-op regula-tions in current College calendar.

WC3150 Co-op Work Term IIIThis work term follows the successful completion ofacademic term 4. Students should have sufficientacademic grounding and work experience to con-tribute in a positive manner to the management andproblem-solving processes needed and practiced inthe work environment. Students should become bet-ter acquainted with their discipline of study, shouldobserve and appreciate the attitudes, responsibili-ties, and ethics normally expected of informationtechnology professionals and systems analysts andshould exercise greater independence and responsi-bility in their assigned work functions.

The three work terms are a required portion of theprogram. The work term provides a unique learningexperience in a real work place setting. Work termsmust be program relevant, 12-16 weeks in duration,remunerated (paid), and evaluated. Participation inthe work term is determined through a competitiveprocess and successful completion of all courses

prior to the work term is mandatory for work term eli-gibility.

During the on-the-job experience students developtheir employability and technical skills, furtherenhancing their personal growth. Throughout the co-op experience students experience new cultures;both business cultures (i.e. public, private, and notfor profit sector small and large organizations) andenvironmental cultures (i.e. Scotland, New York,Hull). They are learning from the new network ofcontacts and widening their perception of life andcareer choices.

WD1100 Welding Technology and Processes IThis introductory course deals with welding technol-ogy and processes as applied to the metal fabricat-ing industry. Safety practices are emphasized in allaspects of welding applications in the shop.Applications include welding preparations, weldingbasic joints, and cutting processes.

WD1101 Welding Technology & Processes IIThis course is a continuation of Welding Technologyand Processes I (WD1100). It covers fusion weldingof steel structures under CSA STANDARD 47.1. Inconjunction with this standard, using the SMAWprocess and its applications, the course deals withwelding power supplies, electrodes, welding proce-dures, and testing.Prerequisite(s): WD1100

WD1120 Shielded Metal Arc Welding Fundamentals This SMAW course requires the use of safety equip-ment, SMAW equipment and accessories, and mate-rials and supplies. It involves setting up equipment,preparing and welding metal, shutting down equip-ment and testing the weld. It includes information onbasic electricity, types of electrodes, types of weld-ing machines, joint design and weld faults.

WD1130 Gas Metal Arc Welding FundamentalsThis GMAW course requires the use of safety equip-ment, GMAW equipment and accessories, and mate-rials and supplies. It involves setting up GMAWequipment, preparing and welding the joint, shuttingdown the equipment and testing the joint. It includesinformation on types of shielding gasses, power sup-plies, types of wire, methods of transfer, weldingtechniques, codes and standards, and GMAWparameters.

WD1160 Shop FundamentalsThis general studies course requires the use ofsafety equipment, tools, fasteners, shop equipmentand facilities and manuals. It involves the develop-ment of safety practices in the operation and mainte-nance of shop tools, equipment and facilities. Itincludes information on general safety regulations,occupational health and safety, and fire preventionand suppression.

WD1200 Oxy-Fuel CuttingThis OFW course requires the use of welding equip-ment and accessories, materials and supplies andsafety equipment. It involves setting up OFW equip-ment; preparing, cutting and welding metal; and shut-ting down, disassembling and storing equipment. Itincludes information on safety requirements, cylinderpressures, combustion and flames, storage and

210 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

transporting of cylinders, and types of regulators.Prerequisite(s): TS1120

WD1210 Oxy-Fuel WeldingThis OFW course requires the use of welding equip-ment and accessories, materials and supplies andsafety equipment. It involves setting up OFW equip-ment; preparing, cutting and welding metal; and shut-ting down, disassembling, and storing equipment. Itincludes information on safety requirements, cylinderpressure, combustion and flames, storage and trans-porting of cylinders, and types of regulators.

WD1230 SMAW FundamentalsThis SMAW course requires the use of safety equip-ment, SMAW equipment and accessories, and mate-rials and supplies. It involves setting up equipment,preparing and welding metal, shutting down equip-ment and testing the weld. It includes information onbasic electricity, types of electrodes, types of weld-ing machines, joint design and weld faults.

WD1300 Oxy-Fuel WeldingUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to identify procedures for thesafe and effective set-up and operation of oxy-fuelequipment for heating, cutting and braze welding.

WD1310 Oxy-Fuel WeldingUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to cut and weld thin metals byusing oxy-fuel equipment.

WD1400 Introduction to Pipe WeldingThis SMAW course requires the use of safety equip-ment, SMAW equipment and accessories, and mate-rials and supplies. It involves setting up SMAWequipment, preparing and welding metal, shuttingdown equipment, and testing the joint. It includesinformation on stainless steel, aluminium and steelalloys, codes and standards, and types of electrodes.

WD1510 Metallurgy FundamentalsThis metallurgy course requires the use of harden-able steel, heating sources and temperature indica-tors. It involves shaping metal, determining heatranges, applying heat, monitoring colour and temper-ature and quenching. It includes information onstructure and properties of metals, heat treatmentprocesses, production of materials, corrosion, expan-sion and contraction, millworking, casting, heat linebending, pre-heat and post-heat and alloying elements.

WD1520 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding FundamentalsThis GTAW course requires the use of safety equip-ment, GTAW equipment and accessories, and mate-rials and supplies. It involves setting up GTAWequipment, preparing and welding the joint, shuttingdown the machine and testing the weld. It includesinformation on filler metals, electrodes, electricaltheory, types of shielding gases, types of powersources and exotic metals.

WD2100 Welding GMAW/FCAWThis course is a continuation of Welding Technologyand Processes II (WD1101). The emphasis is to famil-iarize the student with common semi and fully auto-matic processes, their control, limitations, andapplications. Processes include GMAW, FCAW,SAW, EGW and ESW Welding. The student will berequired to apply knowledge and experience to a

variety of industrial problems (i.e. actual and simu-lated). Shielded Metal Arc processes, Welding pro-cedures, CSA standard W47.1.Prerequisite(s): WD1101

WD2101 Welding Technology & Processes IVThis course is designed to familiarize the studentwith the theory and practice of Gas Tungsten ArcWelding (GTAW). The GTAW course includes theselection and set-up of equipment and accessoriesand their application to aluminum, steel and stainlesssteel in all positions.Prerequisite(s): WD2100

WD2110 Position Butt WeldingThis SMAW course requires the use of safety equip-ment, SMAW equipment and accessories, and mate-rials and supplies. It involves setting up SMAWequipment, preparing and welding the joint, shuttingdown the equipment and testing the weld. It includesinformation on codes and standards and distortioncontrol.

WD2160 Position Welding (GMAW)This GMAW course requires the use of safety equip-ment, GMAW equipment and accessories, and mate-rials and supplies. It involves setting up GMAWequipment, preparing and welding the joint, shuttingdown the equipment and testing the weld. It includesinformation on types of welding machines, types ofshielding gas, power supplies, types of wire, codesand standards, welding techniques, methods oftransfer and GMAW parameters.

WD2190 Specialized Cutting and WeldingThis specialized welding and cutting course requiresthe use of safety equipment, welding equipment andaccessories, and materials and supplies. It involvessetting up welding equipment, preparing and weldingjoints or cutting metal, shutting down equipment andtesting welds. It includes information on stud weld-ing, welding and cutting processes, consumables,principles of operation, process parameters andpower supplies.

WD2200 Welding CodesThis course introduces the student to welding codes,standards and specifications related to the fabrica-tion and inspection of pressure vessels, tanks, struc-tures, and structural steels. Applicable codes suchas ASME, Section V111-1, and Section IX and CSAStandards W47.1, W59, W178, and W178.2 are dis-cussed in detail. Other similar codes, standards, andspecifications such ABS, Lloyds, AWS, and DNV willalso be discussed and compared with ASME and CSA.Prerequisite(s): WD1100, EG1100, CF1100

WD2210 Position Fillet WeldingThis SMAW course requires the use of safety equip-ment, SMAW equipment, and materials and supplies.It involves setting SMAW equipment, preparing andwelding the joint, shutting down the equipment andtesting the weld. It includes information on codesand standards, joint design, expansion and contrac-tion, and pre-heat and post-heat.

WD2240 Pipe, Tubing, & Specialized Welding (SMAW)This SMAW course requires the use of safety equip-ment, SMAW equipment and accessories, and mate-rials and supplies. It involves setting up SMAWequipment, preparing and welding metal, shutting

down equipment, and testing the joint. It includesinformation on stainless steel, aluminum and steelalloys, codes and standards, and types of electrodes.

WD2250 Position Welding (GTAW)This GTAW course requires the use of safety equip-ment, GTAW equipment and accessories, and mate-rials and supplies. It involves setting up GTAWequipment, preparing and welding the joint, shuttingdown the equipment and testing the weld. It includesinformation on codes and standards, manipulation ofelectrodes, types of power sources, types of shield-ing gases, filler metals, electrode selection, andtechniques for welding aluminium and stainlesssteel.

WD2260 FCAW FundamentalsThis FCAW course requires the use of safety equip-ment, FCAW equipment and accessories, and materi-als and supplies. It involves setting up FCAWequipment, preparing and welding the joint, shuttingdown the machine and testing the weld. It includesinformation on FCAW parameters, types of wire anddrive roll systems.

WD2270 FCAW Position WeldingThis FCAW course requires the use of safety equip-ment, FCAW equipment and accessories, and materi-als and supplies. It involves setting up FCAWequipment, preparing and welding the joint, shuttingdown the machine, and testing the weld. It includesinformation on FCAW parameters, types of wire, anddrive roll systems.

WD2300 Failure AnalysisActual cases of failed structures will be studied indetail. The case studies involve analysis of materialused, design procedures followed, fabrication meth-ods, and testing controls used. Emphasis will beplaced on the design of weldments to avoid fatigueand brittle fractures using fracture mechanics.Prerequisite(s): CF1101, CF2510

WD2320 Arc WeldingUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to set up and perform basicarc welding.

WD2330 Mig WeldingUpon successful completion of this course, theapprentice will be able to describe the basic MIG(GMAW) welding process and provide the traineewith the skills and knowledge needed to use MIGwelding equipment.

WD2400 Welding MetallurgyWelding difficulties and defects, metallurgical prob-lems encountered in welding low, medium, and high-carbon steels and alloy steels, including stainlessand high-chromium steels, austenic manganese steeland tool and die steels.Prerequisite(s): CF1100, CF1101

WD3100 Cost AnalysisThis course is designed to provide the student withthe knowledge to interpret structural, shop and pipeand pressure vessel drawings. The emphasis is tofamiliarize the student with the knowledge to calcu-late the cost of fabricating different structural com-ponents, by interpreting all elements of industrialdrawings and submitting a bid as a major assign-

211⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

ment. Arc Welding Processes, Weld Quality Controland Inspection, Welding Procedures and WeldingCodes.Prerequisite(s): WD1100, WD1101, WD2100, WD2101,WD2200, SP2310, SP2311

WT1180 Intersession Work Term The work term is a required portion of the program.The work term provides a unique learning experiencein a real work place setting. Work terms must be pro-gram relevant, and 15 weeks in duration.Participation in the work term is determined througha competitive process and successful completion ofall courses prior to the work term is mandatory forwork term eligibility.

This work term follows the successful completion ofthe preceding academic term. For most students, itrepresents their first professional work experience ina business environment, and as such representstheir first opportunity to evaluate their choice of pur-suing a career in information technology. Studentsare expected to learn, develop, and demonstrate thehigh standards of behaviour and performance nor-mally expected in the work environment.

During the on-the-job experience students developtheir employability and technical skills, furtherenhancing their personal growth. Through the workterm students will experience different business cul-tures (e.g., public, private, and not-for-profit sector,small and large organizations, etc.). They are learn-ing from the new network of contacts and wideningtheir perception of life and career choices.Prerequisite(s): Successful completion of all coursesin academic terms.

WT1200 Practical TrainingThis course consists of 15 weeks training in the hos-pitality industry and in a health care institution.Practical training in the hospitality industry mayinclude dining room service, bartending and controls,while health care may include institutional food serv-ice and therapeutic diets.Prerequisite(s): Completion of all first year courses.

WT1460 Work PlacementA minimum seven-week placement is a required por-tion of the program. The Work Placement StudyProgram provides students with the opportunity togain practical experience in the working environmentof a power plant and with the life and work of aPower Engineer. Employers are provided the oppor-tunity to train and assess students for possible futureemployment. The program builds on the range oftasks laid down in the Occupational Analysis ofPower Engineers and familiarizes the student with allthe machinery and systems that Power Engineers arerequired to maintain and operate. The course ismainly concerned with safety, operation and mainte-nance of plant and equipment. The plant in which theEngineer is serving acts as a real-life teaching aid,augments knowledge already acquired and assistsstudents with studies leading to a Certificate ofCompetency, Third Class.Prerequisite(s): Completion of all courses in the firstthree semesters and a minimum cumulative GPA of2.00.

WT1700 Biomedical PracticumComprehensive on-the-job training for Biomedicalstudents in a setting within the health care engineer-ing field. The duration of this particular section isseven weeks and will be scheduled at the end of theeighth semester. Students will choose among a vari-ety of differing work environments such as place-ment in a hospital biomedical engineeringdepartment or a private sector medical supply com-pany. The biomedical practicum is designed toenable the student to gain valuable experience in aBiomedical engineering work environment. Thisexperience may be obtained in a health care settingor with a medical equipment supplier or distributor.The duration of the practicum is seven weeks to bescheduled upon satisfactory completion of all aca-demic course work. Students abilities will beassessed by the Employer and the College staff.

XD1350 Environment & EthicsThis course introduces students to the legal and ethi-cal rights, obligations and responsibilities of the engi-neering profession. Through the use of readings,case studies and debates, students will gain anunderstanding of the intent and application of profes-sional code of ethics, Tort Law, environmental pro-tection and occupational health and safety.

XD1810 Solid State Motor ControlsThis course introduces the student to solid stateelectronics in motor controls. It includes coverage ofpower electronic devices, solid state relays and pro-tection devices, and drive electronics.Prerequisite(s): DP1100; AE2301; XD2300

XD2300 Electromechanical Motor ControlsThis course introduces the student to motor controlconcepts and electromechanical control devices.The students become familiar with control diagrams,techniques, and methods. It provides the studentswith knowledge and background to support the moreadvanced control concepts presented in latercourses.Prerequisite(s): PE1500

XD2500 Programmable Controllers IThis course introduces the student to programmablelogic controllers. It covers PLC concepts and appli-cations. The students become familiar with PLCtypes, wiring details and programming techniques.Actual programs and system operation are intro-duced through lab exercises.Prerequisite(s): DP1100; XD2300

XD2900 Programmable Controllers IIThis course is a continuation of XD2500. It extendsthe students knowledge of PLC control throughadvanced instructions and practical exercises withindustrial control trainers.Prerequisite(s): XD2500

212 ⊗ Available through correspondence● Available through @College Distributed Learning Service

213

Index

Academic Definitions 9Academic Dismissal 10Academic Regulations 9Adding Courses 12Administration 5Admission to Classes 11Admissions Regulations 6Adult Basic Education 22Advanced Standing 9Adventure Tourism 134Aegrotat Status 13Aircraft Maintenance Technology 66Aircraft Structural Repair 94Appeals 13Applied Business Information

Technology 125Architectural Engineering 67Autobody Repair 95Automotive Service Technician 96Awards 19

Block Transfer 10Bookstore 16Business Administration (Certificate) 48Business Administration (Accounting) 49Business Administration (General) 50Business Administration

(Human Resource Management) 51Business Administration (Marketing) 52Business Management (Accounting) 53Business Management

(Human Resource Management) 54Business Management (Marketing) 55

Calendar of Events 4Civil Engineering Technology 68, 69Clear Standing 10Code of Conduct 16College Directory 2College-University Transfer Year 23Commercial Baking 97Commercial Cooking 98Commercial Transport 99Community Recreation Leadership 30Community Studies 31Computer Support Specialist 126Concurrent Studies 710Conditional Status 10Construction Carpentry 100Construction/Industrial Electrical 101Co-op Regulations 11Course Descriptions 139Course Load 11Crane Operator 102Credit System 10Cultural Management 56

Deferred Exams 12Diagnostic Ultrasonography 87Digital Animation 32Distributed Learning 18

Early Childhood Education 33Early Childhood Education (Distance) 34Electrical Engineering Technology

(Industrial Controls) 70

Electronics Engineering Technology 76Electrical Engineering Technology

(Power and Controls) Co-op 71Electronic Commerce 57Electronics Engineering Technology

(Biomedical) 72Electronics Engineering Technology

(Communications) 73Electronics Engineering Technology

(Computers & Information Technology) Co-op 74

Electronics Engineering Technology(Instrumentation) 75

English as a Second Language 26Environmental Technology Co-op 135Examinations 12Exemption 10

Fees and Charges 14Film & Video Production 36First Year Engineering 64Fish & Wildlife Technician 137Food Service & Nutrition Management 37Forest Resources Technician 136

Geomatics Engineering 77Grade Point System 10Graphic Design 38Graphic Production & Printing 39

Hairstylist 103Health Sciences Programs 86Heavy Equipment Service Technician 105Heavy Equipment Operator 104Heritage Carpentry 106High School Definition 6High School Equivalency 6Housing 17

Incomplete 12Industrial Engineering Co-op 78Industrial Instrument Mechanic 107Insurance 16Internet Application Developer 127International Office 17International Students 7

Journalism 40

Late Registration 11Lateral Transfer 12Learning Resource Centre 16

Machinist 108Manufacturing Operations Technology 79Mature Student Requirements 6Mechanical Engineering Technology 80Mechanical Engineering Technology

(Manufacturing) Co-op 81Medical Laboratory Sciences 88Medical Radiography 89Metal Fabricator 109Millwright (Industrial Mechanic) 110Multimedia: Courseware Development 41Multimedia: Internet Development 128

Multi Skills Industrial Trades 111Music Industry and Performance 42

Non-Destructive Testing 112Northern Natural Resources Technician 138

Occupational Therapist Assistant/Physiotherapist Assistant 91

Office Administration (Certificate) 58Office Administration (Executive) 59Office Administration (Legal) 60Office Administration (Medical) 61Office Administration

(Records and Information Management) 62One-time Forgiveness 10Oil Burner Mechanic 113

Petroleum Engineering 82Plumbing & Domestic Heating 114Powerline Technician 115Prior Learning 10Programmer Analyst (Business) 129Programmer Analyst (Business) Co-op 130Programmer Analyst (Networking) 131Programs by Campus 3Promotion Denied (General) 11Promotion – Food Services 11Promotion – Medical Sciences 11

Re-admission 6Re-reads 12Reassessment of Grades 12Recording Arts 43Refrigeration & Air Conditioning 116Registration 11Repeating Course 11Respiratory Therapy 92

Small Equipment Repair 117Special Admissions 6Special Services (Programs) 28Steamfitter/Pipefitter 48Student Council 16Student Numbers 7Student Services 16Student Success Centre 16Supplementary Examinations 12

Textile Studies 44Tourism Studies 45Transfer of Credit 10Truck/Transport Service Technician 119

Visual Arts 46

Wait Lists 7Web Site Administrator 132Welder 120Welder/Fabricator 121Welding Engineering Technician 83Withdrawing - College of the North

Atlantic 12Withdrawing – Courses 12

Edward Mishaud is a successful graduateof College of the North Atlantic (CNA).

Edward began with a diploma inJournalism and transferred his collegecredits to the University College of CapeBreton (UCCB) toward a three-yearundergraduate degree, which hecompleted in one year.

He went on to the University of King’sCollege School of Journalism in Halifax,and completed a one-year PostBaccalaureate of Journalism there.

In between courses of study, Edwardtook part in a Canada World Youthexchange program which took him toBénin, Africa for several months.

Where is he now? Edward’seducational and volunteer experiencesqualified him for a six month internshipwith the United Nations VolunteerOrganization in Bonn, Germany. Hisassignment is to provide logistical supportin the Africa section with a focus onHIV/AIDS.

The work is rewarding, challenging,and yes… exciting. How did he get there?

“For me, it all began with myeducational experience with College ofthe North Atlantic. It was the post-secondary beginning which equipped mewith the skills and confidence I needed topursue my career aspirations.”

Students like Edward are realizing thepossibilities open to them with theeducation they receive at public college.

Opportunities for advancementMany CNA programs have transferable

credits, allowing students to continuetheir education – an education which willtake them places.

CNA offers a College-UniversityTransfer Year in cooperation withMemorial University, whereby studentscan complete the first year of university ata number of college campuses.

Graduates of CNA’s OccupationalTherapists Assistant program are the first

in Atlantic Canada to receive credittoward the completion of the Bachelor ofSciences (Occupational Therapy) degreeat Dalhousie University.

Graduates of the Visual Arts programwill receive up to two years of a four-yearBachelor of Fine Arts at the Nova ScotiaCollege of Art & Design.

Graduates of CNA’s two-year ForestryResources Technology diploma willreceive advanced standing towards aBachelor of Science (Honours) in Forestryat Lakehead University in Ontario.

A diploma from CNA’s BusinessManagement (Accounting, HumanResource Management, or Marketingoptions) receives a block transfer of threeyears to the four-year Bachelor ofBusiness Administration degree inManagement at Northwood University,Michigan.

Where will public college take you?

Edward MishaudCollege of the North Atlantic Graduate

Public college can take you places

For more information about program transferability, contact your local campus or visit theNewfoundland and Labrador Council on Higher Learning: www.edu.gov.nf.ca/council

www.northatlantic.nf.cainfo@northatlantic.nf.catoll free: 1 888 982.2268

College of the North Atlantic is

Newfoundland and Labrador’s public

college. We offer over 90 full-time

programs and more than 300 part-time

courses to 10,000 students each year.

With 17 campuses and 13 learning

centres throughout the province, as

well as our @College Distributed

Learning Service, we are the choice

for trusted training and accessable

education.